Deep Magic. Fourth Collection

fb2

Our Fourth Collection of Deep Magic fantasy and science fiction stories remains one of the most cost-effective ways to access larger collections of the short fiction we feature. As will previous collections, this one does not include the novel excerpts, but otherwise includes all of the short fiction from the four issues collected. Please enjoy your introduction to these worlds and characters, and if you are returning to these stories for another look, welcome back.

Staff:

Brendon Taylor, Charlie N. Holmberg, Jeff Wheeler, Kristin Ammerman, Steve R. Yeager, and Dan Hilton

We’d like to thank our First Readers:

Susan Olp, Ashely Melanson, Mike Abell, Greg Garguilo, Elicia Cheney, Junior Rustrian, Tyson Dutton, Crystal Fernandez, Krysia Bailey, Melissa McDonald, Loury Trader, Hollijo Monroe

EDITOR'S NOTE

Dear Readers,

Thank you for purchasing our Fourth Collection of Deep Magic fantasy and science fiction stories, which remains one of the most cost-effective ways to access larger collections of the short fiction we feature. As will previous collections, this one does not include the novel excerpts, but otherwise includes all of the short fiction from the four issues collected. Please enjoy your introduction to these worlds and characters, and if you are returning to these stories for another look, welcome back.

We would also like to thank our amazing First Readers for helping select the stories that make it into each issue, and for their professionalism in corresponding with the numerous authors who submit.

If you would like to help us find more of the content you like best, feel free to reach out to us on our facebook page: Deep Magic E-zine or leave us a review on Amazon or Goodreads. We listen to our readers and try to deliver the kind of stories you love most.

Thanks again for supporting Deep Magic, and enjoy your read.

Brendon Taylor, Deep Magic Managing Editor

FALL 2019

TREATY’S IMPOSTER

By Marjorie King

5,500 Words

THE WATER BOILED. Esther poured it from the flask over the tea bag waiting in the cup. Four and a half minutes. That was the time stored in her memory.

Esther clasped her hands in her lap and waited. She gave the bag the expected swirl and threw it away. The trash can incinerated the tea bag with a blue flash. A hole opened up in the trash can to send the ashes to recycling, and the energy from the burn was stored in the spaceship’s battery. Nothing wasted.

Esther measured the honey, stirred it in, and then sipped.

“Too sweet.”

“It’s how you like it,” Dr. Tiberius said.

The black doctor squinted at Esther’s health diagnostics. Then he backed up and squinted again. Time for another laser eye correction for the old man.

“The tea’s how she liked it,” Esther said.

“You have the same DNA and the same tongue.”

“She liked it sweeter because her grandmother made it that way, not because of the taste.”

Her only good memories were with her grandmother.

“Her grandmother is your grandmother,” Tiberius said. “You are she.”

Esther was grown from her host’s DNA and implanted with her memories. She should feel the same about the same things and have the same take on the same issues. At least that was the expectation on her. The hair on the back of Esther’s neck bristled at those expectations. That was exactly how her host would have reacted.

But this tea didn’t play by those rules. No matter how precisely she measured, the honey was too much. But Esther had a part to play, whether she hated it or not.

She sipped the tea and didn’t break character. Her lips pinched the way her host’s would have, her face stayed expressionless. That, at least, felt natural. The faux porcelain cup clinked on its dish when the secret door to the hospital opened. Her stomach soured against the sickly sweetness inside it.

Esther didn’t turn to face the uniformed man, but instead cut her eyes at his reflection in her vanity mirror.

“Has she died . . . or do I?”

Perhaps it was cowardly. If she was to be executed, a part of her wanted to glare down the face of her executioner. But Esther wouldn’t meet Webb’s eyes.

“We’re docking with the Taara Makaan spaceport now, Admiral.”

The host was dead. Esther Levin rose, no longer clone but admiral.

“Wait for me outside.”

Webb sucked in his breath. Was he surprised by the sharpness in her voice? It’s how the original Esther Levin would have spoken to him to hide their affair.

He bowed, left her plasma pistol on the desk, and exited back through the hidden door.

Webb had plotted this clone deception in case the original Esther died from the virus. He’d called Tiberius and snuck him and his equipment onto the ship.

But Webb could also expose her secret. Esther would keep him close.

Before that, though, she had more urgent matters.

“Destroy the nanobots, Doctor,” Esther said and stepped onto the scanner plate next to his desk.

“I knew we wouldn’t need them.”

Easy for him to say. He wasn’t carrying assassin bots inside his bloodstream. Tiberius pressed a button on his desk.

A flash of light.

All the nanobots inside Esther deactivated. Her body would naturally break them down and remove them now. She stood tall to give off the illusion of calm, but the tightness around her chest had loosened. For the first time in her life, she could breathe freely.

Those nanobots had been installed on the off chance the original Esther survived the shakes virus. There can’t be two Admiral Esther Levins. If her host had lived, Tiberius would have hit a button, and Esther would have died. After only a month—though her memories stretched for forty-seven years—she would have ceased.

But her host had died, and her planet needed a living Admiral Levin. Esther was that living admiral now.

She donned her military cap, strapped on her pistol, and exited the room. Webb waited in the hallway. His hand faltered in his salute. His face couldn’t make that dashing smile her host had loved.

“You best eliminate that hesitation, Lieutenant Commander. Others will detect it and suspect.”

Her eyes darted to his face before she turned down the hall. His eyes were flared red, and he’d rubbed his nose raw.

Esther’s boot steps echoed down the empty metal corridor as Webb marched in time behind her. She had never walked this hallway; yet she knew it perfectly. But the smell—tea tree oil and bleach—burned her nose. Why didn’t she have that memory?

A drone zipped by to deliver a package. No one walked the sterile halls or made personal contact. A spaceship was a trapped petri dish, a playground for the shakes virus to spread.

Esther entered the debriefing room, a closet with cameras lining the walls. She stepped to its center. The cameras uploaded her 3-D image and transmitted it to every room across her ship, Olive Branch.

“The report of my death was greatly exaggerated,” she said and allowed a tight smile. “Those were the words of our Earth ancestor Mark Twain, and they’re my words today.”

She paused. Her host would have paused here, commanded the speech. It felt like breathing. Perhaps Dr. Tiberius was right. They were one and the same.

“There were also rumors that I had the shakes virus. I assure you, I did not.” Another pause. “Unfortunately, the shakes isn’t the only disease that infects humans. The stomach flu still exists, and I won’t go into any further details.”

Some would snicker here. That would relieve the tension.

“Now, we have docked with Taara Makaan spaceport, and their doctors have the antivirus we need. Gird your loins everyone, this is our hour.”

And this is why I was created.

The transmission ended. Esther allowed her smile to spread. She’d fooled them all. She spun with relish, only for her stomach to lurch.

Webb stood behind her with an ashen face. Had his face been broadcast that way? If Webb gave her away, it would take years to repair the damage and renegotiate.

Esther snapped her fingers under Webb’s nose. His eyes flinched. She strode down the hall into a private conference room, and he followed.

When the door closed, Esther whirled on him.

“If you betray me, you doom thousands of our people to death.”

“What are you talking about? I didn’t say anything.”

But his lips had gone from pink to pale. He needed to breathe. Esther grabbed a handheld projector from the small table in the center of the room. Her crew had used these to project her miniature 3-D image all over the ship. Now she shoved its reflective surface within centimeters of Webb’s nose.

“Look at yourself!”

He focused on his reflection and blanched.

“I know you just lost someone you love,” Esther said.

“You aren’t her.”

“I know that. You know that. And I don’t expect you to love me—”

“Do you love me?”

Esther faltered. Did she? No, of course not. But she should, shouldn’t she? If she was truly identical to her host, she should. But there was no time for this.

Webb inched back from her like a caged animal.

“What the two of you had,” Esther said, “is between you two. I am not here to live her intimate life. I’m here to save our people.”

Webb swallowed.

“Can you join me in that?” Esther extended her hand.

Webb stared at it for a second. He pressed his back against the wall and shook his head.

“I can’t. I’d planned . . . but I can’t—”

“Brandon!”

Esther used his common name and her sternest voice. It’s what her host would have done, and it jolted Webb. He held his stomach as if he’d been punched.

“Remember what she always told you,” she said.

Webb’s ice-blue eyes flashed. “‘Finish what you start.’”

“Then let’s finish this.”

The fog lifted from his face. Webb nodded, determined now. He extended his hand. When his hand touched hers, a tingling ran from her fingertips to her spine. Was that the flutter of attraction? Esther had never touched another person with any kind of tenderness before.

But the handshake ended, and the feeling passed. All that remained was a businesslike exchange. Esther dismissed the feeling and left the room. Webb followed her lead.

It was time to get that antivirus.

* * *

Captain Jack Fletcher stomped around the air lock connecting Olive Branch with Taara Makaan’s spaceport. His breath huffed from his flared nose. On a necklace hung his late wife’s wedding ring, and his pocket held a picture drawn by his late grandson. Its edges were yellowed by Fletcher’s fingerprints.

Everyone had lost someone.

“Nice speech,” he said as Esther entered. “How much of it was a lie?”

“All of it, as usual.”

It was what her host would have said, but it tasted like chalk. Esther stared forward and didn’t give Fletcher another look.

“Let’s just get this antivirus,” Fletcher said.

“For the next hour appear to respect me.”

“I can act as well as you can.”

Her cruelty was acid on Esther’s stomach. Fletcher was crotchety, yes, but he’d lost so much. Didn’t that merit him some compassion? Esther hid her thoughts behind her mask.

The air-lock door opened, and seven doctors in hazmat suits greeted them.

“Step onto the scanner, please.” The lead doctor swept his hand toward the round platform.

Esther took a breath and stepped on. If any discrepancy existed between her and her host, she would be exposed. The scanner beeped.

“Carries the latent virus, but not actively infected,” the scanner said in a mechanical voice. “You may proceed forward. Stay with your escorts at all times. Do not enter quarantined areas of Taara Makaan spaceport.”

She’d passed the test. Esther stepped forward into the spaceport’s air lock. The floor, a plastoform substance that repelled germs, sprang beneath her feet. It gave off a warm rubber scent with a hint of lavender. Again, her host left no memory of the smell, even though she’d been here before. Fletcher and Webb followed, each with the same announcement.

Latent virus . . . Not actively infected . . . Stay with your escorts.

The doctors turned on their heels and led the way out of the air lock into a hallway. The end was barred, and only one room stood off to the right. She followed the doctors into the room. When the door closed behind everyone, it sealed with a whirr and a click.

Alarms wailed.

“We’re purging the air,” the lead doctor said.

They’d opened the air lock and hallway to the vacuum of space.

“I’m Doctor Arya.” He bowed instead of shaking their hands. “We’ve taken the liberty of writing up our contract per the agreements.”

Dr. Arya put a projector on the table, and a contract glowed to life above it. Esther scrolled down the document, her finger flicking the air in front of the projection. Her eyes scanned quickly for violations. There.

“We did not agree to surrender the city of Mayapuri.”

The hazmatted figures shifted. Had they hoped she wouldn’t find this? That it would be buried too deeply?

“It’s of religious significance to our people,” Arya said.

“Your people haven’t visited in thirty years,” Esther said. “Whatever religious significance it once held is lost.”

“We haven’t visited because of the virus!” A different doctor said, stepping in front of her superior. “But the city has lost no meaning to us. Our people have mourned and prayed for Mayapuri. Many of our own were stranded there and have since died.”

Dr. Arya held up his hand. She bowed her head and backed behind him.

“This disease has not infected our planet,” he said. “The only reason we researched it was to once again take our pilgrimage of faith. The only reason I and my colleagues expose ourselves to you today is to recover our loss.”

Terraform XII had fought many wars over the prosperous Mayapuri. Now that the virus had given it to them, the chancellor wasn’t willing to give it back.

“It resides on our planet,” Esther said. “Once the virus is eradicated, you may visit again, but it will be owned by us.”

“I see.”

The contract flickered off, and Dr. Arya reached for the projector.

“For Pete’s sake, Admiral Levin!” Fletcher burst out. “Our people are dying! Can’t we spare one city!”

“I have my orders.”

“You don’t have dead family!”

His spit flew. Gross man! In a germ-paranoid culture, no one violated breathing space without permission.

“Not here,” she whispered.

This was disgraceful. His face flushed a splotched red, and his mustache bristled, but Fletcher swallowed his words. Esther could smell his sweat.

Her right hand began to shake, the first symptom of the shakes virus. With repose she clasped it in her left. Her stomach turned over, but she didn’t betray her feelings on her face.

“So, I take it we have not come to an agreement?” she said to Dr. Arya, her voice ice.

“You are correct.”

“I will speak with my chancellor and get back to you.”

“Remember, only those with the latent form of the virus are allowed here.” Arya paused. “I hope you live long enough for us to meet again.”

He opened the door, and the six other doctors fell in step behind him. They lined the hallway guarding the entrance to their spaceport. Esther turned her back on them and walked to her ship’s air lock. Webb marched behind her, and Fletcher swung his fists wide as he stomped.

The air lock closed.

“What was that! We need that antivirus!”

Esther’s right hand began to shake violently. She clutched it harder with her left, but Webb noticed the movement. His face paled.

“I had my orders.”

“Orders given by a chancellor protected and quarantined. Orders given by a woman who hasn’t lost what I’ve lost!”

Fletcher’s fist flew. Esther blocked his hand with her arm, her military training kicking in. Fletcher startled at her quickness and stepped back. She hid her shaking hand behind her back.

“Should I call guards to escort you back to your quarters?”

Her host would have. She would have locked him in his quarters, then plotted his character assassination.

But Esther wasn’t her host.

“I’m captain of this ship and can go where I please,” he said.

“You will no longer join me on Taara Makaan.”

“Not that it matters.” The door to the air lock swished open, and Fletcher stormed away. “You won’t sign that treaty anyway!”

Fletcher turned the corner out of sight.

“Esther would’ve handled it differently,” Webb said, his voice trembling.

“I can’t afford a mutiny,” Esther said. “Arresting the captain—”

“Is what she would have done.”

She was wrong.

But out loud, Esther said, “I have to call the chancellor.”

She marched as quickly as dignity would allow back to her room.

“Tiberius!” Esther stepped up to his chair, her feet toe-to-toe with his. “How do you explain this?”

She held her hand, violently shaking, before his crooked nose.

“Not possible,” he whispered.

He pressed her hand firmly between both of his and closed his eyes. His warmth reassured her, though she couldn’t explain why. She was nothing more than a successful experiment to him, the next step on his path to scientific fame.

“The DNA I used was preserved from a time before her virus was active. It should have been latent,” he said. “I checked and rechecked. No.” He released Esther’s hand and spun in his chair. “This is something else; it must be.”

He pointed his gnarled finger at the scanner, and Esther stood on its pad. His fingers danced a reggae over the glowing controls. A light flashed, and Esther blinked the spots from her eyes.

“Still latent,” he said and fell back in his chair.

“Still latent? Then how do you explain this?”

Both her hands were shaking now, signs that the virus was spreading.

“I can’t. The scan shows the latent virus.” His thickset eyelids narrowed. “Are you nervous for any reason?”

“Nervous? You think this is in my head? Don’t be preposterous.”

“It’s a logical explanation.”

Knock, knock, knock.

Esther turned to the door. “In a moment.” To Tiberius. “You’ve missed something.”

The doctor shook his bald head and shuffled into the hospital through the hidden door. Esther pushed a button on her desk. The floor swallowed the scanner pad, and the doctor’s controls sank into her desk. No visitor would know her secret.

Esther sat straight-backed in her cedar chair and clasped her shaking hands in her lap.

“Enter.”

Her host’s daughter, Naomi, barged in.

“You didn’t sign the treaty?”

“Fletcher told you. How convenient.”

“It doesn’t matter who told me.” Naomi threw her hands out. “Our lives depend on that antivirus. Don’t you care about your planet? Your own daughter?”

Her features weren’t as Esther remembered them, or more precisely, as her host had. In her host’s memory, Naomi had a larger nose, rounder face, crooked teeth. The nose was an exaggeration of Naomi’s father’s. Probably because her host hated the ex-husband for daring to leave. But the rounder face and crooked teeth were from the daughter’s past when she was thirteen.

No thirteen-year-old stood before Esther now. Naomi had grown into a twenty-four-year-old young woman, angry and stunning, and her host had missed it completely.

“Take a seat.” Esther motioned to the chair and a half. “We need to talk.”

Naomi half turned toward the door then back to Esther. Her lips mouthed Esther’s words. She walked to the chair and studied Esther’s face.

“You want me to stay?”

“Obviously.”

“How sick were you?”

“I had time to think; that’s all you need to know.”

Naomi perched on the edge of the cushion. Esther caught even more changes. Naomi’s hips strained her pants. Her hair grew thicker and more lustrous than before. And her style had changed. Instead of a fitted button-down top, she wore a peasant-style shirt that flowed around her curves and didn’t hug her slender waist.

Esther wasn’t the only one with secrets.

“The chancellor insists that Mayapuri is not to be surrendered as part of the deal,” Esther said.

Naomi cocked her head at Esther. She was trying to guess Esther’s next move. Her host wouldn’t have let the conversation go this far.

“She’s willing to let more of her own citizens die to keep Mayapuri?”

Naomi inched back on her seat to get comfortable. For some reason, Esther still wanted this conversation to continue.

“Yes,” she said, studying the woman before her.

“But you’re the one signing the treaty.”

“To defy my superiors would be suicide, literally.”

Naomi’s face hardened in much the way Esther’s would have. Why didn’t Esther’s host have any memory of her daughter’s resemblance to herself? Had she pushed her that far out of her mind?

“Our superiors still answer to the people,” Naomi said. “They still have a vote.”

Excellent point.

“And the people want the treaty more than they want Mayapuri,” Esther said.

“So, give them what they want; they’ll protect you.”

Esther laughed at that. It startled both Naomi and herself. Try as she might, Esther couldn’t remember what her own laugh had sounded like.

“The people won’t protect me,” Esther said. “They’ll celebrate me for a few weeks, maybe a year, then move on with their new lives. But the chancellor, she has a long memory.”

Naomi leaned forward, fully invested in their little game now. “Then don’t let the chancellor see your hand in it.”

“But I sign the treaty.” Esther leaned in too.

Her hands started to shake, and Naomi’s eyes flicked down. She leapt from her chair.

“You’re still sick.”

“Not from the virus.”

“Then what?”

Naomi fled to the door. Her right hand covered her stomach while her left touched the door, her escape.

“I haven’t figured it out.”

“An assassination attempt? You’ve made a lot of enemies.”

“Assassination . . .”

Assassin bots! The doctor didn’t deactivate them all!

It fit. The only ones who could have infected Esther in her short life were Tiberius, Webb, and Fletcher. It would have been easiest for the doctor. Simply leave some assassin bots active. He could even program them to imitate the shakes virus.

Naomi opened her mouth to say something, but her gaze stayed locked on Esther’s hands.

“I can’t stay.”

“Go.”

Naomi stepped into the hallway, then turned back. “Whatever you decide—”

“I’ll let you know.”

The door closed.

Esther narrowed her eyes at the hidden door and considered the wrinkled old man behind it. Her host would have killed the doctor first, then called the chancellor.

But Tiberius wasn’t going anywhere, and for some reason Esther couldn’t explain, she needed to save Naomi. She pulled out the desk chair and sat with shoulders lowered and chin high. She hid her shaking hands under the desk.

“Computer, record a statement.”

“Of course, Admiral.”

“Great news, people of Terra Twelve! The treaty is signed, the antivirus is ours.” Esther allowed a smile. “In just a few hours, your labs will have all they need to replicate it and save us all. The doctors only asked for Mayapuri and, considering all they’ve given us, the chancellor agreed. Thanks be to our chancellor. Our families are finally safe.”

Esther stared ahead for three seconds.

“End transmission.”

The computer beeped. “What should I do with the statement?”

“Release fifty copies into the public database. News channels with low reliability ratings. Vary some of the words. Make the transmission low quality.”

That should spread the rumors quickly.

“Done.”

“Now, erase your memory of this conversation.”

“Done.”

It didn’t take a minute for a call to come in from the chancellor. She appeared floating above Esther’s desk, her white hair pulled back in a soft bun, and her aged face sad. She had that look that said, Just tell me what the problem is, and I’ll make it all better. Her comforting façade won elections by landslide victories.

For Esther’s host, the chancellor’s approval felt like her grandmother’s ginger cookies. No wonder she followed the chancellor’s orders, even if it meant death for others.

“Esther, what have you done?” the chancellor asked with heavy disappointment.

“I refused the treaty, as ordered.”

The chancellor turned to something on her side. “Not according to the news.”

“News?”

The chancellor’s eyes hardened. The look of a predator crossed her face, then vanished in a flash. A young officer stumbled into the holograph and bowed. Judging from his insignia, he handled public affairs.

“Your Excellency.”

He showed her the announcement going out. Her lips pinched.

“I saw.”

But the chancellor’s face flushed underneath her makeup, lava welling up under the surface.

“I am not surrendering Mayapuri. Retract your announcement.”

“Umm . . .” The officer twitched.

“Yes?”

“Crowds will riot when they learn we don’t have the antivirus. Especially if they find out it was your decision.”

The chancellor refocused on Esther’s face, reading her, dissecting her. Esther mirrored the feeling of fury and betrayal the chancellor was expressing. If anyone could see her as the imposter she was, it was the chancellor.

“I will track down who sent this,” Esther said. “They will pay.”

She imagined killing the assassin who had infected her. It gave her voice that extra edge it needed.

“It’s too late for that,” the chancellor said.

She dismissed the officer with a wave, and he bolted out of the transmission like a rabbit escaping a wolf.

“Hundreds of thousands of lives have been lost to wars over Mayapuri, and this virus finally brought an end to those. As soon as the public forgets the virus—and it will—the wars begin again.”

“Your approval ratings will be untouchable after getting the antivirus,” Esther said. “Use your popularity to negotiate trade with Mayapuri in your favor.”

“Hmm,” the chancellor said it like she was tasting a strange new food. “I could. Many laws could be swayed with high public favor.”

She leaned back and considered Esther’s proposal for a minute and then another. Occasionally her eyes cut back to Esther, studying her. Esther kept her eyes downcast and waited. Finally the chancellor broke the silence.

“Congratulations on signing the treaty, Admiral.”

The chancellor’s smile softened. She ended the transmission, and Esther made a mental note to retire as soon as her boots hit the epoxycrete back on Terraform XII.

She spun her chair to face the hospital door.

“Doctor!”

It took several seconds. Esther could almost see him limping along. The hidden door opened, and the doctor stood silhouetted. Esther left her desk, and Tiberius shuffled to it.

“That was longer than I expected,” he said. “You normally dismiss your daughter quickly.”

Esther drew her plasma handgun and pointed it at the doctor. It shook violently.

“What?” He stumbled back. “Tying up loose ends, are we? Is Webb next?”

“You left extra nanobots inside me. Clever making them imitate the virus symptoms.”

“I?” The doctor startled. “Why would I destroy you? You’re my greatest success yet! All the clones I’ve created in the past rejected their host’s memories.” Tiberius’s eyes glazed over. “The mind. It’s trickier than I expected.”

He said that last part to himself, not Esther. His eyes refocused and stared down the barrel back at her.

“You have nanobots in you?”

“You tell me.”

“But I scanned you myself. I should have found them. Unless . . .”

He held his finger to his lips. Esther lowered her weapon, but he didn’t notice. His eyes flicked back and forth like he was playing a game of chess.

“Unless they were programmed to hide. Makes sense. They were programmed to imitate the virus symptoms. Why not program them to hide from scanners as well?”

“Where could they hide from scanners?”

Tiberius swiped his hand in Esther’s direction like the answer was a waste of his time.

“Your socks if they’re sweaty enough. Well, what are we waiting for?”

He shooed her to where the scanner lay hidden under the floor. Her host would have been insulted. Esther followed his directions without a fuss. He ran his fingers along the edge of the desk, and his controls lit up. The scanner rose from the floor, and she stood on it again. His fingers whipped across the lights.

“You were right,” he said.

A flash of light, and her hands stopped shaking. Tiberius leaned back, and his body fell limp.

“But how did someone get assassin bots back in you? I killed them. Every last one.”

“Fletcher tried to slap me. I blocked him.”

“That could do it,” Tiberius said. “If there was skin contact. But then he would have nanobots that remained in his system. They would kill him too.”

“Computer?” Esther said to the ceiling.

“Yes, Admiral,” the computer’s alto voice answered.

“Where is Fletcher, and is he healthy?”

“Captain Jack Fletcher is sitting in his room, telling a picture that he will ‘Fix this, I promise.’ His blood pressure is high, but all other vital signs are normal.”

Esther cocked her head at Tiberius. So much for that theory. He clucked his tongue.

“Fletcher could have killed his nanobots as soon as he left you.”

That explained it.

“Computer,” Esther said. “Lock Fletcher in his quarters and call Webb to come here.”

“Lieutenant Commander Brandon Webb is sick, Admiral,” the computer answered.

Esther and Tiberius locked eyes. She could tell from his face, they had the same thought.

“What are his symptoms?” Esther asked.

“Shaking violently on the floor. I called paramedics while you were transmitting to the chancellor. Webb will be delivered to the hospital soon.”

“Did he touch you?” Tiberius asked.

“We shook hands.”

“He’s the one.” He shook his head and mumbled. “But it doesn’t make sense; Webb called me. He set up the whole scheme for your creation.”

Tiberius didn’t know that Webb had been her host’s lover. Esther imagined Webb, sitting at his lover’s deathbed. He held her host’s hand as she withered, but just on the other side of the hospital wall, Esther grew healthy in her host’s old bedroom. Drank her tea. Slept in her bed.

Finish what you start.

That’s what Esther had said to Webb. No wonder he looked so determined when he shook her hand. He probably didn’t even consider it murder. After all, is a clone really a person?

“It’s one thing to plan something, Doctor,” Esther said. “It’s quite another to live with the consequences.” To the computer: “Unlock Fletcher’s door.”

“Yes, Admiral. Anything else?”

“Tell Fletcher to meet me at the air lock. It’s time to sign a treaty.”

* * *

Esther signed the treaty, and Fletcher served as witness. The deed was done.

Fletcher and Esther stood side by side on his ship, Olive Branch. The air lock behind them released its seal as it separated from Taara Makaan spaceport. Paramedics took the vial of antivirus to the hospital for study and multiplication.

“You did good back there,” Fletcher said.

“Thank you,” Esther said, and stepped forward.

“Wait.”

Esther pivoted and faced Fletcher.

“You’ve changed,” he said.

“Have I?”

She looked sidelong at him. Fletcher stuffed his hands in his pockets and rocked back on his heels.

“Hmm.” The sound echoed down his deep chest. “The chancellor accepted the treaty?”

“She has.”

“We have the antivirus?”

“We do.”

“And no more of my family will die?”

“Not from the virus.”

“Good day, Admiral.”

Fletcher stepped lightly down the hallway, a heavy load lifted from his shoulders.

“Admiral . . .” the computer said from the ceiling.

“Yes?”

“Lieutenant Commander Brandon Webb has passed away. His body is in the hospital.”

“I’ll be right there.”

* * *

Tiberius and Esther put her host’s body and Webb’s in the same space coffin. They had been together in life. They belonged together in death.

Normally bodies were deposited in the recycling system on a spaceship. Nothing wasted. But no one complained when Esther requested a ceremonial burial for Webb. The crew had kept her host’s affair quiet, but many had suspected.

A funeral procession led the coffin to the air lock and launched it out. The ship fired on the coffin. The contents exploded in a bright burst and extinguished. Only dust remained. All evidence of Esther’s host was destroyed.

She was finally free.

“He was so close to being saved,” Naomi said. “I’ve heard of the virus killing quickly but never knew anyone that happened to. The victims normally suffer so long.”

“At least no one else need die.”

Esther wanted to clasp Naomi’s hand and give it a motherly squeeze. She couldn’t explain her sudden attachment, but then, could any mother?

But she wouldn’t be that forward. Not yet.

“Go to the hospital, get the antivirus.”

“I can’t cut in line because I’m the admiral’s daughter.”

“Children, elderly, and . . . pregnant women—”

Naomi blushed.

“Are given top priority. Now go.”

Naomi nodded and walked to the lift. Her gait already had a slight waddle.

Esther’s feet marched to her quarters. What would her grandchild call her? Grandmother? Too stiff. Gammie? No, that wasn’t right. And would it be a grandson or granddaughter? Who was the lucky young man? Esther had her guess.

She entered her quarters. Tiberius sat in the cushioned chair instead of behind the desk. Blues played lightly in the background, and he swirled iced tea in his glass.

“You really should have something stronger on hand.”

Esther poured herself some tea. She sweetened it with only a drop of honey instead of a tablespoon.

“I thought I’d perfected the memory transfer,” he said and sighed.

Esther sat at her chair and took a sip. Not too sweet.

“We’ll dock in three hours at the Aurora spaceport. You’ll slip out using my private air lock just as when you came on board.”

“Of course. And any research I publish won’t mention your specific name. Case study only.”

He raised his glass in celebration—not of the antivirus or salvation of his planet—but in toast of Esther, his finest creation yet.

“And we cannot see each other again,” Esther said.

“Pity. I’d grown rather fond of you.”

“I’m flattered.”

Even though sarcasm laced her voice, Esther was pleased. Their relationship was twisted, but she’d grown fond of him too. She sipped her tea.

“Oh, and I’ve been meaning to tell you.” She held her tea in her lap. Her hands didn’t shake. “Smells are missing from my memories.”

“Smells?” Tiberius sat up, his eyes sparkling.

“Thought you’d want to know.”

He began mumbling to himself about the olfactory parts of the brain, and Esther allowed herself the luxury of a smile. Her life may have been unorthodox from the very beginning, but she’d made the most of it. And had a grandchild to look forward to.

Esther took another sip of her tea. Perfect.

Marjorie King

Marjorie King is an engineer turned mom turned author. She loves space, tech, and strategy, and has written a space heist adventure, Maverick Gambit, available online. On her website, www.EngineerStoryteller.com, she reviews her favorite SciFi/Fantasy books and posts pics of them on #bookstagram. Occasionally she posts recipes on her blog too. Why not? She can sometimes be spotted in the wild... literally, since she loves hiking in National Parks in the US.

Website: www.EngineerStoryteller.com

Facebook: MarjorieKingAuthor

Instagram: marjoriekingwrites

Email: marjorie@engineerstoryteller.com

FORGET-ME-NOTS FOR THE POTTER’S FIELD

By Wendy Nikel

4,600 Words

IT’S NOT ONLY the living who shiver when someone treads on their grave.

It happens often enough, throughout the years, no matter how quiet and secluded the place one is buried in. The whiskered old groundskeeper who used to tread so lightly, careful to give a wide berth to each headstone, has long since claimed his own place beneath the turf. In his place, younger men have forged their own paths, ones that crisscross and weave in and out among the stones, heedless of those beneath.

In my day, this place was far from town, surrounded for miles by nothing but the wandering feet of cattle. In my day, only outcasts and traitors were buried here.

Now, the newest groundskeeper lumbers through this tucked-away block, his wheelbarrow bouncing along the uneven ground and rattling his ancient shears and rakes and a bright orange Weedwacker—a brutal machine whose name I somehow, through his memories, know.

When he walks here, I notice him as much as he notices me. That is to say, hardly at all.

Oh, he might glimpse the worn, rounded marker from the corner of his eye, briefly stirring my consciousness. His gaze might pass over it as he tends to his duties, bringing me brief awareness. But it never lingers. Never comes to rest fully on the crumbled letters etched in the stone. His footfalls, his whistling, even the peculiar-sounding chimes of the phone tucked into his back pocket have become white noise: Ambient. Soothing. Forgotten.

That’s how I know it’s not him when I’m suddenly jolted from my rest. The soft, quiet bed of darkness where I’ve been left—forgotten and forgetting—falls away as abruptly as being doused by a pitcher of water, as painfully as the hot iron of a brand.

It’s a woman who notices me again.

She’s tall and somber and wears a bright blouse and pants with striped suspenders. She carries a small tablet and stylus, and a bag that bears the initials “J.L.” is draped across her chest. From the gray hairs just beginning to jut out from her widow’s peak, I can tell she’s older than I ever was, but she still holds herself with the confidence of youth. The curiosity of youth as well.

J.L.—or Jael, as it sounds in my thoughts—tilts her head, and I try to pull back and shrink away, to retreat deep into that veiled place of quiet numbness, but it’s useless. That’s not how it works. Not in places like this.

She continues to frown at the stone, and I try not to resent her, for it’s been so long; there’s no way she could know that each moment she does so is excruciating for me. Not physically, of course, for the worms have taken care of that so long ago, and what little remains of my body is now dry and unfeeling. But being noticed has awakened something in me—an awareness I’d tucked away. Memories that, in being forgotten, I myself could forget. They’re fuzzy, indistinct, and smell of the burning forge, but they nag at me with such intensity that I know, without really knowing, that I’ve done something terrible. Something I don’t want anyone—even myself—to remember.

“Who are you?” Jael crouches before me, and even if I wanted to, I couldn’t tell her. I’m nothing but a prickle on her spine, a breath of a whisper on the back of her neck that, if she was paying attention to it (and if she was the superstitious sort) might cause her to shiver, pick up her belongings, and walk away, leaving me alone again to be forgotten.

But instead, she pushes away the overgrown weeds and squints at my pockmarked stone, and I feel myself awaken more as she does. Please, stop. Just let me be forgotten.

Back when I was stronger, when the scandal of it all ensured I was well remembered by the living, I’d pulled and twisted and teased the vines, shaping them to cover the words of the stone. Drops of dew that slipped from them would run across the letters, ruining them beyond legibility. I’ve always been good with plants, able to bend them gently to my will, and my work must have paid off, for now, the woman can only squint at the marker, her lips moving as she tries to decipher the lines.

“Hmm. This whole section is missing from the online records. I’m going to have to ask Hugh about you,” she mutters, making note of the location on her tablet. Then she holds up the device, and it lets out a click. Understanding travels to me along that impossible thread of consciousness through which she’s awakened my existence: it’s a photograph. “Maybe he’ll let me dig through the physical records, see if I can figure out who you were.”

Please don’t. And this time, as I’m more firmly solidified in her mind, I can almost hear myself say it. I can almost feel my lips move in protest.

Jael packs her tablet into her bag and rises to her feet, releasing bent-up stalks, which no longer shield me as well as I’d like.

* * *

Hugh must be the newest groundskeeper, for Jael isn’t gone long before I sense my self-awareness increase. Two people now, rather than one, are thinking of me, speaking of me, wondering about me. Perhaps they’ve already discovered my name. Perhaps it still means something around here.

Why me? Why not one of the others around me in this desolate place? I can sense them now, sleeping peacefully beneath the soil, undisturbed by undesired memories. I envy them.

The shame and the loss are more pronounced now, more sharp edged, and a single word echoes in my consciousness: betrayer.

* * *

Days pass, and I know I remain on Jael’s mind, because I still can find no rest. I’m unable to wander far from the lonely stone in the shade-darkened copse, but I’m more aware of those around me. Elsewhere within our iron-fenced boundaries, others roam.

There’s a general from the war buried on the property’s northern edge who has been kept vibrant and active by his notoriety and by the iron placard that stands before his elaborate tomb. Years ago, he used to ride through the grounds by night on a stallion, his presence made brilliant white—nearly corporeal—by the strength of his former enemies’ nightmares. But they are gone now, taking with them the memories that gave him such strength. Now it’s their stories, passed down in books and letters and the lectures of historians, that hold him here.

The eastern acres are the newest, the overturned soil the freshest. Throughout the seasons, the living will come, bearing their gifts of forget-me-nots and candles, of stuffed bears and helium-filled balloons. The recipients welcome them with gentle breezes that make the hot sun seem less harsh on their heads and comforts whispered directly into their loved ones’ hearts. They want to be remembered; for them it’s a joy. I watch from a distance in envy.

* * *

Jael visits again, and this time she speaks my name.

“Good morning, Eliza.”

Beyond time and place, I hear the echo of all those who have spoken that name before. I wish I had hands and ears so that I might block them out somehow, but they come full force, each with another measure of pain.

Father, his voice as strong as his hands—which built his house, his farm, his fences—speaking my name in anger. Mother, quiet and yet just as fearsome. Brother . . .

Brother.

My brother, the blacksmith whose shadow darkened his hot, smoke-filled shop. Whose voice, even now, is a red-hot poker. His name is out of reach, yet when he speaks mine, it’s with such sharp accusation, such disappointment and hurt, that I know he’s the one I’ve betrayed.

Please, stop. I can’t bear to remember. I’m so sorry, for whatever I did.

Jael freezes, and I wonder if she’s heard me, but she shakes her head and goes on. “Eliza Forsythe. 1865 to 1885. So young. But why are you buried here—alone? You know, there’s a vault across town with the same surname on it. It’s a big, elaborate thing from around that same era. But if they were your family, why weren’t you buried with them? What happened to you, Eliza?”

Please. I don’t want to know what I’ve done.

Jael sighs, lowers herself to the ground, and takes out her tablet, fiddling with the stylus for a few moments before speaking again. “I sometimes wish I’d lived back then, back when this part of the country was still so wild. You read about the close, tight-knit families from those times, with fathers training up sons in their trades and mothers teaching their daughters how to cook and sew, and everyone sitting together for big Sunday dinners. Nowadays, what do we have?” She holds up the tablet, as if I know what it is, what it does, what it means. And yet somehow, I do.

On the screen is an email from someone named Tyson. I linger over her shoulder, reading the message as she continues speaking.

“My brother. He’s a mess. Has been since our parents died, though that’s no excuse. Claims he needs a thousand dollars by next week so he can buy a suit for an interview with some big company. Except I called the place and— surprise—they claim they don’t have any open positions right now and definitely aren’t interviewing. I don’t know if he wants the cash for drugs or one of his other vices, but he’s family. I’m getting paid enough to restore these old cemeteries, so he knows I’m good for it, so . . . I mean, I’d just hate to think what he’d do if he was really desperate.” She tucks the tablet away and rises to her feet, brushing off her jeans. “But never mind all that. We gotta figure out what happened to you, Eliza. I think I’ll swing by the library on my way to the apartment.”

I try to follow, to tell her to stop. If I were stronger, I could manifest myself like the haunts in old stories, to frighten her away from this place and this quest.

The thought sends a shudder through me. I don’t want to frighten her, just to rest.

As it is, I can only flow, like an errant breeze, around her. When my attempts at tugging her hair go unnoticed, I slip into her bag with the tablet, and by siphoning from its power source, I can follow her to the cemetery’s main path. Follow, but nothing more. The battery dies at the wide iron gate, and when she reaches into her bag to search for her keys—the mystery of my forgotten existence pushed briefly from her mind—her fingers meet a key fob that holds an icy chill, but nothing more.

* * *

Gustaf.

I know precisely when she finds his name, because that’s when I do too. It burns like a stoked fire through me, churning up sparks of guilt and self-loathing. Stirring up smoke that chokes me out, and a voice within it, crying:

“How could you, Eliza? You ruined me!”

And though the details are still lost, and I beg for them to remain so, I know—as surely as my name—that it is true.

Even though she’s miles away, I know Jael is reading old newspaper articles from the time before all the trouble began, for I can see Gustaf’s blacksmith forge as if it’s before me, can feel the whoosh of the bellows and sense the heat around me. I can hear the town’s accolades for his fine workmanship, their praise for the young man who shows so much promise. And I see something she doesn’t see, something I was never meant to find: in the corner, the metal box with a false bottom, and in that hidden compartment, the short-handled running irons favored by cattle rustlers.

Then I picture the family vault across town and know, when she does, that Gustaf is not buried there either. I know, with frightful certainty, that they never recovered enough remains to put to rest.

And Father’s words echo around me: “Today, I’ve lost both my children.”

* * *

This time when Jael visits, it’s drizzling, and the sky is as clouded and dark as my thoughts. She’s wearing an orange poncho and rainboots that come halfway up her calves. She carries a rake with bamboo tines and a garbage bag that’s already half-full of debris.

“I found your family,” she says as she approaches, and her memory of them stirs a whirlwind of emotions through me: love, pain, sorrow, regret. “Your parents and grandparents are across town in that vault, as I’d suspected, but you and your brother aren’t. You know why?”

She waits, listening, as if I might answer.

Even if I could, I don’t want to. I may not remember the details, but I remember enough. Enough to know that I ruined his reputation. I ruined our family’s good name. And what’s more, from the gnawing ache of guilt that won’t go away, I’m beginning to suspect I may have done something worse.

“I asked the librarian,” Jael said, putting the rake to the ground and carefully tugging at the snarls of dead leaves and tangled weeds. “She thought she remembered reading some old records in the archives about the family once. Some big scandal that turned the town upside down, back when there were more cattle out here than people. She said I ought to head to the main branch, that they’d have more reels of microfiche there with newspapers from that era. Maybe I can find out what happened.”

The heat of terror flows through me. A leaf catches in Jael’s hair—coincidence? Or a sign that her curiosity is catching, making me stronger? Besides Hugh and the librarian, whom else has she talked to about me?

I wish I could tell her that I don’t want to be remembered. I wish I could force her to give up this pursuit. I try to scream it as loud as I can, and maybe a bit of it gets through.

“It’s part of why I do what I do,” she says almost apologetically, gesturing to her tools. “It just doesn’t seem right, that just because you lived long ago . . . just because you didn’t have any children or grandchildren of your own, that you should be forgotten.”

But some of us want to be forgotten.

She sets about her work, humming a melancholy tune as she goes, and I follow at her heels like a calf trailing its mother, able to hold on more tightly this time because her mind is so full of my story. When the sun begins to creep down toward the golden treetops, she tucks the rake away in the groundskeeper’s shed, and this time when she reaches into her bag to grab her keys, she shivers, and my name is on the tip of her tongue. She says it aloud, though she doesn’t know why.

* * *

I leech off the power of her tablet until we reach her car—an enclosed, silver thing that only resembles the carriages of my day in that it has four wheels and seats. She turns the key, and the engine roars to life, along with a battery far stronger than that of her little tablet. Between her musings on my life and the electrical energy in this rumbling machine, I’m able to sit beside her and be carried away, farther each minute from the place where my body was laid to rest.

Jael listens to music as she drives, the same melancholy tunes that she’d hummed as she worked, only now I hear the lyrics too. They’re words of frustration and angst and loss, and I wonder what they mean to her, why she sings with such conviction.

Outside, the empty prairie of my day is gone, and I finally see the city that, thus far, I’d only vaguely sensed. It’s easy to see why so few from my corner of the cemetery are remembered; there’s no trace of my era on this city. The buildings our hands constructed have crumbled. The places that bore our names are gone. Highways bisect the farms that families passed from generation to generation.

It is as if we never existed.

And yet, beside me is a woman who wants to resurrect old things: old names, old stories, old pains, old wrongs. What right does she have? What good will it do?

“Whoa,” Jael says, frowning at the dashboard, which has started blinking in agitation. Yellow lights. Orange lights. Red lights. The car sputters, threatening to die, and another vehicle whizzes past, its horn blaring. That’s what it takes to make me realize what I’ve done, and I pull back, immediately regretful. The engine turns over, humming steadily again.

“What was that all about?” Jael mutters to herself. I can hear her heart beat faster and feel the adrenaline fluttering through her veins. It makes me feel stronger, more powerful, and yet at the same time, it frightens me. The world is full of stories of spirits who feed on fears, who revel in their notoriety and use that power to manifest themselves, keeping their memory alive long after those who would remember them are gone. Is that what Jael is turning me into? Is that what I’m destined to become?

I sink back into the seat, distancing myself from the dashboard and the engine.

When Jael’s phone rings, I fear I’ve caused that as well, but when she answers it with a sigh, it’s a real, living person she’s talking to.

“Hey, Tyson.” She loops a Bluetooth device over her ear, and though I could tuck myself away inside its tiny bits of metal to hear both sides of the conversation, I choose to listen only to her words, a tiny gesture of humanity that makes me feel less like a haunt.

“No, I didn’t send money yet. Why?” She sighs again. “Look, where did you say you were interviewing? Right. Uh-huh. No, I believe you. Yes, I know we’re family.”

“How could you, Eliza? We’re family.” The car speakers sputter, static filling the air where Jael’s music had just been, and within it, behind it, from somewhere deep beyond, comes my father’s voice. “I don’t care what he’d been making or for whom—even if it was for the devil himself. Family doesn’t betray family. Mark my word, that sheriff’s gone to get his deputy, and the two of them are going to cart your brother away before the night is through. All his hard work, gone. Our good family name, besmirched. And that’s on your shoulders. Nobody’s but your own.”

And then Mother’s. “Where’s Gustaf?”

The scent of fire overwhelms me.

“Look, I gotta go,” Jael says. “I’m in traffic, and my car’s acting up. Smells like something’s overheating. I’ll call you back later. Yeah. Bye.”

She tosses the phone onto the seat beside her and urges the car like I used to do with the horses pulling the wagon up the big hill at the edge of town. “C’mon, girl. We’re almost to the library. Just a few more blocks, and I’ll call the mechanic. Just hang in there a few more blocks.”

It hangs in there. She props the hood and calls the mechanic from the parking lot. I know that when he arrives, he won’t find anything wrong with it. Mechanically, it’s always been fine, and I no longer care to possess it.

I need to follow Jael inside the somber, stone building. I need to put her search to rest. I remember enough on my own now, beginning with the sheriff’s unexpected visit and his even more unexpected line of questioning, and ending weeks later when, alone and destitute, I succumbed to a cough that had torn through my lungs since the night of that fire. The night that Gustaf died.

Jael must have caught at least some of what was said on the radio, because as she climbs the steps, her curiosity is so strong that I don’t even need to leech power from her electronics. I cling, instead, to each question running through her mind, the pieces of the puzzle she refuses to forget.

“Can I help you?” the young man at the reference desk asks. “What are you looking for today?”

“Just some information about a bit of local history. Something that happened back in the 1880s to a woman named Eliza Forsythe.”

“Why don’t we just check the computer here?”

What will they do, when they find out the truth? With how many people will they share my greatest secret? Will they engrave a placard for me, to match the war general’s? One with words like traitor and murderess etched too deeply for rain to wear away?

My panic rises. The lights flicker. The computer screen goes blank.

“Well, that’s not good,” the librarian says, frowning and pressing the power button. “I’ll have to have the IT department see if they can fix it. For now, looks like we’ll have to go low-tech. We’ve got the old card catalog right here, and the microfiche over there. You know how to use them?”

Jael nods, already passing her fingers over the cards. I read over her shoulder, skimming through the subjects, relieved at each card and film roll that does not bear my name. Minutes and hours pass like lifetimes, and as false hopes dissolve and leads dead-end, I begin to fade away. I’m pulled by the tedium and forgetfulness back toward the rest of my quiet, forgotten plot.

And then she finds something.

On faded newspaper, in black and white, they lay my story bare.

“A fire occurred last evening at the Forsythe ranch, resulting in one death,” Jael reads aloud, and I smell the smoke, the coal, the flames. “The fire began in the blacksmith shop, where twenty-five-year-old Gustaf Forsythe was working. Sheriff Ruesman reports that he had stopped by the ranch earlier that day to investigate a claim that the blacksmith was aiding rustlers in altering the brands of stolen cattle with the use of running irons. The man’s younger sister, Elizabeth Forsythe, had attested to the fact that her brother was in possession of the tools in question, and the sheriff was in the process of procuring a warrant when the alarm went up. Despite rescue attempts, the young man perished in the fire.”

The paper passes over the anger on Father’s face, the horror found on Mother’s as I stumbled, coughing, from the too-hot building after yelling my throat raw, trying to find Gustaf in the smoke. It misses their words that cut at my heart, telling me I’m no longer their daughter, no longer welcome in their home. There’s no indication, either, of my final weeks that followed, relying on the charity of strangers as my cough worsened and my body gave up.

Jael’s eyes are fixed to the page, and mine are fixed on her. I want to scream. I want to cry. I want to throw the books from the shelves and upend the table, and my memory is so fresh in her mind, so vivid to her, that I’m certain I could if I tried, but what good would it do now? She already knows. So I wait.

She taps her stylus on her tablet, her eyes flicking to the most recent messages there. And then, without another word, she rewinds the microfiche, tucks the film into its dust-coated box, packs up her belongings, and leaves.

This time I don’t follow. I allow myself to float away.

* * *

The next time I see her, she’s not alone.

“Tyson, this is Eliza. Eliza, my brother Tyson.”

The family resemblance is strong, though he’s taller, and his brow is creased with wariness while hers is smooth with determination.

“I don’t get it, Sis. What’d you bring me to this dump for?”

“It’s not a dump,” Jael says. “I need to tell you her story.”

I whip a wind of protest around them. Tyson’s eyes go wide.

“Please, Eliza,” Jael whispers. “Trust me. He needs to hear this. I’m sorry you couldn’t save your brother, but maybe your story can help me save mine.”

I fall silent and listen as she tells my story. Not my brother’s story of his meddling younger sibling who ruined his prospects and made his life not worth living. Not my father’s story of a hard-earned reputation, which he’d spent years trying to polish and preserve, coming to an end in a pile of ash. Not my mother’s story of a family torn apart by the secrets and lies.

Mine.

And perhaps it’s because she’s the first person to take notice of me in so many years, but the story she tells is true. Truer and more accurate than even I had remembered.

It’s the story of a woman who’d seen proof of the path her brother had chosen, who’d approached him to convince him to stop, but who—when presented with the choice between becoming complicit and doing what was right—followed her conscience, even knowing what it would mean. She’d refused to let him make her life a lie.

And I remember it now: standing with his heavy anvil between us as I tell him what I know.

“What of it?” He stokes the fire, sending sparks flying.

“I’m not stupid, Gustaf. I know what running irons are used for, and what’s more, I know who uses them. Those cowboys you met with late the other night? I know they aren’t from around here. And I know they aren’t the first.”

He chuckles. “Do you also know how well they pay? How many of your precious seed packets that work has bought for you? How many heads of cattle for Father?”

“Father says the sheriff’s on his way. Says he wants to ask about some men who might have been through here lately.”

“Let them ask. It’s only you and me who know, and I know you’ll tell a convincing tale.”

“No, Gustaf. I won’t,” I say, backing out of the shop. “You’ll tell them about those rustlers, or I will. I can’t be complicit in this.”

“And I can’t either,” Jael says quietly. “I know the interview is a sham, Tyson. You need help. And when you’re ready to accept that help, I’m here for you, but I won’t let your lies become my own.”

She leaves then, but I know she’ll be back. She’ll be back, not with a placard to set before my stone, but with stories and friendship and maybe someday flowers: tiny, blue forget-me-nots that won’t obscure my name. And I find myself, though aching for rest, looking forward to her visits and feeling . . . hopeful.

Hopeful for the man still standing before me, frowning down at the weather-worn headstone. His hands are strong and shoulders broad, like Gustaf’s, and I use this opportunity, this last bit of strength before he moves on, to whisper in his ear:

“Remember.”

Wendy Nikel

Wendy Nikel is a speculative fiction author with a degree in elementary education, a fondness for road trips, and a terrible habit of forgetting where she's left her cup of tea. Her short fiction has been published by Analog, Nature: Futures , Podcastle , and elsewhere. Her time travel novella series, beginning with The Continuum , is available from World Weaver Press.

Website: wendynikel.com/

Twitter: @wendynikel

EXPERIMENTS WITH TIME

By Jeremy Essex

 5,400 Words

LAURA CHECKED THE front of the chamber, reading down the columns of flashing blues and greens and reds, then entered the reading for each one into the computerised log pad.

Experiment number: 1012

Date: 8 July 2058

Time of commencement: 14:00 hours

Current duration of experiment: One hour, fifteen minutes

Chamber status/condition: Working/normal

Visibility level: High

Condition of subject: Normal

With a deep sigh, Laura stepped back from the metal doorway. The chamber’s soft humming was immediately lost under the sound of the shrieking wind. Up here on the fifteenth floor, you could actually feel the building rocking softly to and fro under the onslaught of the summer storm. Laura strolled back to her desk, glancing through the windows at the surrounding skyscrapers—shivering towers of steel rising from the glowing, fog-shrouded sprawl of London far below her.

The display on her digibracelet said it was nearly twenty past three. She had to boost herself soon, or she would start feeling drowsy. Her stomach tightened as she rolled up the right leg of her overalls, took the prepared syringe from her handbag, then braced herself, gritting her teeth as she slid the needle into her thigh. She shivered at the pain. The thigh was probably the most painful place to inject herself, but it had the most immediate effect. She ran her fingers over the needle-scarred skin of her slightly flabby leg, imagining the solution racing through her veins, revitalising her blood, making it healthy.

A bright green light flashed on the front of the chamber. There was a loud click, then the massive metal doorway swung inwards on its pressurised hinges. A figure dressed from head to foot in shining black stood inside the flashing archway. The figure reached up to its head, pulling off its black helmet, revealing the thin, bony face of a middle-aged man.

“Hello there, misery guts,” the man said.

Laura forced a smile as she took his helmet. “Hi, Ben. Good trip?”

“Very exhausting.” Ben looked tired as he stepped out of the chamber. He was tall and almost painfully thin, with a heavily lined face, the occasional tuft of grey showing in his otherwise black hair. Laura knew the location and purpose of every experiment was always a secret, known only to the time operative involved, but she still felt a pang of almost childish disappointment at Ben’s tight-lipped response.

“What’s the matter, sweetheart?” Ben touched her shoulder. “You look as sad as a little girl who’s been banned from eating strawberry jam.”

Laura smiled. She ran her hands through her curly blond hair. “What’s the point of me, Ben?”

“I beg your pardon?”

“Why am I here?” Laura gestured around the huge almost empty room.

“You know why you’re here.” Ben sat down on the recuperation bench. “Someone has to monitor the chamber while one of the operatives is inside.”

“But that’s just it,” Laura said. “There’s no real need for anyone to be out here at all. In over one thousand experiments, there has never, ever been a repeat of ‘the event.’ The safety measures we have now are so damned strict that nothing ever could go wrong.”

“I know what you’re saying,” said Ben. “But what if, somehow, it did happen again? Never forget how dangerous what we do is, Laura. Outside of the operatives themselves, you are the only person who understands how the chamber works. You’re the best safety measure we could ever have. We need you, kid. You’re essential.”

Laura forced another smile.

He’s right, she thought. They picked me out of a thousand applicants, just so I could sit up here and be the world’s most expensive guard dog. So I could spend every day of my life sitting in here, watching this . . . 

She looked into the open doorway of the metal chamber.

. . . this machine . . .

The wind screamed against the windows as déjà vu tugged at her mind. It had been on a day just like today, five long years ago, that she had sat in the interview room on the ground floor, her hands clasped tightly in her lap, her heart pounding so hard in her chest she could barely speak as the pale-faced woman in charge of personnel studied the data screen between them.

They’ll never give the internship to me, she had thought. Not to someone with my condition.

“So you were born with the infection in your blood?” The pale-faced woman’s hair was fluffed around her head in a stylish Afro.

“Yes, miss.” The rain pounding against the windows almost drowned out Laura’s tiny voice.

“But it’s a common enough disease. Can’t a cure be grown?”

“No, miss.” Laura’s face flushed. Speak up, she yelled at herself. For god’s sake, Ashcroft, make yourself heard!

“The bacterial cure has to be grown from a sample of blood from someone who’s almost genetically identical.”

The woman pulled her spectacles down, gazing at Laura over the lenses. “I see,” she said. “You’re an orphan.”

“Yes, miss. My father died before I was born. He was killed in the war.”

“And your mother?”

“She died giving birth to me.”

The woman’s eyes were icy cold staring over their glass shields. “That’s very sad.” She looked back at the data screen. “It says here you’re a Cambridge graduate. Top two percent of all your classes.”

“Yes, miss.”

“And now you want to work for Ministry D?”

“Yes, miss. I want it very much.”

The woman didn’t blink as she asked her next question. “Why?”

“Because . . .” Laura’s pounding heart strangled her voice. She knew her next words would decide the entire course of her life.

“Because, miss, I want my life to mean something.”

Two hours later she was on the fifteenth floor.

* * *

Dr. Stuart Marcus, head of the research unit for Project T, stroked his greying beard as he regarded the newest addition to his team with his keen dark eyes.

“Laura,” he said. “Tell us what you know about terahertz radiation.”

Laura stood, meeting each pair of eyes around the steel table.

“Terahertz waves are like the ghosts of the subatomic world.” Her heart pounded as she spoke. “They can pass straight through any other form of matter, but they can also be focused as light beams. Until very recently it’s been heavily debated whether they even truly exist. A device that receives and transmits terahertz waves could, theoretically at least, allow people to see straight through solid objects. Be it a brick wall, or a mountain.”

Dr. Marcus placed his hands in his lap. “Excellent, Laura. You’ve just perfectly described the very purpose of Project T.” He gestured around the table. “We six people are going to design and build the world’s first ever T-ray imager.”

Two years later, Laura stood inside the prototype of the quasi-optic chamber, staring with puzzlement at the giant screen before her.

“Dr. Marcus, it’s happened again.”

The headless red figure floated before her, its shining arms and legs splayed outwards, suspended like a phantom in front of the brick wall. She looked from the screen to the outer room where the wall actually stood, seeing the top of a flashing metal cone peeking over the bricks.

“It’s showing the radiation suit we put behind the wall two days ago.” She looked back at the screen, her stomach clenching with anger. “We’ve taken the damn thing to bits and rebuilt it a hundred times! How can it keep on happening? How can it show an image from the past?”

“Because the past is what it sees.” Dr. Marcus stood behind her. “When we point the imager at the wall, it shows us, not what’s behind it, but what was behind it a day ago, or a week ago.” He looked down at Laura. “Because terahertz waves are not light waves at all, but echoes of light.”

He smiled.

“Laura, our wonderful machine is detecting echoes of time.”

Another year later. Time operative Laura Ashcroft sat in the Project T operations room, her heart pounding with excitement as she rolled up her trouser leg to inject herself with the special steroid solution that kept her blood healthy. The painful prick of the needle barely registered through her euphoria. It was her turn next! In her mind she was already inside the now fully functioning imaging chamber, standing on top of Mount Everest, or watching the takeoff of the first manned mission to Mars from Cape Canaveral seven years ago.

Last week the operatives had gone back in time nine years.

Today they were trying ten.

The lights on the front of the chamber suddenly flashed in unison.

“What the hell!” Dr. Marcus stepped towards the chamber door. “What’s Ben doing? He’s stopped his trip early.”

The steel door whooshed open. Ben stood inside.

“They saw me,” he said. “The people in the time echo. They saw me.”

“What?” Marcus roared. “Ben, that’s not possible! The time echo is just a synthetic re-creation of a past moment . . .”

Ben held out his hand.

“I picked this up,” he said. “Look, Dr. Marcus. I picked this thing up. Inside the echo. I brought it back with me.”

Marcus stared. Clutched in Ben’s hand was a mini mainframe computer, twice the size of a human hand. Mainframes as large as this no longer existed.

They hadn’t existed for ten years.

“It’s not just an image,” said Ben. “Dr. Marcus, the chamber is warping the barrier of space-time. If we warp it enough, if we go back far enough, we don’t just see the echo, we can touch it.”

The Project T meeting room, one week later.

“The quasi-optic chamber is the most powerful espionage device possessed by anyone on earth,” Dr. Marcus said as he stood at the head of the table. “It must be used for the defence of the country, but only ever for that purpose. No trip must ever go back far enough in time to allow the slightest risk of time altering, except in the most urgent of circumstances. The missions must be performed only by time operatives who are so professional, so perfectly trained, that they will sacrifice their own lives rather than commit any act that might alter the past in any way.”

Dr. Marcus’s gaze finally fell on Laura.

“All time operatives must be in perfect health.”

* * *

“Penny for them.”

Ben’s black-suited form slowly materialised from the swirling fog of Laura’s memories.

“Just thinking,” she said.

“You do far too much of that,” he replied. “And we, Miss Ashcroft, are now both off duty. I could do with a drink. Want to go to the canteen?”

Laura gazed at him. “No,” she said. “I have stuff to finish in my office.”

She clicked the steel bolts on the operations room door, then walked along the corridor to the small partitioned room where she had spent most of her life over the past five years. A long desk stood in the corner, a large screen was mounted on the main wall. The office also contained a small but very comfortable fold-up bed. In the early days, when she was working on the design of the quasi-optic chamber, Laura had frequently spent the night here on the small bed, instead of wasting time making the trip across London to her apartment.

Laura sat at her desk and immediately tuned her digibracelet to the World Web. A picture of a large house appeared on the screen, a grand old country manor, surrounded by thick woodland. Laura had found the picture in the World Web archive. It was a photograph of Ashcroft House, taken in the late nineteen nineties. Laura’s family had lived in the house for generations, until just thirty years ago when the Ashcrofts had finally been forced to sell it to land developers. The beautiful house had been destroyed, and in just two decades, the whole section of Cornish countryside where it had once stood had disappeared, replaced by a complex of skyscrapers. Laura often liked to look at the house, fantasising about what it would have been like to have spent her childhood there. She would sometimes lose herself for hours, yearning for a past she had never known.

She pressed a button on her digibracelet, and the house was replaced by a series of photographs, men and women dressed in increasing degrees of antiquated clothing. The oldest picture was of a mustached, middle-aged man wearing the uniform of the British Army during the First World War. The most recent was of Laura’s father. Laura drank in the faces of her ancestors, watching the distinctive features, with their high cheekbones, repeating themselves backwards through time. Her family, her blood relatives, separated from her only by the thin glass of the screen, and by the impenetrable gulf of time.

I wish I could just reach out and touch you, she thought.

She stayed in her office until the sounds of voices and passing feet had ceased. Long after she should have gone home for the evening, Laura walked by herself to a corridor adjacent to the time chamber. At the end of the corridor was the door to a vault. Laura typed in the security code, and the door slid open. She stood for several minutes, staring at the mini mainframe that Ben had brought back with him during the last ever “official” time experiment. It was kept here in the vault, hidden from the eyes of the world. It was a space-time anomaly, a piece of unreality.

And has there ever been any consequence? thought Laura. Was an alternative timeline created? Did the entire space-time continuum crumble to pieces? Did a gigantic black hole open up and consume the whole of existence? No. And if the damn thing is really so dangerous, why didn’t the ministry destroy the chamber? Why is it okay for them to still use it, as long as they just hide this thing away and pretend it doesn’t exist?

One single object, brought forwards through time. A tiny, insignificant lump of matter that had no consequence on existence whatsoever.

Just like blood. A tiny amount of blood, taken from a human body. The body it was taken from wouldn’t even notice. How could there be any consequence to such a tiny act? The answer was that there could not. Not for the past. Not for the person she took it from. But a massive consequence for her, here, in the present. Because one single drop of blood is all that she would need to cure her of her illness for the rest of her life.

One tiny drop of blood. And then no more injections. No more pain. The ability to live a full and active life.

Laura resealed the vault. She went back to her office and pretended to debate with herself for the thousandth time whether she was really prepared to go through with it. But deep down she knew. Deep down she had decided a long time ago.

* * *

It was nearly midnight when Laura returned to the Project T operations room.

When the computer log records were checked tomorrow, they would know what she had done. The ministry would have no choice but to sack her. She didn’t care. She had made her choice. The blood would give her life. Real life.

Laura opened the door to the chamber.

She stripped out of her overalls and put on the smallest of the black suits hanging on the wall. The suits were just one of the many precautions the time operatives had to take. If their presence were ever detected by the occupants of a time echo, they would be observed as a formless black figure. In the dark they probably would not be seen at all. Whenever possible, every time experiment took place at night.

On one side of the metal-walled room, the quasi-optic laser was housed inside its plastic casing. Laura stood at the terminal, her fingers shaking so much she could barely type in the coordinates.

She had thought this out a thousand times, agonising over every detail, every possibility, and she knew that in order to give herself the surest chance of success she had to go back thirty-two years. This was almost certainly farther back than anyone had ever gone before. Laura’s father had lived at Ashcroft House until he was nineteen years old, when Laura’s grandfather had finally been forced to sell the house to property developers. That had been thirty-two years ago. If she focused the T-ray imager on the site where Ashcroft House had once stood and projected herself back thirty-two years, there would be at least three of her direct ancestors living in the house: her father, her grandfather, and her grandmother.

She knew that when going this far back, the imager could not pinpoint an exact day, but it could almost certainly take her back to a precise year. If she had to, she could make several attempts, until she was inside the house at night. Then all she would have to do was approach a sleeping person and take a drop of their blood. She had rehearsed this on herself countless times, and she knew she could do it so gently that a soundly sleeping person would never wake up. Laura would be nothing more than a shadow, completely invisible in the dark.

Laura finally picked up the tiny syringe she had brought with her, still sealed inside its plastic wrapping. She put it into a pouch in the suit, then she checked, and rechecked, the map coordinates. Finally she entered the destination year.

2026.

Laura stepped into the middle of the room, the helmet gripped in her hands. Her heart was racing. As she stood trembling, the walls seemed to shiver. A wave of weakness swept over her.

No. Please no.

She clenched her fists, and the feeling passed. It was just excitement. She had boosted herself less than twelve hours ago; she should be fine for hours yet. She looked down at the helmet, hesitating once more as she glimpsed her own face, a pale, trembling reflection in the plastic visor.

There had been over one thousand time experiments. Nothing had ever gone wrong. If there was the slightest problem, she would immediately abort.

Laura put on the helmet.

“Activate,” she said into the tiny microphone by her mouth.

Even from inside the helmet, she could hear the hum of the quasi-optic laser as it fed its rays along the pathways leading up to the top of the building, creating an invisible wave that shot into space, bounced off a satellite, and sped back downwards to a spot more than three hundred kilometers away, in Cornwall. The four walls of the chamber began to flash, her surroundings disappearing, then reforming into a new three-dimensional image. She saw the banisters of a staircase, leading along a long hallway. A carpeted floor marked with bright patches of sunlight.

It was daytime!

“Abort,” she said instantly, her heart pounding.

The metal walls of the chamber reappeared. Laura waited several seconds.

“Activate,” she said again. The chamber melted away, replaced by the same surroundings as before, only now the banisters were drenched in shadow, moonlight glinting brightly off the polished wood.

It was night.

Laura looked breathlessly around her, the visibility device contained in the visor of her helmet helping her to see in the darkness. She saw the long hallway stretching out on both sides of her, the outlines of closed doors etched in the wall opposite the banisters. Slowly, she reached out a trembling gloved hand and pressed it against the wall.

It was solid! She could feel it! Oh god, god, she was actually here!

She was upstairs, where the bedrooms were. Exactly where she wanted to be.

She saw no movement on the landing, or downstairs below the banisters. It was clearly late at night. Everybody must be asleep. She turned around, studying the closed doorways. Her father might actually be here. He might be lying asleep in one of these very rooms. Could she see him? Just for a moment, could she watch the sleeping face of the father she had never known? Could she touch him?

Laura began to walk along the landing, passing each of the closed doors. In one sense of reality, she was still standing in the middle of the quasi-optic chamber, her feet moving over the conveyer panel, the T-ray imager automatically adjusting the three-dimensional image around her as she moved. The illusion worked, as long as she walked slowly and made no sudden movements. She reached the end of the banister. Here the landing opened outwards into a square, with walls on all four sides. In the wall before her, there was a large window with the curtains drawn back. Moonlight shone through the glass. A long patch of sheer white light created a shining slit on the carpet, glinting off the wood of another doorway behind her.

Laura turned slowly around. So far she had only walked in a straight line. Now she moved sideways, remembering how to accomplish the movement from the time trips she had taken years ago. As she moved, a peculiar thing happened. The image of the doorway in front of her expanded, then divided itself in two. Laura stared. There were now two identical doorways, next to each other. There was something wrong with the time image.

No.

Laura trembled. Jesus Christ, no! The imager never went wrong! It had never happened, not in over one thousand experiments! Tears stung Laura’s eyes as she blinked. The image around her seemed perfectly solid, except for the one anomaly. Two identical doors.

Then Laura looked again, and her breath caught in her throat.

They were not identical. Not quite. The door on the right was closed, but the door on the left was partially open. Laura’s heart beat furiously. She knew the door had not been open before.

Abort. I have to abort this now!

She stepped forward. The image of the open door remained solid. She stepped forward again. Now she could see through into the room. The curtains in here were also open. A double bed was against the wall on Laura’s right. A figure lay asleep in the bed. Because of the moonlight, and the visibility aid in her helmet, Laura could see the figure’s face very clearly. A youngish to middle-aged man with a thick moustache. Laura had spent countless hours studying the photographs of her ancestors, and she knew the man in the bed was not her father, or her grandfather. It was Captain Rideon Ashcroft, who had fought in the First World War.

Laura stood for at least a minute, her blood turning cold as she watched the peacefully sleeping man. It was supposed to be two thousand and twenty-six, but this man had died in nineteen thirty-six. With a gasp of fear, Laura stepped back into the hallway.

How could this be?

Now she saw other anomalies around her. Another doorway had divided in two, one version partly superimposed upon the other. There were now two images of the stair banisters, standing a meter or so apart. Laura moved again, and a section of the dark landing was suddenly flooded by sunlight. She saw a woman walking along with two little blond-haired children holding each of her hands. The woman was fairly young and wore a long dress in the fashion of the early twenty-first century. Laura gasped as she realised the woman was Madeleine Ashcroft, her great-aunt.

No.

The entire landing suddenly split into two, then divided again into four, then into six. The time echo was disintegrating, fragmenting into a kaleidoscope of different moments in time, all superimposed over each other. Laura screamed. In one echo, she saw a door opening and a portly, red-faced man stepping out onto the landing. She recognised Roger Ashcroft, the man who had taken control of the family business in the nineteen fifties. In an image below her, she saw two thin young men, one of whom was Michael Ashcroft, whose son had nearly been killed in a car accident in nineteen eighty-five.

What the hell was happening?

It’s because I’ve gone back so far. Two years, and the echo is just an echo that can’t be touched. Ten years, and the echo can be touched and felt. Thirty years, and the echo can’t hold itself together. It’s too far back in time.

Crying out again, Laura gripped the edge of the doorway. She gasped, realising how solid the wood felt under her gloved hands. Despite the accordion-like effect of time opening out around her, somehow the moment of time she was standing in was still solid. She had to abort now! One second before she was about to yell the word into her helmet, she caught a glimpse of movement inside the doorway. She looked and saw the figure of Captain Rideon Ashcroft struggling with his bedclothes. His hands were stretched out towards her. His eyes were huge in his face, his mouth gaping silently.

He can see me!

Her screams had awoken him. He had opened his eyes to see a phantom black figure standing in the doorway, and now he was clutching at his chest, his eyes bulging.

Heart condition! He was discharged from the army because he developed a heart condition!

Something rippled across Laura’s vision. A shadow was reaching across the kaleidoscope of time, making it bulge and distort. Suddenly she couldn’t focus on the images, the time echoes had become blurred. Or at least parts of them had.

The figures of the Ashcroft family.

He’s dying! Laura understood with absolute horror. He’s going to die now, before he marries, before his children even exist.

Oh god!

Laura stumbled towards the dying man. She could feel him! He was solid flesh and blood under her hands. She leapt onto the bed, then threw Rideon back and hammered her fist on his chest. Again. Again. The man’s breath hitched several times, then he began to breathe. Laura watched him, her heart in her mouth, as the colour slowly returned to the man’s face.

He’s all right! He’s going to live!

“What are you?” Rideon screamed at her. “Oh my god, what are you?

Laura backed away from him. She turned to look beyond him, to the spiraling echoes of time. The shadowy distortion was fading away, dissolving, yet even as it disappeared she saw that some of the figures it had been hanging over had already faded beyond recognition.

“No!” Laura screamed.

The portly figure of Roger Ashcroft had become a ghost, no longer a human being, as if he had been partly erased from reality. What remained of him was standing on the landing, his hand clutched to his chest.

No!” Laura ran towards him. “Don’t die! Don’t die!” She leapt through time, into the echo that Roger occupied, her hands reaching for him just as he collapsed, dead, onto the floor. Screaming, Laura looked around her at the madly spinning carousel of time. She saw the young Michael Ashcroft clutching at his throat, lurching into the banisters at the edge of the landing.

“Michael!”

Laura sprinted at him, her hands outstretched. He was falling . . . falling over the top . . . she wasn’t close enough to stop him. Her hands seized on empty air as Michael fell headlong over the banisters, a hideous scream floating up from his tumbling body before it snapped like a twig over the banisters at the foot of the staircase.

Laura screamed with terror. In another echo, she saw the fresh young figure of Madeleine Ashcroft walk to the top of the staircase, bending down to pick up a tiny blond-haired little boy. The fading remains of a wobbling distortion was still eating into the air above them. As Laura watched, the figures of both the woman and the child began to blur.

“Madeleine!” Laura charged towards the echo. “Get away from it! Get away!” Laura ran, crying and screaming, knowing that this time she had to get there in time, this time she had to save them, because the beautiful blond-haired little boy that Madeleine held in her arms was Laura’s father.

* * *

“Go on, Madeleine. Tell the story.”

Madeleine Ashcroft put down her glass of wine. She looked across the dining table at her brother, Alfred, holding his gaze for several seconds.

“Are you sure Mary really wants to hear it?”

“Is this the story of the Ashcroft curse?” Mary Ashcroft’s long eyelashes fluttered as she touched her husband’s arm. “I’ve heard people say things about it, but . . . it isn’t true, surely.”

“Go on, Mad,” said Alfred. “You tell it so much better than I do.”

Madeleine sighed.

“They say that Rideon Ashcroft, our great-grandfather, was stationed in India during the First World War. They say that he and his friends invented dares to try each other’s courage, and Rideon was dared to go into a graveyard at night and dig up the most recent grave. The grave was supposed to be that of a very wealthy Indian man, who had been buried with all his jewels. Rideon had to come back with one of the jewels, to prove that he’d completed the dare.

“Rideon was halfway through digging up the grave when something came out of the darkness and attacked him. He was found in the morning, almost dead. He was sent back home and was never truly well again. One night, when he was lying in his bed, he had a heart attack and almost died. He always claimed that, on that night, he had awoken to see the creature from the Indian graveyard standing in his bedroom, and that it had tried to kill him again.”

Madeleine took a sip of her wine. “That’s the old family legend. I imagine that part’s totally made up. Graveyards.”

“But there’s more to it than that?” said Mary.

“Yes,” said Alfred. “They say that the creature, whatever it is, has haunted this house ever since. They say that in every generation, one of the Ashcroft family just drops dead in the prime of life, for no apparent reason. And the doctors can never say what killed them.”

Madeleine laughed. “And if you really believe the stories, every time one of these mysterious deaths occurs, the victim sees a shadowy, supernatural figure rushing towards them just before they die.”

Mary looked from Madeleine to her husband. “But there have been a lot of mysterious deaths, haven’t there?”

“There are always deaths in any family,” said Madeleine.

“Roger Ashcroft,” said Alfred. “They say he just dropped dead one day when he was on the landing. He’d never been ill a day in his life before. The doctor swore he could find no reason for his death.”

“So they say,” said Madeleine.

“And Michael,” said Mary. “The one who fell over the banister. You two must have been here when that happened.”

Madeleine pulled her cardigan around herself, shivering at a sudden chill in the room. “I was just tiny then,” she said. “I remember . . . it was horrible.”

“Why did he fall?” said Mary.

“No one knows,” said Alfred.

Madeleine decided she’d had enough of this. “I’m going to see where dessert is.”

At the bottom of the staircase, she heard a voice calling down to her.

“Aunt Mad. Aunt Mad.”

Madeleine trotted up the stairs, her heart rising at the sound of her nephew’s voice. The little boy was rushing along the landing. As she reached the top step, Madeleine bent and gathered him into her arms.

“You’re supposed to be in bed, young man.”

“I had a nightmare, Aunt Mad.”

Madeleine shivered again. That strange chill was even worse up here.

Madeleine . . .

What was that? Just now, it had almost sounded as if someone had called her name.

Get away from it . . . Get away . . .

Madeleine looked up, squinting as she saw the shimmering black shape break out from the semidarkness on the landing and come running towards her.

Jeremy Essex

Jeremy Essex is the author of the sci-fi/horror novella ‘The Sound Of Time’, as well as multiple short stories which have appeared in Kzine, Tales From The Canyons Of The Damned, Acidic Fiction and 9 Tales Told In The Dark. He lives in Suffolk in the U.K. where he spends a lot of time in Indian restaurants.

Website: www.jeremyessex.co.uk

Twitter: @byatis1

WEEP NO MORE FOR THE WILLOW

By Wulf Moon

7,200 Words

THROUGH THE COLD and glistening blue, the Spanish galleon El Pez Volador groaned with her heavy load of bullion under a bright Caribbean sun. Captain Don Capricho Delgado y Cervantes stood amidships, fists to hips, his coppery, shoulder-length hair whipping about his head like pennants in the wind. He was what Spaniards dubbed a rojo, his red hair and fairer skin considered regal, a unique contrast to the dark olive of his men. He stared over the gunwale and scowled at the horizon. His ship maestre, Salvador, stood to his right, and a grizzled sailor named Sanchez crouched beside him, dipping a ladle into the scuttlebutt.

“There it is again.” Capricho pointed at a surreal column that plumed in the distance. It transformed from peaceful blue into wicked flickers of scarlet. He shielded his eyes with a hand, squinted. “Have you ever witnessed its like?”

The burly Salvador hissed when he spotted it. “No. Never.”

The column continued shimmering on the horizon in bizarre shades of arterial red.

“Lightning perhaps?”

“No lightning does such things.”

“Waterspout?”

“A twister glowing with blood light?”

Capricho lowered his gaze, turned to the old sailor. “You, Sanchez? You have traveled this sea longer than any of us.”

Sanchez brought the dented dipper to his lips and drained it. He wiped his mouth with the back of his hand, sighed, and squinted a rheumy eye at Capricho with suspicion. “Thought you didn’t want me tellin’ my stories.”

Capricho frowned. “I said hold your tongue because the men are twitchy from yesterday’s squall. They are a superstitious lot.”

“By all the saints, they should be after seeing that beast of a storm slice our flotilla apart.” Sanchez waved the dipper. “You want to hear about my watch last night?”

Salvador grunted a quick “No” but Capricho held up a hand. “Does it have bearing on this phenomenon?”

“Course it does!”

“Make it brief.”

Sanchez hitched his tattered britches up his skinny hips and tightened the rope around the waist. “‘Twas on the forecastle, third watch, when the ocean goes flat as a bedsheet. I’m telling you, Captain, the way that water reflected the stars, we could have been sailing on a mirror . . .”

A distant memory washed over Capricho, of a river that had looked like that, sweet memories that brought pain. Capricho shoved them away and listened.

“So you can imagine my surprise when, dead center in the moon's reflection, this sirena bobs up, hair floating behind her like kelp in a current. Well, she turned her lustful gaze upon me and my—”

“Stop.” Capricho pointed to the flickering column. “What does this have to do with that?”

“Just getting to it, Captain. This sirena, she raised her voice in a dirge that could have curdled blood.” He thumped his chest. “But I stood fast, I did, though lesser men would have run. She sang in a strange tongue, but I understood it like it was my mother's own voice. She sang that the Wind Howlers had marked us. Said they were hunting us.”

“Wind Howlers?”

Sí. Local spirits, methinks.”

Salvador chuffed. “Bah. The only spirits here are the ones you get from a jug.”

Sanchez jabbed him with the dipper. “Ten cuidado! Do not taunt the gods. This New World is full of old life. Conquistadors are brutal to the natives. You think the locals don’t have gods just like we do? We robbed their temples! You think there won’t be payback?”

Salvador groaned, turned to Capricho. “I’m going. We need to get a man up the main to watch for lost ships.”

“Might as well stop looking for them,” Sanchez said.

Salvador’s jaw twitched. “And why is that?”

“The sirena’s dirge.” Sanchez crossed himself. “Said the Howlers sunk every ship.”

Salvador clenched his fists. “And the waterspout?”

“Well, those Howlers?” He stabbed the ladle to the horizon. “That’s their marker. They’ve tagged us. They're coming back to finish the job.”

Salvador’s face flushed dark red. Capricho slapped Salvador lightheartedly on the back. “Easy, cousin. What else would you expect from Sanchez? Come. Whatever it is, it’s not bothering us.”

At that moment, the distant pillar shifted from crimson to sapphire, then sunk back into the sea. Capricho took it as a good omen. They walked alongside the gunwale, both silent.

Sanchez got the last word. “La sirena . . . she also sang about you, Captain.”

Capricho shuddered, the scent of the tarred deck sharp in his nostrils. He touched the spot where a silver cross hung under his shirt.

He did not look back.

* * *

Within the captain’s cabin, the approach of evening brought welcome relief from the day’s sweltering heat. Mullioned windowpanes ran the length of the stern, propped at an angle to partake of cool breezes. Shafts of setting sunlight passed across the narrow gallery outside and glittered through the panes, gilding the cabin’s mahogany bulkheads and richly set table in warm amber hues.

Beeswax candles set in the table's silver candlesticks flickered in the breeze—extravagant, but the rancid scent from smoky tallow candles spoiled good meals in Capricho's opinion. Besides, this was a special dinner. There would be no dining with the other officers tonight—Capricho needed to consult with Salvador alone, and there was nothing better to soften the hard man's disposition than good fellowship under the glow of a warm meal. And wine. Lots of wine.

Capricho took a careful sip of the red from Rioja, his precious private stock. He savored the black cherry flavors that swirled over his palate before swallowing. “I am not saying I believe Sanchez's wild story, but I tell you, Salvador, that storm is stalking us.”

Salvador hoisted a chalice to his lips, drained half the bowl without a thought. “And I say again, this talk is loco. We should turn back! It is dangerous to travel alone, crazy storm or not.”

“No, Salvador.” Capricho jabbed his fork in accent to his words. “She—is—stalking—us! This gale hunts us like a predator. She is behind us. I feel it in my bones.”

Salvador grunted, stabbed his fork into a steaming piece of turtle meat drenched in olive oil.

“We sail on to Havana,” Capricho said.

Salvador said nothing, wolfed away at his meal.

“You still aren’t in agreement?”

Salvador grabbed the pitcher, refilled his chalice. “You still aren't listening?"

Capricho scowled, waved a hand to continue.

Salvador gulped more wine. "Dangerous, sailing alone to Havana.”

“We have no choice.”

“We could turn back to Cartagena, join another flotilla.”

“But we’re halfway to Havana! The fleet gathers there.”

“Better wind going south.”

It would be safer turning back. It just irked Capricho to tuck tail and come about. Batten down and hold fast, that was his motto, and he drilled it into his men. Stubborn pride, some called it. Capricho called it tenacity, but he knew both terms were close cousins. Like the line in points of sail between “close-hauled” and “in irons.” With the difference of a few degrees, any ship could slip from swift forward momentum of close-hauled trim into the dead stall of being shackled in irons.

Human nature was no different. Capricho knew that by the variation of a few degrees, any man’s strength could become his weakness.

Hmm. A different tack might make Salvador come about. “Cousin. When we make Havana, we join the armada to head for Spain, for home.”

“Don’t,” Salvador said.

“Remember the feeling when we spill treasures on the quay before King Philip’s courtiers? Philip jigs for joy when he hears of our arrival.”

“Stop.”

Capricho twisted his mustache. “The clip-clop of hooves as chargers prance those cobbles. The smell of suckling pig roasting in fat vendors’ stalls. And cooing women everywhere, hungry for rugged men of the sea, like your Angela.”

“How I miss home!” Salvador cried. “Stop! You torture me, you beast!”

Capricho smiled wickedly. “Good.” He stood. “One moment. I live for this.”

Turning to the windows, Capricho looked at the ocean beyond, drawing the fresh sea air deep into his lungs. He watched the crest of the sun descend. Almost there, almost there . . . ahhh.

An emerald flash. The last bit of molten orb slipped beneath the ocean. Capricho sighed, returned to his meal.

Salvador stared into his cup as if seeing visions in the reflection. “Por favor, Capricho, forgive my rant. I just miss Angela. I want to make it home alive.”

“Returning to the bosom of your lady, that I can understand.”

Relief flooded Salvador’s face. He looked up. “Why not take a bride, Capricho? More than one man would feel better knowing you’ve got a lady to return home to.”

Pain lanced Capricho. “I will never love again.”

Salvador cleared his throat, entered dangerous waters. “You have to let her go, Capricho. Her memory suffocates you.”

Capricho carefully set down his fork and drew bead on Salvador. His voice rang like steel, cold, deadly. “Diedre’s memory is all I have.”

Salvador lifted his hands as if to say unarmed. “I am first to say she was the wind in your sails. But she clings to your heart now like an anchor.”

“Enough.”

“No, it’s not enough!” Salvador leaned forward, pleading. “Open that door, Capricho. Let it out. Deal wi—”

Capricho slapped his hand on the table. “Enough!” He took a deep breath. If he lost his temper now, he’d lose the whole objective of this meal. He forced a smile. “Not tonight, por favor. Enough tension for one day.”

Salvador stared Capricho down, finally shrugged, sat back with a grunt. “As you wish.”

Capricho nodded, reached out, hoisted the pitcher. “More wine, cousin?”

“Always.”

He filled Salvador’s glass to the brim, set the pitcher aside. Awkward silence hung in the air; Capricho tugged at the ruffled sleeve protruding under the cuff of his waistcoat. “Well then, it has been decided.”

“What has been decided?”

“We do not turn back to Cartagena. San Mateo and the Espírito Santo were blown off course, and will no doubt make their way to Havana. We will wait for them there, where the convoy gathers. I pray the squall does not double back, but I fear this prayer will fall on deaf ears.” Capricho slapped his left knee. “Bones do not lie.”

Salvador softened a biscuit in his wine, popped it in his mouth, took a long time chewing it. He washed it down with a swig of more wine before looking up. “You’re the captain. Do you wish to meet with the other officers?”

Capricho leaned back, elbow resting on the padded arm of the chair, fingers twisting an end of his mustache as he studied Salvador’s eyes. “Trust me on this one, cousin. We’ve circled back and come round again—we should have spied their masts. We’ve waited too long already. We set course for Havana. Tonight.

Salvador rubbed a finger under the broad tip of his nose, the perspiration glistening in the lamplight. He straightened in his chair and nodded. “You’ve steered us true so far. I’m behind you. I’ll see to it the men are as well.”

Relief flowed out Capricho’s lips in a sigh. “Bueno. The sooner we reach Havana, the sooner we set sail for the bosom of your Angela and Mother Spain. Gather the officers and convey my orders.”

Salvador emptied his chalice with a gulp. He slid his chair back, rose, gave a short bow. “Gracias for the fine meal and for sharing your wine,” he said.

Capricho remained seated and nodded. “De nada.”

“I will see to the men.” Salvador turned and strode toward the door.

“Oh, Salvador?”

The broad shouldered Spaniard turned, eyes capturing the lamplight’s flame. “Que más?”

“We reach Jamaica by morning, God willing.” Capricho spoke his standard Caribbean command. “Tell Juan Carlos to keep her in the blue. There are hungry shoals and reefs out there, with teeth as sharp as daggers. See to it they don’t feed on our hull.”

Salvador winked, the crow’s feet deepening at the edge of his eye. “We stay out of the green! I’ll send Emilio up the foremast at dawn—his young eyes are the keenest. Buenas noches.

Hasta mañana.”

As the door latched shut, Capricho closed his eyes, exhaled a deep breath, and squeezed the bridge of his nose. His emotions rose up like a ship caught in high seas, sweet churning with the bitter, and he fought to batten down the hatches. Tears welled. A few escaped, coursing down his cheeks, falling to his waistcoat, spattering upon the gold-filigreed buttons studded with conch pearls. Blast that infernal Salvador. Why couldn’t he just give up and let him be?

Capricho turned his right hand, bared the palm to lamplight. A pale scar was there, an old one, cut across his lifeline. He stared at it for a moment, then turned down the lamp and cradled his forehead in the palm.

As the ship moaned in the roll of a large swell, memories spilled from his deepest holds. He saw the hazy outlines of a summer morn, tender sunlight gracing the emerald banks of a meandering river. The swirling arms of a willow brushed against Capricho’s back, their secret willow, and he remembered the quivering passion of youth, how her touch as she rested beside him stirred his fire.

Diedre of Clan McLochlan. He could still feel the warm curve of her hip, the pleasant pressure of her head cradled soft to his shoulder. He could see the sapphire river as it gurgled past in timeless melody, sunlight skipping the waves in bright sparkles. He smelled her lavender fragrance, smiled as the long tresses of her copper strands lifted in gossamer wisps across his face. Her feminine warmth was the charm of a cottage hearth, her breath the pure whisper of the sea.

The candlelight flickered. Capricho’s lips quivered and soft words slipped forth, fragments of a poem written on his darkest night.

“Rest now, whispering branches, you who keep her secrets under the shadow of your arms. Your river heals all wounds, but will never wash away her memory.”

Capricho heaved a sigh. “Weep no more for the willow.”

With an angered swipe of his hand, he raked back the hair that had fallen over his eyes. “I need air.”

He rose, unfastened his sword belt, rested rapier and dagger upon the table. He shrugged out of his waistcoat, threw it over the chair, then stepped up a riser and slipped through the door onto the stern gallery.

The ocean’s cool breeze skipped across the damp back of his shirt, made him shudder. He stood at the rail, his mane of copper flowing in the wind as he caressed the polished teak with his palms, still warm from the day’s sun.

He stared over the expanse, dark waters dappled in silver by the rising moon’s brushstrokes. The ship groaned as swells flowed along it and lapped its barnacle-encrusted sides. Capricho exhaled the stale air of the cabin, replaced it with the sweet breath of the sea. He stood motionless, the ocean his hourglass, the waves its falling sands.

You are my mistress,” he whispered to the sea.

With a gentle bow, he returned to the cabin.

His berth was in a corner; dark shadows beneath the bunk tugged at him like the force that turned the needle on a compass. He tried to resist, but desire pulled. He dragged a chest from under the berth, worked a key, popped the lid. The crisp cedar-scent rushed around him as he fished through the contents and pulled out a scarlet scarf spun from rarest silk. Lifting it to his nose, Capricho inhaled deeply, and, in the grip of his need, believed he could still smell pressed lavender oil resting within its folds.

He carried the scarf to the table, sat in his chair, wove the fabric through his fingers. He tugged it through them ever so slowly, remembering how good it felt whenever Diedre had coyly done it to him.

Pain seared him again. He grabbed the pitcher, filled his chalice to the brim, blew out the lamp.

It was a long wait for sunrise.

* * *

Daybreak. The sea boiled. The ship bucked her head like a mare in heat, shaking a mane of white froth over the bow.

Capricho rushed up the sterncastle ladder, stood upon the high quarterdeck, spied the oncoming storm. Salvador hunched over the hood of the helm, giving orders to the helmsman who worked the whipstaff that steered the ship. The purple mountains of Jamaica reared starboard, but as Capricho faced fore, his stomach lurched. Bruised clouds and funnels burgeoned ahead, thrashing the heights like angry sea serpents.

“Mother of God,” Capricho shouted. He turned back to Salvador. “The squall comes for us!”

Salvador’s look was dark. “We have been heading straight for her gullet all night! What is your call?”

A blast cuffed Capricho. His heart hammered. Decisions made in the splits of seconds would determine whether men lived or died.

“Sound the bell. All hands! We bring her about. Douse the topsails, reef the rest. Tell helm to set course for the leeward side of the island.”

Rain pelted the deck as rigging screeled. Capricho stood at the rail, looked down at his men.

“Ready to come about!”

As the bell rang and orders barked, decks and rigging swarmed with grim men. Tackle squealed as they reined in the bucking ship, changing the angle of spars and rudder.

They came about. Slack sails filled in a thunderous clap; the hull heeled to the wind. The galleon groaned, lumbered forward. Capricho scanned sails from bow to stern, gauged trim against gusts.

“Too much sail!” he shouted to the sail master. “Reef the main! Ándale!

Cold rain strafed the deck. Capricho looked back. Congealing thunderheads bounded toward the galleon. He blinked. Blinked again.

Jaguars?

The clouds had boiled into shapes of mottled leonine creatures, their eyes spheres of ball lightning. As black maws opened, snarls of thunder struck the ship.

Capricho’s mind defaulted to something he understood: barking orders. “Salvador! You call this heading leeward? Tiller hard to starboard! We get around that point, the mountains cut the wind!”

Salvador slammed his fist against the helm’s hutch. “Felipe can’t work the whipstaff! Too rough!”

“Disconnect it! Get two below to crank the tiller tackle. Ándale!

As Salvador bounded off, Capricho faced amidships, gripped the rail. The sail master stood below by lashed longboats, illuminated in the greenish glow from the sky.

“Pedro! Pedro!” Capricho got his attention. “Get the mizzen—”

Pedro pointed up the main, and Capricho turned to look. Men scattered across ratlines faster than a fleeing school of fish.

A serpent of brume twined around the mainmast. Battered wings quivered against its body. The sea serpent reared its horned head over a yardarm, scanned the decks. A shaft of rippling air swept with its gaze, parting the sheets of rain.

The swath struck Capricho, trapped him in its lidless fury. His muscles froze. The creature hissed; breath fled Capricho’s lungs. He strained against unseen bindings, could not breathe.

The bow swung, punched by a wave. The mainsail spilled its wind, luffing violently.

The serpent jerked away, tracking the sound. Fangs that looked of cloudy ivory slashed the sailcloth to ribbons.

Freed, Capricho gasped, able to breathe again. What kind of devilry was this?

Wind Howlers.

He swung onto the ladder, descended to amidships where he could climb the mainmast. Somehow, the apparition must be stopped. He’d be damned if he’d let any spawn of heaven or hell tear his ship apart.

The galleon groaned against a broadside. Water lunged over the gunwale. Capricho hooked an arm around the ladder as the wave surged, flooding the deck. Not a wave. A liquid jade jaguar rumbled over longboats, bounded forward, swiped a paw against Capricho’s legs.

Capricho flew from the ladder, thumped on the deck, tumbled in the beast’s swirling grasp. They slammed against the gunwale. Capricho rolled into the curve of the planks, caught a grip on the rail and held fast, while the jaguar’s momentum and semifluid form sloshed it over the rail. A snarl lashed out as it hurtled into the sea.

Thunder clapped. Capricho jumped up, spun toward the sound. In the center of the ship hopped a one legged apparition, a liquid giant bearing a feathered Mayan headdress. It hoisted a crackling staff, sighted on Capricho.

Dios mío! Not again!” Capricho jerked the chain that hung around his neck. As the giant’s staff rippled white-hot, Capricho thrust his crucifix forward.

The apparition roared, averting its eyes. The strike veered, struck the bulwark, exploded. Splinters blasted the air. Capricho hurtled up, up, up as the world spun end over end.

He sailed overboard into the churning maelstrom.

“Salvador!”

Chill water engulfed him, booming like cannon volley. A wave slammed his chest, swallowed him whole.

Capricho descended through the cold and glistening blue, his body shuddering, thrashing, kicking . . . then surrendering to the silent peace of the depths. This realm, just a fading tunnel of murky light, closing, closing, closing . . .

A silver flash.

The face of a goddess.

Así que este es el paraíso. So this is heaven.

* * *

Capricho moaned. Had his head been used for cannon shot? His eardrums ached. He cracked open his eyes. He was on his back on a tiny island staring at a cavern dome. A cenote, for the limestone peak had cracked, admitting shafts of light that dappled slick stalactites, igniting water droplets that collected at the tips. The air was cool, refreshing, scented with notes of brine and algae.

He slid his palms on the stone he was sprawled upon. It was slick, covered in succulent seaweed. Something slid him up a bit; he felt the warmth of flesh press against his bare back. He blinked, squinted, stared up into a Mayan maiden’s face. She cradled his head to her chest.

It was her, the goddess. Her hair fanned the air, strands of black and indigo. Her eyes were more enchanting than a moonlit sea.

“Rest now, captain. You are safe.” The woman’s voice winged in husky harmonics through the cavern.

“Where am I?”

Her lips touched his forehead. “Home. I rescued you from the Wind Howlers.”

“Howlers?” Capricho tried to sit up. His head whirled. He fell back. “Who are you?”

She flourished her hand, stretched delicate fingers. Soft webbing curved between each.

“Surely you know me, sailor. I have many names. You would call me a sirena.”

“I must be dreaming,” he said. “The visions of death.”

She lifted a nacreous shell to his lips. "These grow here, in my cave. They are very old, and are sacred. They condense the aura I radiate. Drink."

The shell was as smooth and flawless as Castilian steel. Capricho lifted his head, let her spill the cool, briny dewdrops over his tongue. He swallowed.

Quicksilver flashed through him.

She gently tilted his head back against her. “You see? Not death. Life. Daughters of the sea take pride in saving sailors.”

“Why sailors?” His vision crackled with clarity.

“Your mortal hearts sing with love for the sea, and when you touch water, it’s like a stone tossed into a pond. Ripples fan out, brush our realm, and if the song entices, we are drawn.” She smiled, teeth as lustrous as pearls. “Your song, captain, is especially strong.”

“Thought it was the other way around. Sirena sing to us. You twist my dream.”

Quizzical light swirled in her eyes. “If you think we’d sing without first being aroused, you are much mistaken.”

She tilted back her head.

A heartbeat throbbed in the veins of her throat.

And she sang.

Her voice sprang as from the heart of the sea. It rolled like frothing surf against the cavern walls, a brilliant liquid tremolo wrought from the emerald flash of the sun as it sinks into the sea. Capricho’s breath caught in his throat. One note, held quivering upon the air. One molten note was desire, was the burning, was the pleasure, was the epiphany, was th—

She clamped her mouth shut, severed the melodic umbilical. The death of the note made him gasp. His blood thundered.

“Madre de Dios,” he sighed when he could speak again. “If a man must die, that . . .” He shook his head. There were no words.

She looked down. “I told you. Not death. Life.”

Capricho did not know what to believe.

The sirena arched a brow. “Questions?”

“What of my ship? My men? Are they safe?”

She eased his head into her lap, looped a fingertip down his breastbone. “Your ship escaped the Howlers. Not without help.”

That blasted name again! Capricho shuddered. “Who are these Howlers?”

She dragged her fingertips through the curls of his chest hair. “The Ruarchan. Demigods of wind and water. As a sailor, surely you believe?”

“I did not believe. Now? Here with you? I confess I am not certain.”

“Tell me, which Howlers attacked your ship?”

Why couldn’t his dream just leave them be? And if she was a mermaid, how did she speak his tongue so fluently? Proof this was a dream! Unless ... he wasn’t her first?

Her tone compelled. “Speak. Howlers. It is important.”

“Alright. The first was a flying snake.”

Koosh. That would be Kukulcan.”

“Never heard of him.”

“That’s what the Maya call him, the people of my waters. Your Cortez knew him by another name, assumed his identity to deceive Aztec worshippers.”

“Quetzalcoatl. The feathered serpent.”

“Correct.” She traced the chain that draped his chest. “Any reason Kukulcan might feel the need to destroy Spanish galleons?”

Capricho grimaced. Curse the conquistadors and their relentless bloodlust! “I see your point.”

“This god is trouble, but not so strong, as Cortez himself proved. What else did you see?”

“Jaguar, wrought of water.”

Koosh-koosh. Balam. The jaguar god assumes many forms, but he is a protector and won’t travel far from his worshippers. Was that all?”

“No. There was another. A giant, with a lightning staff.”

She frowned. “One leg, or two?”

“One.”

Kooooosh. Bad. That is Hurakan, the Ruarchan that controls the wind. Very powerful. Others might give up chase, but Hurakan will track your ships to Spain and beyond. Your people have roused a great enemy.”

Could such a wind god exist? If so, what might happen if it tailed them "to Spain and beyond"?

“Bad timing,” Capricho said. “Spain prepares her Invencible, a great fleet for war with England, the size of which the world has never seen. There is no way those heretics could defeat us. Unless  . . .” Capricho shuddered as he remembered the ferocity in Hurakan. “Sails require wind’s blessing. If Hurakan stalked us up the English Channel, it would be disastrous.”

"Of this there is no question." The mermaid dropped the cross from her fingers. “Vengeance is mine, saith the lords.”

“Vengeance? Not against my ship. My men did no harm to his worshippers.”

“Did you not? Whose blood is on the gold in the belly of your galleon? You think Hurakan cares whether you did it with your own hands?” She flicked the cross. “You bear the mark of the god that destroys Hurakan’s people. You flaunt your god’s emblem on towering sails as you move through Hurakan’s waters. Your arrogance is boundless. How could you believe you would not draw his wrath?”

Capricho had no answer. Word by word she left him naked and exposed.

“Did they kill others among my men? Salvador, did you recover one by that name?”

“Your ship and men are safe—I am not without my own power in these waters. But I found you breathing brine without gills," she raised a scaled brow, "unhealthy for your kind. So I gave you the mist-kiss, and now you are mine.”

“Yours? Because you found me? Señorita, I am not some bit of salvage for you to claim for your trove! I am Captain Don Capricho Delgado y Cervantes, appointed by his Majesty King Philip II of the glorious realm of Spain!”

Slits underneath her jaw flared a moment, exposing red gills. “You would steam like this? When you are more corpse than captain? You should thank me for saving you, instead of filling your chest like a puffer fish.” She paused. “And it’s Silganna.”

"Qué?"

"My name. It is Silganna."

Capricho winced. “Por favor, Silganna. Forgive me. Death has cramped my manners.”

Silganna chuckled. “Forgiven. And you are right.” She brushed a fingertip over his lips. “I cannot claim your love. I must earn it.”

“Love? Who said anything about love?”

“Why do you think I saved you? Did my mist-kiss mean nothing?”

Capricho vaguely recalled the caress of lips, a static charge, then darkness. “I am certain it was wonderful, but as to my heart, you cannot have what was lost.”

“Tell me.”

“No.”

“If this is death, then there are no secrets.”

“And if, by chance, it’s not?”

“Then I can help you. Tell me.”

Capricho felt his pain unraveling, a knot coming undone under the fingers of her tone.

“Diedre was my betrothed.”

“Tell me.”

“She was from another realm. Scotland.”

“Tell me.”

“This was ten years ago. I first met her on the Guadalquivir Quay—the docks where the gold from these lands gets unloaded.”

“A long way from her realm, it would seem.”

“Scots come to Spain for education and alliances against our mutual enemy, the Protestant English. The day I saw her is branded on my mind. Diedre was the fairest of the señoritas who swarmed the quay when we were unloading the treasure fleet. Skin like cream, hair of bright burnished copper—Diedre was an emerald among stones.”

“Koosh.”

“I had months before next passage, and I spent it all with her. I invited her to my family’s estate, walked with her through our vineyard, picnicked beside the big willow on the river that borders our property. My madre was not pleased.”

“No?”

“To her, if you aren’t of Spanish blood, you’re as good as a heretic. But love transcends all borders. Before I returned to sea, I asked her hand in marriage.”

Capricho tried to batten the hatch against his emotions like he had so many times, but the air tingled, compelling him, and he could not stop the flow. “I thought of nothing else at sea. My bread was the dream of our future. Her wedding gift was to be a hacienda on the Spanish Main.”

His chest tightened, the pain pushing against Silganna’s enchantment. The power of the curse of his broken heart. Even in death it refused to release. And yet, here he was, about to confess to a strange being his greatest shame. He fought against it, but it was no use. Whether by enchantment or by catharsis, he had to speak this.

“When I returned, another hand had claimed her.” He breathed deep, exhaled. “She died of influenza while I was off chasing dreams.”

Silganna’s eyes glistened. The cavern kept time by the plink of water droplets. Finally, she spoke. “You could not have helped this.”

“Qué? How do you know? Had I been by her side, my presence might have given her the strength to survive.”

“You do not know this. You afflict your soul to no purpose, Capricho.”

The pain coiled. “It is my soul to afflict. Not yours. Mine.” The spell broke. He pushed her hand away. “If I am alive, return me to my ship.”

Silganna searched his eyes. “I wonder how sure you’d be if the wound no longer burned.”

“Just as sure. I can love no other.”

The music of falling droplets. The rise and fall of Silganna’s chest became the endless waves of the sea.

“Very well.”

Blackness consumed him.

* * *

Within a horseshoe-shaped cove, the gibbous moon illuminated lush hillsides, hunched like weary giants before a white sand beach. Surf spilled into the bay, surging in silvered froth as it rolled across the shallows and broke upon the shoreline. The galleon El Pez Volador rocked with each wave, anchored securely in the center. Her roughly furled sails glowed in the moonlight, ghostly arms of torn canvas lifting forlornly in the breeze.

Flames flickered in the firebox, splashing crimson and amber across the forecastle bulkhead. A few men on the late guardia de modorra watch huddled around the fire—sodden, slumped, and silent. The rest were below, gunners in hammocks strung between cannons, sailors stacked in orlop bunks, officers in berths at the stern. And within the once empty berth of the great cabin, their captain now tossed in fitful sleep.

Capricho moaned and rolled to his side, shivered as mists spilled through his dreams.

He was aloft in enchantment, sailing a skiff across an ensorcelled sea. Off the bow loomed a cracked and weathered monolith, dark as blood, standing fast against the timeless pummel of waves. He sheeted in, drew the sail tight, set course for the crag. As he approached, he caught sight of a jagged snag atop it. Mottled brown and black roots rambled from its stump, draping the rock in gnarled and twisted tendrils. He knew this tree in his heart of hearts.

It had once been a willow.

Capricho doused sail and, coasting alongside, leaped from the skiff. He grabbed hold of a dangling root, climbed it like a rope. Fire lanced his grip—the root burned his palms like acid. He swung a leg over the ledge, released the cursed thing, and stood. The root snaked away, wormed down into the cracks again.

He approached the jagged stump. Its roots constricted in response; rubble tumbled into the water. The thing was tree no more. It clutched and cracked and choked the rock in violation of what once had been a glorious tree with arching green branches that swayed gently to the tempo of the wind. Now, it was as brown and blackened as a bloodthirsty leech refusing to release its hold. Capricho's chest constricted tight. How could the thing of his fondest memories have become so hideous over time? How could he have let it twist and defile itself into such a monstrosity?

Capricho pulled his sword from its scabbard, the sound of steel ringing out. In response, the stump snapped a root at Capricho like a whip. It struck his cheek, drawing blood, and the pain shocked him. The living tree was gone, and yet it had no desire to yield or to die—it just sought to crush and destroy, rooted in its place.

The root lashed again. Capricho dodged, gripped his rapier with with both hands, brought it down with a chop. The air filled with the shriek of red hot steel being quenched; the severed root writhed upon the stone, scoring it with acidic, black-blood sap. Capricho kicked it over the ledge, turned in time to see another root scrabble from a crack and wrap itself around his boot. He jerked his leg, stretched the root tight, and sliced again. The severed root slapped wildly across the rock.

Acrid smoke rose, burning his nostrils. Bitter air entered his lungs. His head ached. Capricho had fought the Caribs, he knew poison. The stump was poisoning the life out of him. Had been for a very long time. And if he didn't fight back now, right now with all his might, it would smother him in brume once again  . . . and this time, he would never break free.

The stump snarled, raising blackened oily appendages like a kraken rising from angry depths. Capricho entered the swordsman's detached state of battle, his mind dividing the area into planes of attack. He danced swift among the roots, met each as it lashed out with a deft stroke of his blade. Smoke billowed from the stump; splattered ichor burned his hands. Capricho lunged, slammed a shoulder against the gnarled snag. He lunged again, and again, heard a crack. The taproot snapped. Heartened, he shoved with all his might and the stump broke loose. He pushed the hulk to the ledge, shoved it over. It plummeted to the sea.

It bobbed upon the surface, sprouting a vision of a glorious willow, green branches swaying over two lovers, resting against its smooth trunk. Then it sunk slowly under, ending in a flash of green.

Capricho sighed and whispered a line of verse:

“Rest now, whispering branches, you who keep her secrets under the shadow of your arms. Your river heals all—"

A gurgling surge. Capricho whirled. From the stump’s hole in the rock, a glittering fountain sprang up. Myriads of pear-shaped diamonds hovered midair in the moonlight, then descended, washing down the scored sides of the monolith.

Capricho stepped close to the fountain’s pillar. A woman’s face shimmered in the column, blossomed from the surface. He leaned in.

“Diedre?”

She smiled with lips so inviting. He pressed his to hers. A cool liquid tongue pushed over the white shoals of his teeth. Capricho gulped again and again as her refreshing waters flowed into him.

The Spaniard’s eyes flashed open; the vision evaporated. He gripped a wool blanket, found it dripping with moisture. He jumped to his feet, got a fix on his bearings. Thin beams of moonlight entered through the shutter slats.

His ship. His cabin. His berth.

Capricho raked his hair back. “Qué? Was I dreaming?”

He stared at his map table, hissed. In the center rested a crystalline statue of a mermaid. She sat atop a stone, waves of hair looped over her shoulders, but it was spilling down her form in streams of silver waters.

“Que diablos?”

As he spoke, the statue’s head turned. Its eyes stared brilliantly into his, radiant as morning stars.

The shutters blasted open. Brisk air rushed in. The breeze moaned, swirling round and round the whorls of Capricho’s ears. Faint liquid chuckles chimed.

La sirena! You were real.”

The shutters slapped again and again. Capricho rushed through the doorway, stood upon the gallery. An aura of green swept away from the ship.

How sure would you be if the wound no longer burned?

Capricho recalled his days with Diedre. Her memory flowed within him. But now, the gnawing pain had fled, no longer choking his heart. A wound healed so well, he could not find the scar.

The green wisp swirled to the mouth of the cove.

Capricho thumped his chest with his fist as he tracked the sphere of light. “I had forgotten how good it feels to be alive!”

It hovered at the entrance, pulsing softly on the surface of the water.

“Silganna.” He recalled the power of her kiss. How long had he been with Silganna? Just long enough to taste her sweet spirit. As it had been with Diedre.

The light began to sink.

He thought of his men, he thought of his ship, he thought of his country, he thought of his king. Could he abandon them at such an hour? Silganna had said at least one Howler would track them all the way to Spain, creating certain disaster. But who said that had to be the only outcome? That history had not yet been written. With Silganna, could he discover some way to turn the tides?

And then he thought of Diedre.

I lost love before. Do I lose it again?

The light waned.

Your sails are luffing, man! Choose now!

The emerald flash, sinking into darkness.

“No!” he cried.

Capricho jumped over the banister and plunged into the unknown depths, casting his waves across the glistening sea.

* * *

Gilded in morning sunlight, Salvador swung from the ratlines and landed firmly on the fighting deck—a circular platform halfway up the mainmast. The high platform rocked as the anchored ship was buffeted by stiff winds. Salvador widened his stance and looked out over the cove, heart heavy. The ceremony with the men was over, but he had another to perform in private.

Facing the wind, Salvador’s voice was low. “Farewell, cousin. You were like a brother to me.”

The wind blew erratically this day; Salvador waited for it to shift. They were tied to it somehow, of that he was now certain. It galled him to admit it, but old Sanchez had been right about the Wind Howlers and their marker. When the stern swiveled like a compass needle from the emerald green of the shallows toward the cobalt blue of the depths, Salvador shuddered. He could sense the spirits out there somewhere, searching for the tethers to their ship.

But if he was powerless to set the ship free, he could at least free something else. He spit and cursed the Howlers. Then he unfurled a red silk scarf, one he had found in Capricho's trunk. It undulated in the stiff breeze. He let its softness slide through his rough grasp, then watched it sail like a fluttering parrot out over the ocean.

Salvador fought tears. “May you find peace in the arms of your beloved, Capricho. Vaya con Dios.

The scarf touched the water. Vanished. The air around Salvador twanged like a snapped stay on a mast. The wind died instantly. Calm settled, not just over the cove and the ship, but over Salvador himself. The feeling of death and trepidation? No more. In its place  . . . absolute peace.

In his heart of hearts, Salvador knew their luck had just changed.

He raised his beaming face to the powder-blue sky, cheered, and crossed himself with vigor. "Gracias, Lord! Gracias, Capricho!"

Then he looked to the northeast. Toward another that had touched his heart. He whispered, “Angela, mi rosa. How I wish you were here with me now.”

A voice shouted from below. It was the pilot, Juan Carlos, his words rising on the air like a squawking gull. “Salvador! Which way do we head? I need to chart our course!”

Salvador sighed at the interruption. So this is what it’s like to be captain. Gripping a shroud, he leaned out from the fighting deck and scowled. “Did you not get my orders? We set sail for Havana!”

Juan Carlos thrust his fist in the air. “Havana and home!” The crew that bustled about the deck echoed his words like a battle cry.

Salvador’s courage soared in the strength of the crew’s enthusiasm. Home. They were heading home.

As the pilot moved to leave, Salvador called him back. “Juan Carlos?” Salvador stabbed a finger toward him. “You keep her in the blue. There are hungry shoals and reefs out there, with teeth as sharp as daggers. See to it they don’t feed on our hull.”

Juan Carlos stared up at him; the men fell silent. There was a long, uncertain pause. Then, glittering white flashed upon his face in a broad smile. “Sí, mi capitán.”

The sailors tilted their heads, weighing the sound of the title against the man so addressed. Grizzled Sanchez drained a dipper of water, looked at the men, nodded. With their own nods of approval, they murmured, "Capitán."

A warm glow of pride flushed Salvador as the sailors returned to their duties. With a last look to the northeast, he swung into the ratlines and climbed down to the deck and his men.

There’d be time for mourning later, and for healing, in his Angela’s arms.

Wulf Moon

Wulf Moon is an Olympic Peninsula writer. He believes in born storytellers. You must also serve seven cats—every successful writer knows that—but allow only ONE in your office.

Moon wrote his first science fiction story when he was fifteen. It won the Scholastic Art & Writing Awards and became his first professional sale at Science World. Since then, his work has appeared in Third Flatiron anthologies, Star Trek: Strange New Worlds II, Future Science Fiction Digest, and Writers of the Future, Vol. 35.

Moon has won many national and international writing awards. Most recently, his story "War Dog" won Critters Annual Readers’ Poll, where it was awarded Best Science Fiction and Fantasy Short Story of 2018. Moon also won the international Writers of the Future Contest with his story "Super-Duper Moongirl and the Amazing Moon Dawdler."

Moon has created numerous podcast episodes for Gallery of Curiosities and Third Flatiron. He is podcast director for Future Science Fiction Digest.

Donald Maass of the Donald Maass Literary Agency has represented Moon on one novel and is awaiting his current work in progress.

Website: driftweave.com

Facebook: wulf.moon.94

Amazon Author Page: wulfmoon

PILE OF BONES

By Michael J. Sullivan

9,000 Words

SURI WONDERED IF it would hurt to lose a limb.

If her arm were torn off, the pain would, no doubt, be excruciating, but the ash tree with the missing branch was quiet—no screaming, not so much as a whimper. The tree, which clutched the cliff near the top of the waterfall, remained quiet, and Suri, who sat on a huge rock in the middle of the stream, was impressed. Large and dignified, the old ash, who went by the name of Esche, wasn’t the sort to blubber. His elderberry cousins, who grew in the highlands, might moan or whine, and a willow—well, a willow would sob continuously for a month, but not Esche. In general, ashes weren’t the sort to complain. They were a noble, tough breed of wood. Even so, Esche was more steadfast than most. During the previous spring, Suri had witnessed a woodpecker stabbing at Esche’s bark for an entire day—and the tree hadn’t so much as flinched. Now he was exhibiting the same sort of stoic perseverance.

Suri was certain she would cry if their roles were reversed. Esche’s limb, which had fallen into the stream, had been a big one—a lower bough as thick as Suri, not that she was all that stout. The juniper sapling down by the frog pond always proclaimed the girl to be skinny, which was a clear case of the fern calling the oak green. Still, there was no denying the truth in the sapling’s assertion: Suri was small for her age.

Tura had speculated that Suri was likely eleven, but the girl felt confident she was a full twelve and a half—and for a twelve-and-a-half-year-old girl, she was unquestionably small. Not squirrel-small obviously, nor even fawn-small, but certainly lower-limb-of-the-old-ash small.

Even as slight as it was, the branch had landed at the edge of a waterfall, and it was large enough to divert a small amount of the river’s flow. From Suri’s stone perch, the torrent now looked like a partially drawn curtain. Seeing the disruption raised two important questions.

The first had gnawed at Suri so many times that she had considered performing an experiment of her own to solve the puzzle: Can I stop a waterfall if I lie in the stream right where the water spills over the edge? That answer was apparently no. Now that it had fallen, Suri could see that the branch was actually thicker and longer than she. This fact was something Suri was willing to admit to herself, but never in a million years would she concede the point to the juniper sapling. If that fallen limb wasn’t enough to entirely block the water—and it wasn’t because only a foot-wide gap was being cut out of the falling curtain—Suri had her answer on that score.

The second question, and the one Suri couldn’t believe she’d never wondered about before, was, What’s behind the waterfall?

In her own defense, Suri had no reason to expect anything except a solid rock face that matched the rest of the cliff, but that’s not what she was now looking at.

“Do you see that? Do you? There’s a tunnel under there!” She turned to Minna for her reaction.

The wolf sitting on the river’s bank yawned.

“Don’t give me that. We need to see where it goes.”

Minna yawned again.

This was unexpected. Minna had always been interested in exploration. Together, she and Suri had investigated nearly every cave, meadow, hollow, and thicket in the forest, and most of those places hadn’t appeared half as interesting as this. Suri displayed her indignation by placing not just one but both hands on her hips. “Are you seriously telling me you’re not the least bit curious?”

The wolf made no reply.

Suri then used both hands to point at the gap in the drapery of falling water. “A tunnel. One that goes behind a waterfall! How has this been here all our lives and neither of us knew about it? It’s like waking up to discover you live on the back of a turtle or something. This is”—she struggled for a word that could sum up the monumental magnitude of the revelation—“big. No, it’s huge. If not for the storm last night, we’d still have no idea—none at all!” She stood up, leaned over, and stared at the dark crack in the stone, glistening from the wet. “It could go anywhere. It might lead to Nog!”

Minna lay down.

Suri’s hands returned to her hips. “You don’t believe in Nog? Hah! Let me tell you something, O wise one, I was there. What do you think about that?” She grinned at the wolf. “Tura said I was stolen by crimbals and taken there, but I escaped. I was just a baby at the time, must have crawled out on my hands and knees, I guess. There’s just no other explanation for Tura finding me alone in the forest the way she did.”

Minna panted, her tongue dangling.

“Okay, I see what you’re saying. If I had been stolen away to that magical realm but was lucky enough to escape, then exploring a crack that might take me there again would make me as crazy as a weasel drunk on winter wine.” She nodded. “Sensible conclusion as always.”

Suri thought a moment, tapping a finger to her lips. “Ah-hah!” She raised that same finger in protest. “But what if I wasn’t kidnapped? What if I was saved? What if my parents were cruel? They might have been beating and starving me, and the crimbals took me away to their world to protect me from the evils of this one. Nog could be a beautiful place filled with free-flowing honey and ripe strawberries!”

Suri saw the blank stare Minna was giving her and sighed. “I suppose you are wondering if that were the case, why would I have left Nog and crawled back here in the first place?”

The wolf began licking the fur on her foreleg.

“Oh,” Suri said, surprised. “Sorry. I didn’t mean to put words in your mouth. My mistake. But maybe I was just too young to realize that they were doing me a favor.”

Suri looked back at the crack, then up at the ash. Esche wasn’t as ancient or as majestic as the old oak Magda, but the way he cast a shadow from the top of the falls—like a giant draped in a luxurious green cloak—was impressive. Grand as Esche may be, and as tragic as the loss of his limb was, Fribble-Bibble couldn’t be pleased with having such a huge obstruction dividing the water of his stream. It ruined the aesthetics of the falls. Granted, Fribble-Bibble wasn’t normally one for vanity, never the kind of river spirit to get twisted in knots over appearances. The very idea of water tying itself in a knot was absurd, but the branch was interfering with the flow, and Fribble-Bibble was all about cascading.

“It won’t stay that way,” Suri told Minna. “Fribble-Bibble is going to push that branch off.” Suri was certain the wolf knew this, but it was a great excuse for saying the name Fribble-Bibble out loud; she liked the way the sound tumbled out of her mouth. “Fribble-Bibble won’t let it stay there long, so we don’t have time to argue about this further.”

Minna continued to lick her fur, something Suri couldn’t understood. The two were sisters, both of them found alone in the same forest and taken in by Tura as infants. They each enjoyed a good late-night run, sleeping in the shade, and basking in the sun. They each preferred fish when they could get it and loved howling at the dark, but licking fur was where they parted ways. Suri hated getting hair in her mouth, but Minna didn’t mind at all.

“Fine. Stay here if you want. I’m going to have some fun.”

Suri was in the mood to explore. A recent storm had attacked the forest and kept all three of them trapped in their little home beside the famous hawthorn tree that gave the glen its name. Suri, Minna, and the old mystic, Tura, had huddled around the flickering glow of the fire in the hearth, listening to the wind howl. “It’s the North Wind singing his farewell,” Tura had said.

Suri believed Tura because the mystic was as old as most trees and perhaps a few stones. She knew everything that was worth knowing about. But while the old mystic was right, the North Wind wasn’t a particularly gifted singer. His howl didn’t sound anything like the way Suri and Minna harmonized their bays, making a beautiful, mournful, and yet sweet sound. The North Wind, who went by the less formal name of Gale, just shrieked.

Not only was Gale’s goodbye refrain tone-deaf, it lasted too long. The storm had rattled and ravaged the forest for a day and a night. Suri didn’t like being trapped inside. She imagined few did, but she had more reason than most to hate being enclosed. Six years before, she’d tried to investigate a fox den and was nearly buried alive for three days. For months after that, she’d refused to go inside their little cottage, and she slept in the garden until good old Gale brought his buddy Winter to the Crescent. When the nights eventually turned bitterly cold, she was forced to go back inside, but even then, she slept right next to the door.

Tura was always telling Suri she needed to conquer that fear, and the young mystic did try. Her curiosity helped. Exploring the caves and crevices along the Bern River was a positive first step. Going inside the dark, wet caverns was scary, but in a good heart-pounding way. Doing so was made easier because Suri always had Minna with her. Being brave was easy with a sister at your side, especially when that sibling was a big and wise wolf.

“Last chance,” Suri said. When the wolf didn’t even look over, Suri tossed off her tattered wool cape and carefully untied her belt of bear teeth. She coiled it inside the wrap for safekeeping. Then she waded into the deep pool.

It was springtime, and the water was cold. Not bite-your-tongue-and-curse-your-mother cold like when ice covered the lake, but it took quite some effort for Suri not to cry out. Looking back at Minna, she forced a grin. “Water’s great.”

Suri swam fast, aiming for the separation in the curtain where the surface of the little lake wasn’t dancing from the falling water. She passed through and found a slippery ledge. Hoisting herself up, she got to her feet on a convenient stone shelf, which was a good two feet behind the falling water.

How has this escaped my notice for so long?

Under the falls, the crash of water was deafening, made louder by echoes coming from the cave behind it. Peeking in, Suri couldn’t see much except that it was tall and narrow—too narrow.

“Can’t spend yer whole life being terrorized of entrapment,” Tura had said. “Fear, for the most part, is yer friend. It keeps you alive, and stops you from doing stupid stuff like trying to fly or jumping in a fire. But when yer scared of sumptin’ you ought not to be, well then, there’s just nothing for it but to grit yer teeth, spit in its eye, and challenge your dread to an arm wrestle. That’s the best way ta get past it. Just got ta get in there and take charge of things. Let yer fear know yer not gonna stand for its silliness.”

Suri peered into the dark cleft in the stone, shaking. While she wanted to believe she shivered because of the cold pool or the chilly mist drummed up by the colliding water, she knew better. She was scared, and even more so because she was—

Minna came into view, her head bobbing across the surface of the pool. Her tall ears twitched, tossing off droplets. Claws raked the stone as the wolf joined Suri on the rock shelf beneath the falls, and she gave a massive shake, throwing water in all directions.

The fear that had clutched Suri’s heart a moment before was also shaken off.

“I knew you’d come.” Suri grinned.

Together, they entered the crack that narrowed further as it descended into the cliff.

* * *

As her eyes adjusted to the dim light that filtered through the falling water, Suri noticed the unmistakable outline of a door. Almost anyone else would have seen nothing but an oddly straight irregularity in the stone, a queerly symmetrical bevel, but Suri knew it was an opening. She understood the truth of the matter in the same way she perceived most things of this sort—something told her.

She didn’t hear an actual voice. No one whispered in her ear, Psst! Door here! Suri understood it as a notion that had popped into her head, but the feeling wasn’t her own. This happened to her fairly often, and the understanding that the ideas came from somewhere else was obvious in cases where the thoughts opposed her natural inclinations. Once, when she saw a beehive for the first time, she thought it was a fruit and planned to hit it with a stick to knock it down. As she picked up a stout switch, a thought had popped into her mind suggesting that hitting it wasn’t a good idea. So odd was this cautionary thought—as no one who knew her would ever accuse Suri of being prudent—that it caused her to laugh. After striking the hive several times, Suri stopped laughing.

Tura explained such intuitions easily enough. “How is it you think the squirrels know to gather nuts for winter? How do spiders know the pattern for a web? How do birds learn how to build nests? It’s the same thing. You’re hearing Elan, the world, speaking to you.”

Being stubborn and not remotely careful, Suri originally struggled to heed the alerts, but after enough painful lessons, she learned to pay better attention. Once she’d started to take note, Suri became aware of more than mere warnings. She began hearing the same announcements that other things in the forest did—like the one that went out every autumn to tell the birds who didn’t like snow to take flight. She knew when bad weather was coming even while the sky was still blue. She could tell when the murderous bear, Grin the Brown, was in the area. In this same way, she knew that the vaguely rectangular outline in the stone wall at the back of the crevice was a door. The only question remaining, then, was how to open it. The door to their little cottage was opened merely by pushing on it, while a string tied to a bunch of stones closed the door with their weight.

Suri pushed on the stone.

Nothing happened.

She turned to the wolf with a grin. “We have ourselves a challenge, Minna.”

Puzzles were always fun and took a plethora of forms. The most obvious were the various incarnations of the string game. Tura had introduced her to the amusement that could be obtained by taking a loop of string and weaving patterns between her fingers. The old mystic only showed Suri one design, then left her apprentice to build on it. “Listen to Elan. If a spider can hear how to weave, so can you.”

Another great puzzle, equally challenging and infinitely more exciting, was how to climb a tree. Each one was a complex maze of branches. Finding the right route to the top was difficult and risky—often dangerous, sometimes life threatening. Climbing trees, more than any other activity, honed Suri’s skill at hearing and listening to the voice of Elan. In the high branches, tests were pass–fail, and often, failure was not an option.

Suri loved puzzles, and this stone door showed every indication of being a marvelous one. Not only was it a unique challenge, but opening it came with the added reward of discovery.

What is behind such an incredible door?

She went on to try every manner of shoving, sliding, hammering, and kicking. None of it worked. She was glad because such a solution would be too easy. Standing back, Suri rhythmically tapped the tips of her fingers together pondering the situation.

The door, or an outline of such, wasn’t terribly big; it was shorter and stouter than the one they had at home. This made her suspect the entrance was indeed to Nog, as crimbals were known to be little creatures. In a wood as big as the Crescent Forest, the magical folk were reputed to have hundreds, or even thousands, of doors leading into their realm. Tura had told her countless tales of people accidentally falling through such portals as mushroom rings, hollow trees, and still ponds. Suri couldn’t recall a single story with a stone door, much less one that couldn’t be opened, but that did nothing to dissuade her. After all, keeping outsiders from entering the crimbals’ world was usually the point of the stories. As a result, the legends were no help.

Suri began to pace up and down the length of the narrow crevice, her wet feet slapping the stone. It didn’t help her think, but she did feel a bit warmer. Minna opted for sitting down, but she had a thick fur coat.

“What do you think?” Suri finally asked when pacing in the small space made her dizzy.

Minna began once more to lick the fur on her foreleg—the other one this time.

“Oh, don’t start that again. We have a puzzle to solve! Honestly, Minna, your head just isn’t in the game today.” Suri stopped, folded her arms, and stared at the door. “What do we know? The door is short and wide. It’s made of stone, and it refuses to open through any normal means. Hmm. That would suggest the maker did not want people entering. It’s also not easy to see, which supports the same idea. So, all we have to do is consider: What would a person do to prevent us from getting in?”

Suri tilted her head left and then right. An epiphany dawned and she stood on her head. Viewing the door from upside down, she hoped the new perspective would reveal a secret. It didn’t. She sat on the floor after that, her back against the wall. With her legs stretched out, her toes could almost touch the door. After some time, she sighed in defeat. Turning upside down had given her a headache, and it was difficult to think, except  . . .

“The door is short.” She said this as much to herself as to Minna, which was just as well given that the wolf was now completely occupied by licking the water off her fur.

Standing on her head had gotten Suri thinking about which way was up and height in general.

Some birds build nests elevated in trees to keep their eggs safe. Squirrels climb to higher branches to escape bigger animals.

Suri looked up. She did so not merely because of her series of observations, but on account of the thought popping into her head. Initially, she’d theorized that turning upside down might have caused the notion to break free and drop into her mind, but that didn’t seem right in this case. When Elan whispered, she rarely had a familiar voice because, being everything, she must have so many. For this reason, hearing her was easy but listening difficult. Suri would often experience a flash of insight, then ignore the idea, believing it to be one of her many pointless thoughts. The notion of looking up, however, didn’t feel likeSuri’s idea at all. That was the clue. Looking up was a suggestion given to her.

Suri stood and studied the top of the outline. The bevel made a little shelf, one just above her eyesight. To someone shorter—a crimbal—it might seem very high indeed. And high up, according to mother birds, meant safe.

Suri reached as far as she could and let her fingers feel along the top edge, exploring what her eyes couldn’t see.

The stone was smooth, polished to a glossy finish, and perfect without any variance . . . except one. Oddly, it wasn’t on the shelf, and her fingertips didn’t find it, but her palm had brushed by an inconsequential bulge on the surface of the door. Examining it more closely, Suri discovered a tiny diamond-shaped protrusion. Placing her palm on it, she pressed.

Nothing should have happened; Suri was pressing on solid stone. And yet, the diamond gave way. The instant it did, the stone door began to move.

“We did it!” Suri exclaimed, jumping back.

Minna abandoned her grooming and got to her feet. The two watched as a giant stone slab slid sideways. A brilliant green glow emanated from inside, and for a moment, Suri wondered if she’d done the right thing.

I don’t really want to go back to Nog.

Suri didn’t think it would be so bad if Minna came with her, but Tura would wonder where she’d gone. It wouldn’t be right to not say anything. She considered just taking a peek, and only going in for a few minutes, but that was how all the stories started. A visitor would enter for just a moment or two, but upon returning home, they’d find that a hundred years had passed. As it turned out, Suri didn’t need to worry. The door didn’t lead to Nog.

* * *

Behind the slab of stone was a room. Not much larger than their cottage, but a lot less cozy. It’s difficult to squeeze homey out of rock. The place was cold and hard, but that was the nature of stone. The room was round with a domed ceiling—just how Suri imagined living under a mushroom cap might be. Thick stone pillars set in a circle held up the dome. Decorating the walls were strange markings. In the center, a giant glowing green ball that was mostly submerged in the floor gave off an eerie light that filled the place with a disturbing radiance. Because light normally came from the sky, having anything lit from underneath seemed unnatural; add to that the sickly green color, and the chamber appeared absolutely creepy.

The room wasn’t empty. Chests and boxes formed shadowy figures in the dim light, and what might be a water well was near the back. A five-foot-high stack of deadwood was piled pretty much in the center of the room. The heap covered most of the glowing stone, making it look like the whole thing was the smoldering embers from a magical fire.

Suri smiled with delight. Tura often sent her off to find wood for their fire, but the process was arduous. In summer, plants hid the fallen branches, and in winter, the snow made it impossible to locate anything dry. Suri had come upon a treasure, a surplus of sheltered dry and seasoned wood.

Looking closer, though, she needed only a few seconds to realize her mistake. The pile wasn’t wood at all. She was repulsed to discover a huge stack of white bones. The skulls around its base were what gave away her oversight—hard to mistake a pair of eye sockets and a row of teeth for a log.

“Bones,” she said to Minna. Neither one had set a single toe in the room. They both stood at the doorway, Minna’s white fur turned emerald by the glow. “What do you think this is?”

The wolf lifted her nose and sniffed, then presented the sour expression she put on when she didn’t find her supper appealing. Suri didn’t like the smell of the place, either. The odor was similar to a fetid pond or an abandoned deer kill.

The chamber clearly wasn’t Nog, so after checking to make certain the door wouldn’t close behind her, Suri had Minna wait while she crept in. Moving carefully, she circled the pile, and she immediately noticed two things. The first was that being in the room was drastically different from being outside. It felt like she’d gone underwater. There was a terrible muffled sensation as if she’d entered a bubble, or someone had put a bag over her head. Suri felt strangely cut off from the rest of the world in a way she never had before. She repeatedly looked toward Minna, reassuring herself the exit was still clear. The thought of being trapped in such a place pushed her courage to the limit.

Grit yer teeth, spit in its eye, and challenge your dread to an arm wrestle. All that was easy to say in a sunny garden with daffodils all around, not so simple—

That’s when Suri noticed the other thing. All the skulls on the pile were facing out.

They’re watching me.

The question—the conundrum that caused Suri to lose her arm wrestling contest—was: Were they always facing like that?

She couldn’t remember, and in her confusion, she knew that they were indeed watching. Each pair of empty eye sockets was trained on Suri, and not one looked happy or welcoming. Most seemed to have sinister grins, although some had no lower jaw at all. In another moment, Suri was positive one would try to talk. The idea of a skull without a jaw struggling to speak was several running jumps past disturbing. The certainty that it would shriek in some horribly high-pitched way set Suri running.

Her foot caught part of the pile and sent bones skipping across the floor. Once outside, Suri slammed the bump on the wall and set the door to closing. She knelt and squeezed Minna. There was no better remedy for fear than hugging the soft fur of a wolf.

When the door clicked shut, the light disappeared, and the smell vanished. Suri could breathe again. She let go of Minna and was moving to stand when she touched something cold. For a brief instant, she glared at the foot-long bone, thinking it had chased her. Then Suri realized this had been one of those she kicked, and the only one lucky enough to clear the doorway and escape. Outside the room, away from the green glow, the bone was ordinary, good-sized, and clean. She picked it up, surprised at how light it was.

Hollow , she guessed. Must have been a really big bird. I could make a flute out of this.

Tura had many flutes. Some were made out of hollow sticks, but a few were created from the wing bone of a turkey or the leg bone of a lamb or deer. None were as big or as hefty as this one. Given Suri felt cheated out of her treasure of deadwood, she wanted to take away something from the adventure. A flute—her first flute—would be just the thing.

Why a pile of bones had been hidden inside a secret stone room was a question best sealed behind the now closed door.

* * *

“Found a bone, did ya?” Tura asked as Suri and Minna returned.

The old mystic was perched on the Sitting Rock, just outside the door of their cottage, weaving a basket from a pile of willow branches. She had on her summer linen, belted with the long leather strap that wound around her half a dozen times and still the end dangled down to her ankles. This always made Suri wonder if Tura had been much bigger long ago. Perhaps she was once a giant or had been born a bear and grown into a woman.

What will I be when I grow up? And with such endless possibilities available, why did Tura chose to be an old woman?

Suri would have chosen a swift, a finch, or perhaps even a hummingbird—definitely something that could fly. Old women, with their sagging skin and brittle white hair, wouldn’t even crack the top one hundred.

Suri held up her prize and smiled. “Yep. Found it under the waterfall. Thought I’d make a flute of it. You can show me, right?”

Tura took the bone and turned it over and back. As she did, her eyes narrowed. “Found this in the pool?”

“No, ma’am.” Suri shook her head and grinned at Minna. “We found a secret room, behind the waterfall.”

Suri expected shock, surprise, excitement, and imagined Tura responding with: How in Elan did the two of you find such a marvelous secret as a hidden place?

Tura merely nodded. “So, there’s one under there, too?”

Disappointed, Suri frowned. “There’s more than one?”

“Two that I know of. Father showed me the first. I discovered the second on my own.”

Tura’s father was a topic Suri was long interested in, but which the old mystic rarely spoke of. Suri only knew that ages ago, he had brought Tura to the forest from a settlement in the south, and the two had lived in the wood in the glen for years and years before Suri had appeared. By then Tura’s father had left. Where he’d gone, Tura never said, making Suri think Tura didn’t know.

Every time Tura spoke about him, she got weepy and changed the subject, which frustrated Suri. She wanted to know more because Tura’s father had predicted that she would find a baby in the forest, and he’d told her to raise the girl as a daughter and train her to be a mystic. How he’d known about Suri was a mystery that continually tantalized her. Her father had told Tura he would come back, and she constantly waited for his return. Given he was right about the abandoned infant, Suri waited, too.

“I don’t know that you want to make a flute of this,” Tura said.

“Why not?” Suri snatched it back and held it up, looking for what imperfection she might have missed. “What’s wrong with it?”

“Nothin’ except it’s a human bone.” She slapped her forearm. “From right here.”

Suri looked perplexed. Then she held out the bone and compared it with Tura’s arm. They were roughly the same size.

She’s right. I don’t want to put my lips to a stranger’s elbow.

“I’m surprised ya didn’t know. The rest of the skeleton musta been there. I guess some injured soul crawled in and died.”

Suri shook her head. “Not like that. Not at all.”

“This was the only bone you found?”

“Not like that, either.”

Doubly disappointed that Tura was not impressed with her discovery and that the bone wouldn’t be made into a flute, Suri was losing interest in the conversation.

“What then?” Tura asked.

“Room had a big pile in the middle. Thought it might be firewood, but no. Turns out this whole day is just one big disappointment.”

“A pile of bones?” Tura said looking at Suri’s onetime prospect for a flute.

“Human bones are stacked in a hidden room under the waterfall?”

Since Suri had just explained all that, and it wouldn’t make sense for the old woman to be asking again, Suri guessed Tura had been speaking to the bone. Tura spoke to many things, and a bone wouldn’t make a list of the most unusual. Tura didn’t press, reinforcing Suri’s guess, but it left her wondering if the bone had responded, and if so, what had it said.

Suri’s curiosity grew when Tura stood up. The old woman ducked into their home and reemerged wearing her old cloak, staff in hand.

“You should stay here,” Tura told her. “Check the garden and wash the strawberries.”

“Where are you going?”

“I have an errand to run.”

This was Tura’s all-purpose response for something she didn’t want Suri to know about. No amount of questions, or degree of persistence, or volume of tears would pry the truth from the mystic. Errands were things that had to be done. Never were they pleasant or enjoyable, so Suri needn’t fear missing out on something fun. Tura had assured her of this many times before. As such, Suri did not protest, and Tura set off up the trail, but she paused partway and looked back. “How big is this pile?”

Suri shrugged. “’Bout as tall as me.”

Tura nodded grimly. “Don’t wait up then. I might be late.”

* * *

The garden grew on the sunny side of their cottage. Suri viewed it as part of their home—the better part, the portion without roof or door. In late summer, there would be towering sunflowers and sprawling vines of pumpkins and squash. The border of the garden would be in bloom with an abundance of peonies, bellflowers, and bachelor’s buttons. This was where the onions lived along with tomatoes, beans, carrots, and cucumbers. Few of them ever bickered, but the pumpkins and squash constantly warred over territory, and the poor flowers trapped beneath their broad leaves complained, refusing to bloom if not treated better.

A small spring-fed pond was nearby and gave birth to a tiny creek that trickled and laughed. There were several perfect sitting stones to rest on, and a moss-enriched walkway of flat stones that Tura had placed long ago. A waist-high stone wall draped in ivy formed a half circle, but existed only as a place to put unwanted rocks.

The garden had no need for defense. Tura had long ago explained to the thieving raccoons, mooching deer, and pilfering crows that the garden was off limits. The inhabitants of the wood knew better than to steal from Tura. The one exception was the goulgans, who were decidedly less intelligent than even a rabbit. These burrowing pests popped up in the garden with regularity and could not be reasoned with. What they lacked in intelligence, they made up for in cunning and persistence. They disguised themselves as plants and were equipped with thorny teeth to bite any who might attempt to evict them.

Unlike groundhogs and squirrels, goulgans didn’t grab and dash; they set up house. Once in, they spread out and invited more of their kind to join them. When they reached out with their talons and strangled the carrots, smothered the beans, and starved even the great pumpkins and sunflowers of water, it was clear that the goulgans’ motives were pure malice. They never stole anything—they only murdered.

When she was old enough, Tura appointed Suri Garden Sentinel, and it was her job to defend the flowers and vegetables from the rampaging monsters. Goulgans were not terribly large, and Suri tore them out by hand, throwing them beyond the garden wall where they screamed and raged at her. This method, while effective, hurt as she was frequently bitten. The little monsters had small but sharp teeth. One day, Suri squared off with a particularly nasty goulgan who had slipped in unseen and established a firm stronghold behind the sitting stone near the wall. She had tried to pull him out but failed. During the battle, she had been badly bitten, and in her anger, Suri had cursed the goulgan. To the best of her memory, she had called it a brideeth, which was a new word Suri had learned from Tura. The old mystic had begun teaching her the Divine Language, saying it had special powers, and while Tura hadn’t actually taught Suri that word, the mystic had used it often enough to express anger and pain that Suri felt confident she had used it correctly. As it turned out—a tad too correctly.

The next morning the goulgan was dead. Suri found it withered and brown. Some parts were even black. More than that, a dozen other goulgans in the vicinity were also dead, and for weeks afterward, they stayed out of the garden altogether. But by virtue of being so dumb that they made rocks appear shrewd and dirt brilliant, the goulgans eventually returned. Suri was forced to repeat her curse on a regular basis to keep the garden clear, and that evening after Tura had set forth on her errand, Suri realized it had been quite some time since she’d screamed at the garden.

As expected, the garden had once more been invaded by an army of goulgans. As night rolled in, she managed to spot fifty in the dim light. Suri sighed and shook her head. As awful as goulgans were, she took no pleasure in eradicating them, but she knew death was common and necessary in the forest. One fallen tree gave room to wildflowers and new saplings. Bigger animals ate smaller ones, but Suri noticed the ones that killed never gloated. They didn’t cheer, or laugh, or dance. Death was a solemn event, like sunset or rain.

Minna came over to watch. She sat on the grass beside the sitting stone near the wall—the site of Suri’s first great battle—and waited. The wolf knew what was coming, and yet each time looked surprised when Suri screamed her curse. Suri had gotten better at it over the years, and she was able to put real venom into her words. By morning the garden would be brown with goulgan corpses.

“So, you possess a power, do you?” a raspy voice asked.

Suri jumped. Her eyes went wide as she stared at the garden, surprised the goulgans had learned speech. But the voice hadn’t come from them. The words had been uttered from the forest. Any speculation that the goulgans had spoken was erased when the voice then asked, “Where’s my bone?”

* * *

The voice did not sound pleasant. The words had less a tone and more a texture that was best summed up as bristly pinecone. It dragged out each word the way Grin the Brown hauled off her kills through tall grass, both accompanied by the same dry-brush noise. Then, as if the words and the reality of a disembodied voice speaking to her from out of the shadows weren’t enough to cause alarm, Minna began to growl. The wolf rarely made any sounds. She was an individual of few words, but when she spoke, wise were those who listened. Growling for Minna was tantamount to a declaration of war. Whatever was out there, Minna did not like it.

“Who are you?” Suri asked.

“I don’t have a name anymore. I don’t need one. And you don’t have the right to ask. You are a thief. A bone is missing from my pile, and I want it back. Don’t try to deny it. I followed your scent. Now give it to me.”

“Okay,” Suri said, peering into the forest and seeing nothing. “I’ll get it.”

Suri had put the bone inside her cottage and set out to retrieve it when a thought poppedinto her head: Not a good idea. Don’t turn your back on it. You’re in danger. Be careful. All of this was crammed into her mind in the instant it took to begin a pivot. She stopped and noticed the branch of a cedar tree moving. Suri looked closely, but the leaves and the growing darkness conspired against her. She saw nothing. After that, she walked backward.

Don’t trip. Whatever you do, don’t fall. If you do, it’ll be on you in an instant.

Messages flooded her head as if she were downstream from a busted beaver dam. Maybe Elan spoke more when Suri was in trouble, or maybe Suri was just more attentive when scared. Either way, Elan had never been this chatty.

It will be on me in a second? Suri didn’t like the sound of that. What will?

She forced herself to move slowly, dragging her heels to check for obstacles. Minna moved with her. She, too, backed away. The wolf had also likely heard the warning. Maybe it was the big ears, or how close she was to the ground, but Minna always heard Elan better than Suri, making the wolf wise beyond her years.

Suri found the bone where she’d left it and carried it outside. “Want me to just throw it to you?” She asked this because all other alternatives gave her gooseflesh.

What kind of thing keeps bones? Even Grin doesn’t do that. She eats them. Maybe that’s what’s going on here. The pile could be like a squirrel’s storehouse of nuts, but . . . it’s spring and there are a lot of bones—human bones.

“Don’t be rude, child,” the grit-on-a-cat’s-tongue excuse for a voice replied. “Bring it to me.”

“That’s okay. I think I can tell where you are. I’ll toss it.”

“You stole the bone. Forced me to come here. Have the decency to return it in a civil manner. I don’t want to be rooting around in the brush to retrieve my property.”

Decency? Suri found the word an odd choice. They were, after all, talking about a human bone, which brought up an interesting thought. “Where’d you get it?”

“From a very handsome young man, a beautiful fellow with a lovely face. Bring me his bone.”

Minna’s ears twitched, and she growled again. Her lips pulled back this time, showing fangs.

It’s moving. I don’t know how I know, but I’m sure. The owner of the pile is coming closer.

The thought that the Bone Hunter might be invisible was more than a passing concern. Lots of things in the forest were impossible to see. The breezes for one, and leshies could never be spotted in the daytime, and Gale, himself, was always no-show. If the Bone Hunter was like them, Suri was in trouble.

That was another idea that popped into her head, and with it came her own conclusion that the handsome fella with the pretty smile hadn’t just fallen over and died. He had been killed by the Bone Hunter, and now all of his bones were on the pile. His skull would be there, and was likely a jawless one that she had been frightened by.

Perhaps the Bone Hunter doesn’t just want what I took. Maybe it is after a new skull. And why did I just think itinstead of him?

“You don’t have to be afraid,” the Bone Hunter said. “It won’t hurt.”

“What won’t?” Suri asked. She didn’t really want an answer. Who would? She only wanted the thing to keep speaking, so she could guess where it was.

The Bone Hunter didn’t answer.

“What won’t hurt?” Suri asked again, louder. Still, no answer.

Run! Elan hadn’t just slipped this thought into her head; the idea had exploded as if every part of the world were screaming at her.

“Minna!” Suri shouted before bolting up the trail.

She didn’t really have concerns about the wolf. Minna was fast and proved it by passing Suri, leading the way in the growing dark. The sun might not have fully set outside the forest, but within the Crescent, night came quickly, and with it fell a darkness that was nearly absolute. Suri didn’t know where to run. Tura would be her best hope, but she hadn’t seen which direction the mystic went. At that moment, Suri relied on the wisdom of Minna and followed her blindly down the path.

When at a full run in the forest, few could catch Minna, and unfortunately, that included Suri. Soon after the race began, Minna outdistanced her sister, and the white wolf faded into the darkness. Before long, Suri grew tired. Not so much that she couldn’t run, but enough that she could no longer sprint.

She slowed down.

It’s catching up.

This was another warning she assumed came from Elan because it didn’t make any sense. Minna was ridiculously fast and could run without stopping for hours, but Suri wasn’t a slug. A deer, or even Grin the Brown, could catch her, but nothing that spoke of decency could. If Suri was tired, the Bone Hunter must be exhausted.

It isn’t.

A ridiculous thought. If Suri had more air, she would have laughed, but . . . I laughed before and suffered from bee stings for nearly a week. What will be the price this time?

Apparently it didn’t matter, as Suri couldn’t go any faster. She knew she was going slower and slower.

It doesn’t get tired.

This was a miserable thought. Her head was full of awful things that day.

What am I going to do?

This was a homegrown notion. She knew because it arrived with a degree of panic caused by the understanding that she didn’t know the answer. Worse yet, Suri didn’t think there was a solution. Not a helpful one, at least.

Puzzle it out.

“What?” In her utter shock and disgust, Suri spoke the word out loud, wasting valuable air.

Of all the times to be cryptic!

Suri was rapidly running out of breath and speed, and she was also losing light. The trail she followed, which was less a path and more a vaguely eroded gap in the underbrush, was disappearing, and like Minna, it would soon be gone altogether. Trees on either side were phantom shapes. If she hadn’t known the route like her tongue knew the back of her teeth, she would have taken a fall by now.

It will be on me in a second.

Suri still hadn’t managed to answer the question of what it was.

Puzzle it out.

Suri wanted to scream but couldn’t afford the breath.

Puzzle. Puzzle. Puzzle.

At this point, Suri had no idea if she was hearing anything or just losing her mind. She hadn’t been this frightened since that time she’d nearly been buried alive. Thinking would become impossible once terror set in, but she wasn’t there yet. If she heard something behind her, if she felt something, that’s when fear would blindly reign.

Puzzles are problems. String games are puzzles. I usually like puzzles. Not now. Right now I hate them. This one is awful. I like good puzzles, puzzles that are fun like—

With the last fleeting haze of light, Suri saw something just ahead and on the right—the red oak. She called it the Puzzle Tree, Petree for short. Petree was one of her favorite climbs. The tree was huge and had a multitude of branches that made getting to the top a challenge.

I can’t keep running, but I can still climb.

Suri still had the bone in her hand, and she stuffed it into her belt before leaping. She caught the lowest branch, the only one close enough to the ground to get ahold of, and then up she went.

She had climbed Petree more than a dozen times and knew the route.

Flip up, stand, then run across the branch. Climb left, find the knot, plant a foot, and push. Take a big stretch to the broken nub and then swing!

The swing was one of the hardest parts. It had taken her days before she had enough courage to try. The nub was at least twenty feet off the ground, and falling from that height through the lower branches would break bones.

Catch the forked branch. Pull it down. Get a grip. Up, right, left, left, right, and find the nest .

The nest wasn’t an actual roost, just a set of three branches near the top of the tree that formed a triangle and created a perfect seat. Suri planted her butt in the crux, hooked her arms around the branches, and looked down. Everything below her was darkness.

Maybe I lost it.

Suri waited, feeling the deep, slow sway of the tree that had once frightened her so, but at that moment was wonderful. She struggled to listen for any sounds of pursuit over the racket of her own gasps for air.

By the Grand Mother, I’m noisy!

She wasn’t the only one. Around her, Gale was playing in the branches, causing them to clickand clack.

“Not nice of you to run away.” The sound of the voice chilled her. “Why don’t you come down and give me that bone.”

“Take it!” Suri jerked it from her belt and threw. The sound of a handsome man’s arm tripped through the branches.

A long pause followed. Suri waited.

Is that it? Is that all I needed to do?

“Now why don’t you come down.”

Aww, for the love of Fribble-Bibble! “Leave me alone.”

“Alone?” the teeth-on-stone voice said. “But you are alone . . . all alone. Even your dog is gone. It’s just you and me now. Time for us to get better acquainted. Do you know who I am?”

“Don’t know, don’t care.”

“I’m you in a hundred years, or what you might have become, if you hadn’t stolen that bone. Don’t you see? I’m going to do you a favor. You don’t want to be me, do you?”

“There’s no way I could be like you. I don’t even know what you are!”

“I’m what those like you become. Little ones with power grow up to be big ones with desires. You don’t want to die, do you?”

Suri wasn’t certain if the voice was closer or not.

Is it climbing? Can it figure out how? Took me days with daylight.

“Of course you don’t. That’s why you’re in the tree. You’re terrified of dying and you’ve only been alive a few years. Imagine the lust for life after you’ve been living for several decades. And just picture how powerful you’ll be by then—so potent that the rules won’t apply to you. When the day comes to leave your body and move on, you’ll refuse, same as I did. But there’s a problem. Your body, your wonderful home for so long, is weaker than you are. It rots. That’s why everyone else leaves. No one wants to live in a rotting shell. But you’re powerful. You don’t have to. You can keep it—not perfect, but well enough. All you need is a good meal and some beauty sleep. The faces of those you eat keep you pretty and watch out for you, serve you in the hope that one day you will free them. You won’t. You can’t. They make your bed and then you lie in it.”

That’s when Petree began to dance.

Only once before had Suri been so high in a tree during a storm. She never wanted to do that again. This wasn’t that—it was worse. Petree shook so hard that Suri came out of the nest. If not for her two arms hugging the branches, she would have fallen. As it was, she dangled, legs kicking as the oak did a fine impression of Minna shaking off water. Suri finally knew what a droplet on a strand of wolf fur felt like. Then came the scream. Nothing living was capable of making a sound like that. A high pitched, soul-chilling cry ripped through the night.

Suri continued to hug her new friends, the limbs near the nest, whom she had grown to love in mere seconds. When Petree stopped his acrobatics for a while, Suri took a chance and settled herself back in the nest and waited.

“Suri? Suri, are you up there?” Tura called.

Suri didn’t answer.

What if it impersonates people?

“How do I know you’re really Tura?”

“Because if you don’t get down here this instant, Minna and I are going to go home and finish off the last of the strawberries, and you won’t get any.”

The voice sounded like Tura’s, but the brusque tone was unmistakable. Suri climbed down, which was difficult to do in the dark. Occasionally, she stopped to look below, to be sure an old woman and a wolf waited and not some hideous creature. Hitting dirt, she found Tura and Minna digging a hole beside Petree’s roots.

“What are you doing?” Suri asked. “And where’s the . . . thing?”

“Finishing up my errand,” Tura explained.

“Tura.” Suri looked around concerned. “There was a . . . I don’t know, a . . .”

“A raow,” Tura replied. “Yes, it’s gone now.”

“Gone where?”

Tura looked at Petree as if the two shared a secret. “Doesn’t matter, does it? What’s more important is the strawberries. I don’t know about you, but I’m starved.”

Tura had the bone that Suri had thrown. She placed it in the hole and covered it up with dirt. Patting the loose soil down, pressing it firm, she smiled. “There, that’s the last of it.”

“Tura, what’s a raow?”

“Strawberries, dear. Think about the strawberries.”

“Are you bleeding?” Suri asked, seeing dark slashes across Tura’s face that were dripping blood.

Tura’s cloak was shredded into ragged strips. She held her arm clutched to her side as if it was hurt.

“Tura? What’s a raow? What kind of a mystic will I be if I don’t know everything you do?”

Tura sighed. “There are some things we shouldn’t ever know.”

Suri folded her arms in defiance.

Tura frowned. “Fine. A raow is an evil spirit that invades a . . . ah . . . a person . . . a person who is lost. Yes, that’s it. There. Now you know. I sealed this one up in the oak. Not the best choice. An ash would have been better or even our hawthorn, but . . .” She looked up at Petree and patted the trunk. “This old gal ought to do fine.”

“Gal?” Suri said. “I thought Petree was a he.

“Petree?” Tura smirked. “That’s not right. Her name is Evla Turin.”

“Why did you name her that?”

“I didn’t, my father did.” The mystic winced as she started walking for home, leaning heavily on her staff. “He has an obnoxious tendency to name everything after himself.” Tura raised a finger toward the heavens and shouted, “Onward to strawberries!”

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

PROMPT STORIES

The following stories were written by the Board members of Deep Magic magazine in response to prompts submitted by the magazine's readers.

GRAVE SECRETS

By Charlie N. Holmberg

 2,200 Words

Prompt: Bagpipes on fire.

THE CREATURE IN the basement was moving again.

Layne cringed with the shifting of the chains, the subtle press of weight on the floorboards. The boards had been set right over the concrete, without any cushioning in between. Several of them were cracked. Probably more, now.

She held her breath, hands submerged in the half-full kitchen sink, listening. Too late she noticed the water pouring from the faucet was scalding hot. She ripped her hands from the dirty dishes, staring at her fingers like they weren’t her own. The skin was red, and she could see her pulse in the fat tissue at the top of her palm. Coming to herself, she turned the handle of the faucet until the water ran cool, then held her hands beneath it until the sting lessened. She scraped her lunch, not even half eaten, into the trash and added the plate to the water. She didn’t have much of an appetite anymore. Layne washed the dishes despite the burns, her skin feeling too tight for her hands. There wasn’t much to clean, besides. Not since Henry’s passing.

She dried her hands on the threadbare dish towel left over from her wedding; the rooster on it was barely discernable, and there was a hole where its comb should be. Then she paused, and the house sat quiet, more still than the ice hanging from the eaves outside the cracked kitchen window. Layne waited a moment, listening. The silence continued, not even punctuated by the titmice.

She walked carefully, having memorized where to step to avoid her own creaks, to avoid stirring the thing in the basement. Her small bedroom was safe, its floor mounted on solid earth, with no room for anything to stir below. The full-sized bed took up almost the entire space, the mattress lumpy and bent from where two bodies used to fit themselves on it, pulled close together to keep from falling off the edges. She fit just fine on it, now.

Somewhere behind and below, chains rattled. Layne stepped over the pile of clean laundry at the foot of the bed, still not folded despite her having taken it off the line two days ago. There was the twenty-four-inch TV on the dresser, the remote long since lost. A little clay pot full of paper flowers rested on the windowsill, given to her on her first wedding anniversary. Henry’s guitar and Scottish pipes had been shoved into the corner, collecting dust. If she could make the trip to the library, she might be able to sell those online. Earn a few extra dollars for a new dress, or a haircut. But she couldn’t bring herself to do it. The drive wasn’t terrible, but she could still hear his fingertips on those strings, his elbow pumping air through the chanter. A silly thing, really. He’d stopped playing them years before his death. But Henry had never tried to sell them, either.

Layne pressed the base of her hand against a sudden pain in her chest. The house rattled. She sucked in a breath that seared her throat on the way down. The creature was awake, and angry. The following thud was it throwing itself against the north wall hard enough that the bedroom door opened another inch. When had it gotten large enough to do that?

She clasped her trembling hands together, moving closer to the window. She could run, if she needed to. How far she’d get, she couldn’t be certain. No neighbors for miles. And she didn’t know how fast the monster was. If it knew her scent. If it could see in the dark.

The house pulsed a third time, and this time the doorknob slammed into the wall. Chains rattled to the floor, and for a terrifying moment Layne was sure the thing had broken free. Her age-spotted hands flew to the rusted lock on the pane. Spit dried on her tongue. Tears wet her eyes.

A fourth, quieter thump sounded, followed by stillness. She waited, listening for the creaking of the stairs, the creaking of the hinges on the basement door. But the noises didn’t come, and slowly, so slowly, she pulled one finger at a time from the lock.

The monster had leapt—it must have. Leapt at the ceiling—the kitchen floor—and then fallen back to the ground. It was growing. How could it grow? Beasts like this one were supposed to shrink with time, like a pimple, or a goose egg. That’s what Oprah had said. The creature hadn’t thrashed so violently last month. Layne was sure it hadn’t.

She studied the yard outside her window, untended and shriveled with the winter. Cattle wire marked its edges, barely visible in the dim, cloud-choked light. Spikes of grass poked up through a thin layer of snow. Patches of dirt were half mud, half ice. The forest’s thick tree line carpeted the distance. Could she make it to those trees on her own? She had so little energy these days . . . if she left now, would she make it by dark?

Pressing her cheek to the cold glass, breath puffing across it, Layne saw the small, snowy mound near the corner of the house, with an unpainted cross stabbed into its head. She’d had to dig it herself. Cover it herself. Cut the wood herself, from leftover basement floorboards. Even now, she was sure it wasn’t deep enough. Was certain starving animals would come and dig him up, eat him, and carry him away in their bellies if she didn’t keep vigil.

She couldn’t leave Henry. She couldn’t leave home.

The thing below slithered up the stairs, then back down again.

“Go away,” she whispered, peeling herself from the glass. “Go away.”

The creature didn’t respond. And so Layne shut and locked her bedroom door and turned on the television using the tiny buttons beneath the screen. She only got three channels out here, and one was in Spanish, so she settled on a second-rate news show located in a city she’d only visited twice. Then she perched on the bed and began folding her laundry. She had nothing in her drawers, and she hated empty spaces. A breeze caused the leafless dogwood outside the kitchen window to scrape across the glass, making a whining sound like a hurt dog, so Layne stopped to turn the television up, then folded, folded, folded. Anything to keep her busy. Anything to stop her from thinking.

Anything to make her chest stop hurting, and distract her from the monster.

* * *

The creature below was always silent at night, so when it wasn’t, Layne woke in a cold sweat, despite the baseboard heaters being turned to high. It was only her eyelids that moved at first—her eyelids and her heart, which started thrumming in her chest like injured wasps. Her lungs followed, heaving like the bag to those Scottish pipes in the corner. She stared at her ceiling, seeing the shapes of spiders along it until her mind snapped into place and pulled the shadows from the soffits. Then she just stared, waiting, praying it was a dream.

But two heartbeats later, a thud shook the house, rattling the hinges on the bedroom door. The strings of Henry’s guitar chirped in earnest.

The monster never stirred at night. Layne always felt the safest when she slept. When she could shut her thoughts, her sorrows, and her pains off for a few hours.

But not now.

She bolted upright in bed. The kitchen floor creaked from pressure beneath it, like the whole house had turned over and struggled to hold the weight of something unbearably heavy. But worst of all was the absence of clinks—no chains. The chains didn’t drag, didn’t drop. Which meant the beast was no longer bound by them.

Gooseflesh rippled down her arms and thighs, sweat trickling down the curve of her spine. Her coat was in the hallway closet, but the thing leapt again, and this time she heard splinters. It’s coming, she realized with a sucking sensation that ran from her throat to her pelvis. It’s coming for me.

She grabbed the afghan off her bed and ran for the window, knocking over the little clay pot and its paper flowers in the process. She grabbed the lock and wrenched it, then pressed clammy hands against the pane to shift the window open. But the thing wouldn’t budge. Breaths coming sharper, Layne dug her fingers between the sash and the jamb, tugging, wrenching, snapping one fingernail, then tearing another.

“Move, move,” she pleaded.

The scent of smoke stung her nostrils, then her eyes. She blinked back tears, only to notice a spot of flame near her ankles. The paper flowers had landed on the baseboard heater and burst into flame.

Gasping, Layne jumped back, patting her pajama leg to put out any embers. The kitchen bucked as the creature slammed into the basement ceiling again, hard enough that her door opened despite the locked knob.

The flames from the flowers jumped to the cotton drapes and ate them whole, consuming them in one bite like a snake.

“Oh God, help me,” she whispered, backing away from the glow that lit the whole room orange. The heat burned away the sweat on her skin, but not the gooseflesh. The bumps grew stiffer and more plentiful as the fire first leapt left to the other curtain, then right to the Scottish pipes, which seemed to give out a soft wheeze of defeat as its Gore-Tex melted.

Turning around, Layne ran.

She couldn’t remember the last time she really ran. Even when Henry fell while installing the floorboards, it had been more of an unsure hobble. She bolted into the short hallway, and the thing jumped at her, sensing her presence. Her feet barely kept purchase. She made it to the kitchen, where the beige linoleum was splitting, before the monster attacked again, widening the split to two fingers’ width. She fell, her bad knee hitting hard as she did, but her arm flew out in front of her, saving her skull from cracking against the floor. Still, the room spun for a moment. She blinked in the dim glow of the porch light seeping through the window, smelling the smoke following her path. She spied the remote control beneath the sink and stared at it a long moment, realizing some past part of her should have been rejoicing.

The monster leapt right beneath her heart, and the kitchen floor gave, caving in right at the center, dipping between the fridge and the Lazy Susan. A weak wail climbed up Layne’s throat as she slid toward it, caught as though in a whirlpool. Beneath that crack something glowed, like the fire building behind her, but this something was dark and slick, oily and noxious.

She planted her sweaty hands against the linoleum. Got her better knee under her and slowed her descent. She had to grab onto the counter to get to her feet, then nearly fell over again as the entire house began to buckle. A gnawing cry shot up from the ever-growing crack in the floor, rattling her bones, finding purchase in them. The refrigerator door swung open, and bottles of condiments fell onto the floor, glass shattering, plastic rolling into the maw.

Gritting her teeth, Layne ran and leapt, barely clearing the break in the linoleum. She landed and fell to her knees again, crying out as pain burst through her right one. Scrambling for the back door, she barely had the thought to grab her loafers as the creature’s arm burst up into the kitchen and reached for her, cold touch licking her heel as she crawled out into the snow.

She didn’t remember putting the loafers on, but they were on, the afghan pulled tight around her shoulders. Snow crunched underfoot as she bolted across the covered lawn, the tree line in the distance nothing more than a smear of black beneath a sky nearly as dark. The only light was the east half of the house, readily consumed by fire. For a second, or a sliver of one, Layne thought maybe the blaze would kill the beast. Put her out of her misery. But as she looked back to the brilliant orange waves, she saw it crouching there atop the mound of dirt, resting against the makeshift cross, watching her with dark, liquid eyes. Its body bubbled and writhed, and when it breathed in, it took the air in her lungs with it.

Layne stopped moving. Stopped breathing. She could only watch, petrified, as the creature moved toward her, elongating with every step, its true body never leaving that grave. It had been born there, after all. Created with every shovel of dirt, each fallen tear.

If only Layne had realized then how horrible her grief would become, she might have done something differently.

But now it clawed forward, never once breaking eye contact.

And consumed her whole.

BASKET OF STRAWBERRIES

By Dan Hilton & Steve R. Yeager

1,200 Words

Prompt: Basket of Strawberries, freshly picked

“I WON’T DO that!” the redheaded child said.

“Neither will I,” mumbled another child, this one with his thumb planted in the corner of his mouth.

The other children began to echo what the redhead, who was obviously the leader, had said. But then one spoke out against the crowd. “I will,” she said meekly.

“So brave, you are,” the thief-meister breathed, moving to pat the little blonde girl on the head and then separating her from the others. He gathered her to his side, squeezed her tight and smiled back at the rag-tag group of children before him.

“Sweet, children. There is nothing to fear. It is not stealing, it is simply a reacquisition of wealth we mean to distribute to those less fortunate than ourselves. And this time a special circumstance requires a slightly different approach.”

The redheaded child stepped forward. His cheeks were smeared with dirt, his hair a shocking mop of tangled strands, and while he was small, the way he led the group of children made him seem much larger for his age.

The thief-meister scratched the back of his neck and gazed at the child with a wary eye. Usually with children, he knew, once the leader was persuaded, the rest would fall into line. The job he had for them was not overly difficult or complex. But it was dangerous and something they had never done before.

“We won’t do it. Not for the meager scraps of food you provide us. Not for the rags you give us to wear. We steal for you and you gots nothing to give us for it.”

“Boy, I’ve provided a home for you children. Where else would you end up? Most of you proved worthless to your pitiless parents. You were just a burden to them. That is why they sold you to me. And I care for you all. I care a great deal. I keep you warm at night and feed you and care for you when you are sick. What more would you ask of me? Yet all I require of you are simple tasks that help provide the bread we all eat.”

“It ain’t ‘nough!” said the child. The others mumbled in agreement.

The thief-meister rubbed the head of the blonde girl and smiled down at her, then peered back at the larger group. “Ah. I see the problem now. This child is brave. Much braver than the lot of you. She is appreciative of what she has been given.” The thief-meister turned fully to confront the redheaded leader, ensuring the boy knew he was being spoken of. “Yet some of you are so scared you’re willing to risk her life because of it. If she attempts this task on her own, she might not make it back alive. Would you want that on your conscience? Would you want to be responsible for her death when you could have so easily prevented it?”

The redheaded child frowned. Then he looked at the blonde girl and shook his head. “She’s only doing it ‘cuz she don’t know no better.” He looked at her again and stared long and hard. She immediately looked at the ground and began shuffling her feet, as if willing them not to walk back to the group immediately.

The thief-meister pulled the girl closer. He could almost feel her will crumbling through his fingertips.

“Enough of this,” the man finally said. “You will do what I ask, or you will all be out on the streets fending for yourselves!”

“Fine,” said the redhead. “We’d be a whole lot better on our own if we were away from the likes of you!”

“Is that so? Do you really wish to find out? Do you want to live in such filth and squalor that most of this city represents? You hardly know how to care for yourselves.”

“We’d be all right.”

“No, dear boy, you won’t. You’ll come crawling back to me begging for mercy, or you’ll end up dead in a ditch somewhere—or worse.” He let his words sink in while shaking his head back and forth slowly.

No one breathed a word for several minutes.

“We want more,” the redheaded child said finally, followed by a chorus of “Yeahs” from the others.

“Prove to me you are worth more and you’ll have more. I’m but a poor man caring for the lot of you children. Where do you expect I get all the gold to care for you?”

“From the dark-hooded woman!” one child said.

“Aye, she pays us well for the jobs we do. A fair bit more than we deserve, likely.”

“She pays you in gold. I know she pays you’s way more than you’s share with us,” the redhaired boy said icily. “And you spend all of it on wine and clothes for you’self.”

“Boy, you are trying my patience.” He again pulled the girl close. “You wouldn’t want to see anyone hurt over such a trivial matter now, would you?”

“What’cha mean?”

“You know.”

“You touch her and we’ll all kill ya.”

The thief-meister waited in silence for some time.

“Don’t threaten me, boy. You know what happened last time you crossed me.”

The red-haired boy put a hand to his cheek and rubbed it. “Yep, I know. I can take it. I’ve had worse.”

“Oh, not like what I have planned for you this time.”

There was a collective gasp from the others. The thief-meister knew he had them now. It was all too easy. He almost wished for a stronger challenge to his authority. It had been some time since he’d let go of his anger.

The red-haired boy let out a long sigh. “Fine, we’ll do it. But we want new clothes, better food.”

The thief-meister grinned. “I make no promises. And it all depends on how well you do today for us. But I know that each and every one of you will make me proud, so perhaps I will be more generous in the future.”

“Good,” the leader said, nodding to the group to ensure they followed along.

The thief-meister released the blonde girl. She shuffled back into the pack with the others.

“Now, here is what you are going to do. You must follow my instructions perfectly or one or all of you might not make it back.” The thief-meister pulled out a wicked-looking dagger and handed it to the red-haired boy. “I trust you know where to stick this to do the most damage?”

The boy gulped visibly but took the dagger and held it before him. His fingers trembled but as he looked at his companions beside him, he steadied. “Ya, I knows.” He feigned where he would stick the blade and twisted it grotesquely.

“Good, good, good.” He then went on to explain in detail just what he wanted done. “Now be on your way. She is likely to be at the market square around noon. You’ll have to hurry if you want to make it in time.”

Without another word the children left the small cottage. The thief-meister let out a long sigh as he walked down a hallway to the kitchen area. At a table in the back sat a hooded figure.

The hooded figured looked up from the wine cup she’d been eyeing on the table.

“It is done,” the thief-meister said.

“I am pleased.” The hooded figure nodded toward the velvet bag on the table.

The thief-meister picked up the bag and tested the weight of it. He smiled.

“This is something you have never asked them to do, are you sure they will go through with it?” the hooded figure asked.

“They will do it,” said the thief-meister, his grin widening until the black on his teeth showed, “they will do it because children are like a basket of strawberries, freshly picked.”

The hooded figure nodded knowingly and lifted the cup in salute.

EL CHUPACABRA

By Jeff Wheeler 

3,700 Words

Prompt: Mariachi Band

ONE OF THE smallest towns in the state of Queretaro, Mexico, is the village of Tilaco. There isn’t cell service in the town, not that the locals could afford phones anyway. There is a single church, Mission Tilaco, which was built by Junipero Sera in 1762. I don’t think the plumbing has been updated since then. And even though the town is very small, there is still one albergue. An albergue isn’t an orphanage, but it’s similar. They are for the poorest of the poor, a little school for lessons, a dormitory crowded by bunk beds for sleeping in during the week, and a place where children can learn and play before returning back to stay with their parents. Albergues exist because some families can’t afford to feed their children every day.

After graduating from college in Tequisquiapan, I was assigned by the government in Queretaro to be a teacher at the albergue in Tilaco. My boyfriend didn’t want to move there. He thought he’d do better finding work in Guadalajara. So he broke up with me. And since my cellphone doesn’t work in Tilaco, we really couldn’t have kept in touch anyway. It’s a six-hour drive to my parents’ home in Tequis, and none of us own a car. The bus ride is miserable so it’s not one I like to take very often.

It was in Tilaco that I meant Monsie, one of the little girls in the dormitory I supervise.

On Monday mornings, all the students arrive at the albergue when it opens. We, as teachers, stay during the weekends too. The gate squealed as it let in the children, wearing their uniforms, and they were loud and excited to be back. They were hungry for breakfast, which was usually a little taco with rice and beans along some punch to wash it all down. There were eighteen beds in each dormitory and nearly all the beds were taken. The kids clean and scrub the floors every night. As they put their backpacks on the beds, I waved for Monsie to come to my office.

Her eyes were solemn. She didn’t joke around like the others did. She was always quiet but today she was unusually so.

“Good morning, Monsie. How is your abuelita?”

She stood by my desk while I pushed aside the lesson plans I’d been working on for that morning.

“Good morning, Maestra Carla,” she said in a small voice.

Her birth name was Monserrat, but everyone called her Monsie.

“Did you talk to your abuelita this weekend?” I asked. “About whether her son’s mariachi band will come play at the albergue for Maestra Lena’s birthday party?”

She stared at me with sad eyes.

“Did you forget, Monsie?” I asked, sighing with a little twist of frustration in my chest. I was in charge of preparing the party and had already arranged for the cake, which was a delicacy for these children. They liked to dance, even some of the young men, who had been trained by their families in the traditional dances.

She didn’t say anything.

“Monsie, it’s okay if you forgot.” I sighed. “I can go ask her today.” My day was already very busy, but I thought I could squeeze it in.

“Our goat is dead, Maestra Carla,” she whispered.

That was a tragedy. Not only did a goat provide milk to drink, but they could make cheese out of it as well.

“I’m so sorry, Monsie,” I said. Her abuelita was already destitute and sold tortillas she made by hand every day.

Monsie looked me in the eye. “The Chupacabra drank its blood,” she whispered.

What?

I looked at her seriously. “There’s no such thing as the Chupacabra, Monsie. It’s a folktale. A myth. A mad dog.”

She shook her head. “I saw it.”

I let out another sigh. “Monsie. You don’t have any light at your place. Not even candles. Just that little fire. It’s very dark on the street where your abuelita lives. It was probably just a dog. I’m sorry it killed your goat though.”

Monsie didn’t say anything. She didn’t need to. Her eyes said she didn’t believe me.

* * *

I went to the hovel where Monsie’s abuelita lived later that day. There was no sign of the old woman. There was also no goat. She lived in a ramshackle little hut with planks for the walls. The slats didn’t even cover up the entire wall. There were large gaps between each one, allowing passersby to see into the small building. She had two huge blue containers for water, which Monsie no doubt had to carry from a well in order to fill them up. Some of the boards were broken and hanging loose, letting in even more of the hot sun. The floor was dirt. A grinding bowl sat on a stone slab on cinderblocks. That’s where the corn was ground into meal for the tortillas abuelita made and sold. It was her only livelihood if the goat was dead. Two little pallets were on the floor, a thin blanket on each. Monsie’s parents were part of a mariachi band which travelled around Queretaro looking for gigs. They were gone for weeks at a time and Monsie stayed with her abuelita.

The fire was burned out, which was surprising. Normally when I’d come in the past, it was always smoldering.

“Abuelita?” I called out. The room was too small to hide in. I went outside and walked around the hovel. A few lean-tos were there, owned by other families. They were deserted as well. “Abuelita?” I called a little louder.

I heard a growl come from some nearby bushes. It startled me, and I quickly backed away. Some of the dogs which roamed the area could be vicious with strangers. So I hurried away and left, walking back to the albergue. All the food had been eaten when I returned. Instead of meat, the cook had skimped and made up some nopales instead. I spent the rest of the afternoon hungry.

By the end of the day, after all the children were playing outside, I went to Maestra Lena’s room. She was the headmistress but only ten years older than myself. But because of all she’d experienced working in the albergue, she could have been forty.

“Is something the matter, Carla?” she asked me, not looking up from the papers she quickly reviewed. They were artwork projects the children had done earlier in the day. She scribbled a few hasty words of praise on each.

“I’m still trying to get a mariachi band for the celebration,” I said glumly. “I’d hoped Monsie’s parents could do it.”

Lena stopped flipping papers. “They’ve done it before if they didn’t have work. It doesn’t have to be on my birthday.”

“I know. I just wanted to tell you I’m still working on it.”

“Thank you, Carla.” She looked back down then saw something that distressed her. Her countenance darkened.

“What’s wrong?” I asked.

“The pictures,” she said, sighing. “Children say so much by what they draw. Their moods. What’s happening at home. It makes me sad. But this one. What do you make of it?”

The one she handed me was Monsie’s. It was a picture of the hovel. The slats were like jail bars, except horizontal instead of vertical. A little ribbon of smoke came through the roof. But there was a something in black. Like a crayon had been dragged over that spot over and over. Even part of the crayon crumbled there, like little specks of pepper.

“I don’t know,” I said, not wanting to reveal what Monsie had told me. Chupacabras were like vampire dogs. They weren’t real. They were stories for the unexplainable. “She said her goat died.”

Luna’s eyes crinkled with sadness. “I hope they don’t starve this winter. I’m going to see if I can get donations for a bag of dried hominy for her. I wish I had more budget to help. But we barely make it month to month as it is with what the government in Queretaro gives us.” She pressed her lips. “Did you already pay for the cake?”

“Yes, it’s already paid for. Or they wouldn’t have even started on it. We’ll figure it out.”

“I hope so,” she said then shook her head again. “Poor Monsie.”

* * *

There was so much to do at the albergue in one week that I was too busy to check in on Monsie’s abuelita again. The children would spend the next week making decorations for Maestra Lena’s party and arranging for everything took so much time. I was exhausted by the time the weekend came. After inspecting the girls’ dormitory, which smelled like medicinal pine from the cleaner they used, I walked past the rows of empty beds, each with the same old bedspread. The uniforms looked the same, the beds looked the same. Even the kids’ shoes, although some were more worn than others because of soccer. After the inspection, I left the dormitory to wait by the gates in the hopes of catching abuelita when she came to pick up Monsie, but when I got there, Monsie was already gone.

Some of the boys were kicking around a ball on the cement slab that was used as both a soccer pitch and basketball court. The slab was splotched and cracking. I loved the colorful stone wall at the far end in the shade. Students from previous years had painted each mismatched stone a different color, so it was pretty and provided a place to sit on hot days.

“Jose!”

He was the nearest boy.

“Yes, Maestra Carla?” he said, turning to face me.

“Did you see Monsie leave with her abuelita?”

A ball came toward him and he kicked it away. “No. I didn’t see her go.”

Some parents came for their children after work, so we had to keep our eyes on them for a while. Finally, after they were gone, I went back to the kitchen to get something for dinner. Maestra Lena had already left, so it was just the cook and I.

“Did you see Monsie go, Mia?”

“I can’t keep track of all those kids, Carla,” she said, wiping sweat from her forehead.

“I know, I was just—”

“I cook for these kids every day. I don’t have time. And next week is the party and we have to stock up on more expensive food. I need more money.”

Mia liked to complain but I just wasn’t in the mood to listen today. Even though I was hungry, I’d come back later. “I need to go, Mia.”

“Where? Do you have a hot date or something?”

I snorted. I hadn’t dated anyone since I’d been dumped by my boyfriend. Most of the men of Tilaco were too afraid of me to speak to me. They didn’t like that I’d gone to college.

“No, Mia. I’m going to step out and talk to Monsie’s abuelita about the mariachi band. I’ve forgotten all week and the party is next week.”

“You better have that band, Carla,” she said in a scolding tone. “Maestra will be upset if the kids don’t dance on her birthday.”

“I know. I know. See you later. Save me some dinner.”

Mia muttered about always doing the dishes by herself and I left and walked down the street. When I passed the mission, I stared up at its bell tower. The front façade had been carved by wonderful craftsmen back when it was built. There were saints carved into the stones, along with palm leaves and angels. One of the saints had a shepherd’s crook and was playing a little guitar, which I thought was strange. Did they have guitars back then? There was a grassy field in front of the main doors and stone borders on each side that seemed liked grave markers, only they weren’t. The bell tower was the tallest point in the city. There was a little narrow stairwell leading up to it. The priest only had the bell rung on Saints days and holidays.

The sun had finally set behind the hills as I crossed the streets and went down the small dirt path to where abuelita lived. I thought about the dog I’d heard earlier and felt a shiver of nerves. When I got to the small shack, there was no smoke coming from the fireplace.

“Monsie? Abuelita? It’s Maestra Carla. Are you home?”

Nothing.

I tapped on the little slat door again before opening it. “Monsie?”

The dirt floor stared back at me. The fire had gone out. I saw the big sack of dried hominy was nearly empty. Then I went to the neighbor and knocked on his door. No answer. I waited for over an hour, hoping they were just gone delivering tortillas. It grew darker and darker. A chicken clucked in the trees nearby. Worry kneaded inside my stomach.

A terrible shriek filled the air and I listened in fear as the chicken was killed by a predator. There was no barking or yipping, just the snarling and growling of something. I stood up from the stump I’d been resting on and backed away, my heart hammering wildly.

Then all was quiet.

A strange yowling sound came. It wasn’t a sound I’d heard before during my time in Tilaco. It was like some weak string on a violin played by a drunken hand. Something rustled in the bushes.

I started to walk away briskly, heading back toward town. As I walked, I heard the yowling sound again. Even the crickets fell silent.

I shivered as I walked swiftly, heading back toward the church. I felt a strong need to be there. As I walked, I thought I heard paws thumping in the dirt behind me. Turning, I stared into the gloom. Nothing.

Looking ahead, I hurried to the church yard. Tilaco fell quiet around me. I couldn’t see any lights on, except in the church. No noise of engines and tires crunching gravel. No cart wheels squeaking. As I crossed beneath the gate into the church yard, I felt a little spasm of relief I’d made it that far. I hadn’t gone to church in Tequisquiapan, but something about the building drew me toward it. As I pulled on the heavy wood door, I saw candles glowing on the inside. Heads turned to face me. It seemed like half the town was there, kneeling at the pews, prayer beads in their hands. On a Friday night?

I saw worried faces. Some of the albergue children were there with their parents. Everyone was quiet. The priest stood near the altar, pacing. No mass was being performed. It was quiet. Watchful.

Fearful.

I quickly scanned the faces, looking for Monsie and her gray-haired abuelita. I didn’t see either of them. After standing there, I went back out the door and folded my arms. There were crickets chirping again. A few stars had appeared in the sky while I’d been inside. My own fear started to fade. It was that stupid myth of the Chupacabra. Now I was afraid of shadows.

I walked back to the albergue. But as I did, it felt like something was watching me. I couldn’t shake that feeling until I went inside the compound and shut the gate.

All was quiet.

* * *

We usually kept most of the lights off during the weekend to save money on electricity. Maestra Lena had a television in her room and she spent most of the weekends watching novellas. I thought the plots were pretty ridiculous, and so I usually declined joining her when she offered, but I was afraid to be alone tonight.

While we watched an episode late into the night, I thought I heard a noise coming from the dormitory.

Maestra Lena heard it too. “What was that?”

“I thought I was hearing things,” I said. “You heard it too?”

“Go see, Carla. I hope it isn’t someone trying to steal food from us again. I’d be furious. Go scold whoever it is and tell them to get out. Make sure the gate is still locked.”

“Yes, Maesta,” I said. She was my boss, so I had to obey her.

I left her room and started walking down the dark hall toward the girl’s dormitory. I knew my way, even in the dark, but felt that sickening feeling of fear again. I thought I heard something squeak.

Frowning at my own cowardice, I went to the dormitory and unlocked the door with my key. I walked in and flipped the light switch. Nothing happened. I tried the switch again.

I heard a sniffle.

“Who’s there?” I said in a loud, angry voice. My heart was racing.

“Monsie,” came a muffled reply.

I walked toward her bed across the room. Even though it was dark, there was enough light to see her on the bottom bunk. She’d been trying to stay very quiet.

“Monsie, what are you doing here?” I said, coming to kneel by the bed. “Why aren’t you with your abuelita?”

“She . . . she’s gone,” said Monsie and burst into tears.

What did that mean? I hugged her, trying to calm her fear. “Shhh, it’s okay. It’s okay. Shhh. What do you mean she’s gone?”

“She told me not to come home,” Monsie said, her throat catching with her tears. “She said she wouldn’t be there. That I needed to sleep in the albergue.”

“Were you hiding when I came earlier?” I asked, feeling worry and frustration. It was against the rules for children to spend the weekend here. There was hardly enough food for the adults who stayed.

Monsie nodded, pulling away, looking at me fearfully.

“Where did abuelita go?” I asked, stroking her hair.

Then I heard the sound of paws on the floor. The little click-clack of claws.

Monsie stiffened. “The door’s open.”

I turned around. Something lithe and black was coming down the corridor. I heard panting.

“The Chupacabra!” Monsie gasped.

I felt a mothering urge to protect Monsie. Even though I was terrified, I raced to the door to shut it. The yowling sound came, echoing in a weird, sickening noise across the floor. As I shoved the door to close it, something heavy slammed into it. Then I saw a muzzle, sharp teeth snapping as it tried to get through.

Monsie screamed in fright. I pushed harder, hoping to break the dog’s neck, but it was stronger than me. I was shoved back and fell down on the concrete floor.

It was not a dog.

Monsie’s shrill screams joined as it yowled once more. I scrambled backward, trying to get away, knowing it was going to kill me too.

And then I heard something. The monster’s lean head lifted up at the sound.

Music.

Headlights shone through the windows, sending the shadows sweeping across the floor. The monster, all muscle and ink recoiled. I saw its drool in puddles on the floor.

Trumpets, guitars, a honking of a truck. A mariachi band was playing outside. The Chupacabra fled the noise, loping down the corridor. I stared as it disappeared into the shadows and vanished.

Monsie ran from the bed, wiping tears, grinning from ear to ear. “Mama! Papa! Abuelita!”

Maestra Lena turned on the light in the hallway and suddenly the entire room was engulfed in brightness.

“What is going on here?” Lena said in confusion.

I struggled to my feet, grateful to still be alive. There was singing along with the strums from the instruments. It was festive, invigorating. And I knew it had frightened the beast away.

An old truck parked in front of the albergue’s locked gate, headlights illuminating the soccer pitch. People from the village of Tilaco were gathering, clapping, cheering. Maestra Lena unlocked the gate and everyone came inside, including four mariachi’s wearing pink shirts, black jeans, and ivory hats and belts. I recognized Monsie’s father playing the little guitar. A larger man, dressed the same, strummed a very large guitar while two younger men played violins with dazzling speed.

“You came! You came!” Monsie shouted in joy. There was her abuelita hobbling forward, gray hair bound in a bun.

“I told you, hija,” she said kindly. “I told you I’d come back.” The elderly woman looked up at me and smiled a gap-toothed smile.

The court filled with people who started dancing in the old way while the music played, the voices sang. My heart filled with happiness as I heard the songs, and then I found myself crying in relief and wiping my eyes. There was clapping and cheering from everyone. The whole village came.

After the next song finished, Monsie took one of the violinists by the hand and pulled him toward me.

“Maestra Carla,” Monsie said. “This is my uncle Hector.”

“You all played wonderfully,” I said, smiling at him, trying to dry my eyes on my sleeve. “Thank you for coming. You saved us.”

“It’s all right, Señorita,” he said, tucking his violin under his arm. “We will be here all week. We came for Maestra Lena’s celebration but also because of the Chupacabra. They cannot stand happiness. Monsie…well, she…she wanted me to meet you.” He looked abashed.

Monsie grinned. “He’s my favorite uncle,” she said, still holding his hand.

“Where do you live?” I asked him, feeling a little dazed still.

“I’m from Tilaco,” he said, bowing. “I grew up in this albergue.” He looked me in the eye. “I’m so grateful for all my teachers. This is where I learned how to play. How to dance.” He smiled. “I think it’s time I came home.”

Author’s Note:

My family went to the albergue in Tilaco as part of the Family to Family Humanitarian Expeditions in June 2017. We visited many other albergues in Queretaro. These kids live unimaginably difficult lives, but their smiles and hugs show they have deep hearts and giving spirits. It was an amazing experience, especially dancing with them to a mariachi band, which was the non-scary element chosen for my story.

While the events in this story are fictional, the places are real. To learn more and to help these children, visit http://f2fhe.org/donate

AVOCADOPOCALYPSE

By Steve R. Yeager

1,700 Words

Prompt: A worryingly small avocado.

FIRST OFF, PLEASE forgive any misspellings or bad grammar in this letter. It’s dark in here, I’m scared and probably won’t be around much longer. Spelling and grammar aren’t exactly at the top of my list of things I’m concerned about right now.

It all started with a worryingly small avocado. Who knew what they really were and what they could become? And who could have ever guessed in a million years what destruction they could have wrought?

Certainly not me.

Some scientists believed they had been dormant all along and had just been waiting to hatch. Kind of like an unfertilized chicken egg. They think some parallel universe had shifted too close to our own and somehow revived them, which caused them to mature and then hatch. I know that I never believed it to be possible. Only a crackpot would think that.

Religious scholars told us it was just God’s way of purifying the earth—like the floods, like Noah and every other pre-history apocalypse. “Creative destruction,” it is called, or so they said. And many of those same believers think that somewhere out there the pure of heart are being saved, few as those might be these days. They think the whole experiment with self-governance had been yet another mistake. Our distancing ourselves from God is what was to blame.

I’m not so sure. But it could be true. Just as the hundreds of other theories could be true. No one knows for certain.

We surely blew a lot of things. We sparked too many wars. Dug deep into the earth and polluted our land and water with toxic chemicals. And we took little heed for the impact we burdened the world at large with. Maybe it was finally time for a change. A reboot, so to speak. Ctrl-alt-delete. Did you turn it off and back on again? Ha!

But of all the things possible in heaven and on earth—why did it have to be avocados?

It started barely two years ago. That’s when the first one hatched. It was a marvel, of course. It was cute and small and different. Every news program celebrated the new species that emerged. Science believed it to be something alien, something never before seen on earth. But there were others who weren’t so sure. They had warned us, but those voices fell on deaf ears.

A few survivalist types recognized the danger for what it was right away. They headed for the hills, to their bunkers and fortresses of solitude. Maybe in the end they will be the only survivors. Maybe they are the only ones meant to live while all the city-dwellers too caught up in what flavor latte to have or which dress socks to wear in public will perish. And to think that those same fools used to enjoy such things as avocado toast! They were eating pre-hatched eggs! I guess the joke is on them, sick as that might sound. And they were certainly unprepared for what was to come. Death came for them quickly, as the cities were destroyed first.

Maybe they were the lucky ones?

Then there were those who thought the creatures were cute and had “scientific value.” Maybe if they had not been so dumb and had realized that real danger still exists in the world. True, deadly danger. The type that will kill you if you’re not careful. And that the entire order of life can change in an instant. But I guess it’s good in a way. They were fat and happy and stupid. They lacked for little in life. Sadly, they didn’t appreciate all the nice things they had. They replaced what mattered with video games and social media. Then they constantly mocked others and fought over silly things like politics and television shows.

Maybe it is better we are about to start over. Maybe we need a fresh perspective on life. I remember my father telling me once that strong men made weak men. I never understood what he truly meant by that until now. He’d say that good times were only possible through the sacrifice of those who came before us and who’d suffered to make life better for future generations. And that future generations always, always squandered the bounty they were given. Which again led to hard times and then again to hard men. And I mean men in the mankind sense. It’s just a word after all. Some even argue that using a word like that is “offensive” or “objectionable.” Silly. Just think of how luxurious that argument is now that we are facing extinction.

What a difference a year makes, am I right?

I know I’m trapped. I know I haven’t much time left on earth. I hope there is a God. And I really hope the afterlife will be more pleasant than these past few years. Eternity is a long, long time. I’m not that old now, but I can hardly imagine living forever in whatever form I end up in. I hope that wherever I go, I won’t remember what I’ve seen here. I’ve been seeking to block it. But I can’t. There have been too many horrible things I’ve witnessed. I’m loath to describe them to spare you all the gruesome details.

But I did see a lot of good things as well. We pulled together to fight the creatures as they grew in size and multiplied in number. But there were just too many to overcome. They kept hatching. More kept coming. We’d destroy entire populations of them and there were still more after that. How many avocados are there in the world? Countless. They grow on trees! Millions? Billions? Part of me thinks we over-planted them. Maybe I can blame the whole generation of Millennials for their special toast, or I can blame the Californians for their love of guacamole.

Sadly, though, I think it was the fact that we were so divided to start with. It took a disaster of this magnitude to bring us together again and fight as one species—human. It just took far too long to materialize. And now this. It’s too late for us now. Game over.

I’m bleeding still. Just checked. It probably won’t stop. Their venom does that. Once you are bitten, any punctures will refuse to clot on their own. It’s not a pleasant way to die, but it can be peaceful. And it far outweighs being eaten alive by them.

While I wanted to stay positive and say more good things about how the few survivors came together, I’m finding as I write this, I’m becoming more negative about my fellow humans. Sigh. I wish it weren’t so. But in facing one’s death there is a truth that you see clearly. Layers of lies are stripped away and what remains is real and raw and ugly. I don’t suppose death is supposed to be easy, especially knowing how close at hand it is. Do I have hours before I’m finally dead? Will it be a matter of minutes? Or will I linger like this for days, unable to run any longer?

Only time will tell.

I suspect that someone will read this letter one day. Maybe in some distant future where the creatures have all been eliminated. Perhaps a way can be found to destroy them all and save humanity in the end. I just know that I won’t be there to see it. I wish the future well. I hope they don’t make the same mistakes that we made.

But who am I kidding? Of course they will.

Please try to remember this. All life deserves our respect. All life kills other life to survive. If you eat meat or if you eat plants, you are still ending life to serve your own. Don’t delude yourself about that simple fact. It is just the way of things. Respect that. Respect the life that gives you life. Don’t take it for granted! It was respect for life that my dad taught me. Respect all living things great or small. We can all be better people by remembering that—what few of us manage to survive.

And since the times are now so hard, I suspect that when this is all over, those that emerge will be stronger for the trials they have gone through. But one day they will fall to weakness again. Try to resist that. And, as a small favor to me, for God’s sake please don’t let grown men wear cargo shorts. They look ridiculous. And button-up pastel shirts. That is not how men should look. They are something else when they dress like that. And women. While it might not be a thing again for generations, stay away from all the plastic surgery. Those fat lips, body enhancements and tucks just make you look awful. And tattoos and loops through your ears. Really? Take care of yourselves. Stay fit. Eat right. Dance in the sun once in a while—and don’t worry so much. Ah, I could go on and on but now I’m just lecturing, and no one likes that.

Yes, here I am complaining once again. I need to stop doing that. I wish I could. But I’m scared. I wish I weren’t. And now I’m just rambling. I sure wish I had someone to talk to. Someone I could say good-bye to before I go. Someone who cared about me. But there will be no one left to mourn me when I’m gone.

Bobby and Kathie had come so far with me. They were both killed trying to save me. While we’d spoken for days about what a paradise we once lived in, they didn’t have a chance to say hardly anything to me before they died. The last thing Bobby said to me was, “Run!” And I did—like the wind, not looking back. The tears I cried for them and the rest of my friends and family came later. So much so I wrung myself out completely dry. I had nothing left after that. Just a mute numbness to it all.

In a way, I think it’s a rather funny and fitting end for the human race, if it comes to that. Avocados? Who would have ever thought that was possible? Not me. Cosmic justice, I guess.

Ha, ha! The joke’s on us.

I can hear them now. They are coming for me. I guess it will all be over soon. I won’t bleed out after all. Small favors.

THE SPACE TOILET

By Brendon Taylor 

10,000 Words

Prompt: Space Toilet.

THE WAY REGINA Jenkins exhaled through her nose showed perhaps a little too much frustration, atypical of the clinical lead chemist. Attempting to resume her work on the latest round of enamel on aluminum bonding, and blinking shut the text window in her lower left glasses lens, she scowled in earnest. Cracks in the enamel. There were only two and they were smaller than a spider’s web, but still any cracks were too many.

Cleaner than the Pope’s language, the lab occupied the thirteenth floor of Jenkins Industries. The entire building was a megalithic structure whose bottom three floors (above ground) were made from thirty-foot high limestone columns that were wrapped in steel and glass extending fifteen stories higher into the Houston skyline. Newer buildings now dwarfed it, but the Jenkins building had been a pioneer a century earlier, and remained a national historic architectural gem in the downtown area.

“Care to share your bad news?” Colby asked, his bug-like eyes made larger by his thick, round-framed glasses.

“Two cracks—”

“Not that,” he said, his broad mouth forming an apologetic smile. It was so big that with his goggle-like eyes, he looked a bit like a toad. “You just saw a text that left a taste like an overripe durian.”

Regina tightened her mouth as their conversation drew the attention of the other two lab team members, women in their mid-forties like Regina. “My daughter came home for the weekend and is making dinner.”

Sonya Velasquez, lead biochemist on the team, made a clucking sound with her tongue. “Sounds horrible. An honest home-cooked meal? How dare she?!” She arched an eyebrow – her trademark sarcasm expression.

“Jess only makes dinner when she has big news to share.” Regina ushered them back to work. Unsuccessfully. “Last time, she changed majors, and the time before, she transferred from Princeton to the University of Texas.”

Colby’s unblinking gaze fastened on her. “At least you get to see her more.”

“That’s true, and we enjoyed having her stay with us all summer. But she’s been back at school for two weeks, so the timing is unusual.” Regina set the cardstock thin aluminum and enamel bond back on the workbench.

“Then what’s the problem?” Colby asked, finally blinking.

Sonya, who was tall with perfect skin and stunning, dark eyes, stepped close to Regina. Sonya was proof that life was not fair, having beauty and brains in spades. “Think about it, Colby. Who has been particularly uptight about the release of Phase One and also sits at the Jenkins dinner table?”

Sonya’s Columbian accent made everything she said sound exotic – even Phase One of the release of the Jenkins Space Toilet. She hated the name, Space Toilet, but it was not an issue worth fighting about with her husband, Sam Jenkins, CEO of Jenkins Industries. They were in need of a long discussion about their marriage, but it could wait until the stress of Phase One was finished.

Colby nodded knowingly.

The Board of Directors had hired two freelance professionals to oversee the release of Phase One, unwilling to allow the economic outlay of over 900 million dollars to be spent without frequent progress reports and financial analyses. Sam was normally tightly wound, but the stress of this project had pulled him off his axis.

“Speak of the devil,” said Dianne, whose ginger coloring betrayed her middle age with the start of a few wrinkles around her eyes and a bit of sugar in her cinnamon-colored hair.

Marching through the second set of air-lock doors, Sam approached like a thunder cloud in a $10,000 charcoal pinstriped suit. With middle-aged good looks that only the best plastic surgeons can provide, he exuded charisma . . . until he opened his mouth. “If Jess is dropping out of college, I’ll give her up for adoption.”

Colby whispered, “I see why you were worried,” before Sam was close enough to hear.

Not wanting to escalate Sam’s mood, Regina forced a neutral expression on her face. “She’s twenty-one. That’s too old to terminate parental rights, but I understand how you feel.”

“How I feel? How I feel is that guttural and sincere patriarchal desire to break the toes of my boots off in her underperforming butt.”

Regina could actually see the vein in his forehead throbbing through a blanket of Botox. He was livid, well beyond the level of perturbance Jess should be causing him.

He continued, “If she’s transferring schools again . . . or majors—”

“She’s not,” Regina said in her best soothing voice, embarrassed that each of her team members was watching them. “She sent me the bill for next semester—same school, same declared major.”

Sam eyed her like she was a card dealer in Vegas, and she had just won three hands in a row. “Do you know what news she’s breaking?”

Regina shook her head. “She seemed at ease in our text conversation, though, so I doubt it is serious.” It was a lie, but one worth telling.

“We’ll see,” he said while tapping on his watch phone. It was old-school technology, but Regina contended he loved it because it made him feel like a spy in the year 2000. Sam had always argued that cell tower communication was safer than satellite-based since the attempted invasion in 2043. It had been nearly a decade since Earth had banded together to fight off a wave of two dozen alien attack ships. After a minute, he looked up.

“You wouldn’t have come straight to see me solely about Jess’s message,” Regina said in the same soothing tone. “That could have waited until lunch. What else brought you to my lab?”

Sam’s jaw clenched and released, one of his relaxation techniques. It almost never worked. “I won’t be taking a lunch. Unfortunately, neither will you or Velasquez.”

Sonya groaned, which elicited a look of annoyance on Sam’s face.

Regina had been looking forward to eating a vending machine turkey salad all morning. Something must be wrong with Phase One.

“We have a problem with Phase One,” Sam said. “Chauncey wouldn’t tell me what was wrong over the phone. He insisted I come down to the factory immediately. I’m bringing you and Velasquez from your team, Gullivan from engineering, Carpenter from biotech, and Braxton from nanotech. If we can’t figure it out before five, I’ll decide who to fire, and we’ll fly back to hear what outstanding news Jess has to share.”

Sonya looked at Regina with a flash of concern. The expression seemed incongruent on that face, like if the Mona Lisa stuck out her tongue. Regina shook her head slightly and tried to convey that Sam’s threat was more bravado than sincere. “An hour in the air, and thirty minutes on the ground leaves us a little more than four hours there.” She gave her husband a cynical look. “And that’s if we leave right now.” It was a little before eleven. Regina hated disruptions to her day, but a trip to the island was not bad as far as diversions go. The team Sam was taking was full of scientific rock stars, who would stand a good chance of solving whatever problem they encountered in short time. Besides, it would be fun to watch Carpenter strike out trying to flirt with Sonya on the jet.

“We are leaving right now.” Sam turned and started walking out, talking over his shoulder as though he expected the two of them to follow. “Tell Kristine what you want for lunch as long as it can be delivered to the post at our airfield in twenty minutes.” He nodded at his attractive thirtyish assistant who had waited outside the doorway, wearing a professional skirt suit.

Regina had worried about her husband’s hire until she saw the way Kristine always looked at Sonya compared to how she looked at Sam. “I’ll have a Rowdy Burger with bacon and a side of shallot crisps.”

Sam looked back at her incredulously.

“I’m counting this as a vacation – closest thing to one you’ve taken me on this summer. So, I’m eating like I’m on vacation.” Regina smiled with satisfaction when Sam turned his head forward and said nothing. He hated fast food.

“Same order for me,” Sonya said to Kristine. “And I want a coconut shake, too.”

Regina mouthed, “Me, too,” when Kristine looked at her. Truth be told, she had been craving a burger for several days, and a big, greasy Rowdy Burger sounded perfect.

Exactly twenty minutes later, Regina sat next to Sam in the front passenger seats on the Jenkins jet, as the service crew wrapped up systems checks with methodical precision. Savoring the first juicy bite of her bacon cheeseburger, Regina glared at Sam as he spread a cloth napkin across her lap. She felt his eyes linger on her body, and felt defensive. She had put on a few pounds over the summer. “You’ve worked my team around the clock all summer – I’ve had to survive on food from vending machines and have had no time for the gym.” She was still slender by any objective standard, and steamed a bit at the judgment she felt. She snapped off another bite like a challenge for him to say something.

“You look perfect,” he said, anxiously looking back at a file open on his lap.

“What’s that?” Regina asked as Carpenter and Braxton walked to the back of the plane, having finished their pizza in the hanger.

“Summaries from the patent attorney.”

Swallowing the bite of deliciousness, Regina said, “You were supposed to meet with the attorneys all afternoon, weren’t you?”

Sam nodded, trying to read his file.

“You probably made the whole emergency up just to get out of that meeting.”

Pulling off his reading glasses, he said, “You’re goading me, aren’t you?”

“Perhaps.”

“Is this about the burger?”

“Only a little.” Regina raised an eyebrow. “You were pretty hot with me in front of my team.”

Sam sighed and nodded. “You’re right.” He could be a perfectionist and a blowhard with a short fuse, but those weren’t the only traits that had won Regina’s heart. Behind the Botox and the high-end shirts was a brilliant man who had taken her all around the world. “I’m going to pay for the napkin in your lap, aren’t I?”

“With diamonds and a long talk.”

“I’m sorry.”

“Weak, late, and lacking in bling, but I’ll take it as a down payment.” Regina slurped her coconut milkshake loudly.

“I know we need to talk. Once Phase One is out and Phase Two is ready for production, we’ll can spend two weeks anywhere you want, and talk about everything.

That was a better start, thought Regina. Perhaps their marriage would survive the Space Toilet. “Anything interesting from the lawyers?” Slurp.

Visibly annoyed by the slurping, Sam said, “The Estate of Todd Malcolm has challenged several of our nano and biotech patents.”

James Braxton, a slender man and the youngest on their team at around twenty-six, with an oversized push-broom mustache under a prominent nose, said from several seats behind, “Are you talking about Todd Malcolm the astronaut? He wrote the treatise on nano ethics. I studied his methods and theories in grad school at MIT. Shame he was lost.” Braxton worked his way into the open seat behind Regina.

“It was a shame,” Sam said, “that he had such an inept patent attorney. Of course, that was good for us.”

“Does his estate have a case?” Regina asked.

“Not according to my very expensive attorney, who is billing me for a meeting that I am now missing,” Sam said, taking one of Regina’s shallot crisps before she could slap his hand. “The coding for more than half of the tech he developed came from an alien ship in the first round of contact, so that tech belonged to the United States of America. The government had every right to sell and we are bonafide purchasers with unassailable rights to the twenty-three coding patents related to nano waste disposal. At least, that’s the lawyer’s conclusion.”

Regina finished her burger and made one last audible slurp of the milkshake as the ground crew cleared the way for the jet to begin taxiing. “Is the lawsuit a money grab since litigation could delay the release of your ‘Space Toilet?’”

“No,” Sam said. “Their suit is for injunctive relief only – they want to stop any use of the technology.”

“Could still be a money grab.” Regina wadded up the empty wrappers and greasy paper bag, put them in the waste bin, and resealed the compartment. “As soon as the right dollar figure is offered, their noble concerns will wash away like dead leaves in the gutter.”

Sam shrugged while holding up a manila envelope. “I will know after I read this. The lawyer said the Malcolm family’s representative asked that I read this and then they will discuss resolving the lawsuit.”

“Better you than me.” Regina closed her eyes against the unpleasant feeling in her stomach and thought, Regret always comes after eating a Rowdy bacon cheeseburger and crisps. She buckled her seatbelt as they readied for takeoff.

The Jet surged ahead as it lifted into the sky. With the willpower of a shaolin monk, Regina was able to keep her lunch in her stomach despite the sensation of sitting in the backseat of a drag racer. By the time they leveled out, heading south over the Gulf of Mexico en route to Blanco Island, Regina was able to take steady and deep breaths and feel at peace. She listened as Braxton explained the nano technology element of the Jenkins Space Toilet to Kristine.

“The science behind this tech was viewed as an environmental watershed moment when it filled the sci journals a decade ago. Nanobots break down waste into four components: re-usable nutrients for re-consumption, dry fertilizer, dry disposables and pure water.” Braxton’s voice nearly cracked with excitement.

Kristine sounded a bit disgusted. “Reusable nutrients and clean water? People don’t actually eat or drink the stuff, do they?”

“They could.” Braxton’s excitement remained unswayed by Kristine’s response. “In space, they drank the water, but only packaged the reusables and kept them in storage in case of an emergency. Jenkins Industries will buy back the reusables under a contract with a dogfood manufacturer, and people will probably use the water for plants or pets. But, it’s totally safe.”

Regina had the feeling the young man could go on for hours about human waste and nanotech, oblivious or uncaring of the impact it was having on the attractive woman next to him.

Braxton began talking about the impact this tech would have on sewage treatment when Bradly Carpenter interrupted from the back row of the jet. His curly black hair and dark eyes made him look like a movie star from the chin up, but his oversized Adam’s apple and long neck took away the bonus points gained by his piercing eyes. “This space toilet tech is going to make our boss the 21st Century Thomas Crapper.”

Braxton and Gullivan both laughed. Gullivan, squat and thick-armed with a ruddy complexion, said, “People are going to refer to a bowel movement by saying they have to take a Jenk!” More guffaws from his own mouth followed. Others joined, but without nearly the gusto of Gullivan.

Regina closed her eyes and waited for what she knew would soon follow.

Sam swiveled in the leather bucket seat and said, “Gullivan, you just sprinted past Carpenter to the top of my Jenk List of who gets fired if we don’t fix whatever’s wrong at the factory before five.”

Gullivan laughed as though Sam was joking and said, “Then, I guess I might as well pitch you what I think your ad campaign for Phase Two ought to be. Imagine a glassy mountain lake with pine trees all around. Up pulls a high-end RV and then in the cadence of a 1990’s infomercial, Jack Blang’s voiceover says, ‘The next time you go in the woods, make sure you bring your snapable, tapable, totally collapsible, pocket sized, car seat adaptable, just set it and forget it, Sam Jenkins’ Space Port-a-Potty.’”

Regina wanted to laugh, but she could feel the heat building from Sam even as Gullivan cackled until tears leaked out the corners of his eyes. The others had started laughing, but everyone else stopped before Gullivan.

“You know the thing about really talented engineers, Gullivan?” Sam said icily. Not waiting for a response, he went on, “There are loads of them. And they tend to work just as well in the basement as they do on the twentieth floor.”

Regina shivered. There was a degree of seriousness in Sam’s tone. He might have been puffing before, but Gullivan would need to be more cautious. Sam could be very petty. She added this to the mental list of things to talk about on Fiji with Sam, having already decided that was where they would have their talk. Sam needed to change or he risked losing talented people, like Gullivan. Like her.

The mood was subdued after that.

After a while, Kristine asked, “Why would the government sell the patents based on alien tech? Isn’t that dangerous?”

Sam looked up from reading the Malcolm documents and said, “They didn’t sell any of the weapons or defense-based patents. In fact, it was because of those that they sold the non-military use patents—to raise funds to pay for the Space Defense Initiative. Producing space-based defenses became necessary when the first invasion hit and proved that the universe was more dangerous than we thought. The tech recovered from their ships advanced our defensive capabilities by light years. The government funded those productions in part by selling patents for other tech and retaining rights for a share of the profits. Uncle Sam will make hundreds of millions off this toilet alone.”

Kristine said, “I’ve heard that before all that construction in space, the stars were beautiful.”

Sam shrugged, “I see the stars and wonder which one warms the planet of the aliens that tried to invade us, and when they’ll come back.”

Braxton nodded. “Yeah, but when they come back, we’ll be ready for them.”

Sam went back to reading with a scowl on his face. Regina knew something in the report had pushed him toward the edge. Gullivan’s ribbing would have normally earned him a slap on the wrist rather than a kick in the gut. She also knew better than to ask Sam about the report before he was ready to talk about it.

As the jet neared Blanco Island, the white sand beaches surrounding the five-square-mile strip of paradise glistened like diamonds. It had been a shame for their predecessors to have built an enormous concrete factory, long dock capable of accommodating mid-sized freighters and a private airstrip long enough for full-sized jets to use on top of such a gorgeous place. That predecessor had built military helicopters for clientele that ranged from South American governments, to private security companies, to drug cartels and the very wealthy. Once vacant, it had been a perfect fit for Jenkins Industries’ more secretive projects.

A freighter at the dock appeared fully loaded, but no workers were on the vessel or the dock. Regina thought it odd that it just sat there. Downtime for a freighter would cost Jenkins Industries much more money than Sam would be willing to pay without exacting a price from someone. The freighter was one of several that would carry thousands of Phase One Space Toilets to ports all over the civilized world. Even with a retail tag of over twenty thousand dollars each, the demand was high. The inaction around the huge vessel reminded Regina of the stakes of their trip. Her vacation was over. The jet banked sharply in descent toward the airstrip near the dock, causing another wave of nausea to hit her.

Sam’s eyes lingered on the freighter as well, which did nothing to improve his sour expression. He stuffed documents back into the envelope, and clasped the file folder closed.

Regina closed her eyes tightly, but resolved to learn what it was in the manila envelope that had upset Sam. This was not the day for additional unwelcome news.

The jet landed smoothly, much to Regina’s relief, and after a short taxi, it pulled to a stop in a concrete hanger. Four security guards in blue shirts and sunglasses stood near a Dominican business man with a shaved head, round glasses, and an infectious smile. Chauncy Perez. His smile faded when he saw Sam and the others stepping down from the plane.

Chauncy’s accent had faded little despite spending six years earning an undergraduate and master’s degree in business at Harvard. “Mr. Jenkins, so happy you came right away, but I did not expect you to bring so many.” He turned to a blue-shirted security guard and said something too low for Regina to hear. “We will need a second car, which will take a couple of minutes to arrive.”

Regina felt sweat forming on her forehead and elsewhere almost immediately. They could walk to the factory – it would take maybe fifteen minutes, but her blouse would be drenched by the time they got there.

“While we wait,” Sam said loudly to be heard over the sound of the crew attending to the jet, “you can tell us about the problem that was too secret to mention over the vid this morning.”

Chauncy’s forehead beaded with sweat and his hands fidgeted. “It would be best for you to see it for yourself. Before I compile my daily report to the Board, I thought you should see it with your own eyes and then we can discuss.”

“Damnit, Chauncy!” Sam’s face glowed with anger. “At least tell me what phase of the operation is having problems.”

Chauncy took a half step back and stammered, “Okay, that should be fine. It is with the floor workers, and the cleaning crew. Well, overall, many of the personnel throughout the facility.”

Sam laughed out loud as his head shook in disbelief. The team members from Houston gathered around, wisely saying nothing. After several tense seconds, he said, “You have me drop everything in the middle of the release of Phase One, while we’re transitioning into Phase Two, and fly to the island. Also, you refused to tell me the nature of the problem, so I decided I should I bring a member from every department I think might be needed, with the only exceptions being someone from human resources, and I arrive to be met with a personnel problem?”

Chauncy nodded. “Well—"

Sam bellowed an interruption, “You have my permission to fire anyone who stands in the way of Phase One being completed! Now, if all you have is a personnel problem – take care of it! I have a dinner with my daughter.” Sam turned and stepped toward the jet.

Regina put a hand on his forearm, partly to calm him, and also because she felt dizzy all of a sudden. She was surprised that it felt noticeably hotter there than it had in Houston. Perhaps it was her body going through that change some women start to endure in their forties. She had been feeling hot flashes in recent weeks. Maybe it was not just work stress.

Sam looked at her, concern replacing the anger for a moment.

Regina said, “We’ve come all this way. We might as well see the problem.” She lowered her voice, “I think Chauncy was trying to help you avoid being surprised by an unfavorable report to the Board.”

“Are you felling well?” Sam’s coloring had at least tempered closer to normal.

“I’d feel better in an air-conditioned car.”

Sam nodded. “Chauncy, my brilliant wife wants us to see this problem, but we want to go with you now. The others can catch up in the second car. I’m sorry I snapped at you.”

Chauncy gave Regina a grateful look. “Yes, Mr. Jenkins. This way.” He hurried as though he did not want to give Sam a chance to change his mind.

Regina turned the air conditioning to max and aimed every vent within reach toward her during the silent ride to the factory. Chauncy gave her a concerned look several times during the short drive.

At the private entrance from the executive garage, Sam put his palm on a scanner and inserted a chipped card, not waiting for Chauncy to fumble his card out of his pocket.

Inside the building, several long, dark concrete hallways illumined automatically as the group walked through them, turning dark moments later. A double door enclosing an air lock was their final barrier to reaching the factory floor. It made Regina wonder what besides helicopters had been manufactured in this enormous building.

At first, Regina failed to see any problem on the factory floor. Looking out from the second story management office, which was large enough to host a World Cup party, with the entire wall on the factory floor side being a sheet of tempered glass, workers operated computerized production machinery from one end of the immense room to the other. The office wall opposite the glass was a bank of video monitors where cameras could be zoomed in on every inch of the factory.

“Should that woman be operating a chemical bath control panel? She’s pregnant!” Regina pointed down to a young woman thirty feet blow and near the stairs who had that tell-tale look of a woman in her third trimester.

Nobody immediately answered.

“Or her?” Regina asked, pointing to another pregnant worker, beginning to get irritated. She stepped closer to the glass. Half of the floor workers were women, and the closer she looked, she could see that each one was pregnant. “What is going on?” Her thoughts raced to what might be happening on the island.

“They’re all pregnant. All of them.” Chauncy said, his voice dripping concern.

“I presume not all are married?” Sam asked.

“No. The majority, over 380 of the 450 female floor workers, are single.”

“Are they being raped?” Regina asked, irritation growing to rage.

“No!” Chauncy looked wounded. “Most of the workers stay on the island for months at a time, living in barracks that are divided by gender and secured. Keyed entry with bio confirmation is required to get into the buildings. Halls and entrances are monitored here.” He pointed at the wall of monitors. “Most are from Central and South America, and only go home once a quarter, which is the frequency of travel we provide at no cost.”

“Still, they could be attacked coming or going to their barracks—” Regina began, but Chauncy stopped her.

“We asked them all this week, having the same concerns you’re expressing. Every woman denies she was attacked.”

Sam walked near the window and looked down. “That’s one hell of a coincidence.”

Regina was not ready to let go of her irritation so easily. “These women are in their third trimester – and you just got around to asking them this week?” She felt light headed with all of the excitement, so she leaned against the glass, enjoying the coolness from its smooth surface.

“That’s another thing,” Chauncy said, “They weren’t showing until this past weekend.”

Regina looked at the woman near the chemical bath, who looked up and locked eyes with her. Regina said, “It’s not possible.”

“I agree,” said Chauncy, offering Regina a chilled bottle of water. “The other thing that’s not possible is that most of the women claim they have not had relations with a man, many say they never have had relations at all and others, not within the proper date range for their pregnancy. These are religious women for the most part.”

The pregnant woman at the chemical bath had not taken her eyes off Regina. Other women had stopped their work and were looking up at the office as well. Sam and Regina moved to the other side of the room, near the monitors, and she drank deeply from the bottle of water.

Regina asked, “Has the medical staff on site examined or treated the women?”

Chauncy pulled a rolling chair out to face Sam and Regina. “Yes. Dr. Hamblin has examined many of the women and is providing prenatal care. Our facilities are limited, but basic care is available.”

“I’d like to speak with him,” Regina said.

Sam, who had appeared deep in thought, interjected, “When is the rest of our team supposed to be here?”

Chauncy frowned. “The other car should have brought them here already. I will have that checked out.” He nodded at one of the two blue-shirted security guards in the room, who clicked on a headset and started talking. Chauncy turned to Regina and said, “Dr. Hamblin’s a woman, and as you might imagine, her days this week have been completely filled. I could have you taken to her, but I doubt she would be able to break away any time soon to come up here.”

Regina had an odd feeling sweep over her, like she was being watched by a predator. She looked over her shoulder and saw that more than a dozen women were looking at them in the office. No, looking at her. She wished Sonya or Kristine were there so she was not the only woman in the group. “I am nervous to find my way around the facility. I’ve never been to the medical office. Can you or one of the guards take me?”

“I can send you with Tellez.” He motioned to the taller of his guards, a Hispanic man in his upper twenties with long arms, big hands and the kind of nose that had been broken multiple times. “But I better wait for the rest of your team.”

“I’ll wait, too,” Sam said with an apologetic look on his face.

Regina finished off her water bottle and stood, looking at Tellez and motioning toward the door to leave. “Have you offered them maternity leave?”

Chauncy nodded. “They refused. Every one of them. They also refused to be transferred off the floor to easier jobs,” he said as Regina moved to leave the room.

When the door to the office clicked shut behind her and Tellez, Regina felt vulnerable. Tellez stood over six foot four, and weighed over 250 pounds, but she felt like she was wading into a rough ocean with only water wings to keep her afloat. She looked at the thermostat at the bottom of the stairs and saw the temperature on the floor was ninety degrees. “Is it always this warm?”

Tellez’s voice was surprisingly high, and melodious, “Not before this week. We are accommodating the requesting consensus of the workers. We used to keep it under seventy-five.”

Regina was incredulous. “The pregnant women want it to be ninety degrees?” She couldn’t imagine it. When she had been pregnant with Jess, she had never wanted the temperature above seventy. It was the only time in her marriage that she and Sam saw eye-to-eye on the thermostat.

“Nope. The women wanted it set at one hundred, but the men begged for it to be lower.” Tellez led them through the main corridor on the floor that went from the front to the back of the open room.

“You could fit a football pitch in here. Maybe two or three,” Regina said, just wanting to talk to keep her focus off all of the pregnant women eyeing her with blank stares, like dolls’ eyes.

“Eight, actually.” Tellez seemed unaffected by the staring women. Of course, they were looking at Regina, not him.

Her eyes lingered on some of the men. They looked scared, and soaked with sweat. Each had a tall water bottle, which seemed woefully inadequate to the task of cooling and keeping the men hydrated. The smell of sweat filled her nose; not just any sweat, but tainted with the pungent smell of anxiety. The women, on the other hand were dry and unsoiled. The two minutes it took to reach the back of the room and the doorway to access the medical hall seemed like a whole season.

The hall back to the medical office was like the halls coming into the factory, dark and made of polished concrete, with lights coming on only for the time Regina and Tellez walked through each section.

The sounds of screaming ahead drew Tellez into a run. It was a woman’s voice, but Regina could not make out any words. She hurried after the big man, but he moved like a track star, and she did well to mark the turn he made ahead, and the next. The screams grew louder as she approached a doorway that Tellez had entered several seconds before she arrived.

The receiving room was full of women sitting on chairs and couches, some reading magazines and one knitting a baby sweater. All were very pregnant, and all looked up at her. Several smiled and then returned to what they had been doing. Regina huffed loudly to regain her breath and looked around incredulously. There was no sign that the women had just heard blood-chilling screams from the room behind the reception desk. No receptionist sat at the desk, but a sheet for sign-ins sat next to a feathered ink pen.

Moments later, the receptionist (as Regina would later learn) and a nurse, both pregnant, walked Tellez out of the back room. The nurse, a Hispanic woman with sharp, angry eyebrows said, “Come back to the examination room again and you can wait in the hall.”

“I came because I heard screaming.” Tellez’s hands shook and his eyes opened wide.

“It’s stopped, so don’t worry,” the nurse said challengingly. “All is fine.”

Regina was startled to see the large man cowed by the nurse. Yet, even a lion will back away from hyenas when the numbers are this unfavorable. She was surprised to see the eyes of every woman on Tellez, loathing exuding from the room in general. Fear blossomed in her and spread like fire, and by the look in Tellez’s eyes, he felt it even more strongly. Regina’s guts roiled with anxiousness.

The examination room door opened and out came a tall woman with more gray than blond in her hair, cut stylishly off the shoulder. Her doctor’s coat had blood on the sleeves, but she wrapped her arms around a swaddled bundle in a blanket. Part of Regina wanted to see the baby in the swaddle, but another part of her was terrified by what she might see.

The woman handed the baby to the nurse and nodded in greeting to Regina. “I’m Dr. Hamblin. I’m booked this afternoon, but I can see you in the morning.” She was pregnant too, though not quite as close to delivery as the women in the room.

The nurse went to the back room with the bundle, making loving sounds and doting on the newborn as she went. It was a stark contrast from the greeting she had given Tellez. He looked like a cat in a room full of sheep-sized rats.

Regina said, “I don’t need an appointment, and I won’t be here in the morning. I just need to ask a few questions. My husband is Sam Jenkins, and I’m one of his lead chemists, Regina Jenkins. We are here to make sure Phase One is on track for release.”

Dr. Hamblin put blood stained hands behind her back and said, “Phase One is on track. Nothing will stop it now.” The women in the room nodded. “I have little time for questions, but you may ask a couple before I see Murian.” She nodded fondly to a brown-haired woman with large green eyes, sitting on a stiff-backed wooden chair. Her eyes looked like they belonged on a doll.

“Perhaps we should go somewhere private,” Regina suggested.

The doctor shook her head, “There is nowhere else to go, and I have little time. These ladies won’t mind your questions.”

Regina wanted to challenge Dr. Hamblin for not knowing what questions she would ask, some of which might make these women quite uncomfortable, but that seemed foolhardy and unlikely to get her anywhere favorable.

“I have a question, too,” Tellez said, his hands making tight fists. “The patient who just delivered the baby must have been the one screaming – is she okay?”

Dr. Hamblin snapped her eyes on Tellez, as did the rest of the women in the waiting room. “I did not say I had time for your questions.” Her tone was liquid nitrogen.

Regina felt a keening horror that must have reflected in her eyes. Everything seemed so unreal that she wondered if she were in a dream. No, a nightmare.

Dr. Hamblin smiled at her. “I can see you have concerns about her well-being, too. I assure you she is as well as rainwater.

Regina wondered if the doctor’s mis-phrasing had been deliberate. Had she meant right as rainwater or had she meant what she said? Feeling the pressure of time and not thinking clearly enough to be artful in how she phrased it, Regina asked, “How did you all get pregnant?”

Laughter filled the room, but it sounded inhuman, like the laughter of hyenas. Dr. Hamblin smiled warmly, “Surely a scientist knows the answer to that question.”

“But, Chauncy Perez said none of you were showing until this past week.”

“Men!” Dr. Hamblin sighed. “They really only see what they want to see. Look around and see if you believe women this far along were not showing until this past week.” More laughter followed. “I apologize for not having more time, Regina, but as you can see, I have a long afternoon ahead of me. I will see you in the morning, if you’re still here. Do what you need to do to report to the Board that Phase One will complete fully and on time.”

She turned to the brown-haired Murian and said, “Give us a minute to clean up and we’ll be ready to see you.” Looking at the receptionist she said, “See Regina and the guard out and then come help me clean.”

“I’ll see them out,” Murian said. “My legs will go numb if I sit any longer,”

Murian led them into the dark hallway, and the lights popped on as they stepped onto the polished floor.

Regina wanted to sprint back to the office, grab Sam and get off the island immediately. Her skin crawled with fear. She forced her composure to hold even as her intestines felt like fighting eels. “Thank you, Murian. We know the way back just fine.”

“I want you to know the truth. You looked scared, but you needn’t be.”

Regina stopped. Tellez wisely said nothing.

“Walk with us and tell me everything.” They started at a slow pace and it took twenty seconds for the lights behind them to darken and the hall ahead to illumine.

“We are nearly all faithful women. Followers of God. Are you?” Murian asked hopefully, gazing upon Regina with her glassy, green eyes.

“I have faith.”

“I knew you did!” the pregnant woman said excitedly. “Then you must know the truth. That we carry children put in our bellies directly from heaven.”

Regina looked her in the eye, shivering inside despite the heat. The woman believed what she was saying. “How can you be so sure?”

“I have known no man, and there is no other explanation.” She was earnest. “Also, my baby has spoken to me, spoken to my mind and heart. He is so wise—he must have come from heaven.”

Regina wanted to vomit. “Thank you. I can see you have great faith,” she said, feeling like a coward and a hypocrite.

Murian excused herself and went back down the hall. Regina tried to keep herself from sprinting to the office.

Not sure which gave her more relief, the fact that she and Tellez made it safely back to the office or the fact that the rest of the team were there when she got back, Regina melted into one of the office chairs and faced the bank of monitors. She did not want to look into a sea of dolls’ eyes. She wanted to fly home and forget the place. She was relieved by one more thing— she had finally adjusted to the temperature.

Sonya and Kristine were talking excitedly nearby. Sonya said, “Yes, that was my first time using one, too. I couldn’t stop laughing when the nanobots started, you know.” She stopped, looking around at the men who were paying close attention to the conversation.

“I don’t know why they were so insistent that you two use the bathroom and didn’t care two whiskers about us guys going,” Carpenter complained.

“Women stick together,” Kristine responded. “Besides, the woman who showed us to the bathroom was pregnant. She probably has to go all of the time, and didn’t want us to get tied up in our work and be uncomfortable.”

“Guess we’ll just have to wait for Phase Two to have our nethers tickled by nanobots, guys,” Gullivan said. “None of us can afford a gold-handled toilet.”

“Stop whining and maybe Regina will let you use ours on the thirteenth floor in Houston.” Sonya drank from a water bottle like the one Chauncy had given Regina.

Sam and Braxton engaged in a serious conversation of their own in the back corner of the room at a desk. Sam was seated, but both were looking at the monitor associated with that computer. Regina was not able to see what they were looking at.

Chauncy stepped over to Regina’s group, nervously rubbing his hands. “Ms. Jenkins, did you learn anything useful at the medical office?”

Regina nodded. “Only a little.” A disgusting realization hit her, “You’re obviously using space toilets in this facility. The water you gave us,” she nodded at Sonya and Kristine drinking from chilled bottles, “was that from…”

Chauncy shifted uneasily. “You drink purified water that has passed every test.”

Kristine spat out what she had been drinking and made a gagging sound.

“Some of it comes from our groundwater, we can even desalinize ocean water through the toilets. There will be so many uses for the nano technology that we had not yet comprehended.”

Sam interrupted from the far side of the room. “First, we are going to have to clean the code. Carpenter, Velasquez, come over here please.”

Everyone moved to the back corner of the office. Regina saw the men and Kristine were sweating, but she was surprised to realize she still felt comfortable. Glancing back at the factory floor, Regina saw more than a dozen women standing around the bottom of the stairs that led up to the office. Staring up at her.

“I read some unsettling information on the flight out,” Sam said, sweat beading on his forehead, which he mopped with a silk Gucci handkerchief. “The representative of the Malcom estate – one of the astronauts from the 2040 Explorer space mission that ended tragically – provided info from journal recordings that belonged to the estate. I would have thought any such recordings would have been classified and sealed by the NASA investigation,” he said absently. “Regardless, the statements purport to say that the crew was divided and broke down almost completely in the nine weeks of the mission they were alive.”

Sam continued, “Apparently, Carmina Shultz had boarded the vessel expecting a child. She had not disclosed the pregnancy, and must have deceived the doctors in her pre-launch examinations. It was a point of heated contention after she began showing six weeks into the journey. Her health deteriorated and she ranted uncontrollably. She became so physically disruptive that they had to keep her secured with restraints for most of the last week she was alive. Complications in her pregnancy took her life, and destroyed the collective morale of the group. Her body and the unborn child’s were evacuated into space.

“The information I received warned that Malcom believed there was a flaw in the coding. That mission included the use of more alien tech than any before it, and he believed the coding contributed to Schultz’s delusions. Let me read the quote attributed to be his last recorded words. ‘We accepted the alien hyperdrive, communications, guidance and even waste disposal technology without understanding how all of it worked. We cut and pasted it into our mission, cobbled it together like a technological Frankenstein’s monster. What we don’t understand, we should never have used.’”

Regina’s voice sounded dead in her own ears, “Now, Schultz’s pregnancy must be viewed in a wholly different light.”

Sam nodded. “We need to check the code. Until we understand what is happening, Phase One needs to stop.”

No one spoke for a while – all of them stunned to hear those words come out of Sam’s mouth.

Regina broke the silence. “One of the women delivered while Tellez and I visited the medical office.”

Everyone looked at her, and she felt a chill.

Chauncy asked, “Did you see the baby?”

“Yes, sort of,” Regina began, “but it was heavily swaddled in a blanket so we did not see the baby itself. The bundle moved, and it looked like a babe was inside.”

Sam asked in a husky voice, “Did the mother survive?”

“Dr. Hamblin reported that she was doing fine, but we did not see her. There was a fair amount of blood.” The eyes from her group made her feel nervous. Perhaps she should have done more at the medical office. Guilt and doubt filled her, and she knew she should not talk about it further.

Sam rose from the chair at the desk and motioned for Braxton to take his place. “While Braxton looks into the coding, and designs a method for assignments to be made for his team back in Houston, Chauncy and I will call a video conference with as much of the Board as may be gathered. We’re going to freeze the project until we know more.”

Regina was surprised this decision had not infuriated her husband. At a minimum, it would cost the company millions. But there was an unfamiliar look in his eyes. Fear? She spared a look back at the factory floor and noticed more women had gathered around the base of the stairs, dozens stood there, looking up at her. They did not seem as frightening as they had at first. If they meant the group harm, they would have attacked. No, they were just women in shock, trying to figure out what had happened to them. She could see it now.

Braxton wiped the sweat from his eyes with the bottom of his shirt. “Mr. Jenkins, this could take years. I have no idea what to look for. It’s like trying to find a specific item in a thousand-square-mile flea market, without knowing for sure what the item is. This could take years.”

Sonya leaned in, next to the young genius and said, “Search for this imprint sequence in the coding.” She jotted something down on a scratch pad on the desk.

“What’s that?” Braxton said through his thick mustache.

“A derivative overlay, like a subtext or footnote to primary DNA strands that relates to the event of a woman becoming pregnant.” Her accent was hypnotic.

Regina blinked to pull her focus back. Her mind wanted to drift. A tickling thought tried to force itself forward, associated with emotional urgency. There was something she should be thinking about or doing, but muddled thoughts would not let her mind settle on what it was. She found her chair and sat back down. “You don’t think there’s anything in the water that made them pregnant, do you?” she asked no one in particular.

Gullivan came to her side and looked at her with compassion. Or was it suspicion? People could be difficult to read. He said, “Probably not the water, but I think we are definitely looking at Third Contact.”

“We can’t get the link up!” Sam growled. “Gullivan, come and see if you can help with this.”

Gullivan gave Regina a concerned look, but hurried to where Sam and Chauncy huddled over another computer.

Regina swiveled her chair to look at the factory floor again. Several of the women held guns, military style rifles with large clips of bullets. The men were hurrying to the left side of the room, and the women congregating to the right, around the stairs to the office and the path leading out of the factory. She thought she should alert the others, but they seemed so occupied with the tasks her husband had ordered them to follow.

“Mr. Jenkins! Mr. Perez! Look!” Tellez shouted from near the door and pointed at what was happening on the factory floor.

I must be in shock, Regina worried, knowing intellectually that her behavior and reactions were off.

Women were standing on the stairs themselves now, too.

“Call for additional security, bring everyone from the dock if we have to!” Chauncy barked. Gone was the sophisticated Ivy League-trained businessman.

Tellez clicked his headset and started barking out orders.

“We have shut down the satellite uplink from the island,” a woman’s voice said confidently over the loudspeaker. A voice familiar to Regina – Dr. Hamblin’s voice.

Regina looked down and saw Dr. Hamblin near the control post at the center of the factory floor, though she was so far away that it was hard to see the details of her face and expression.

“Pull her up on the monitors,” Chauncy said.

The technician at the center of the monitor bank typed a dozen quick strikes with his fingers and Dr. Hamblin’s face filled nine of the monitors in the center of the wall. It was ten feet across and reminded Regina of the wizard’s face from the old classic movie “Wizard of Oz.”

“Clearly,” Dr. Hamblin said confidently, “you are all suffering from some kind of mania or mass hysteria. As the chief medical officer of this facility, I am putting you under quarantine and cutting off your access before you can spread lies that compromise the efficient release of Phase One.”

“Keep working,” Sam said, desperation cracking his voice.

Braxton’s group turned back to their computer while Gullivan and Chauncy’s technician pounded keys near the bank, desperately seeking a connection.

Dr. Hamblin continued, “Please exit the office and come directly to medical.”

Sam grabbed the microphone connected to the speakers and said, “If we are the delusional ones, why have you taken up guns and forced the men to the far side of the floor?”

Dr. Hamblin’s huge face smiled. “To prevent your hysteria from spreading. You appear severely emotionally distraught and on the verge of incoherence. Look at how you sweat!”

“I am Sam Jenkins, the CEO of Jenkins Industries, and you all work for me. I want all of the women on the stairs and beyond to stand aside and let us leave the facility. That is my directive. Please do not violate this or you will be in breach of your employment contract.” Sweat dripped from his face.

Regina wondered if Dr. Hamblin was right, her husband did appear ill. None of the women moved an inch in response to his directive.

“Found it!” Braxton said. “The sequencing Velasquez mentioned, it’s here. And, there’s more. Complete DNA stranding was broken up and embedded into the code in thousands of places. Millions, perhaps. The sequencing Velazquez identified was a trigger of sorts that drew these DNA strands together from the immense body of code.”

Carpenter studied the DNA strand on the computer monitor. “It’s definitely not human.” His voice sounded subdued. Gone was the levity from the flight. “Not from Earth. See, this strand here, and these pairings. There is so much here that I don’t understand. We have to report this to Houston. To the government. Gullivan’s right, we’re looking at Third Contact.”

“You have five minutes to come out and let me treat you all,” Dr. Hamblin said, her smile still unnaturally wide. “I don’t want to send my sisters in to bring you to me, but I will if you don’t accept treatment of your own accord.”

“At least the mute button still works,” Sam said with futility dripping from his words. “You three,” he pointed at Velasquez, Braxton and Carpenter, “put a short report together with the critical information for our team back home in case we can find a way to transmit.” He looked back at Chauncy, Gullivan and the technician. “Any luck establishing communications?”

Gullivan shook his head. “She was right about the satellite uplink being down.”

“You could use your watch,” Regina said, surprising herself. The coherence of thought associated with her suggestion quickly swept away like dandelion fluff in the wind. Regina fought to reclaim her drifting thoughts.

“Wouldn’t do any good on an island this far from the mainland,” Sam lamented.

“Not necessarily,” Gullivan said. “During the failed invasion, NASA warned that an attack like that could easily destroy all satellite communications, so the federal government funded the modification of cellular towers to allow tower-to-tower transmission in cases of emergency. Cellular devices automatically switch when satellite communication is not possible, but they can only transmit to other cellular devices via that network.”

“My watch is plugged into my computer at my lab,” Regina said.

Sam gave her a compassionate look as he told his watch to dial Regina’s. “Can you link the vid to the lower monitor, so we can see in here, but they can’t see down there?” Sam darted his eyes toward the factory floor.

“I’ll work on it,” the tech said.

Why does Sam look so sad? Regina thought. Something in her stomach lurched and she vomited. Her insides cramped like someone were twisting her guts with a wrench. She clutched at her midsection as she heard the sounds of unanswered ringing being picked up by the office audio. She looked and saw Colby’s bulging eyes on the lower monitor. Something moved. Her stomach roiled and her hands could feel what she had through were simply a few extra pounds around the midsection had grown into a bump. The realization chilled her and she shivered uncontrollably.

Sam made sure Colby was recording the conversation, and gave him concise instructions to get the recording to the Board immediately. The use of alien technology in the release of Phase One has initiated a Third Alien Contact on Earth. All shipments must be halted and returned to this island. Any woman who has used a Space Toilet must be quarantined, held under security, and monitored for unnatural pregnancy for at least six weeks by a medical professional. Braxton will be transmitting instructions for locating the compromise in the coding. Until the code has been cleaned, all tech based on the code is unsafe.

“We have a toilet on the Thirteenth Floor,” Colby said solemnly.

Regina could see Dianne approaching the watch, next to Colby. “She’s pregnant,” Regina said, knowing without doubt it was true. There was a glassiness to her eyes that somehow made her sure.

“What are they saying?” Dianne asked as she approached.

Regina could see a bead of sweat rolling down the side of Dianne’s face.

“Did you understand my instructions?” Sam asked with a serious tone.

Colby nodded, sadness filling his large eyes.

“It’s ready,” Braxton said, holding a sheet of paper filled with coding and symbols.

Sam walked over to the monitor that still had an image of the alien DNA strand on the screen. He pointed the camera first at the hand-written instructions and then at the monitor. “Colby, please confirm the note and image on the monitor are visible on your recording.”

A few seconds later, Colby nodded once more.

Regina scooted her chair closer, but dared not let the camera capture her image, for fear of seeing herself on the monitor. She called out to her friends in Houston, “Have a great day and see you tomorrow.” The last part was a lie, she knew, but one that might put Dianne more at ease.

They said goodbye and the call ended.

Women on the stairs started to pull on the door.

“Hold them off for a minute,” Sam said. “We have one more call to make.”

Seconds later, Regina cried as her twenty-one-year-old Jess’s smiling face filled the bottom screen. A large pasta pot boiled behind her. She always loved making ravioli.

“So good to see you,” Sam said, his voice sounded surprisingly normal, but Regina could see his legs were shaking.

“Hey Dad! Nice party you’ve got going there – is Mom with you? Heard you were checking something out on the island.” She smiled and lit up the room.

“I’m here, just working on something.”

Sam looked back and motioned to move the camera so Jess could see her. Regina shook her head no, and Sam nodded. The look in his eyes told her that was the right choice. Tears glistened when he saw her stomach. Turning back to face the watch, he smiled and said, “I’m so sorry, sweetheart, but we are going to be tied up for a while and won’t be back in time for dinner.”

Jess’s smile faded, “That’s okay – the salad greens are wilted and brown in too many places. I can make dinner tomorrow and do a better job of it.”

“That sounds great.” Sam said.

Regina wiped her own tears, which had left the image of her daughter blurry. “We won’t be back until its very late, maybe tomorrow. So, don’t wait up. Do you want to share your news with us?”

“Who said I had news?” Jess asked.

“That mess in the kitchen,” Regina said. “It’s code for we need to talk.”

Jess’s expression grew serious, and her eyes seemed to glisten, “We should wait until you’re back. It won’t change by tomorrow, anyway.”

Not glistening, glassy – like a doll’s eyes. Oh, no! Regina sobbed. Not Jess!

Pounding on the door grew louder. Regina chanced a glance and could see two women with guns were ascending the stairs.

She made herself sound as normal as possible, but emotion made her words sound thick and strange. “Yes, your news can wait until tomorrow. But I really need you to do me a favor tonight, Jess. Promise me you will take that delicious dinner to Colby and Dianne at my lab. They will be working late for me, and you can’t eat all of that food by yourself, anyway. Make sure you tell Colby there is a problem with our Space Toilet, and ask him to send a technician to our home tomorrow. I know that’s a weird request, but will you do it?”

“Of course, Mom. Gotta run. Love you both!”

“Love you,” Sam and Regina said together as the image faded.

Sam cried openly as he clearly realized what Jess’s message was from Regina’s reaction. Regina and Jess were both pregnant and they had to hope she would go to Colby like she had promised and that he would catch the clues she would offer. For ten seconds, they held each other and cried.

Moments later, they were led toward the medical office through a sea of pregnant women. Regina’s thoughts were resigned, though something inside was numbing her pain and covering what was broken. She thought, Why invade and destroy the planet with war when you can people the world with your own and claim it without a fight?

Why indeed, Mother? A strangely accented voice spoke to her mind as the something in her stomach twisted.

A TALE OF LAZARANTH PRISON

By Kristin J. Dawson 

4,000 Words

Prompt: Rubber duckie.

OJO STRAIGHTENED, PUFFING out his chest, as his comrade thrust a small box into his hands. Trepidation crawled over his skin at the thought of the monthly feeding. After living on a circus world, he thought there was nothing strange enough to faze him.

He was wrong.

The lower levels of Lazaranth Prison held twisted horrors from a litany of pages torn from their respective worlds.

"Razon was twice as experienced and smart as your sorry carcass, and look what happened to him," the soldier said, her mechanical pupil adjusting to the light near the entrance. If she was trying to give Ojo a pep talk, she was doing a poor job of it. "Don't deviate from your instructions. Don't be a half-wit."

Ojo gave a downward jerk of his chin. Of course. Who wants to end up a blathering fool?

The oily fear that coated his tongue every time he walked the dim corridors wasn't from the mumbling wizard in a constant trance, the brooding cowboy neither living nor dead, the mad scientist, nor any of the dozens of prisoners; it was the snake creature, half-humanoid, half-serpent, unlike anything he'd heard of in the Literary Worlds. In some unfortunate twist of fate, poor Razon had locked eyes with the snake.

Ojo cleared his throat. "The snake's new iron mask is secured, then?"

"You'll be the one who finds out first, rubber clown." The soldier smirked as she rapped her scarred fingers on the box before spinning on her polycarbonate heel, mumbling about the Council and dimwits. The door thundered shut, echoing in the cavernous space.

The box trembled in Ojo's hand, and the newly promoted guard automatically gripped it tighter. He sucked in a breath and marched down the steps, his boots announcing his presence. He set the box on the trolley, the last meal on the list.

Not a clown, a contortionist. And a good one at that, Ojo thought to himself. At least, he thought he was special until he realized he was merely a background character in a book, too small even to be noticed when he disappeared from the pages after accidentally finding his way through a ley line to Rogue Destiny. Ojo shook off his comrade's insult. It was only his pride that she stung.

He passed an empty cell being prepped for another high-risk prisoner. A Raconteur, of all characters. The Rac was rumored to have destroyed an entire literary world. Ojo didn't know if he believed it though. The Racs were responsible for saving worlds like Ojo's own Circus Dawn. If Ojo hadn't followed a Rac that fateful day, the contortionist never would've realized the larger universe he was missing.

In the next cell, a wizard mumbled, his eyes closed. His skin was taut against his wasting ribs, further pronounced by shadows from an eerie flicker of light near his knees. Ojo slipped a box of vegan fare through a slit in the bars and retrieved the untouched meal from the day before. During the exchange, the wizard didn't stop his mantra. He never did.

A few steps further Ojo approached the next cell. Fortunately, this character didn't require food. Ever. In the month that Ojo had trained, the broad-shouldered cowboy had faced the wall, his meaty hands curled into tight fists. Ojo's heart thumped. As if in response, the cowboy turned, staring through Ojo with soulless eyes. The prisoner's hands gripped the bars so tightly they'd be white, if he had any blood in his veins. Ojo's stomach dropped, and he jerked his gaze ahead, not wanting to provoke this creature that bridged life and death.

No one has escaped. No one has escaped. No one has escaped. The mantra brought Ojo little solace.

Ojo passed a half-dozen other prisoners, his focus tunneling ahead. Each step grew heavier as he grew closer to his primary objective for his first night solo: feeding the grotesque snake-creature Maquna.

Every cell was specifically tailored for its inmate. The one for Maquna was five walls of reinforced stone, and a sixth wall made of unbreakable one-way glass. As an added precaution, the blinding scarf over the snake's eyes had been replaced. After Razon's accident, a newly forged iron mask was secured to Maquna's unique humanoid-demon facial bones and sinews. As the cell came in view, Ojo's heart thumped against his ribs.

I can always pull the emergency lever. I'll be fine. A tiny hole in the ceiling was poised to pump a sleeping toxin into the cell, if needed. Though it had done the last guard little good.

Ojo's leaden footfalls closed the distance. Though he had determined not to, he inexplicably found himself staring through the glass at the beast. His knees stiffened and locked as he gazed upon the creature's serpentine tail that morphed into a muscled torso, veined herculean arms, and a face only a demon-mother could love. In Ojo's hands, the box tilted as tiny feet skittered to one side of the package, reminding him of the disgusting task.

"Just breathe, circus boy," a woman's voice with a proper English lilt sounded behind him. Dr. Idalia Jyotsna Devi was in the cell across the hall, too far away to see into the snake's cell, but she could easily spy Ojo.

Unable to move, sweat broke out along Ojo's brow.

"Entranced?" she mused. "Maquna does have that affect on people. He can't help himself. It's in his nature. But he can't take credit for what you're experiencing now. You're holding yourself there, circus boy."

Ojo squirmed within himself, fear rooting his feet to the stones beneath them. There was a scratch and then music sounded from Lady Absinth's cell. A smooth, brass melody that loosened his muscles. His lungs released his locked breath, and his back relaxed enough for him to turn. He couldn't see Dr. Devi, but he pictured her by her gramophone, watching the record go round and round.

He shifted his focus back to the box in his hands, air holes stabbed in the top with a knife. Kneeling at the bottom of the one way glass, he placed his thumb on the wall, and a five by five inch slit wavered and then disappeared. Pulling a latch on the box, the ferret broke free. From the frying pan and into the fire, the ferret rushed into Maquna's cell. Pressing his palm on the wall again, the door waved shut, locking the ferret inside.

The snake's body jerked to the side. Ojo jumped back, unable to tear away from the sight. The massive beast's body went rigid, hovering. His tail twitched, then he dove at the ferret, snatching it up, his hands quick and sure. Then he swallowed the creature whole. Alive.

"Maquna prefers to strangle his prey first," Lady Absinth said, her voice flat. "Kill it. Then eat it. But a ferret is too small to bother with. The Council knows this. Yet they refuse to send anything bigger to satiate him. They're just frustrating the beast. That's probably why he went to the effort to rip the last blinder off him."

A trickle of sweat ran down Ojo's back. He'd suspected the snake managed to remove the blinder, but hearing the doctor say as much made it all the more real. The beast had more power over magic than Ojo had wanted to admit.

"He'll never get this one off," Ojo blurted.

"You're probably right," she nodded. Dr. Devi seemed more detached than actually dangerous, but Ojo had the feeling of being studied like a fortune teller studies her cards. "What toxic mess did they send me today, circus boy?"

Ojo sorted through the remaining dinners, wondering how she'd figured out he was from a circus book. Few knew his background. Most characters rarely spoke of how they ended up in Rogue Destiny—each character's literary past generally came with painful memories of loss. But the Council knew everything about Ojo, including his body's ability to stretch like saltwater taffy. Despite what his comrade had said, the Council put him through rigorous testing. A clown from a light-hearted choose-your-own-adventure could be as effective a soldier as a combatant from a sci-fi space military novel. And Ojo would prove it.

Ojo pulled out a platter with a silver dome, both of them knowing she received the finest accommodations in the entire prison. Dr. Devi wore a dark, full skirt that brushed the floor when she walked, with a fitted, button-up bodice, and a velvet waist-coat. Delicate lace peeked out from the sleeves of the coat and along her neckline. Her hair was pulled up into a loose bun, a curl of dark hair escaping near her temple. Her room was furnished with plush rugs, an oak desk, a sitting area, cupboards, every flat surface cluttered with her inventions, even the edge of her canopied bed. Canopied. Of all the cells on any level, she was the only one with any privacy.

Ojo had been overwhelmed by the vast universe of Literary Worlds available from Rogue Destiny, but settled into a few favorites, including Sherlock Holmes; he imagined Dr. Devi would've fit in nicely there. Perhaps she had been there, but was flagged as potentially dangerous and yanked out by a Raconteur, making her an ageless thirty-five year old woman, give or take a few years.

She waited politely by her gramophone as Ojo pressed his hand to the bars, a portion of them disappearing as he cleared away her last domed platter. The bars had been recalibrated to only leave a sliver of air around the serving dishes. His hands squished down, the bars constricting his flesh, his rubber-like body pressed nearly flat to fit through the space, then rebounding back to its usual size. Lady Absinth watched him with cool curiosity from across the room. His elastic DNA was the reason the Council hired him above the other candidates, touting another layer of security with Ojo delivering the food. When he had pushed in her new tray and stepped back, Absinth moved to a side table, and twisted the knob on some kind of steaming contraption before fetching the fresh platter of food. Ojo had seen it before, but her inventions always amazed him. Soon a kettle atop of it was burbling, and she poured herself a cup of tea.

Setting her tea aside, she moved to a cupboard on the wall, relocating sketches, her compass, coils and metal scraps. Finally, she spoke, "Ah, here it is."

On the desk behind her, the usual piles of paperwork had been shoved to the side in favor of a thick, worn book. Her table light was still on, the green cover casting the room in a sickly hew.

"Circus boy, you really must learn to school your mind," Lady Absinth chastised as she plopped something yellow into a sack. "I might have just the thing."

The cyber soldier's warning rang in the back of Ojo's mind. He shoved the cart forward, determined to get the rest of his route finished quickly. "No, thank you."

"Another time, perhaps," she said without raising her voice.

Ojo grunted, his mind wandering to the evening he had planned. Could he turn the horror of feeding a ferret to the snake into a humorous tale? With a bit of embellishment, perhaps. His job was terrifying, but the pay was decent. And Ojo enjoyed his new acceptance at Rogue Destiny's most popular establishments, including the Obtuse Turtle. Even Racs were often spotted there when they were on world. With the upcoming trial, more and more of the infamous literary protectors arrived each day. His acceptance at the Turtle couldn't have come at a more opportune time. He'd even made a friend or two. Not bad for a chapter-book clown. Though Ojo was under oath not to divulge anything about the security, unless he wanted to end up in Lazaranth himself. He'd had himself be-spelled to twist his tongue into nonsense if he ever got drunk, or slept. No sleep talking was going to land him behind bars.

Despite his newfound acceptance, Ojo's nerves wound tighter with each passing day. A few weeks had gone by since his first day alone in the dungeon, and it seemed that the prisoners were getting more interested in him, not more bored by his presence. His skin itched, and the back of his neck pricked. He'd even tried flattening his body a bit and stretching taller. But all it did was draw even more attention to him. Not good.

"Are you sure you don't want my help with the prisoners?" Dr. Devi didn't look up from her notes as her quill scratched across a paper. "I'm not a savage, you know. Just someone who likes to test the limits of science. Let me help you."

Something brushed over his toe, tiny claws sending a flood of adrenaline through Ojo's body. Ojo jumped and let out a pitiful, strangled cry. In the same moment, the vermin squeaked. Only a rat. Ojo internally cursed as the critter skittered further down the hall, hugging a wall. The rat inadvertently crossed a red line. A furry, clawed paw shot out, lighting fast, trapping the rat in a cage against the floor. The claws slowly scrapped across the stone before disappearing back inside its barred cell.

Ojo clenched his jaw, his gaze fixed on the spot where the rat had just been. Somewhere in the back of his mind, he vaguely recognized he was standing in front of a high security prisoner, with only a few bars between them, but no red line. He ignored her, his shoulders hunched, as he delivered the remaining trays.

* * *

It'd been a month since Ojo had first fed Maquna. Ojo placed a box with haphazard air holes on the top of his trolley. He ran a hand down his stubbly chin. All night he'd dreamed he was a ferret, running for his life down a never-ending corridor. He stood rooted to the steps, his stomach in knots. As much as he didn't want to give up his newfound popularity, he worried his comrades were right: a clown wasn't meant for serious work.

He frowned, forcing himself forward. He wondered what it would be like to have his memory of this place erased. He knew that was the Council's rules for any guards with higher security clearance. And he'd heard rumors about how erasure wasn't an exact science. What else would he forget? He shook off his feeling and grit his teeth, determined to overcome his paranoia.

He dragged his feet to the one-way glass, staring at his boots, wondering if there was anything else acceptable to feed the snake.

"If you don't do it, Maquna will make a fuss," Lady Absinth remarked in her crisp English accent. "And the next guard on duty will know you didn't do your job. Do you want that?"

Ojo inwardly groaned. He shoved the box up to the glass wall, slamming his palm against the glass. He closed his eyes, but he could hear the crunch of bones before he could get the feeding gate closed again. He'd hear that sound over and over again in his sleep. How long could he bear the weight of this repugnant job?

Ojo was running out of options. What harm would it do to hear the doctor's suggestion? "What did you have in mind?"

"There is a toy, a rather silly thing, actually. But Maquna adores it. Most everyone here knows it belongs to him. They all recognize it by sight, or by smell. If you give it to Maquna, he'll back off. And he'll signal to everyone else to leave you be as well."

The idea was preposterous. A deadly snake with a childish attachment? The doctor must want something desperately. Ojo wasn't a fool. "What do you want for it?"

"Something simple. Information is all." She sat on the edge of her desk, her eyes glittering in the greenish light. "When is the Raconteur's trial?"

Ojo paused, wondering at such a mundane question. "In a week. Why?"

"Only a week. That doesn't give me much time." She glanced at the snake and then jotted something in her journal. "And all the Raconteurs are coming for the trial, I presume?"

Ojo nodded. "The ones who can, I'm guessing. Why?"

"Seven days, then." She turned and pulled open her top desk drawer, procuring a yellow object nearly swallowed by her palm. She placed it under the food dome and left it for Ojo to retrieve.

Ojo tugged the tray toward him, lifting the lid. "A rubber duckie?" He raised an eyebrow. "The snake adores this thing?"

His first impulse was to chuck it back at her. Was she mocking him? But even he knew it was tempting fate to spurn one of the prisoners, behind bars or not. He slunk forward, wanting to forget the whole exchange. At least the doctor had only asked how many days it was until the trial. That wasn't much at all.

But as Ojo walked down the hall, an unseen prisoner hissed at him from behind a solid door. Another scurried to the back of its cell. Ojo stopped and plucked the rubber duck from the tray. The creature next to him whined and covered his face with furry claws.

Finishing his round, almost back to the exit, the wizard paused his muttering. He dropped his hands to his knees and slid his gaze over to the rubber duck on the trolley. The prisoner swallowed, his Adam's apple bobbing up and down. Ojo looked from the duck to the prisoner and back again. Perhaps there was more to the toy than he thought.

* * *

"Still donning the duck, I see." Dr. Devi commented as Ojo removed her platter. "To you it's a powerful trinket, but to Maquna it's everything. Give it to him, and you'll gain his loyalty. He'll mark you as his and will never again be a threat to hold you in a trance."

Ojo clasped the rubber duck. The string hooking it on his belt was knotted like a noose around its yellow neck, securing it like a sidearm to his hip.

"You like the fear of the prisoners. But remember, they fear the smell of Maquna, not the toy itself. Give him the toy, and his loyalty will keep them away forever, whether you have the duckie or not."

Ojo jerked his gaze to the woman behind the bars. "Why are you helping me?"

"I'm simply a curious scientist, Ojo. I'm driven to use mechanics to break the laws of nature. I'm on the verge of something great and Maquna's frustration oozes throughout the corridor, distracting me from my work."

"But you'll never be able to put your inventions to use."

"That's beside the point, circus boy," she said, her head tilting as she examined him. "It's all in the accomplishment. Nothing else matters."

Ojo wondered at the doctor's reputation, and her nickname, Lady Absinth.

"Deliver this duckie, gain Maquna's loyalty, dissuade the other prisoners from their interest in you, and quiet the fear in the corridors." She lowered her voice. "It's better for everyone this way."

Ojo ran a hand down the side of his clean-shaven face. He'd felt better since he'd received the duckie, an amulet of sorts. But if he could gain the snakes loyalty, now that would be a tale. Even one the Racs would like to hear.

Turning, he untied the duckie and approached the snake's door. It was smaller than the ferrets, but only just. He pressed his hands against the glass, then clutched the duckie, hesitant to let it go. Down the hall, the sound of claws screeched and echoed as the prisoner sharpened them against the stone. Ojo took a breath and pressed the toy through, his hands compressing, squeezing the duck. On the other side of the glass, Ojo's hands returned to their normal size, his amulet and peace offering in the cell.

The snake's tail twitched. Sharp fingernails dug into Ojo's hands, puncturing the duck between them. A shock of horror reverberated down Ojo's spine as he was jerked inward. His arms flattened as he was violently pulled through the hole.

Before he could cry out, his shoulder smashed against the glass. His arms expanded inside the cell as he fought wildly against Maquna's grip. The duckie fell from his grasp. In a flash, the creature's teeth sunk into the flesh of Ojo's palm. This time Ojo's scream pierced the air. In his periphery, he caught the swish of a black skirt. He sucked in a breath, hearing only the quill scratching on parchment. Ojo's skin was tearing with the force of the snake's frenzied movements. Still, the guard lost ground, his body flattening, sliding inch by inch into the cell. Pain exploded as his shoulder, skull, and then his upper back squeezed, pushing his genetics to the edge of their ability. He pushed out his legs into a desperate split, frantically trying to keep himself from being pulled completely into the cell.

The body of the snake flexed, muscles rippling across its humanoid chest. Ojo felt the glass scraping across his lower back. His body automatically contracted, fitting through the tiny hole. Still, the explosive pain made it impossible to have a coherent thought. A crack sounded from his hip, but he barely felt anything beyond the numb terror.

Maquna 's warm breath puffed over Ojo's neck. The guard's feet stretched, his boots popping off his feet as they smashed against the glass. The snake jerked, its serpentine body wrapping around Ojo. He tried to scream, but couldn't.

As the snake squeezed, Ojo caught a glance in a spiraling space between the scaled tail of the beast. The yellow duckie lay on the ground, discarded. Beyond, he could only hear Lady Absinth's cooing voice.

"Interesting experiment, my pet," she said.

Maquna was a pet? Ojo's frame thinned under the pressure of the snake's constriction. Ojo's body was slick with sweat, pushed beyond his limits, as the snake continued to tighten its grip.

"I told you I could get you an unscheduled feeding. You doubted I could do it before the trial. I myself didn't know if it was possible. Still, it's good to have goals." Dr. Devi's voice was barely discernible through the small hole left open in the glass.

Ojo couldn't see the doctor, but he imagined her quill scratching. He concentrated on oozing through the snake's grip, despite knowing he couldn't control his body like that. Still, he tried. In the recess of his mind, he cried, but his lungs didn't respond beyond a gasp.

"So tell me how it feels, circus boy." Lady Absinth's voice was calm. "Knowing these are your final seconds as your lungs are crushed and your breath taken while you slip into the abyss."

His vision grayed, and somewhere in the back of his mind, he wondered, Who will close the food access slit?

"I have always been a student of Death and never miss a chance to record it firsthand," the doctor continued.

A maniacal laugh burbled in the back of Ojo's mind. Of course it all made sense now—her name, Lady Absinth.

The snake twisted, and Ojo felt himself drifting away as he heard the doctor's final words.

"This is for science after all."

Author’s Note:

 This setting and most of the characters are from Paul Tallman's world of Rogue Destiny, found in his upcoming series. When I was given the assignment to write a dreadful story (with a rubber duck), I knew that Lazaranth Prison would be the perfect setting and I very much wanted to play in this sandbox, which Paul graciously allowed. Thank you, Paul!

WINTER 2019

FORGED IN IRON AND BLOOD

by Jeanna Mason Stay 

6,800 Words

LINA HAD LEFT the war long behind her. That’s what she told herself, anyway. Especially on nights like this when dusk fell through the open doors of the smithy and the fire blazed in the forge and in her blood. But the crash of her hammer against the metal was too like the clamor of battle, and the memories kept flooding back.

The pulse of the fight, the tang of blood in the air. Friends bleeding and dying, both fae and human, their lifeless bodies strewn across the field. Such pointless, wretched loss. She swung the hammer again, hoping to drive out the pain and forget herself in the work. To forget their naivety— her naivety—in believing that peace could come so easily. The oathbinding magic was certainly rare and powerful. But no promise made to one foolish half-blood fairy could end the simmering tension between the two countries as quickly as it ended the actual battles. If only she’d—

“Lina-smith,” a bright voice called from the doorway.

Lina shook herself from the memories and turned around, a practiced smile covering her thoughts. “Seelah,” she greeted with false cheer. “How are you this evening? How’s the newest grandchild?”

“Delightful, of course,” Seelah said, beaming as she bustled in. She dropped her basket on a table and eased herself onto a stool. “Oh, but don’t let me stop you”—she gestured for Lina to keep working—“I’m just here to have a little rest.”

Lina chuckled to herself and stoked the fire again, enjoying the distraction; a “little rest” meant Seelah had gossip to share.

“You’ll never guess what I heard today,” Seelah began, pausing to speak between the clangs of Lina’s hammer. “Jinnel was arguing with her husband—well, you know that’s nothing new—but she brought up her great-aunt, and she threatened to head off there and stay with her for good. And then he . . .”

Lina let the stream of words wash over her, Seelah’s voice a soothing reminder of the peace that Lina had fought and killed and sacrificed to protect.

“. . . So I thought I would drop by some soup tomorrow and just check in on her. Would you care to join me?”

Lina snapped out of her thoughts again. “Oh, um, yes. Always glad to lend a hand,” she replied. “Come by tomorrow at dusk?”

Seelah agreed but lingered, waiting.

In answer to the unspoken question, Lina smiled wanly. “I’d invite you over tonight for tea, but I’m exhausted. It’s straight to bed for me.” She looked toward the open doors. “Must be the cold weather coming, always makes me sleepy.”

Seelah picked up her basket to go. “Another time, then. I do enjoy our chats by the fire.”

“I do too,” Lina said, and she meant it.

Maybe it was time to move on, though. She’d been living in Solime for years, getting too comfortable in her role, playing the friendly grandmother maybe a little too well. She was bound to accidentally reveal something true about herself, make a mistake she couldn’t afford.

Or maybe she was just getting old; her hair was more gray than black now, and though smithing had kept her strong, it was getting harder to creak out of bed in the mornings. Maybe it was just natural that she was restless and thought more about the war these days, as she was drawing near to leaving everything behind for good. She’d played her part for as long as she could, but she couldn’t avoid the end forever.

Lina stepped back from the forge and surveyed her smithy—a few small worktables, stacks and buckets of scrap metal, projects and tools hanging from the ceiling and lining the walls. A good place. A place to forget and be forgotten.

She stripped the heavy leather gloves from her fingers and stretched her hands, easing their tired muscles and massaging the scars that crossed her palms. She’d amassed more burns and cuts than she could count. She rolled her shoulders to release the strain of hours bent over her work. A cold breeze blew in through the doors, and she welcomed the chill. She was right—the weather was cooling. There would be snow soon.

She raked the coals from the fire, set them to cooling, and made sure her tools were put away for the night. With everything in its place, Lina closed the shutters over her window and took one of her smaller hammers down from the wall; being a blacksmith meant that no one thought it odd for her to walk around with weaponry. She latched the door shut, dropping a small nail in the dirt so it leaned carelessly against the door. The actions had become automatic, almost meaningless, but there was comfort in the familiar.

The path home was short, her little cottage nestled in the space just behind the smithy. As she approached, she slowed and eyed her surroundings. Nothing disturbed. A particular pebble lying on her porch was in the same spot as usual. She stepped over it, slipped inside, and set her hammer by the front door.

She twitched her rug to the side, checking that the entrance to her hidden room was undisturbed, and glanced toward the brick in the hearth that covered a store of coins. Everything was in its place. She could rest, banish the clash of weapons still echoing in her mind. For now at least. She closed her eyes and listened to the stillness with a smile. Tomorrow, maybe, she’d think about moving on.

* * *

Lina startled awake, her eyes wide and staring, her heart pounding. She’d been dreaming, of course—of Mollen. Her dearest friend, her brother-in-arms, her once-upon-a-time hope for the future. In her dream, she watched him fight, just as she had so many times in life. He was grace and beauty, the swing of the sword, all dance and brilliance. Watching him, it was easy to forget, for the moment, the devastation of war.

Then the sunlight had flashed against the torque around his neck, and the dream became a nightmare, a memory.

But that wasn’t what woke her now, in the gray hours before dawn. There had been a noise. She listened, her body tense.

Then she heard it again. Outside and very near. A grunt of pain. A sound almost as familiar as ringing iron.

She pulled on her overdress, picked up her hammer, and crept out to investigate, every sense alive to danger. Though dawn was near, the space behind her smithy was swallowed in darkness. Lina listened again, raising the hammer, as her eyes darted from shadow to shadow.

In one of the deeper shadows, Lina saw it. Something, anyway. A huddled form, large enough to be a grown adult, curled up against the wall where the heat from the forge warmed the bricks. It didn’t move. It didn’t belong.

Maybe this would be the moment when danger finally caught up with her. Maybe she would find out if she could still fight. Her blood pumped with vigor, her heart answering the possibility for battle. She stole forward.

A whimper and a few muttered words emerged from under what she could now see was a torn, stained cloak. “Hurts . . . stop . . . can’t . . .” The voice was deep enough to be male, though human or fae she didn’t know.

Lina breathed deeply once for calm. “Hello?”

He writhed and moaned but didn’t respond. Lina peered more closely, almost feeling the waves of panic rolling off him. She adjusted her grip on the hammer’s wooden handle. His face was hidden, and he wrapped his arms protectively around himself under the cloak. She studied him, warrior and grandmother battling inside her. She could help him. It could be a trick. She should protect him. She should watch her back.

After a moment of indecision, the grandmother took over. She crouched and set her hammer beside her. If anything was amiss, there was always the dagger concealed in her skirts.

“I’m going to help you,” she whispered soothingly, the way she would talk to a terrified child. She got a hand under his arm, pulling him to his feet. He was frail, lighter than she’d expected, even as he leaned heavily on her, one hand now reaching up to rub against his neck. She shuffled him forward, bearing most of his weight and still scanning for danger, until they reached her cottage.

With a bit of maneuvering—and a brief, regretful glance at her clean blanket—Lina settled the man in a heap on her bed. She locked the door and checked that her window shutters were tightly closed, then started a hearth fire going. She kept one eye on the stranger.

Now that he was stretched out in the glow of her fire, she had her first clear view of his clothing and cloak, both of fine wool but ragged beyond hope of repair. His hair, a dirty brown, hung lank and tangled, and he had maybe a week’s growth of beard. Whatever he was running from, he’d been running awhile.

He started to mumble again, tears slowly streaking his face. “Need help . . . Can’t think . . . Hide.” He reached his arms toward her, then yanked them back and tugged his tattered cloak more tightly around his neck. “No.” He convulsed. “Yes.” He shook his head.

The pain tugged at her, and she forced herself to ignore the tightness in her throat at his suffering. Focus on what you can do, focus on solvable problems, she thought. So she fetched a cup of water and dipped a cool cloth into it. She brushed the cloth across his forehead and his bright red cheeks as she looked him over. No obvious external wounds, but by the way he alternately rubbed at his neck, then tugged his cloak more tightly around him, something must be wrong with his neck. He groaned when she moved his head and batted at her hands when she reached for the clasp of his cloak. She stifled a sigh at his resistance, then pushed his hands away and yanked at the two sides of the cloak.

It tore apart, revealing the man’s neck. And around the man’s neck, a familiar metal torque—an echo of her nightmares—caught the glow of the firelight.

She leaped to her feet and drew her hidden dagger, her joints protesting at the speed of her movement.

The war had come back to her, in a way she’d tried to never think of again.

Her muscles tensed, and her heart raced as she crouched in a fighting stance, waiting for him to pounce. He didn’t look like a warrior—in fact, he looked more than half dead. But she had no idea the extent of the torque’s powers. For all she knew, it could make even the half dead fight like dragons.

“Please,” he muttered. “Help me.” He opened glassy eyes and looked up at her, pleading, clawing at his neck like an animal caught in a trap. “Don’t”—he shook his head slowly—“don’t let them have me.”

“Who? Why are you here?” A thought suddenly struck her with a wave of horror. “Do you know who I am? Were you here for me?”

But he had lapsed into unconsciousness, and no matter how she nudged at him—dagger at the ready—he only tossed feverishly.

She fetched some cord from a cupboard and bound him quickly to the bed, then backed away to a safer distance, where she could observe the man and think. She had to think, ignore emotion, ignore the queasy wash of sadness and anger and fear that lapped through her.

If someone was making these torques, something dangerous was on the horizon. Of course, it couldn’t be war again, not with the oathbound pact still in place. The rulers of both lands had sworn in carefully worded oaths that there would be no war between their countries, and that pact would have to be honored as long as the oathbinder lived. But even without causing outright war, the torque could make plenty of mischief.

Or maybe it had nothing to do with the tension between the two lands, but whatever it was, it had to be stopped.

As she settled onto the edge of her kitchen chair, her eyes were drawn to the torque again. It caught the firelight and flickered almost like a living thing. Where an opening should be, allowing the wearer to remove the torque from around the neck, there was only smooth metal. She couldn’t look away, and she couldn’t stop the memories that she’d tried to hide from for so many years.

The only other time she’d seen an object like this had been during the war, when Mollen had disappeared for two weeks, then suddenly come back, changed. They’d thought he was captured by the enemy while on a secret mission, so when he returned, she’d rejoiced and rushed to greet him. He didn’t even glance her way. She’d taken him to report to the commanding officers, hiding her pain at his treatment. Other soldiers had gathered to hear where he’d been. He’d stood in front of them all, and then, without any warning beyond one short cry of pain, he’d thrust his sword through the commander and started cutting down his fellow soldiers. His movements were jerky, not his usual perfect grace—almost like a separate battle raged within him. A strange metal torque around his neck shone in the sunlight as he moved.

The torque the stranger wore was the same. She examined it carefully. The skin around his neck was red and raw, and when she touched it, he moaned. She swallowed and closed her eyes against the man’s suffering, but that only took her back to Mollen. She had watched in shock for a moment; then she and several other soldiers had flown into action, striking at him with shocked rage. A part of her detached itself then, unwilling to feel the agony of that battle. Within minutes, he was dead, and Lina was numbly thankful that someone else had struck the fatal blow. She didn’t know if she could have survived killing him.

After Mollen’s death, several fae spellworkers—only the fae had magic, of course, and only a few truly understood how it worked—had studied the torque. It had been imbued with mindturning, a magic forbidden, and largely forgotten, for centuries. Mollen’s treachery was not his fault. Someone had broken his will, turned his mind, and sent him back as an assassin.

Now someone was using this magic again. The knowledge seared through her. Mollen. She’d tried so hard to forget him and the pain of his death. She’d turned that pain to good, to helping stop the war once and for all. Or at least for a long while, hopefully long enough for real peace to settle in. She’d sought—and found—her own measure of that peace.

But seeing that torque again . . . Rage burned within her, brilliant yellow and malleable like iron in the forge, waiting to be shaped to her purpose. Someone had dared to experiment with such brutal magic again, and it could not be tolerated. She could not tolerate it.

Lina crept back to the smithy to gather her tools and returned to her still-unconscious visitor.

She examined his neck and the torque again, then placed clamps on its edges and began to tighten them. Tricky work to remove the cursed item without killing the man beneath; she might have given up if she hadn’t known what it was. She gritted her teeth and continued applying pressure.

Finally, with a satisfying snap, the torque broke and fell to the dirt floor. The man breathed in sharply, then rolled to his side. He opened his eyes, glassy and unfocused. “Thank you,” he whispered, then he closed his eyes and took a deep breath.

“Who did this?” Lina asked, desperate now for answers. He didn’t respond. She nudged him, gently at first, but with increasing strength. “Where are they?” she asked, shaking him now.

Still no response. It was as if removing the torque had released him from life and pain. She watched helplessly as his breathing slowed, becoming gentler, softer, until it dwindled to nothing.

She leaned back, sighing. The yellow burning inside her dulled under the weight of death, and she swiped at her eyes.

She straightened his hands to his sides, swallowing to relax the shaking of her own hands. “From dust to dust,” she murmured over the body, speaking the human last rites. “From breath to tears.” She’d said these words over so many others, she hardly had to think about it. She paused, then added the fae blessing for good measure—more words she knew by heart. “Full circle, like the moon. Full season, like the earth. Rest now, beneath them both.” He didn’t look fae, but she knew very well there were plenty of mixed-bloods who could pass for human. The burning of iron on fae skin was the only foolproof way to tell, and since she hadn’t tried it on the poor tormented man, she’d never know if he was mixed-blood. The iron test didn’t work on the dead.

She closed her eyes for a moment of stillness. Fae or human, she wished him peace.

But the moment couldn’t last. What if he had been there for her? Did they know where and who she was?

Probably not. Solime was a busy town despite its size, with people coming through all the time. It was likely just the wildest of luck that he had happened upon Lina.

Still, she’d be careful. It was definitely time to leave, one way or another. Just as soon as she’d dealt with things here.

She couldn’t ask anyone to come to her aid. The local watch weren’t equipped to deal with powerful magic, and the only other help was too far away. When the war had finally ended with the oathbound pact, Lina had disappeared. All but one of her old contacts thought her dead, and she meant to keep it that way. As soon as she could, though, she’d write to that one contact, her “sister” in Hillfar. Her sister would inform those who still watched for such dangers, they would hunt down whoever had created this torque . . . and Lina would disappear again.

But that was a job for later in the day. No one would arrive in time to help her with her more immediate problems: a body in her house, the torque on her hands, and no idea who was coming or how long it would take them to get here.

She peeked out her shutters. Muddy light was brightening by the minute, and soon the whole town would wake. She picked up the torque and stared at it with loathing. It was beautiful, if you didn’t know what it was for. The carvings were delicate, in an old fae script. Lina knew little of the metal used to make it—she’d not been a smith that first time long ago, and the gleaming silvery material was far too rich, too rare, too difficult to work for a lowly blacksmith. The magic too.

Who had made this new torque? None of the fae she’d known during the war could have done it, and anyone who’d been able to had been executed.

She’d thought.

She wrapped the torque in a tea towel and placed it in the pocket of her dress. All her thoughts turned to one purpose: to destroy it. Heat it to the upper limits of her forge’s ability so it would melt down to liquid, then mix the metal with so much iron and impurity that it would be unrecognizable. Cool it back into a lump of scrap and bury it where it would never be found.

She left her house, noting the pebble’s location with more care than usual, and scurried to her smithy, formulating a plan. She’d destroy the torque as quickly as possible, and if they came looking before she had a chance to disappear, she’d play the innocent, ever-so-helpful grandmother. She smiled grimly as she lit and stoked the fire, imagining her part.

She drew the torque from her pocket and stared at it again, revulsion and fascination intertwined. Some people said that mindturning was a bit like oathbinding. Both were magical interference with a person’s will, after all. With a simple promise, a person was absolutely bound to carry out their words. With a powerful and careful enough promise, like the pact that ended the war, the course of history could change. Two sovereigns of two lands had sworn to cease fighting and do all they could to ensure peace—and for years they had. Some believed a mindturn could do just as much good.

She shuddered as she thought of Mollen. Those people were wrong. Some oathbinding, it was true, involved a bit of trickery, but it could never take from someone more than they were willing to speak. The monarchs who had promised to stop fighting had done so of their own accord. Their people were tired and hurting. They hadn’t been forced into magical enslavement. An object of mindturning destroyed a person’s will and deserved, in turn, to be destroyed.

The fire was almost hot enough now—a little longer and then she could do it.

A knock at the door interrupted her. Startled, she shoved the wrapped torque into a bucket of scrap iron beside her and kicked the bucket to the side as Seelah pushed her way into the room.

“Good morning, Lina!” she cried, dropping that ever-present basket on Lina’s counter as usual and launching into a story about a neighbor down the road who had lost a goat and wasn’t that a shame and what could have happened to it and that reminded her of the new strangers in town who had arrived just recently and how they looked rich and—

Lina often thought that as a source of information, Seelah would have been infinitely useful in the war. As a keeper of secrets, though, she would have ruined everything.

Suddenly one detail of Seelah’s words stood out. “Did you say strangers?” Lina interrupted.

“Oh yes. I mean, of course there are always strangers, but these men seemed . . . you know . . . somehow different.” She leaned forward. “Powerful. Rich.” She smiled. “Maybe they’ll need a new sword, or one of their horses will throw a shoe. You might get some business.”

But Lina wasn’t listening—now was not the time to start a long round of gossip. She picked up Seelah’s basket, pushed it into her arms, and started nudging her toward the door.

Just as three men stepped into the doorway.

The first was richly dressed and short—she’d imagined whoever came would be tall—and had the fine features that often betrayed a bit of fae blood. Interesting. The others followed behind him like servants as he strode casually into the room. Lina wasn’t fooled. They strolled, but their muscles were tense. The one to the right kept his hand near his sword, and the short one prowled like a cat preparing to pounce. There would be no new sword or thrown shoe to deal with, just the torque and the dead man.

Lina kept her eyes from wandering to where she’d hidden the torque, but her mind began to spin. This was going to make things much more difficult. She cursed herself for her stupidity. She’d been so slow, too slow.

“Greetings,” she said, her voice friendly. “I’ll be with you in a moment.” For now she just needed to get Seelah out of danger. She continued to push her friend toward the door. “Thank you so much for stopping by,” she said. “It was nice to see you, and I’ll come visit you later, just like we planned.” She wanted to establish, in front of these men, that she’d be missed if she disappeared.

Seelah gave her a hard look, glancing quickly between Lina and the men. “Yes,” she said slowly. “Yes, just like we planned. I’ll expect to see you in . . . an hour or two.”

Lina nodded. “Have a lovely day!” she chirped, pushing Seelah out the door and shutting it behind her.

She’d known Seelah would remember their plan to meet and deliver soup today, but that was later in the evening. Why did Seelah say they’d meet so soon? Whatever the reason, Lina shrugged and set it aside. It worked better this way—now the men knew that if she disappeared, she’d be missed very, very soon.

She turned back to face them. “Good day to you.”

The short one nodded in return. “And to you.” He’d been looking around the smithy, and while his glance suggested a casual appraisal, the sharpness of his eyes missed little.

“What may I do for you this fine day?” she asked.

He moved away from the wall of tools he’d been scrutinizing, his appraising stare on her now.

She continued to smile. How could she salvage her plan? In her imagination, the torque was safely destroyed before they came for it, not sitting in a bucket of scrap metal a few feet away.

“My name is Tyblith,” the man said. “I’m looking for a friend. I’ve been taking care of him, but he ran away. He’s terribly sick, you see. He gets confused. Ends up thinking I’m his enemy and runs off.” He shook his head, all sorrow and worry and honest innocence, but he watched her closely. “Have you seen him?”

Lina’s thoughts flitted. Part of her said to trust him, he was so honest and thoughtful and—she mentally shook herself. What was she thinking?

No, she couldn’t trust him, and she had to come up with a plan. Now. “Oh! I’m so glad you’ve come,” she said breathlessly. “I’ve been wondering what to do. He’s sleeping in my house, but he was afraid to let anyone know where he was. He’s been so very distraught and feverish—well, you know that, of course. I just didn’t know what to do! But now that you’re here, I’m sure he’ll be happy to see a friend.” She finished and drew a breath, ready to start babbling again if necessary.

“You found him, then?” the man asked sharply.

“He’s in my home, just behind the smithy. You can all go see him and—”

“Maresk, Toren, look for him. I’ll stay here and talk with this”—he turned a charming smile on Lina, his voice softening—“this lovely lady here.”

“Oh, I don’t mind if you all go check on him. He’s probably resting anyway.”

“No, my men will be able to take care of him. I’d much rather you tell me how he appeared at your home.”

Tyblith nodded at the other men, and they swiftly left.

Blood of the nix, he was staying with her. She’d hoped they might all go together so she could still throw the torque on the fire in the minutes they were gone. Time for a different plan. Again.

“Oh, the poor man! He just showed up last night and collapsed!” She clutched at her chest. “I took him in, of course. Nothing else I could do, poor creature. He reminded me of my dear aunt Milla, when she came down with the—”

Tyblith interrupted, already bored by her narrative. “Did he . . . say anything?”

“Well, not—”

The other men burst back into the shop. “It wasn’t there,” one of them said abruptly. “And he’s dead.”

“Dead?” She gasped. “No, he couldn’t be! I just left him less than an hour ago, and he was only sleeping.” She wrung her hands. “Oh, so cruel. Fever sickness is terrible.”

Tyblith glared at Lina. “Did he say anything to you? Give you anything? Tell me!”

She cringed, looking back and forth between the three men. She reached over and took a large iron chisel down from her wall, holding it out in front of her awkwardly, as if she hoped to use it to protect herself but had no idea how. Hopefully, it made her look afraid and also reminded them that she couldn’t be fae. “I don’t know what you mean . . . I was just trying to help him. Don’t hurt me.” She made her voice tremble in fear, even as her blood pumped with anticipation.

He sighed and rubbed his hand across his forehead, his whole demeanor softening back into his original charm. “I’m sorry,” he said, the note in his voice turning pleading. “I didn’t mean to alarm you. I’m just so stricken by his death. He was my good friend, you know.”

The shift in his emotion was so abrupt, Lina almost swayed toward him, longing to comfort him in his grief. So he was a charmspeaker, then. Her earlier desire to trust him made sense now.

“Yes, I can see that,” she replied, and she, too, softened her voice. She lowered the chisel. “I’m so sorry for your loss. You must have been close.”

He frowned. “Yes. I’ll miss him. And he was in my care, so I feel responsible for him. His mother will be devastated.”

Lina nodded. “Poor woman.”

“He had a gift from her. He wore it all the time, even though it chafed awfully.” He stared at her as he spoke his next words. “It was a torque.”

Lina widened her eyes. “A gift from his mother, you say? Someone he loved?”

Maresk and Toren seemed to shift uneasily, but Tyblith only hesitated for a moment. “Yes.” She could almost see his thoughts flying. “But . . . they’d been fighting. Yes, they’d been fighting, and he was very angry at her. So you can see even more why she’ll be so upset. I was just hoping to comfort her, let her know he had it with him to the end.”

Lina visibly relaxed the tension from her shoulders—they noticed it, of course—and smiled. “Oh, that explains it!” She tittered. “He was babbling on and on about how I needed to destroy it right then and not let anyone have it or do anything bad with it.” She shook her head. “He was probably just being spiteful, hmmm? Didn’t want her to know that he’d forgiven her and was still wearing it. People do silly things when they’re fighting, don’t they?” She tsked, shaking her head.

“So you have it, then?” he asked, leaning toward her in his eagerness.

“Of course I have it. Honestly, I’m a little relieved to give it to someone else to take care of.” She paused—this was the most dangerous moment—and looked into Tyblith’s eyes. “Can I trust you?”

He exuded honesty, almost like a scent. “Of course you can.”

Lina leaned in and whispered, “Look, I just don’t know what to do. This poor sick young man showed up at my home, and of course I took him in. But then he started ranting and wailing, and he made me swear I would help him and that I had to keep the torque away from the wrong people. Now, I’m not the kind of person who breaks promises.” She paused, looking at him with concern.

“No, of course you wouldn’t do that,” he said, but his eyes darted around the room, looking hungrily for where the torque might be.

She shook her head. “No, I wouldn’t.” Her voice took on a desperate edge. “You’re telling me it was a gift from his mother, but how can I know? I promised him the torque wouldn’t be used for ill. That’s all he seemed to care about.” She forced a quiver into her lip, then bit it to stop the tremble. “And now he’s dead, and that makes it his dying wish, and of course I have to do what I can to help him, and here I am just a tired old woman.” She tugged his sleeve with the hand not holding the chisel. “You understand, don’t you? Why I don’t know what to do with it or who to trust?”

He patted her hand and spoke soothingly. “Of course I understand. Such things are so difficult. But I can assure you I was his friend.” He looked into her eyes, sincerity in his every feature. “You can give me the torque,” he said. “You don’t have to worry anymore.” She felt his charm fall over her like a warm blanket, soothing, telling her to believe.

She blinked, breathing deeply. Focus on your purpose, she thought. Focus on Mollen and the torque. Her mind stayed clear. “But are you the right person? He was so worried something bad would be done with it.” Come, she thought, say what I need you to say.

“If you give it to me, nothing bad will be done with it.” His voice was so smooth, his charmspeaking so very easy to believe.

She blinked again, straining against the magic. “You promise?” she wheedled. “No one will use this torque for anything bad?” She nearly held her breath.

He opened his mouth to speak, then paused.

Maybe she’d gone too far.

His eyes flicked to the chisel and her bare hand wrapped around it. She could almost see his thoughts. This old woman is a simple blacksmith. A promise to her is meaningless. “Of course I promise,” he assured her, all friendliness and honesty.

Lina blew out a breath and smiled her first real smile since they’d come. “Oh, I feel so much better. I know it’s crazy, but thank you for humoring a poor old woman.”

He shrugged. “Of course, dear lady. Nothing to it. The only thing that torque is good for is comforting another woman like yourself, after all.” He held out his hand.

She stepped to the bucket and fished out the torque. “I’m just glad to be rid of it.”

He snatched the metal from her and examined it.

“I’m sorry it’s broken.” Then, as if she’d just thought of it: “I could fix it for you if you’d like!” It might give her a chance to come up with a better plan than this; she still hated seeing that object in his hands.

He shook his head, not looking up from the metal. “No matter, I have a friend who can fix it.”

She nodded. This would have to be good enough, then.

They should be going now, but Tyblith didn’t move. He just placed the torque in a pouch at his side and turned his eyes on Lina. Maresk and Toren glanced at him, waiting, muscles tensing beneath their tunics. A nearly imperceptible difference in the air had Lina tensing too. Moments passed, and she shifted her weight to prepare for an attack. Part of her hoped they would try something, despite how foolhardy it would be to attack the town blacksmith in her shop in daylight. The idea of letting them leave with that torque—no matter what she’d done to keep them from using it—stoked the anger again. Maybe it was good she still held the chisel.

Tyblith turned to the side, gesturing to his men. Lina took a steadying breath.

“Lina!” a familiar voice cried as the smithy doors swung open. All four bodies swiveled toward the noise. Seelah burst through the doors, an even larger basket in her arms this time. That woman had so many baskets. She looked back and forth between the men and Lina. “I’m so sorry to interrupt. I forgot you were in the middle of something. I’m just so overcome!” She blinked rapidly. “I’ve just received a messenger from Innalue in Hillfar. You know, the one who’s friends with your sister. There’s been a terrible accident, and she’s asked for us at once.”

Lina could only blink and stare, yanked out of her preparation for battle. She didn’t have a sister in Hillfar—how could this Innalue woman be friends with her? What, by the nix, was Seelah doing?

Seelah leaned toward the men, explaining in an undertone, “I’m her best friend, and I must have Lina’s help, so you see we simply must go. Immediately.” She paused and looked piercingly at Lina. “You’re needed there, Lina. Everyone will be expecting you.”

Lina blinked again, then shook herself from her stupor. She had no idea what Seelah was playing at, but she would go along with it. “Well, good sirs, I’m so sorry, but it looks like I’m needed at once. I’m sorry about your friend too. Do give my best to his mother for me.”

A moment passed, then the men sprang back to life. “Yes, thank you, Lina-smith; we will,” Tyblith said. “May we retrieve his body from your home?”

“Of course. I’ll come with you.” After they left, she could get to her hidden bags and leave Solime. Seelah had given her the perfect excuse.

The men left the smithy ahead of her, and when Seelah stepped out, Lina dropped the chisel into her pocket with a quiet hiss. She’d have to examine the damage to her palm later, when she was alone. For now, she curled her fingers softly around the bright, angry burn marks.

The entire group headed to Lina’s house, and the men quickly picked up the body and hauled it out to the cart they’d left in front of her smithy. Tyblith turned back once to stare at Lina standing in her doorway for a moment—then at Seelah—before nodding and disappearing down the road.

Would she ever hear of them again or know what became of the torque? She hoped not. Better that they, and their plans, fade quietly into obscurity.

When the sound of horse hooves had faded, Lina breathed a sigh of relief and focused her gaze on Seelah.

“Do be quick with your bags,” Seelah chided. “I’d rather be gone from here in case they decide to come back.” She shivered. “I’ll get the one in the hearth, but you’d better get that one.” She pointed toward the underground room. “I don’t think I can get up and down any ladder you’ve got down there.”

Lina’s mind reeled. “How did you—?”

“Come now, I’ve known about your hidey holes for ages. You really need to stop glancing at them during tea.” She shook her head in mock reproach.

Lina’s mouth dropped open for an instant, then she began to laugh. “All these years—I’ve underestimated you, Seelah.”

Seelah shrugged. “Just because I like the town gossip doesn’t mean I don’t know when to keep my mouth shut.”

Lina shook her head in wonder. Apparently, Lina was not the only woman in town who was not what she seemed.

The two of them worked swiftly to gather what little Lina wanted to take with her—and of course her hidden stores. They put most in her pack and the rest in Seelah’s basket.

“Now, I don’t know exactly what’s going on here, but I’m going with you to Hillfar, or at least far enough to be sure you’re safe. You can tell me all about it, or not, as you please.”

Lina nodded. It would be good to have someone else with her in case Tyblith and his men decided to follow her. Or in case they found a way around the hurried oathbinding she’d set him to. If they were smart, they might realize that the irresistible desire to be done with that torque had come directly after Lina had convinced Tyblith to make that promise.

And if they realized she was responsible for that, they might wonder if Lina was the one who’d bound the pact to end the war. And then she’d be running, hard and fast. There were people who would like to exact revenge on the one who’d helped create the peace. A few, most of all, who would like to kill the oathbinder to release the magic of the pact.

She glanced down at her hand again, at the red blisters seared across older, faded lines. All the times she’d held iron and pretended that it didn’t burn. All the ways she’d hidden in plain sight—who would suspect a blacksmith of having fae blood? She looked at Seelah. She’d done it alone for so long, but she really was getting older. It might be good to have a friend who knew the truth, who could help her if the war followed her again.

As it always did. It was always in her heart, burning in her blood like iron. But she would create all the peace she could, as long as she lived.

She turned to Seelah as they left the house. “What do you know about the end of the war?” she asked. She didn’t reset the pebble.

Jeanna Mason Stay

Jeanna Mason Stay loves a good fantasy yarn, particularly if it comes with a happy ending. She especially loves fairy tales—the romantic, the gruesome, the utterly bizarre—and many of her stories echo the magic of these old tales. Her favorite fairy tale of all, though, is a bit more modern: it’s the one she lives with her handsome husband and their four charming children. They are currently adventuring, battling thorny devils, and happily-ever-aftering in Alice Springs, Australia.

Jeanna also loves fireflies, serial commas, birds of paradise, and the latest addition to her bird craze: the loud-yet-lovely galah. She dreams of one day sculpting a clay Medusa head and owning a herd of Chia sheep.

When it comes to social media, Jeanna pretty much lives in a cave, but when she does occasionally emerge, you can find her at calloohcallaycallay.blogspot.com, at www.facebook.com/JeannaMasonStay/, and on Twitter @JeannaMStay.

Website: calloohcallaycallay.blogspot.com/

Facebook: JeannaMasonStay

Twitter: @JeannaMStay

Email: jeanna.mason.stay@gmail.com

A POWER ARCANE

by Caitlyn McFarland

26,000 Words

THEY ARRIVE. PREPARE yourself, Adeline.

I waved damp fingers at the unspoken words as if I could brush aside the hags who whispered them. I swore I would stop scrying altogether if they didn’t knock it off. Usually they could only speak to me in dreams, but apparently scrying came close enough.

“Keep your trichotomous britches on,” I huffed, the fingers of my other hand still in the silver scrying bowl, drawing in the magic. “Y’all know I’m staring at them right now.” That was part of the deal. Give the hags enough access to hear my words and see through my eyes so they could be sure I was doing their bidding. It made my skin crawl, but I’d managed to keep them out of my thoughts except for when I was dreaming. And scrying.

Problem was, even a simple scrying spell got tricky when the golden chains around my wrists burned with the hags’ malevolent magic. Magic that seeped into my skin like a cold sweat going the wrong way.

Beware, Adeline Riverdeep— the coven intoned in dissonant unison, all three witches’ voices speaking as one.

“For you are three, and I am one. Yeah, yeah. I know.” Technically I wasn’t “one.” I had Bob, my broom. That said, I did respect the hags. Especially the leader of the coven, Silver Maude. Who wouldn’t respect a five-thousand-year-old woman who’d wear your skin as a skirt as soon as speak to you?

But I’d grown up a halfling and cute as a blond bug on a blossom, which had endowed me with a certain knee-jerk reaction to being patronized, because I was constantly being patronized. Or matronized, as was the case with the coven. Besides, I wasn’t exactly good, so I got a kick out of irritating people sometimes.

Four travelers and a trinket. That is the deal. Remember it, or you will never unlock the power arcane.

“Thank you for reminding me,” I said in my sweetest voice. “Again. And ladies . . . bless your hearts.”

The hags hissed. One of them shrieked. But a second later, the fine golden chains looped around my wrists—the chains that bound me to the coven—cooled. I let go a relieved sigh and rolled my head, loosening my tense shoulders. I couldn’t wait for this to be over. If everything went to plan, there would be a week of group travel ahead, and I very much preferred to work alone.

I renewed my focus on the scrying spell drawn on the floor of my tiny room in the Wandering Hermit Inn. Gold-flecked chalk glimmered in the precise lines and curves of arcane geometry, taking up the few square feet of floor not already taken by the bed. White candles burned in puddles of their own sweet-smelling beeswax where each perfect line intersected, and a shallow silver bowl filled with water sat in the construct’s center, where I gripped the bowl so my thumbs dipped just below the edges of the water. This way, instead of reflecting the warm light of the candles, the water showed a wintry city street framed by dark buildings on either side. Crowds hurried through gray, ankle-deep slush, hoods pulled low. In the darkening evening, a smattering of snowflakes glinted between them like far-flung stars.

I leaned forward as the spell tracked along the street, following four figures—three bigfolk and one about my size. Excitement warmed my bones as I watched them move toward a well-lit inn with a sign over the door featuring a scrawny old man clad in nothing but a knee-length white beard.

This well-lit inn.

Making sure not to remove my fingers from the power collected at the spell’s center, I gave the silver bowl a decisive quarter turn and touched the water with three fingers. Few people knew you could manipulate a scrying spell this way, but I’d discovered it in my first year at the Regia Arcanum.

In the bowl, my point of view skipped forward a few paces and jerked sharply left. Where a second ago I had been looking at their cloaked backs, I now tracked my targets in profile against a backdrop of stone buildings. Two days straight of scrying, and I already felt I’d known these people far too long.

First through the door of the Wandering Hermit was a tall, slender elven man with fine features, white hair, and silver-gray skin. I scanned him for any sign he was carrying a powerful magical artifact—a magical artifact both the coven and I had a keen interest in acquiring.

The dark elf was easy to discern among any crowd, not for being the only dark elf in the group, but for his black coat, curled lip, and the disdain in his amethyst eyes. Beautiful, but sometimes that expression came dangerously close to making him ugly.

Talsar—no last name—didn’t have any visible sign of arcane thingamajigs, but I hadn’t really been expecting it. The hags swore up and down these people were carrying the last piece of the magical construct that would unlock the greatest power in the universe—the power arcane. But so far, I’d seen no sign on any of them.

As Talsar entered, he turned and said something to the figure behind him. Ivy Galanon was a slight female forest elf with bronze skin and auburn hair. Her blue cloak might have been nice once, but it was threadbare now. She smiled when she responded to Talsar, words muted as my spell didn’t pick up sound. The movement pulled the thin scar that marred her cheek from just below one eye to the corner of her lips. That smile plus the awful vulnerable way she looked at him made her feelings painfully obvious.

“Oh, Ivy,” I muttered, vicariously embarrassed since she was apparently too oblivious to be embarrassed for herself. “He is just not that into you.”

Whatever she said, it made the third of the bigfolk, a gargoyle woman named Firenza Gioia, throw back her head and belly laugh. With skin purple as dusk, curling black ram’s horns, and thick black hair that hung in a braid over her shoulder and halfway to her waist, she dwarfed the elves. Not because gargoyles were a particularly large people but because she was large, and because she had the kind of personality that took up space, sucking in everyone around her whether she was gleefully laughing, gleefully drinking, or gleefully killing things.

The only smallfolk in the party brought up the rear—the goblin, Ezo Twistkettle. I’ll admit I sat a little straighter because I didn’t know what to make of Ezo as much as I did the others. His smallness was relative, because the boy beneath the brown hood still had half a head on me, which put him on the tall side by my standards. Rash and impulsive and, much like the forest elf, head over tail in love. But instead of one person, Ezo was in love with every pretty girl who caught his eye. Romantic shenanigans aside, he was always fiddling with gears and wires and gunpowder. Personally, I found clockworks and guns loud, greasy, and distasteful. Machinery was for people too inelegant to work magic.

I leaned back from the silver bowl and smudged the chalk lines. No sign of the artifact on any of the travelers, which meant I couldn’t just steal it. Not that stealing it would fulfill my deal—the hags wanted the magic item and the people who carried it. But they knew what they were doing, not telling me exactly what it was. If I could have stolen it and the power arcane without their help, I would have, and they knew it.

I sighed and pinched out the candles one by one, then wrapped them in cloth and stowed them neatly in their designated compartment in my leather bag.

Looked like there would be days of group travel after all.

On my way out, I picked up my broom from where it leaned beside the doorframe. Its twiggy ends were a bit raggedy, and the polished handle had been broken off halfway up, but I didn’t mind, even though I was generally a neat person—that made it just my size.

“Come on, Bob,” I whispered. “Let’s get this over with.”

It rustled its bristles in response. I didn’t need to take it to the common room; I wasn’t going anywhere. But I could use the moral support.

After all, it wasn’t every day I lured a group of strangers to their untimely deaths. But the power to bend reality came with a price, and I was prepared to pay it.

* * *

For all it was winter outside, the common room of the Hermit was subtropical. Near a hundred hot bodies were packed into the low-ceilinged space. Damp clothes steamed from the heat of the fire in the hearth that took up half the south wall, and the whole place smelled of wet sheep and cheap beer. The orange flicker from the fire was steadied somewhat by the golden glow of lamps hung from iron hooks at intervals on the plaster walls. But that only made it easier to see the menagerie of mediocrity that patronized a midlevel tavern on a midweek night.

“You want another half-pint of fizz water, sweetie?”

I clutched Bob’s worn handle where it lay across my lap. A barmaid stepped up to my little corner, blocking my view of my targets, who’d taken up a table in the center of the room. She held a tray in one hand, and the scent of bread and beef temporarily covered the smell of wet wool. My mouth watered, but my mood soured. I might have the miniature stature and cherub face of the sweetest blond-haired, blue-eyed human child you ever did see, but I had done things, gone places. Hells, I was a graduate of the most rigorous course of study at a place most of these workaday people only spoke of in whispers.

Still, more flies with honey and all. I gave her my best butter-won’t-melt smile. “No, thank you, ma’am.”

I tilted my head to the side, trying to see around her without being obvious. It looked like they were content to sit and drink for the moment, which suited me just fine. Now that the moment had arrived, I needed to gather myself, so I walked through my plans. My goal was to get them to the hags. As I was one person, and they were four, the only way to do that would be to get them to come voluntarily. I had a story I thought would work, but I wanted to make sure their first impression of me was one of pathetic helplessness. A damsel in distress. When people thought you were pathetic and helpless, they were easy to manipulate.

Case in point, this barmaid.

“What was that?” she asked, apparently unable to hear me over the dull roar of the dinner crowd.

I pitched my voice louder. “No, thank you.” Sighing deeply, I fiddled with my empty cup in one hand. “I only had enough for one drink. I should get out of your way.” I glanced at the floor with sad eyes and pressed a hand to my stomach. I mean, I was hungry, and I only had so many coins. It was a good thing Bob didn’t have to eat.

She glanced around. “Are you here with anyone?”

“No, ma’am.”

Her brow furrowed. She was older, comfortable-sized, with gray hair and laugh lines. Probably presided over a passel of children and grandbabies. She glanced over her shoulder. “Well. A pretty little halfling from the provinces shouldn’t be wandering this big city with no one to look out for you. Here.”

She set a small loaf of bread in front of me. Victory.

I beamed at her. “Oh, thank you! But I shouldn’t.”

“No, I insist.” She paused, then took another small loaf off the tray and set it on the table next to the first. “We all need help sometimes.”

I gave her a tepid smile. “Bless your heart.”

The chains around my wrists—safely covered by the sleeves of my dress—pulsed with dark magic again. If I hadn’t known better, I’d say the hags were laughing.

She turned and danced her way through the chaos of raucous patrons. Following her movements, my eyes were drawn to a deeply drunk wolfkin woman at the table next to my motley crew of adventurers.

In fact, all the eyes in the tavern were drawn to the wolfkin, a woman with fair skin and a mass of tawny curls that ran into the light brown fur that covered most of her body. She rose from her chair, shrieking at a cowering lizard-like creature who’d apparently trodden on her foot. Well, paw. Wolfkin were half human, half wolf, and the wolf part was on the bottom. After a minute, her friends pulled her back into her chair. But she’d definitely caught the attention of my adventurers, who watched her warily.

I smiled. “Bob, I think I’ve found some distress.”

Its handle shook.

“Don’t be a chicken. This is going to work.”

I jumped from the bigfolk-sized chair to the sticky floor and slung Bob in its holster on my back, its twiggy ends poking up over my head. The room was so crowded, it wasn’t easy to pick my way between tables and weaving, drunken patrons. By the time I finally reached the hot-tempered wolfkin, I’d been stepped on and near tripped over half a dozen times. It irritated me, as I could clear a path with the flick of my wrist if I wanted, but the additional dishevelment wouldn’t hurt my distraught-damsel first impression.

Passing too close to the wolfkin, I pretended to catch my boot on the floor and trip. My shoulder slammed into her arm, and her drink slopped over the rim of her mug, splashing onto a lute she cradled in her lap like a favorite child.

“Oh my word, I am so sorry!” I snatched a cloth napkin from the table as if I meant to help. Except it was halfway underneath her bowl of stew, so when I pulled, the whole mess upended onto her shirt and over the lute. Chunks of meat fell through the strings, hitting the inside of the instrument with several muffled splats.

The woman jumped up, fair complexion going a mottled red beneath her wild tawny hair. “You little burrow rat, do you know how much this cost?”

As I’d hoped, she attacked. I just wasn’t counting on the speed and ferocity with which said attack would happen. She swung her ruined lute directly at my face. I ducked, but physicality had never been my gift. The edge of the instrument caught the side of my head, and the world exploded in pain like stars. Without much ado, I hit the ground. Hard, the broom in its holster going askew.

Palms stinging and ears ringing, I bit down on a curse that would have made my momma—at least, my best memory of my momma—throw up her hands in despair.

Forget the mission. I was going to commit murder right now.

My fingers traced an arcane symbol in a shimmering golden light that would be visible only to me. But before I could send the wolfkin and all her friends smashing into the walls, a pair of booted feet planted themselves between us, and a voice both rough and pleasant lifted above the shouts.

“Whoa, hey, I think we can all calm down.”

I looked up, head still ringing, to see the goblin boy peering over his shoulder at me. “You all right?”

“Fine.” I pushed hair from my eyes, making sure he caught a glimpse of how big and tear-filled they were. My fingers wandered over to the side of my head, and I winced when they reached a tender spot, no theatrics required. At least she hadn’t broken the skin. She would have if she’d hit me with her claws instead of the instrument.

The inn had quieted, so it was easy to hear the wolfkin when she raised the ruined lute like a club and growled. “She owes me a lute. I’m going to beat the gold out of her.”

“I don’t think there’s a need for that.” This voice was smooth and feminine, and I caught the scent of flowers and leather as Ivy, the forest elf, bent over me.

She offered her hand. I took it, and she lifted me to my feet like I weighed no more than a paper doll. She reached over my shoulder to straighten Bob with gentle hands, then turned to stand hip-to-shoulder with Ezo and rested her hands casually on the hilts of her swords.

“Ezo,” Ivy said, “we need to end this before—”

“WAIT. IS THERE A FIGHT? I’VE BEEN WANTING TO FIGHT ALL DAY!”

I near jumped out of my skin at the bellow. On the other side of the table, Firenza, the purple gargoyle woman, scraped back her chair and loosened the great axe at her side.

Talsar, the only one still seated, shook his head and dropped his face into his hands.

Ivy turned to face Firenza, smiling and lifting hands that held a surprising number of scars. “No. No, no. We’re good. You should order more ale.”

Firenza frowned. Her face was broad and attractive, and just as scarred as Ivy’s hands. She narrowed her eyes at the wolfkin. “I don’t like it when people mess with my friends.”

The wolfkin woman paled and stepped back, but pointed one black-clawed finger at me. “She destroyed my lute! I make my livelihood with this thing.”

With a sigh, Ezo reached into a pouch at his belt and pulled out a handful of gold pieces, which he offered to the wolfkin. “For your trouble, and maybe a song? Uh. Acapella, I guess.”

She snatched the coins and shot a dirty look first at me, then at Firenza. “Keep her away from me, and I’ll sing whatever you want.”

“Great.” Ezo glanced around at the frozen common room. A man in a worn apron I recognized as the Hermit’s owner stood off to the side, wringing his hands.

“Maybe something to get the party started again?” Ezo asked.

Behind him, Ivy had managed to cajole Firenza back to the table, pointing at some recently arrived mugs of ale.

“Sure. Whatever.” The wolfkin started counting the money. I didn’t think Ezo was going to get his song.

With a sigh, he turned to me. He blinked, and his expression turned cow-eyed. “Uh. Hi.” His voice was every bit as dreamy as his brown eyes. “What’s your name?”

I would have laughed—I nearly did. Then I remembered I was supposed to be crying.

“Adeline Riverdeep.” I sniffed. “I’m sorry. I’m so clumsy. I’ll t-try to pay you back.”

“Oh, no, that’s fine,” the goblin waved away my words.

“Ezo,” Talsar said sharply. The goblin ignored him. Thank goodness for stupid boys.

I let my lower lip wobble. “But, you see, I was coming to talk to you anyway. Y-y’all . . . I mean, I might be wrong, but are you the Ezo Twistkettle? Are y’all that group of adventurers who killed Archmage Oakenlock?”

“ Ezo,” Talsar hissed.

Ezo puffed out his chest. He had the warm green skin of most goblins, as well as the big eyes and bold bone structure. A shock of black hair ran in a straight line down the center of his head, the sides shaved close to his scalp. He was pretty handsome actually. And near enough my age that I might have flirted with him, had circumstances allowed.

“I am,” he said. “We are.”

“Oh, thank goodness!” I exploded into sobs and threw myself into his arms. “Please, Ezo, you have to help me! The hags have my sister!”

* * *

I did not have a sister.

“Absolutely not.” Talsar’s pretty-boy face was set, his jaw a hard line. “Have you lost your minds? We don’t know her. We are not following her anywhere.”

He was not even going to pretend he liked or trusted me. It might have been offensive, but he was the type who looked sideways at everyone, and I couldn’t fault him for that. Heck, I agreed with the guy. By and large, people were sneaky and stupid.

The damsel routine had done only half the work I’d hoped. By the time we reached the private dining room that Talsar had insisted on—something about “not screeching our plans in public like a bunch of drunken banshees”—both Ivy and Ezo were as sweet on me as honey on a biscuit. But Firenza kept shooting me suspicious looks, and Talsar was having none of it.

“We haven’t even heard her story,” Ivy threw her hands in the air, her fine brow pinched in consternation. In the light from the small fire in the hearth, her auburn hair turned orange and gold. “All you have to do is listen.”

The dining room was cozier than the common room, with only the small hearth and two lamps. The table was empty except for Firenza, who sat on the far side staring at me inscrutably over a chipped vase of winter flowers. Ezo hovered by the door, shooting me glances and blushing every time we made eye contact.

I’d taken a small stool close to the window and propped Bob between my knees. We were on the second story, and the dining room had a much better view of the city than I had from my closet-sized room on the first floor.

Between the glow of the streetlamps and the moon reflecting off the snow, Aster, the Climbing City, was lit near bright as day. It had been built up either side of a pass through the Throne Mountains, its roads switchbacking steeply all the way from the Isceald River to the mansions and palaces high above. Bridges arched across the chasm between, heavy and utilitarian at the bottom where warehouses collected goods shipped up the river, but more delicate as they ascended toward the city’s heights. Some of them were even mechanical, and could retract at the touch of a lever to allow space for passing dragons or the occasional airship.

“Talsar, listen,” Ivy pleaded.

“Why should I listen when you’re just going to repeat yourself for the third time?”

“Maybe if you would listen, she wouldn’t have to repeat herself,” Ezo replied acidly.

“As if I’m more likely to listen to the idiot who set a house with children in it on fire,” Talsar shot back.

Ezo scuffed the floor with one worn boot and grumbled, “Because your morals are so flawless.”

Firenza slammed her tankard onto the table, which startled me so badly I clutched Bob to my chest.

“TALSAR! Stop living in the past! He thought he was setting ADULTS on fire! And as far as we know, all those children survived!”

“I don’t know if three months ago counts as the past—” Ivy began softly.

“Ivy, for the love of all the gods, stop. All of you, stop!” Talsar shoved his fingers into his white hair, and for a second I was afraid he was fixing to pull it clean out. Then he whirled on me. “Tell the whole story, beginning to end. That way, when I still insist on leaving you here, I won’t have to listen to this.” He gestured to everyone else in the room.

This right here was why I always traveled alone. If they hated each other so much—which, from their rigid postures and angry faces, they did—then why in all the hundred hells did they stay together?

“Well?” Talsar growled.

I took a breath, running my fingers over and over the runes in Bob’s handle. “Y’all have gathered from my accent that I’m from the provinces?”

They all nodded except Talsar, who just kept staring at me like he could burn holes in my head with his eyes.

“And I assume, since you’re breathing and haven’t just emerged from beneath a rock, you know what happened there during the War of Six Kings?”

Raids. Massacres. So much death.

No, I would suppress the memories. That time was over. Once I had the power arcane, I would never be helpless again.

Their expressions changed, even Talsar’s. “We know it.”

“So then it probably won’t surprise you to learn that during the war, my sister and I were shipped to Middleport with dozens of other provincial children. A big city in the interior of the empire with high walls to keep us safe. Our parents stayed to work the land and make sure the armies had crops to eat.”

I couldn’t help a humorless laugh. Children without parents are never safe, not anywhere. “The war ended, and most of the kids went home, but my parents never showed up. Come to find later that they’d disappeared sometime in the weeks before the war ended, when the fighting was worst. I—we—never heard from them again. We stayed in Middleport, in one of the homes that popped up to house children like us. Children with no parents and no homes to go back to . . .”

Ivy made a sad noise, only to be shushed immediately by Talsar, and I was grateful to the dark elf. The problem with a good lie is that it’s mostly truth. I felt like I’d ripped open my chest to show these strangers my beating heart, but I didn’t want their pity. I was not pitiful. I was strong.

No, I reminded myself, I did want their pity. Pity made people do stupid things.

I continued. “After a few years, the people in charge of the orphanage noticed I had talents. When I was thirteen, I became a student at the Regia Arcanum.”

Ezo let out a low whistle. “That’s pretty young.”

I shot him a look, because nothing in my observations had given me cause to believe he’d know a thing about magic and higher learning.

“If you graduated from some fancy mage school, why do you need us at all?” Talsar asked. “You must be”—he waved his hand up and down in my direction—“capable.”

I shook my head, wringing my hands for good measure. “Even a graduate of the Regia can’t take on a coven of hags alone. My sister is the one in danger, and I’ll use my magic however I can to save her, but I’m no warrior. I need y’all.”

At least, the hags did, and I aimed to deliver.

When no one interrupted after a few seconds, I continued again. “Three years ago, in my fifth and final year at the Regia, I was apprenticed to one of the more . . . eccentric professors, Doctor Arifiz. He was one stone short of a watchtower, but I liked him, and his area of expertise was fascinating.

“See, we mortals can only learn so much in our lifetimes, but there are creatures out there with lives so long they come to know magic in ways we never can. Doctor Arifiz figured if we could just convince the right creatures, they would teach us the secrets of their power.”

A loud scraping filled the room as Ezo dragged a chair across the floor to sit in front of me. He pulled himself up into the bigfolk-sized seat and perched on the edge, leaning toward me. Ivy also looked engaged, propped on the edge of the table with her hands braced on her knees, leaning forward. Firenza was still glaring and drinking. Talsar looked bored. Goddess of knowledge, was this going to work?

“What sort of creatures?” Ezo asked.

I startled a bit. “Dragons. Unicorns. Sphinxes. Unnamed creatures of the depths and heights.”

“Hags?” Talsar drawled.

I dropped my eyes to my lap and counted two heartbeats. “Yes.”

Then I gave them my eyes again, widening them and lifting my palms. “Try to understand, my whole life I’ve had to take care of my sister. All I’ve ever done, I’ve done with an eye toward easing our struggles.”

Ha. My whole life I’d barely been able to take care of myself. If my fictional sister had been real, she would’ve starved. Once I had been accepted to the school, the orphanage kicked me out—too many bodies, too few beds. The Regia Arcanum provided no housing, and my studies had left no time for work. For five years, I’d lived by my wits and the skin of my teeth, sometimes on the street, sometimes not. The two years since graduating hadn’t been much easier. More than anything, my time at the Regia taught me how much there still was to know, and how much power was out there in the hands of kings and tyrant mages. After graduating, I was ready to take some of it for myself. I thought Professor Arafiz would help, but it turned out he wasn’t willing to take the risks necessary to get the kind of power I needed. In the end, I’d gone looking for knowledge on my own, and I’d found the hags.

I shook myself from the memories. “The long and short of it is a couple of months ago I learned that there are hags in Torwich Wood and started making preparations to go speak with them. They don’t have the worst reputation—they even help folks sometimes. I wanted to see if they would teach me some of that arcane knowledge my professor was always going on about. I tried to convince my sister to stay here, but she insisted on going with—”

I let my lip tremble and drew an unsteady breath. “They . . . were not in a charitable mood, and they took her.” Pressing my face into my hands, I let tears flow once more. The clockwork tower outside chimed the hour into the silence that followed. It was growing late.

A gentle hand touched my back, and I looked up into Ivy’s oversized eyes, her irises so dark green they were nearly black. “It’s going to be all right.”

I shook my head, hoping I wasn’t laying it on too thick. “Hags are notorious for keeping people alive. Torturing them. Experimenting on them. I knew I couldn’t get her out by myself. Rumors about y’all have been going around the city since you killed Oakenlock. When I escaped Torwich Wood without my sister—about a month ago now, maybe five weeks—I knew I had to find you. I heard you might come back to Aster to resupply and that you’d stayed at this inn before. So I took a chance and waited, and here you are.”

“How did you hear we resupply here, and who told you we stay at this inn?” Talsar asked, not one whit less suspicious than he had been before. Darn him. He was a tough nut. Fortunately, I had one more ace up my sleeve.

I shrugged. “Y’all are famous. And I swear, I don’t expect help for free. I can’t pay you much now, but Silver Maude, the hag in charge of the coven, she’s got heaps of treasure. I’ve seen it.”

Finally, finally, Talsar’s expression shifted from suspicion to interest.

“How much treasure?”

“Rooms full. Their lair is in the ruin of an ancient walled village, and at least two of the old houses are filled with gold.”

Talsar rose and looked at Ivy. “We need to talk.”

I had them. I had them, and none of them had even bothered to ask how powerful the hags were. In all likelihood, they’d faced hags before. They weren’t terribly hard to defeat for a person with as much experience as these people had.

But none of those hags, not even whole covens of normal hags, came close to the power of Silver Maude and her daughters.

Ivy followed Talsar to the corner while Firenza continued to watch me through narrowed eyes, apparently lost in thought. Ezo jumped down from the chair and came to my side. He smiled sheepishly and held out a white flower with five pointed petals. It was a little sad and wilted, and when I took it, the stem was damp. I noticed the flower arrangement on the table looked a little picked through.

“Thank you.” I gave Ezo a faux watery smile and patted his cheek. “Aren’t you just sweet as a peach?”

He stilled under my touch, staring at me with eyes as round and brown as walnuts. “I—I—uh . . . You’re welcome. Um. Have this too!” He shoved a handkerchief in my face.

The threadbare cloth was a dingy gray and covered in grease. I made myself take it anyway and dabbed at the corners of my eyes, sniffling delicately.

Ivy startled us both by clapping and throwing her arms around Talsar’s neck. He stood there for a long moment with his hands up, like he’d been trying to ward her off. Finally, he patted her awkwardly on the shoulder, disengaged, and turned to me.

“We’ll go with you—” he began.

“WAIT!” Firenza stood so fast her chair toppled over backward. She clambered over the upended legs. Arms folded across her chest, she loomed like doom with wings. “If we’re going with you, I need to know one thing.”

I waited. She stood there, eyeing me for so long my heartbeat quickened, and I was sure she was about to unveil me as a fraud. When I met Ezo’s stare, he mouthed something that looked weirdly like “griffons.”

“How do you feel about . . . griffons?” Firenza intoned.

I blinked at Ezo. He widened his eyes and nodded vigorously.

“Um. They’re . . . very majestic?” I said.

“YES THEY ARE!” Firenza boomed. Grinning, she thrust her fist into the air. “LET’S GO KILL SOME HAGS!”

Talsar pinched the bridge of his nose as if he had the most terrible headache.

I pressed a hand to my chest as if the gesture could slow my racing heart. I had them. This was going to work.

* * *

She comes,” several disembodied voices whispered in my dreams that night. “She comes. She comes.”

I knew the dream was hag-touched because my own never started out this pleasant—they tended to center around people screaming, a child crying beneath a winter sky, and a wrenching, inescapable, soul-deep sadness. But tonight there was none of that in the gray dream space, only me and a curtain of beads. Beads that were not beads, but strings of yellowed finger bones.

Hag aesthetics. How quaint.

I parted the curtain, passing into darkness. I knew from experience that if I reached behind me, I wouldn’t find escape. I wouldn’t even find a curtain of bones. Instead, there would be a rotting wooden wall. So I held still and tried to breathe through my mouth, avoiding the scent of mold and decomposing meat.

“She comes. She comes she comes shecomesshecomesssss . . .

“She’s arrived.” My knees were knocking, but they wouldn’t hear it in my voice. This will all be worth it. It will all be worth it soon. “What is it you want?”

A metallic scraping sounded to one side. I turned my head, and a dim, cold light that came from nowhere illuminated a rotund woman who looked somewhere around sixty scraping a spoon as tall as I was against the inside of a boiling cauldron. The woman wasn’t human, nor was she elven or any of the other bigfolk races, but somehow all of them and in between. When she giggled, it was the giggle of a young girl.

“Stupid, stupid Adeline. Pretty face, deficient mind.”

This was the younger of Granny Maude’s daughters, the least powerful member of the coven. And still, she could level a village. “Auntie Posey. What do you have in your pot today?”

“Awful offal. Awful offal.” The witch put her fingers girlishly over her mouth and tittered. “Cook them in their juices; brew them with their bones.”

She snapped her head in my direction, and suddenly she was a solid, jolly human woman with raven braids and pink cheeks, stirring a pot of golden cider that smelled like crisp autumn apples. “Come, have a taste.”

My stomach lurched. “Thank you, Auntie, but I am terribly full.”

A quiet, insectile clicking pulled my attention to the right. Another sourceless light, another woman, older than the first, white as paper and just as thin, silver hair wound around and around and around her head in a crown. She swayed in a rocking chair, black knitting needles clicking back and forth, back and forth, like busy, shiny beetle legs. The fibers wound around the needles were not wool, but greasy sinew all twisted in long strands.

“We only want to make sure you’re all right, Adeline,” said Auntie Pearl, the elder of the two daughters. Her voice was soft and singsong. Suddenly, she was not a spider-thin hag knitting meat, but a pale blond grandmother of about eighty working on a cozy blanket. “Are you cold, dear?”

“No, Auntie Pearl, but thank you.”

A hollow clacking pulled my attention away from Auntie Pearl, and before my eyes fell on the third hag, I sank into a deep curtsy. Sass was all well and good from a hundred miles away, but in dreams, I was at their mercy. “Good evening, Granny Maude.”

Silver Maude bent her bald head over her lap. Her scalp was covered in age spots, and a few wisps of white hair fell forward to cover the million, million wrinkles in her skull-like face. The large, wickedly curved sewing needle in her hand flashed as she stitched together a series of bones. When she looked up, her eyes were milky white, but her voice was melodic and young. “What? No blessing for my heart?”

I rolled my lips between my teeth and bit down.

Granny Maude bent to her work again. “Tell me, Adeline. How do you find your new companions?”

I grimaced. “Argumentative and dull.”

“Do you not think it will be nice to have company? Not to be alone?”

I regarded her, some unnameable foreboding stirring in my heart. I couldn’t think of not being alone. Not when the power I needed was so close at hand. They were nothing. Nothing but payment. “No, Granny.”

Granny Maude nodded, as if this were just so. “Will their arguing slow our plans?”

“No, Granny. As much as they disagree, they act quickly when things are decided.”

“Indeed.” She didn’t have to say more. She would have seen through me how quickly the adventurers packed and sent the inn’s errand runners out shopping for provisions. We would depart the Wandering Hermit and the city of Aster at first light.

Granny Maude picked up a bone from a pile near her chair and began to fasten it to the skeleton in her lap with flashes of needle and whips of thick, black thread. It wasn’t a skeleton in a way that made sense, but a grotesque hodgepodge. “We will expect you on time, then, Adeline. Seven days.”

“Yes, ma’am.” Seven days. Five from Aster to the small town of Cottleden on the edge of Torwich Wood, then two pushing through the wood itself to the crumbling ruin of a walled village where the hags had made their lair. Such a long time to put up with arguing, to stop when other people wanted to stop, to have to compromise and cajole instead of simply being able to act. It would be torture.

Do you think it will be nice to have company? Not to be alone?

No. It would be nice to have so much power no one could ever threaten me again.

When Granny Maude rose from her chair, she was not the most ancient being I’d ever seen, but a beautiful, dignified elven matron with silver eyes and silver hair that flowed to her ankles.

She leaned forward and touched my forehead. Though I didn’t see her too-long broken and ragged nails through the beautiful illusion, I could feel them pressed hard against my skin. “Good girl. Sleep. Your journey has only begun.”

* * *

The adventurers retrieved their horses from the Wandering Hermit’s stables the next morning, and there was a bit of confusion over what to do with me. I had planned on riding Bob, because why on earth would anyone trust a horse? The things are massive as a house and dumb enough to eat grass for crying out loud. Unfortunately, my cantankerous broom had other plans. When I threw it down in the cobblestone courtyard of the Hermit and commanded, “Up!” it just lay there like a stick.

“Darn it, Bob!”

“Uh.” Ezo paused at the inn’s door where he was organizing the contents of his bag and glanced between me and the broom. “Are you having problems?”

Bob rustled its twigs in something that sounded like displeasure. Ezo stared at it with wide eyes. “Is that a magic broom?”

“That is a dead tree having a diva moment.” I nudged the broom with the toe of my black boot. “We don’t have time for tantrums, twiggy.”

More rustling. Bob had been argumentative since I struck my deal with the hags. Didn’t matter that I promised to fix it once I had the power arcane so it could actually fly instead of maxing out its altitude at two feet off the ground; my broom was stubbornly moral.

So ten minutes later I found myself riding behind Ivy on a twitchy equine with Bob slung in its holster on my back. Stupid Bob. Slight Ivy didn’t look like she could do more than hang on if the mountain we were riding got it in its head to gallop off. I would have chosen to ride with Firenza, who was near as big as her massive black destrier and probably stronger, but Ezo already rode with her on a curious little seat they had attached to the back of her saddle. So I settled in, bowlegged and uncomfortable behind Ivy on her bay mare. At least Ivy was tiny enough—as far as bigfolk went—that there was plenty of room for us both.

Aster and its bridges grew smaller as the road wound down through the snowy foothills of the Throne Mountains and into the winter-dry grasslands that spread like a great inland sea across the valley. The day was clear, and from the city gates I could see twenty miles. To the north, the road rose and disappeared through the narrow pass where the Throne range nearly touched the Lessor Mountains. Through that gap was an even larger valley where we would eventually find Torwich Wood.

Conversation was stilted all through that first day of travel. Despite the promise of treasure, Talsar was unhappy, and his foul mood kept everyone else on edge. The cold of the gray mountain winter didn’t help. Nor did the storm that rolled in sometime after lunch, which spat sleet at us until the sky darkened with night.

When it was almost too dark to see, Firenza dismounted and handed her reins to Ezo, who, apparently practiced at this, clambered out of his small seat and onto the main saddle to guide the horse. With a flourish, she took off her cloak and threw it over her horse—and over Ezo, who had to dig his way out from beneath it—and unfurled her wings.

They were bat-like and as deep purple as a midnight sky. From tip to tip, they had to measure over twenty feet. With a laugh, Firenza ran and leaped into the air, sweeping them down and up, pushing herself into the sky.

Well, at least someone was in a good mood.

Twenty minutes later, she came back and reported that she’d found a suitable cave out of the elements. I was grateful. I didn’t want to reveal the extent of my “fancy mage school” education, but I was not going to sleep in the mud. Though, when we finally found the cave, it was so cold and my thighs were so saddle-sore I gave in to the temptation to light the stack of damp wood we found inside with a pinch of sulfur and twitch of my fingers. Thanks to the magic, it didn’t smoke, so we could have it nice and deep in the cave where it could actually keep the air warm.

“Thanks!” Ezo said. “That would have taken me a while to get burning.”

Preoccupied by my sore behind and ignoring the strange embarrassment that threatened to heat my cheeks, I winked at him. “I’ll light your fire anytime, sugar.”

Whoops. That hadn’t matched my sad-girl persona. Ezo didn’t seem to notice. He just flushed, mumbled something unintelligible, then stumbled away to take care of the horses at the back of the cave with Firenza.

To my surprise, Talsar was the one who got down to the business of tending the fire once it was lit. Half an hour later, when Ivy appeared like a shadow out of the freezing rain, he was also the one to skin and clean the brace of rabbits she’d caught.

“Get in here and sit down,” he growled. “Your hands are red. They’re probably numb. You’re lucky you didn’t shoot yourself in the foot. Why didn’t you hunt on the road?”

She rolled her eyes, but pressed her lips together to conceal what I suspected was a pleased smile at his concern. She also sat on the rock he’d indicated. “I had a passenger on the road.”

Talsar shot me a glare. I pointed an accusatory finger at Bob.

I thought I might have seen a flash of a reluctant smile before he pressed his lips flat and turned his attention back to Ivy. “Next time hand me your reins so you can hunt before the sun goes down.”

“As you command, your majesty.” She swept out her arm and bowed without standing.

Talsar grunted. “Yeah. I’m the majesty here,” then went back to cleaning the rabbits.

I felt a little bad that Ivy’s generosity toward me meant she’d had to go out in the cold and the dark, but then Talsar turned his back, and she started smiling softly at him like some kind of fool. Why? He was bossy and arrogant and rude.

When Ivy noticed me watching, she winked and shared her smile. It was a secret, friendly smile, like we were the kind of people who had private jokes about the ornery dark elf. Like we might be acquaintances on the way to becoming friends.

I pretended I didn’t see and rummaged in my bag like I needed something. I thought the vicarious embarrassment of watching her go doe-eyed over Talsar would be the most uncomfortable thing I’d have to endure on this trip. But for some reason I couldn’t put my finger on, having her smile at me like that was worse.

* * *

The second day passed much like the first, except the valley we’d entered was larger, the Lessor Mountains sweeping so far west they became misty hills on the horizon. And now, instead of empty, snow-patched grassland as far as the eye could see, we traveled a sparsely wooded ribbon of land, perhaps two miles wide, between the base of the Throne Mountains and the eastern shore of the Skaldsmere—a lake so vast I could easily convince myself it must be the sea.

Along with the change in scenery came a change in the weather. Thanks to the lake, the sleet we’d been battling turned to snow, bright white and drifting down from a lightening sky. Ivy laughed and threw back her hood, turning her face up to the sky. White crystals sticking in her shoulder-length red-brown hair sparkled like diamonds. I caught Talsar glaring at her more than once, but he didn’t bark at her to put on her hood like I’d expected.

Despite the snow, the day was relatively warm, and the snow melted as soon as it touched the road. Moods were lighter, and talk flowed more easily than the day before. I brought up my “sister” a few times to keep that little fantasy alive, shedding tears as necessary.

After seeing me hobble around camp, Ezo had loaned me extra blankets on which to sit, so the ride wasn’t so unbearable. The easier mood carried through that night and into the third day, which passed much the same as the second.

While it wasn’t the most convenient thing, traveling with others, I found that listening to their talk did make the time go faster. And maybe horses weren’t so bad, once my legs and backside got used to riding. At least horses generally went where they were told to go, unlike certain magic brooms.

“—and that’s when I found out I wasn’t the chosen one.” Firenza finished her story, face pinched. “It was a joke by my stupid brother! But it was too late—I’d already spent the whole night in the mud.”

Everyone laughed, including me, but I immediately pressed a hand over my mouth, stifling it.

“What about you, Adeline?” Ivy asked.

I started. “Beg pardon?”

“Your turn.” Ezo had turned backward in his little seat, long legs and booted feet dangling over the horse’s black rump. With him and Firenza riding just to the side and ahead of Ivy’s bay, we were in easy talking distance. “Tell us your best story from before your adventuring days.”

“Oh. I’m not an adventurer.”

“Because setting out to steal magic from hags isn’t something an adventurer does.”

I twisted to look at Talsar, riding several feet behind on a quiet gray gelding. Was he . . . smiling? His mouth was still a flat line, but something about his eyes seemed . . . amused. Odd. I’d thought the only emotion he was capable of feeling was annoyance.

“I was not stealing. I was . . . seeking.” I adjusted my skirts primly.

“Right.”

Maybe I would have considered myself an adventurer, except that adventurers all went on their little expeditions with friends, and I hadn’t exactly attracted many of those. On purpose, of course.

I tilted my head to the side. “Okay, here’s a story. Once Professor Arifiz, remember, my mentor at the Regia Arcanum? He got it in his head that we needed to study swamp hydra. So we squelch our way out there, and he gets lost. We must’ve wandered for three days. At night he would cast this little portal that led to a dry spot in a sort of between space, and on the third night, we found this island that was kind of firmer and higher than the land around it, even though it stank to high heaven. We thought it was just the swamp, right? Swamps stink. But when we woke up and walked out the door in the light of day—well, apparently hydra do their business all in one place to keep the rest of their territory clean. The professor had put the door to his little in between space right on top of an island of hydra dung.”

They burst out laughing. All of them, even Talsar.

Ezo grinned at me. “I mean, at least you didn’t sleep in the dung.”

“Adeline wins!” Firenza declared. She reached into a pocket and flipped something coin-sized through the air toward me—which I had no chance in the hells of catching. Thankfully, Ivy snagged it and handed it over her shoulder.

“What’s this?”

“The last sweet. Best story wins,” Ivy said.

I held it out in front of me like she’d handed me a bug. They weren’t supposed to like me or be funny or sweet. They were supposed to be obnoxious, or businesslike and bland so I didn’t have to care when the hags took them and did whatever hags do. I tried to hand the sweet back to Ivy. “Almost sleeping in dung is not better than finding out you aren’t the chosen one. I wouldn’t want to take something I haven’t earned.”

“Well it isn’t the last sweet,” Ezo said. “I mean, we were just in Aster. They have confectioners.”

“You got more?” Firenza demanded. “How could you get more and not tell us? I’ve been rationing!”

“Sorry.” Ezo did not sound sorry, but he did hand Firenza a white twist of waxed paper from one of the many pouches hung at his waist. “There. Two first-place winners.”

I unrolled the sweet. In the setting sun, it glittered red as a ruby. I licked my lips, then rolled it up again.

“Aren’t you going to eat it?” Ivy asked. I didn’t know how she could tell what I was doing, as I was sitting directly behind her.

“Not yet.” I hesitated, then stuck the sweet in my pocket, where it seemed to weigh as much as a stone. It wasn’t as if I’d never had sugar candy before, but something about this one felt different. Something about winning it, about the laughter, about the curious warm feeling in my chest . . . I wanted to savor it, because I knew it wouldn’t last long.

* * *

That night, we set up camp near an abandoned, run-down cottage set back in a copse of trees. Copses were becoming more numerous the closer we got to Torwich Wood.

Everyone dismounted and went about duties that were becoming familiar to me. Ivy hunted, Firenza took care of the horses, Ezo gathered firewood, and Talsar—after asking me almost politely if I’d start the fire—went to fetch a couple of buckets of water from a partially frozen stream not too far away.

For a few minutes, I circled the single room within the walls only half-covered by the remains of a roof. Aside from lighting the fire, no one had asked me to help. But after days of having everything provided for me, I figured it wouldn’t hurt to pull my weight. Besides, much like physicality, roughing it was not one of my talents.

My fingers danced in an intricate pattern, painting golden runes on the air. I cast a quick spell to blow leaves and debris out of the way, then another to set up a weak perimeter of arcane energy to keep out snow and insects. That done, I used a small pile of kindling to light a fire far larger than the meager fuel should have allowed.

Only then—and this is a testament to how tired sleeping rough must have made me—did I realize I’d been left alone with everyone’s bags. We were two days from Cottleden, the village that marked the edge of the wood, and I still hadn’t seen any sign of the magical artifact the hags were after. More and more, I wondered who had it. If I could find it, perhaps I could take the power arcane by myself. I could save these people from the hags and never be helpless again.

I peeked out one of the broken windows facing the trees, but didn’t see anyone. If I hesitated, it was only for an instant. I went to Ezo’s bag first, checking for traps or wards. There weren’t any, so I undid the drawstring and peered inside.

It was refreshingly organized. There were a few tightly rolled pieces of clothing, a few wrapped rations, the little pouch of candies, and two boxes inside. I pulled out the first box and discovered a set of tools. I’d seen similar things when I would peer through clockwork-makers’ windows as a street child in Middleport. They were metal and oddly shaped, and what they were used for I couldn’t begin to imagine.

The second box was padded with old cloth and filled with random clockwork parts. I shook it, counting the gears, because at least I knew what those were. A handful of brass, several iron, one gold, a couple of silver. Did he use the tools from the first box to create things out of the parts in this one? Could the missing piece of the hags’ magical construct be cleverly hidden among the mundane rubble? I cast another spell to reveal anything arcane inside the box but got nothing. No magic here.

I sighed and put everything back as I’d found it. I’d come to appreciate that Ezo was cleverer than I might have given him credit for at first, but still, ugh, machines. So inelegant.

The next pack, substantially larger, belonged to Firenza. It was neither neat nor orderly, but a jumble of whetstones, polishing cloths, oils, extra clothing, food, and—another surprise—a box of expensive paints and a few carefully folded scraps of fine painter’s canvas. Another spell to sense the arcane turned up nothing. Firenza might be a painter and a nearly Chosen One, but she was not the bearer of my magical artifact.

Ivy’s bags were as expected, mostly practical and boring, except for some very pretty, very expensive clothes stuffed down at the bottom and a few sealed letters addressed simply, “Uncle.” How interesting. Even Ivy, it seemed, had secrets. I stroked the gorgeous night-blue silk of one of the dresses and debated reading her letters, but time was growing short, and there was one bag left.

Talsar’s black leather pack sat in the corner, slightly away from the others. I flipped up the flap and peered inside. Daggers that needed sharpening. Black clothing. I wouldn’t have been surprised to find a bottle filled with roiling liquid labeled “Angst: Take 1 heaping dose daily.” But when I cast my detection spell, something sewn into the lining gave me such a shock I snatched my fingers back.

Yes! This was it. This had to be it! I dug deeper, trembling with excitement. Twigs rustled, and I glanced over my shoulder at Bob, leaning against the wall.

I shot him a narrow-eyed glare. “Shut up, Bob. As if I need my morals criticized by a brittle mop.” A little more feeling around, and I found the hole in the seam that gave me access to the hidden pocket.

But when I pulled the item out, all I could do was stare, confused.

The object had the weight and cool, hard surface of a rounded stone, but the thing on my palm wasn’t truly matter. No, it was pure energy in the thinnest of shells. To the untrained eye, it would look unremarkable. Brown and wrinkled, it might even be mistaken for a walnut. But to me, it lit up like an earthbound star.

Talsar had a vital spark.

I was excited a second ago, but now my heart hammered in my chest, part from thrill, part from guilt at finding something so intimate. While it was magic, it definitely wasn’t the mystery object I was looking for. But the value, the rarity . . . That I was holding one in my hand took my breath away. With this, the life of someone just beyond the veil of death could be restored, but the cost of creating one was—

“Explain to me what you’re doing.”

I whirled. Talsar leaned against the remains of the doorway, flipping a dagger and catching it by the tip, then the hilt, then the tip again. Two full buckets of water sat just beyond him, and he scowled like I hadn’t seen since the day we met.

“Explain,” he repeated when I gawped at him like a fish trying to breathe air. “That way when they come back and you’re dead, I know what to say.”

“Who died for this?” I thrust the spark toward him. I mean, he might try to kill me, and that was a concern, but there was knowledge to be had here. I had so many questions. And besides, while he kept his eyes on the spark, I had the time to ease a packet of poppy dust from the pocket of my skirt.

“Put that away.”

“You couldn’t have stolen it . . .” They had to be given. Given, or made just for you. And no one ever gives away a vital spark. They cost too much.

I wondered how quickly the others would rob him blind if they knew he had it. An extra chance at life was the most precious thing any adventurer could carry.

His eyes flared. Before I could so much as lift my hands, his dagger whistled past my ear and thunked into the stone wall. A few strands of my hair fell to the ground, shining gold against the earth.

Whoops. I’d gotten distracted.

Another dagger flew by. This one nicked my ear, and warm blood immediately flowed from the spot. I sucked in a sharp breath through my teeth at the sting and considered it a victory that I hadn’t flinched or screamed. He was so silent, so quick. Alone with his friends, he hadn’t bothered, so I hadn’t realized the extent of his abilities. But I understood him a little better now. Someone had sacrificed their life so he could have that spark. A parent. Maybe a sibling. The price of a vital spark wasn’t money, but suffering.

No wonder he was such a mirthless wet blanket.

“Away,” he growled. “As you’ve said, it can’t be stolen. So put it back.”

“All right, don’t get your black leather panties in a twist.” He was right, I couldn’t steal it. Any attempt would’ve seen the vital spark reappearing on his person before I could get a mile from him, and even if I could take it, I couldn’t use it. For anyone but Talsar, the vital spark might as well be a walnut. But if I could have stolen it, I definitely would have.

Instead, I knelt and slid the spark back into its hidden pocket, then rose, hands up. I touched my bleeding ear.

“Last words?” he asked.

Oh, I had many words. But knowing he couldn’t or wouldn’t answer my questions, I asked something else that had been bothering me. “Talsar, you’re a tough guy, right? Why travel with these people if you don’t even like them? It isn’t for safety.”

He flipped the dagger, hilt to tip, tip to hilt, sizing me up, taking aim. “I’m flattered.”

I gave him an innocent smile. “If I’m going to die, you might as well tell me.”

He considered me for a long moment. “The money.”

Irritated, I shook my head. “If you just wanted money, you’d get it. You don’t need them.”

He looked at me as if I were the dumbest slug ever to crawl beneath his descending boot. “What’s the point of having everything if you look up from all those baubles one day and find yourself alone?”

Bemused, I wrinkled my brow.

He shrugged. “I guess you’ll go to your grave not knowing. Goodbye, Adeline.” He threw the final dagger, and it sailed straight for my neck.

I swiped my hand across the air. A solid bubble of energy flashed around me, sending the dagger spinning to the ground. Simultaneously, I tore open the packet of poppy dust and blew it in his face. “Aw, sweet pea. I’m sorry to ruin your plans, but I am a touch difficult to kill.”

He jerked back too late; I had already traced the necessary symbols double time in the air, my fingers leaving behind those lovely trails of gold.

The spell took hold, and Talsar’s expression went blank. I paused to listen for anyone coming. Hearing no one, I paced around him, deciding the best way to reorder his memories. “You just arrived with the water to find me lighting the fire, like you asked.”

A nod from the expressionless elf.

“You expected to find me doing something sinister, like going through your bags. You are chagrined to find your suspicions unfounded. You will behave more gentlemanly in the future.”

He nodded again.

“Very good.” I sauntered over and dipped my handkerchief in one of the buckets, then dabbed at my bloodied ear. “Now, pumpkin, pick your knife up off the floor, grab your buckets, and come in again.”

He did as instructed, returning the dagger, whose blade was engraved with ravens, to some hidden place in his coat and then striding from the ruined cottage. I turned to the fire. A few seconds later, Talsar half dropped, half set the buckets of water down inches from me.

“Lands alive!” I jumped and pressed a hand to my chest. “You scared me half to death!”

The sound of footsteps cut off anything Talsar might have said, and Ezo and Ivy entered with firewood and a few fat birds, respectively. It looked like we’d wrapped up our little drama just in time.

“Oh, hey!” Ezo glanced around. “You cleaned up, Adeline. And started the fire. Nice.” He dropped the load of firewood off to the side and slipped something into my hand. “Don’t tell Firenza.”

I looked down at my palm to find another wax paper–wrapped sweet. Through the wrapper, I could tell it would be blue as a sapphire. Color drained from my face.

“Uh, are you okay?”

I blinked at the sweet. “S-sorry? Um. Yes.”

I tried to recover. Here I was, having a life-and-death duel with one member of this group, and not a minute later another one was handing me candy. I forced myself to smile, then leaned forward to kiss Ezo on the cheek. “Thank you, sweetheart.”

The green of his face went bright. “Uh. Thank you. Okay. Yeah. Thanks.” He turned away. Before he could go anywhere, he stopped short. “Talsar, why are two of your knives stuck in the wall?”

My blood ran cold. I’d told him to pick up the dagger on the floor, but I’d forgotten the ones stuck between the stones.

The dark elf raised startled eyes to the place Ezo indicated, then strode over and retrieved the raven blades, looking each one over. Slowly, very slowly, he looked at me, brow furrowed in confusion. But when he spoke, it was with as much dry confidence as ever. “Practice.”

My heart skipped. But he didn’t remember, despite the look. Because if he did, I would already be dead.

“Well, practice outside. You’re making safety hazards,” the goblin grumbled.

Firenza tromped through the door, wings draped around her like a cloak and snow caught in her black hair. “I’M STARVING. TALSAR! WHAT’S FOR DINNER?”

Talsar said nothing, just took the birds Ivy brought and went back to cooking. Every once in a while, when he thought I wasn’t looking, he would stare at me through narrowed violet eyes.

After dinner, I stepped outside, where I watched Firenza croon wordlessly to the horses. Running my fingers over the lumps those sweets made in my skirt, I looked up to the stars. If Talsar ever remembered and told the others, they would kill me. I’d seen it in his eyes. If they escaped the hags, and I didn’t have the power arcane, they would hunt me down.

It looked like they really did have to die.

* * *

The hags came for me in my dreams, and I eagerly pushed through the finger-bone curtain. Again, I stood in the dark, waiting for them to reveal themselves. Unlike the last time, I could not stop tension from seeping into my voice, making it too sharp. “I greet the coven of Torwich Wood.”

The sourceless lights appeared, revealing all three at once: Auntie Posey at her pot, Auntie Pearl with her knitting, and Silver Maude rocking in her chair, back and forth, back and forth, needle flashing as she fastened bones together.

“You play a dangerous game, Adeline,” Granny Maude said without lifting her milky eyes. “The dark elf is suspicious.”

“Talsar is always suspicious, Granny. It is his nature.”

“Oooh, Talsar,” Auntie Posey sang. “Talsar, Talsar. First names. She comes to know them, Mother. Beware. She will fall in love and discover the truth of the power arcane.”

Her words raised the hairs on the back of my neck. “The truth? What truth?”

“Ignore her,” said Auntie Pearl in her sweet, soft voice, insectile needles clicking away. “You know how she is. She speaks nonsense and riddles.”

I relaxed, but only enough to reorganize my thoughts. “Tell me what it is I seek. Tell me what ‘trinket’ they have that will restore the construct that will give us access to the power arcane. I have searched them and their bags. I found no magic.”

All movement stopped. All was silence. My stomach roiled, rabbit stew on the rise.

When Silver Maude spoke, her voice was soft. A warning. “We told you not to seek the artifact. You are only to deliver the adventurers to us. You grow too ambitious, Adeline.”

I bared my teeth. “Perhaps I won’t bring them at all.”

“Ah. Will you not?”

“No. Not unless you tell me about the artifact.”

The granny hag set down her bones and rose from her chair, and even though I’d turned to run, there was nowhere to go. It was already too late.

A golden cage appeared around me. When I clutched the bars, they turned to vipers thick as ropes that sank their fangs into my hands. I cried out and threw myself back. The hags cackled and shrieked. I landed on my backside, and the vipers became golden chains around my wrists. Except these chains had thorns. A hundred half-inch thorns sharp as needles that sank into my skin.

“My dear,” Silver Maude whispered, gliding forward without moving. Or I was gliding, or the room. Everything shifted, and she stood before me, over me, but looked and spoke over my head. “The deal is struck.”

“We did not forge these chains,” Auntie Pearl hissed, soft voice gone bone-dry. “You did. You made them of Greed. Of Hunger. Of Thirst. Of Craving.”

“Stupid, stupid Adeline,” Auntie Posey sing-songed. “Pretty face, deficient mind. The deal is struck, the deal is struck, the deal is struck.”

Silver Maude pressed a wickedly pointed finger to my forehead. “Behold, and remember.”

Alone, muddy, soaked from driving rain. Wind whipped the wood, making the trees dance. They tore at ragged clothes. I was too half-frozen, lips bluish, eyes wild and wide. I came to the entrance of the ancient walled city. A city where mortals dared not go. But I dared. I was Adeline Riverdeep, and I dared, because I was desperate.

“What do you wish?” the silver woman asked.

“I wish never to be helpless again.”

“And what will you pay?”

“Anything.”

The silver woman smiled. “Anything?”

“Yes. Anything.”

“Show me your hands.”

I lifted my arms, palms facing the hag. As I watched, two twisting golden chains appeared around my wrists. Chains that burned. Chains of hatred and desperate need, and I understood. The chains did not come from the hags, but grew from my soul. Silver Maude reached out. Though the chains still bound me, she took a link from each, and as I watched, she swallowed them.

“The deal is struck. Four lives and a trinket. That is the price. Four lives and a trinket, and you will wield the power arcane.”

“Behold, and know,” Silver Maude said.

A magical construct of breathtaking workmanship stood in the center of a ruined village. It was an orrery, a model of the planets and stars held together by thin golden rods and powered by arcane energy. Orbs carved of precious stone in every blazing color from the size of my pinky nail to the size of a wagon wheel whirled and spun around the golden sun at their center. Other spheres representing moons zoomed around the planets, and every instant it seemed as if there would be a dozen collisions, but there were none. The dance of the cosmos was perfection.

Then the golden arms disappeared, and so did the village. Planets, moons, and stars whirled in space, spinning faster and growing larger against a profound blackness. It was not a flat, distant thing, the blackness. It was everywhere. Three-dimensional, close and distant, unreachable, and all-encompassing.

“We offer you All. You must only prove that you are worthy.”

The wonders of the universe expanded and unfolded around me. A thousand thousand mysteries brushed by, so close I grasped at them, only to feel the knowledge slide through my mind and out again like a whisper half-dreamed, half-heard.

“This is power,” another voice whispered, a voice I knew well, because it was my own. “This is All. What are the lives of four strangers weighed against that?”

* * *

I started awake in the frozen darkness some unknown time before dawn. Snow fell through the broken roof, lit bright by the moon. My protection spell had worn off in the night, perhaps dispelled during my dream. My chest rose and fell, my breath fogging the silent air. My head spun with the visions I had seen. The power I had felt at my fingertips. Close, so close.

An orrery—that was the magical construct the hags wanted to fix. The key to the power arcane. There had been a few small orreries under glass domes at the Regia Arcanum, but never one like this, so finely wrought and large enough to take up a village square. They must have had the pieces and put it together after I left, because it hadn’t been there before. But they were missing some piece. Some magical component that would complete it. And once I found that component, I would become one of the most powerful beings in the cosmos. Not a refugee child. Not a war orphan. Not a desperate student who near starved just so she could learn.

What were the lives of four strangers weighed against that?

Nothing.

* * *

That morning I moved slow as a bird with two broken wings. I didn’t want to talk or eat; I wanted to figure out which part of the orrery the group might have that I had missed. Maybe a magic-infused precious stone that was a moon or a planet? Maybe some kind of power source? Not the vital spark; those couldn’t be used like that. But I hadn’t found anything else.

By the time Ivy boosted me onto her horse, the sun was well over the horizon, and I was ready to crawl back into bed. The rest of the morning didn’t go any easier, not when we got on the road, not when the sun crawled to its weak winter height, and not during lunch or after. I spent those hours shivering and mostly silent, promising everyone else I was fine, just tired. When Ezo offered me another candy, this one green as an emerald, I refused.

“We need to make a plan,” Ivy said sometime in the late afternoon. “For the hags. We need to decide how we’re going to take them out without giving them a chance to hurt Adeline’s sister.”

Ha. I’d almost forgotten about my “sister.”

“What was her name again?” Talsar asked. The road was wide here, and he rode to my and Ivy’s right while Ezo and Firenza rode on our left.

I eyed him dully. Sometimes erasing the memory didn’t quite get rid of the emotion that went with it. He might not remember why, but the dark elf had definitely retreated back into sullen hostility since our confrontation yesterday evening.

“Maralyn Riverdeep.” As if I was stupid enough to make up a lie about a sister and then not come up with a name. Nice try, Mr. McBroodypants.

“What is there to plan?” Firenza pulled her axe from its holster and waved it around. “We run in, then we HIT THEM UNTIL THEY DIE!”

“Any insight, Adi?” Ezo ducked the axe.

I grunted a negative. The day was gray as steel. At first, I’d been happy to ride next to the lake if it meant the sleet became snow, but my fingers and toes were just as numb as they had been the previous days, and after a while I was just as wet. I was ready for an inn and a dry bed, and woe to anyone who spoke to me before I got one.

“Maybe just the layout of their lair, then?” Ivy partially twisted around, trying to see me. I hunched lower, but she persisted. Her horse slowed, and we fell a few steps behind the others. “It’s in a ruined village you said? On top of a hill? Two days into the forest. I think we can work with a ruined village.” She laughed a little. “It will be like a children’s game for Talsar.”

“Can you stop?” I whispered, so low only she could hear.

Ivy’s finely arched brows drew together. “Sorry?”

I glanced ahead, but the others didn’t seem to have heard. “Listen, Ivy, sweetie. You are embarrassing yourself. We can all see how you feel about him, including him, and it’s sad.”

Her face reddened, and I knew she’d heard me, knew I’d hurt her. My hand clenched, and I discovered I’d wrapped my fingers around the candies in my pocket. “I hate to tell you this—” I didn’t. I needed to tell her, needed her to hate me, to stop being nice. “But he is not into—”

“INCOMING!”

Firenza’s shout jolted me from my malicious haze. Ahead of us, her great midnight wings sprang open, and in a moment, she clambered up on her saddle and leaped from her horse directly into the sky. Ezo jumped from his little seat and stood balanced on the saddle, crossbow in hand and pointed ahead. Beyond the road, the long, dead grass poking out through the snow was moving. Shivering and bucking in great waves.

“What is that?” Panic constricted my chest. Whatever it was, it did not look friendly.

“Gythan.” Ivy freed her longbow. She wouldn’t look at me. “They’re everywhere up here.”

Behind us, Talsar’s horse stood alone on the road—the dark elf had vanished.

“Gythan?” My throat squeezed, panic turning to paralyzing terror.

Ivy did look at me then. Her hurt expression fell away, and she put a hand on my shoulder. “Just sit tight, Adeline. I won’t let anything happen to you.”

I stared at her as she bent and strung her bow, then moved next to Ezo, the two of them between me and the moving grass. Oh goddess of knowledge, I was going to die. I didn’t for one second believe she’d stick her neck out for me. Not after what I’d said.

Bad timing, Adeline.

And then a wave of muscular gray-brown bodies burst from the grass and onto the road. I froze, fingers gripping the edges of the saddle, lost in memories of a place this cold, fifteen years ago. Of huddling with the other children, praying the monsters wouldn’t take us. Praying they wouldn’t take our parents.

But they had taken mine.

Ivy let her arrow fly and nocked another. I could only watch, shrouded in surreal numbness. Gythan were the nightmare children of apes and mastiffs created during the War of Six, vicious, rabid monsters that were much of the reason the children from the provinces had been sent to the interior. Most hunched over, galloping on both knuckles and feet, but others had pushed themselves to their hind legs, hefting rocks to fling at us. Their heads were bulbous, with small eyes and heavy, slavering jaws.

They were miles from being thinking creatures, but they were far cleverer than normal beasts. Some king had his archmage develop them during the war. Now, a decade and a half later, gythan ran wild. Usually they confined themselves to the far grasslands, where they hunted anything large enough to catch their interest. But if there was a lean year, they would get just hungry enough to wander toward civilization and attack an armed party of travelers.

From the size of the pack careening toward us, it had been a very lean year.

Firenza roared and dived from the sky, slashing at the growing mob with a great sword she must have concealed beneath her wings. A slew of them fell before her, but for every one she cut down, five more emerged from the grass.

Numb shock gave way to panic. A scream rose in my throat, and my whole attention was occupied keeping it in. Noise would attract their attention.

You have to be quiet when you’re with the other children, Adeline. So quiet, sweet pea. You keep yourself safe. Oh gods, Mama? I hadn’t heard her voice, not even in memory, for so many years. I didn’t want to hear it now.

They closed in on us. Ezo kept firing from the back of Firenza’s horse, but Ivy ditched her bow and drew her swords. There were so many. One got past her and clamped its horrifying teeth onto the leg of her horse—which also happened to be my horse. It reared, and the next thing I knew, the sky was sailing by beneath my feet. Bob’s handle smashed into my spine like an iron bar as my back hit the ground, wind knocked clean out of me. For a long moment, I lay there, unable to breathe. The horse’s hooves were too close, big as my head, thundering as it danced. Finally, air rushed back into my lungs. With a force of will I didn’t know I had, I rolled away and regained my feet, Bob tangling in my legs as I lurched away, its handle vibrating with fear.

All around was chaos—the screams of horses and gythan, the twang and whistle of Ezo’s crossbow, the flashing whirl of Ivy’s blades. I hunched next to a tree and reached a shaking hand over my shoulder to grip my broom’s handle. “It’s going to be okay, Bob.”

But I didn’t know that, not at all. I was a thinker, not a fighter. Not brave, not strong, except for in magic. I pressed against the tree, fumbling in the pouch at my belt, and cast the first spell I could force my trembling fingers to sketch upon the air—the flying spell. Just as one of the monsters lunged for me, I launched myself up. The ground fell away, but not fast enough. The gythan’s jaws snapped around my heel, and pain ripped up my leg.

I did scream then. Focus broken, the flying spell dissipated, and I fell on top of the monster who’d dragged me down. It wriggled beneath me, jaws snapping, catching the attention of another gythan, who let out a hooting bark and headed our way.

They say life flashes before your eyes, but there was nothing in my mind at that moment except the knowledge that I needed to brace myself for the pain of being ripped apart.

But pain—at least, more pain—never came. A solid thud reverberated through the gythan, and it went still. I rolled off, catching sight of a crossbow bolt in its neck. The other one still came for me, but before it could attack, a raven-covered dagger zoomed seemingly from nowhere and embedded in its eye. It stood for a moment, as if it hadn’t realized it was dead, then keeled forward. I scrambled out of the way.

“Come on!” Ezo was there, covered in blood and dirt, bruises darkening on the side of his face. He pulled me toward Ivy, who’d taken up a defensive stance in front of a high boulder. With their help, I scrambled up the rock. Ezo climbed after me, perching behind and loading another bolt into his crossbow. The height didn’t offer much protection, but it was better than nothing. In the sky, Firenza dived, rose, wheeled, and dived again. Half the time she took out multiple gythan, half the time they dodged, and her great sword sent dirt and rocks and bits of grass flying.

“Talsar?” Ivy asked.

“He’s somewhere,” I wheezed. “Unless someone else throws raven daggers.”

On cue, another dagger appeared in another gythan’s eye, and the creature fell.

Ivy slashed and stabbed, her breathing ragged. “He must be in the trees.”

“That’s not going to save him.” Ezo’s voice sank into a gravelly growl. “These things can definitely climb.”

“He’s got his talents; we’ve got ours. Speaking of which, Ezo, now would be a good time.” Ivy lunged, stabbing a screaming gythan through the ribs. For a moment it looked like she might not be able to withdraw the sword. Another gythan attacked her from the side, and she fought it off one-handed before she finally jerked her first sword free and used it to lop off the beast’s head.

“Right.” Ezo pulled something out of an inner pocket in his vest. He bit part off with his teeth, then said, “Adi, close your eyes, and cover your ears!” He heaved, and the object flew into the mass of gythan.

His words didn’t fully penetrate the fear clouding my brain, but when I saw Ezo duck and cover, so did I. Even so, a flash of light burned my closed eyelids, and a sound like I was perched in the middle of a thunderstorm blew through me, shaking my whole body. The gythan screeched and bellowed, and when I raised my head, several of them had their faces pressed to the ground or were rolling around covering the little triangular ears that poked out the sides of their heads.

“What in the hundred hells was that?” I shouted, my own ears ringing.

Ezo already had his crossbow in hand again and was shooting bolts into the stunned gythan with startling accuracy. He paused just long enough to grin at me over his shoulder. “That’s a different kind of magic.”

Maybe I had been too hasty with my disgust for machinery.

Ivy cried out. I turned to see the surging gythan knock her off her feet and cover her in a roiling pile. Firenza was on the ground too. Still standing, but with gythan all around her, one of her wings held awkwardly to one side, shredded and bleeding. “IVY IS DOWN!” she bellowed.

Like a shadow, Talsar darted from the trees, striking out with his daggers, eyes hard, teeth bared. He fought his way toward us, but he wouldn’t get there in time.

“I can’t get a shot without hitting her!” Ezo yelled.

Ivy’s cries reached me, tortured and muffled.

I’d thought these people could handle anything, but they might actually die. Right here, right now. We might die. And we weren’t even to the hags yet. How were they going to fight the hags if they couldn’t defeat gythan?

Then I remembered—they weren’t supposed to fight the hags, and they definitely weren’t supposed to defeat them.

I didn’t have to stay and watch this. I could run. I could forget it all and just run away. Maybe when they were dead, I could search their bodies for whatever trinket the hags wanted. Maybe they would still teach me the power arcane, even if I didn’t have their four travelers. But for some reason—a reason that had nothing to do with the hags or power—I could not let them die.

I retrieved the small, ancient book from where it was hidden in a secret pocket in my skirt. There were spells, and there were spells.

With shaking fingers, I flipped open the peeling leather cover and slid my fingers between the delicate, yellowed pages, finding exactly the one I wanted. Laying the book open on my left hand, I raised my right to the sky, then pressed my palm down onto the arcane geometry inscribed there. It was a risk, doing magic this strong alone. If I tried to conduct too much energy through myself, I would lose control of the spell, and dire things would happen. Normally it took at least two people to channel the power for a spell like this.

But I wasn’t any old person, I was Adeline Riverdeep. I would make the magic answer to me.

Tingling heat flowed up from the drawing and into my palm. The ground around the boulder sizzled to life with a glowing purple-and-gold replica of the symbol, ten feet wide, with me at its center. It spun, burning away the grass, vibrating the earth as it moved. Ancient words spilled from my lips, heavy with the weight of ages. The power peaked; I ripped my palm from the page and thrust it toward the sky.

A sphere of gold-and-violet energy exploded from me, expanding faster than thought. I rode with the power, guiding it around my allies so it broke across the droves of gythan, against them, through them, pummeling and pulverizing them until they were nothing but a screaming, steaming mass heaped upon the ground. Power flowed from me like water from a punctured waterskin, but I pressed on until I reached the utmost of my body’s capacity. Until, alone, I could do no more.

I collapsed backward, panting. Not onto the cold, hard surface of the boulder, but into Ezo’s waiting arms.

I might have blacked out for a second, but only a second. Ezo was still holding me when I woke. I sat up, away from the goblin boy and his warmth, and surveyed the field, silent but for Firenza’s panting.

The gythan were dead. I had killed them all.

Ezo released me and jumped from the boulder, heading for Talsar and the pile of gythan where Ivy had disappeared. “Do you see her?”

“No.” Talsar’s leonine movements were uncoordinated and panicked as he yanked and tugged at the bodies. His voice cracked. “Firenza, help me!”

The gargoyle waded over and began tossing corpses over her shoulder as if they weighed no more than fallen leaves. “Ivy!”

At last, the forest elf appeared, still and gray and looking so strangely delicate in death. Her face was scratched and torn, and large parts of her exposed skin were—

My gorge rose, and I had to look away. There was so much blood.

Talsar fell to his knees beside her, regardless of the gore. “No. No. Not like this. Not in some gods-forsaken field on the road to nowhere. Not for nothing.” He pulled her into his arms.

My heart turned over at the terrible memory of the things I’d said to her. So awful, and for what purpose? So I wouldn’t like her? It was too late for that; I already did.

“YOU!” Firenza leveled a finger at me. “DO SOMETHING!”

My mouth worked for a second. She thought I was some kind of healer. But magic was a vast and diverse thing, and I was no healer. “I can’t. I don’t know those spells.” My eyes swung to meet Ezo’s just in time to see his hope die. “I’m sorry.”

I was. I could not fathom the depth of the grief that reached up to strangle me from the inside. Ivy was gone, and I had hardly even known her. But I knew she was sweet. Knew she was kind, and generous, and even awkwardly funny sometimes.

And she’d been on this road because of me. I was the reason she was dead.

Ezo stood next to Talsar, one hand on his shoulder. Firenza knelt opposite them across Ivy’s body and smoothed the hair from her friend’s bloody face. She was crying too.

I would be the reason all of them died.

For a long moment, they all sat there in silence.

Then Talsar laid Ivy on the ground and whispered, dark and determined, “Not like this.”

Eyes widening, I watched as he reached inside his coat and pulled out something that looked like a walnut. He slid his hands under Ivy again, holding her limp body not just gently but tenderly. The other two didn’t seem confused or surprised. He met their eyes in turn, and they both nodded.

They’d known. They’d known what he carried.

No one gives away a vital spark. They cost too much. He wouldn’t do what it looked like he was about to do. There was no way.

Then Talsar opened his palm and pressed the most powerful magical object I had ever beheld—an object someone he loved had given their life for—into Ivy’s chest.

Ivy jerked, her lungs expanded, and she cried out, head thrown back, boots kicking the ground. Wounds all over her body shrank and began to close. She let out a sound of agony, and Talsar pulled her into his chest, holding her tight against the spasms that racked her until, at last, she stilled.

Ivy pulled away from him and looked around in confusion. She took in the corpses, touched her torso where her wounds had been. “Talsar, was that—?”

“Shh.” He ran a trembling hand over her cheek, smoothing away blood-stuck strands of auburn hair.

Her lips parted, her expression one of profound sadness. “No. It was yours! Your mother—”

“Ivy, for the love of all the gods, stop.” Then, with a look in his eyes that filled me with dawning horror, he kissed her full on the lips.

Goddess of knowledge. I had been wrong. About so many things.

Very, very wrong.

* * *

Realizing you’re the villain and actually having the guts to change your path are two very different things. I was good at realizations, but bad at letting go of my fears. I could stop my quest for power, but if I did, I might become that helpless little girl again. That future was a boogeyman in my head, one I caught glimpses of out of the corner of my mind’s eye while I stared straight ahead and pretended everything was okay.

Talsar cradled Ivy in front of him on his horse while I sat alone on hers, which had been tied behind Firenza’s huge black warhorse. Even with Ivy weak and recovering, we made quick time to Cottleden.

The small town sat at the edge of Torwich Wood on top of a broad, shallow swamp. In the summer, everything in this region was alive with wildflowers, giving the stooped buildings with their grass roofs a quaint, whimsical feel. In winter, however, the houses looked dank, the swamp’s small mud islands were a uniform gray, and a dark crust of ice covered the water.

The inn—only slightly larger than the homes—wasn’t nearly as nice as the place in Aster, but it did have dry beds. I didn’t want to sleep. I knew what my dreams would hold. But I could not stop it, and again, I pushed through the finger-bone curtain.

“I won’t bring them to you,” I told the hags. “They don’t have your artifact. You’ve sent me after the wrong people. Leave them be.”

Silver Maude didn’t even look up from her clacking bones. “The deal is made.”

“We did not forge the chains,” Auntie Pearl added. “You did.”

“Well I’ll unforge them, then! You don’t get your four lives and a trinket, and I don’t get the power arcane. No one wins; we walk away.”

I reached for my wrists to rip off the golden bracelets, but when I touched them, the chains thickened, twisting tighter and tighter until my hands turned blue. “Stop!” I cried. Without my hands, there were almost no spells I could work. Magic would be stripped from me utterly. I would lose everything.

The chains tightened further, until my skin bled and the bones of my wrists ground together. “No!”

“The deal is made,” Maude repeated.

I tried to draw a spell in the air, but the chains held me tight. They started to glow a hot, wicked red, and the stench of burning flesh filled the air. I cried out and fell to my knees.

“The deal is made,” Maude said a third time. “Bring us the adventurers and the artifact, or your magic is forfeit. Then you will truly see what it means to be helpless.”

* * *

“Adi?”

I shot awake, fingers already moving, and loosed a bolt of fire. Ezo and Talsar dodged, but the spell winged Firenza’s shoulder.

“OW!” she bellowed, taking one step back into the hall.

“Shh!” Talsar hissed. “Ivy just fell asleep.”

“Ow,” Firenza whispered.

I stared at her, heart still racing a mile a minute. That spell could knock down most grown men, and she took one step back and acted like it was a mosquito bite.

“What are y’all doing in my room?” I crumpled the blanket in my hands. My wrists were sore, and beneath my sleeves, I knew I would find bruises that matched the links in the golden chains.

“It’s just us.” Ezo entered and leaped lightly onto my cot, where he put a hand on my knee. It had been a while since he looked at me like a puppy dog, and I found I liked the straightforward warmth of his brown eyes better. “We were still up next door. You screamed.”

Every time I blinked, I saw Granny Maude’s face. I pressed a hand to my forehead, then slapped it back into my lap before the loose sleeve of my nightdress could fall. “Oh.” I laughed lightly, trying to regain my composure. “I’m sorry. It was just . . . just a nightmare.”

Talsar stalked in and started examining the perimeter like there might be hobgoblins hiding in the corners. “Hags can get into dreams. Do they suspect we’re coming?”

“No!” The word was too loud, its edges too sharp. I softened it. “No.”

Firenza stayed at the door, arms folded across her chest. She frowned down the hall at some unseen person. “Go away! Our friend is fine!”

Whoever it was, they must have scurried, because her face relaxed and she resumed her stance.

Our friend is fine. Friend.

I swallowed.

Ezo patted my hand, forcing me to look at him again. “Do you want to talk about it?”

He was so sweet, so sincere. I did want to talk about it. I wanted to tell them everything.

The chains, I realized, were just barely too tight. I flexed my fingers to keep the blood moving and gave Ezo my best smile. “That is so kind of you, honey, but I’m all right.”

“Was it about your sister?”

Everyone turned to the door, where Firenza had made space for Ivy to lean against the frame.

“You should be in bed,” Talsar snapped.

“I probably should,” said Ivy.

He pinched the bridge of his nose. “Don’t do that.”

Ivy was all wide-eyed innocence. “What? Agree with you?”

His look was heated. “Agree with me and then do whatever you want.”

They stared at each other in stubborn silence.

“For the love of the entire pantheon, we’re at an inn. Get a room!” Ezo barked.

The tips of Ivy’s pointed ears turned pink, and Talsar leveled Ezo with a glare so malevolent I wouldn’t have been surprised if he had keeled over dead.

But when Talsar marched over to Ivy and took her by the shoulders, even I could see how gentle he was. “You have to sleep,” he said gruffly.

She protested, but her words were quiet and didn’t sound at all convincing as he marched her away.

I twisted the blanket between my fingers. “You know, when I first met y’all, I thought those two couldn’t stand each other. Well. I thought he couldn’t stand her.”

Firenza burst into laughter and actually slapped her knee. “He can’t! But he also loves her.” She knuckled tears of laughter from her eyes. “It’s been great to watch. She’s the reason he’s stuck around so long.”

“Oh, I think we’re growing on him,” Ezo muttered.

Firenza looked thoughtful. “That might be true! You haven’t tried to sell any of his body parts in at least a year.”

I closed my eyes, unable to bear the feeling of comfort the now familiar banter raised inside me. “Thanks for your concern, but would you mind? I’d really like to go back to sleep.”

“Sure.” Ezo paused, then patted my hand again. “Tomorrow we need to talk about a plan of attack. But for tonight, you just let us know if you need us. Sugar pie.” He winked.

I laughed, an unexpected burst that ripped itself from my chest. But the amusement was immediately followed, even more strongly, by the desire to cry. I turned away from him, pressing my face into my pillow. “Night, y’all.”

They said good night and closed the door, leaving me alone with a heart that had been pierced by something sharp. Or several somethings sharp. These people, they were good. I wanted to save them—I really did.

But I would watch the whole world burn before I gave away even one ounce of my magic.

* * *

“Come on, y’all. You can make it,” I called over my shoulder.

“Easy for you to say,” Firenza muttered darkly, slapping a branch out of her way. “You are too short for the trees to grab. And you have that broom.”

We’d left the horses behind in Cottleden two days ago, as Torwich Wood grew too thick for horses and there were no roads where we were going. Here, finally, Bob proved its worth. I drifted along, balancing side saddle, boots clean of the occasional wintery muck that clung to the others. Ezo trotted, sometimes at my side, sometimes behind me. Aside from Ivy, who was in her element, it wasn’t an easy trek for the bigfolk.

I patted Bob’s bristly twigs, happy to be traveling on my own terms again. At least there was one thing I could be happy about right now, because everything else was garbage.

“Let’s rest here,” Ivy said when we came to a clearing. “Adi, how far are we, do you think?”

I glanced around. Ivy and Ezo’s use of a nickname over the last few days was not lost on me. I wasn’t sure how to take it, since I would have liked it if I weren’t trying so hard to divorce my emotions from them. Also because Ivy had to remember the nasty things I’d said to her right before she’d literally died defending me, but so far she’d been too nice to bring all that up, so I was not about to ask her to stop.

Torwich Wood blanketed the far northern end of the valley we’d been traveling for days. This deep in, the land began to rise again as the Throne and Lessor Mountains came back together to form the towering Horizon range. Once, Torwich had been a great kingdom with several walled cities and villages. But that was hundreds of years ago. Now, all those places had fallen into ruin or disrepair, their walls dismantled to make pasture fences or to pave the Northern Road.

I might’ve had no idea where we were, except that we’d passed an overgrown statue of some long-dead warrior about an hour back. I remembered that statue from my first visit to the hags, as it had offered me a bit of precious shelter from the freezing rain. “I’d say we’re about an hour from the base of the hill. From there, it won’t take more than a few minutes to climb to the old walls of the village.”

“Describe the layout again,” Ezo said.

I closed my eyes and took a deep breath, fighting a stupid urge to tell them to turn back, to refuse to move forward, to cry. All we’d done since entering the wood was plan and plan some more, and I was so tired of talking. But since this could very well be considered Ezo’s last request, I repeated it once more.

“The coven makes their lair in an ancient walled village on a hill, mostly overgrown by woods. At the bottom of the hill, the woods are normal. Green. Healthy and vital. The higher we go, the darker it will get, even if it’s midday. The trees will start to look twisted, overburdened by moss and choked with vines, so there will be plenty of places to hide. At the top of the hill, the walls will be well guarded by ogres and trolls, but they aren’t very bright. Once we get inside—which shouldn’t be too difficult, as we can just go through the way I did last time—we’ll have to navigate the village. Again, not too difficult. Even before the hags it housed only a handful of families. Everything is in ruin except one large house near the center. That’s where they live. They store the treasures they’ve gathered in the two houses on either side.”

“And where will your sister be?”

I gnawed at my bottom lip. The fiction of a sister felt thinner every time it was mentioned; soon it would be nothing but holes. “The old jail is right next to the house they’ve taken for themselves. Any living prisoners they’ve got will be in there.”

“And you’re sure the hags will be occupied?” Talsar asked.

“I’m sure. They keep busy with that . . . uh . . . domestic work I mentioned.”

Everyone was quiet at that. I’d spared no detail of the hags’ grotesque hobbies. The group might be going into this to die, but I could at least prepare them for what they were getting themselves into as far as circumstances would allow.

I rubbed my wrists, which were still sore from two nights before. I’d pulled Ezo aside, deciding to take a risk, just so he’d know that these weren’t normal hags. I wasn’t too stupid to recognize an option C, after all: if my adventurers killed the hags, I would be free. But they weren’t infallible warriors—Ivy had nearly died just days ago. If I threw my lot in with them, we might be able to do it. We’d have to play to our strengths, be extra smart. There were no three-hundred-year-old plain Agneses or Maggies in the Torwich Wood coven. No, this was a coven comprised of a granny and two aunties, and even a dragon or an undead archmage would think hard before trying to take them down.

But as soon as I’d said, “Ezo, I’ve been wanting to warn you—” my chains cinched tight. So tight I let out a little yelp and then had to make up some lie about a centipede crawling over my boot. When he got back to what I wanted to warn him about, I’d lied again and told him that the hags had a special dislike for goblins and asked him to be careful. The shy smile and reassurance he’d given me hurt right down to my heart.

I brought my thoughts back to the description of the hags’ lair just as the pause went on long enough to be awkward. “Uh, sorry. Lost in my thoughts. The road in front of the house is grotesque, but the house will look pleasant from the outside. You might even smell something nice, like turkey roasting. But it’s an illusion. They live in filth, so once we’re inside it’s going to stink. I think y’all will be fine”—I couldn’t meet any of their eyes, as none of them would be fine—“but just try not to let it get to you.”

I fought the convulsive urge to swallow. I couldn’t let my lies fail me, not now.

Ivy put a hand on my shoulder and squeezed. “You’ve been so brave, Adeline. Don’t worry; it will all be over soon.”

I nodded numbly. “Come on, y’all. Keep following this path. We’re nearly there.”

* * *

We reached the bottom of the hill around sunset. I took the gold-flecked chalk, candles, and silver bowl out of my pack. It was difficult to draw symbols in dirt, but I managed, and placed the silver bowl in the center where it could collect the magic the arcane geometry funneled to it.

Mind braced for the semidream state, I dipped my fingers into the water and accessed the spell’s power.

The base of the hill was devoid of anything except the normal plant and animal life, but when I tried to see farther up, toward the hags’ lair, all I got was fog. Fog, and the threefold voice of the coven in my mind.

Welcome back, Adeline.

I thought I’d been ready to hear them, but I wasn’t. I jumped to my feet and kicked the bowl over, spilled water darkening the soil. Everyone stared. I tried to laugh it off, but the sound was forced and awkward. “Sorry, y’all. Just fog.”

Talsar removed his black leather pack and set it on the ground. “I’ll go. Wait here.”

I wanted to protest. Talsar, putting his life at risk for me—for my fake sister—when he’d be more than content to murder me if I hadn’t altered his memories. Watching him walk away gave me an itch between my shoulder blades. But the chains tightened ominously, and I said nothing.

My brain turned over and over as we waited, searching for another way. I couldn’t live without magic, but could I live with the knowledge that I’d led four people to their deaths so I could keep it? Was I ready to step onto a path that would, in the end, make me no better than the hags? Was I so hungry for power, so afraid of being at someone else’s mercy, I would kill?

The questions were a joke, and not a funny one. I had taken a running leap onto this path the second I’d sought knowledge from hags, thinking I could outsmart them. If it turned out my descent was a steep downhill slide, I had no one to blame but myself. Maybe once I had the power arcane, I would kill the hags myself and take up residence in their disgusting lair. Maybe five hundred years from now, I would be the evil archmage some group of adventurers murdered for glory.

I closed my eyes and remembered the power of the orrery and the feeling of the universe unfolding at my whim. It had been so vast, so . . . ineffable. No life meant anything compared to that. If I had starved and gone homeless for the party tricks they taught at the Regia Arcanum, was it such a stretch that I’d pay for the cosmic magic of the power arcane with a few random lives? Not so much. Would it be any consolation to them if I swore to avenge them as soon as I got what I sought? Probably not.

If only I’d been able to find the artifact, or even ask about it without the hags torturing me from a distance. Or ask about it without my companions immediately realizing I had knowledge I shouldn’t, which would most likely lead to Talsar or Firenza to murdering me. There was just no way out of this. I’d heard that hags took joy in corrupting people, especially people who prided themselves on their morals or wits. Having few morals, I thought I was beyond corruption already.

I had been wrong. They could corrupt me—and they had. They had won.

There was a slight rustle—something Talsar did on purpose when he reentered camp so he didn’t scare the living daylights out of the rest of us. Half a second later, he stepped into the little clearing like he’d materialized out of leaf and shadow.

“The top of the hill and the village are about a fifteen-minute climb from here. There are two ogres and four trolls patrolling this side, but they haven’t cleared the trees around the wall at all, so there’s plenty of cover. Our best chance is a crack large enough to slip through about a quarter of the way around hidden by some close-growing trees. That’s where you got in, Adeline?”

I nodded.

He met each of our gazes in turn. “All right. Let’s do this.” He lingered on Firenza. “Just remember, be quiet.”

Firenza grimaced.

We stuffed our packs in a hollow log, each person taking only the essentials, which meant weapons for most, my spell components and book for me, and the little bag full of gears and tools Ezo was never without. I wondered briefly if the artifact the hags wanted so badly had been left behind, but I didn’t think so. I didn’t know if they’d ever had what the hags wanted at all. Maybe, after the hags killed all of them and turned on me, they would reveal that it had been a sick joke designed to teach me, too late, the extent of my own hubris.

Single file, we followed Talsar up the hill, trying to step where he stepped. None of us were silent, but we managed well enough. The forest was so overgrown that I didn’t realize we were near the wall until Talsar stopped.

“The opening is behind that stunted willow.” He pointed, and the misty middle distance between a few trees, maybe thirty feet away, resolved into the inorganic straight lines of stone stacked upon stone, which rose about twenty feet into the air. The willow was a dark, drooping shape next to it, but I remembered.

Rain dampened the sound of my labored breathing as I edged along the wall. I hid from the guards in the willow and nearly cried when I discovered a crack concealed there plenty large enough for a halfling girl to slip through. My fingers scrabbled at freezing, wet stone as I tried to climb high enough—

“The guards patrol between here and there,” Talsar’s voice cut through the memory. “We wait for the next one to pass, then go quiet and quick. Adeline, are there wards?”

I closed my eyes and shot off a spell to reveal magic. There was none. Either the hags hadn’t bothered to redo the wards I’d undone on my first desperate journey, or they were making this easy on purpose. For theater’s sake, I nodded, reached into my pouch, and made a show of casting something that was definitely not a spell.

“That should take care of it,” I said.

“Thanks, Adi,” Firenza whispered. She thumped me on the back, and only Ezo’s steadying hand kept me from falling over. The rest of them nodded, looking impressed. Like I was a member of the group. Like this was my part, and I’d played it.

Oh gods. I was going to vomit. Think of your hands. Think of keeping your magic. It’s all that keeps you safe.

The guard passed, clattering and clanking so loudly I don’t think he’d have heard us if we’d decided to form a choir right then and there. As soon as he was out of sight among the trees, Talsar motioned us forward one at a time. I slung Bob on my back and scurried to the hunched willow second-to-last, pushing through the clinging branches. Ivy was there waiting for me. Instead of having to scramble on the slick rock, as I had the first time, she boosted me up and through the fissure in the wall.

I found my feet and turned, catching her hand. Even this high up, I was only about a foot above her eye level. “Ivy,” I whispered. “Those things I said the other day. All of this . . . please know that I’m sorry. I’m so very sorry.”

She smiled and shook her head. “We all say things we regret when we’re under pressure. I can’t imagine what you’re going through, worrying about your sister. Don’t even think of it.”

I wanted to tell her I would think of it. I also wanted to tell her I was a terrible person who didn’t deserve her forgiveness, but she’d started to climb, so all I could do was back out of her way. I scooted on through and came out the other side, where Firenza helped me down onto swampy earth.

The name of this village had been lost to time long ago. Tiny as it was, perhaps it had never had a name at all. There was one overgrown and crumbling cobbled road running through the middle, lined with fewer than a dozen houses, each in various states of ruin. At the very center, the road circled around a village green. Behind the houses and enclosed by the wall were gardens. Or what had been gardens, now reclaimed by the forest, so that there was nearly no difference between inside the wall and without.

Ezo huddled near a low line of stone that might once have been a garden wall, peering toward the remains of the houses nearest us.

“Nothing’s moving,” he whispered.

Nothing would. The hags didn’t allow the trolls and ogres inside, leaving their minions to the elements and whatever bits of shelter some of the old guard towers provided as they tumbled down. Nothing lived inside except the hags.

Heart heavy, I jerked my head toward the line of fallen stone that blocked our view of the village green. “It’s that way.”

“We stay together,” Ivy whispered. Metal sang quietly as she drew her swords from their sheaths. “Firenza and I will take the front. Talsar and Ezo in back. Adeline, you stay in the middle. You’ll be safest there.”

I swallowed a bubble of hysterical laughter. As if swords and daggers and whatever exploding things Ezo kept in his pockets could keep us safe. Could they not sense it, riding on the air? A magic that crawled up my skin and wiggled down into my lungs. A sick, maggoty magic, clammy and moist and tasting of hag.

This is what you’re giving their lives for. This is the magic you came to learn.

My breath hitched. For an instant, I was going to lose my lunch. My hand went convulsively to the chains and my wrist, clawed like I would tear them off, and never mind if doing so also tore off my skin.

The chains blazed to life, sizzling white hot. I gasped and hunched over, balled fists pressed against my stomach.

Ezo was at my side in an instant. “Adi? What is it?”

The pain faded as quickly as it had come, and I sucked in a frigid breath, shaking icy tears from my eyes. “Just this place. The magic is . . . unpleasant.”

“She needs to wait here,” Talsar said. “If the magic makes her sick, she’ll give us away.”

I could. I could let them walk into the darkness themselves. If they would do it without me, why put myself through the pain of witnessing it?

“No.” I straightened, flipping hair from my eyes. “I just needed to adjust. I’m right as rain. Let’s go.”

Talsar regarded me suspiciously for another second, then inclined his head toward Ivy. “Ladies?”

“Ha! ‘Ladies.’ You’re a lady.” Firenza chuckled at her own joke and vaulted over the garden wall. We fell into the formation Ivy had suggested, with her and Firenza in the front, me in the middle, and the boys watching our backs. Crouching low—at least, the bigfolk were crouching low—we moved through the overgrown gardens and a narrow alley between the old houses. Among the buildings, the scent of plant decay and earth was replaced by the scent of baking. Yeasty bread, spiced fruit, warm sugar. It wafted delicately around us, and Ezo breathed deep. I did not.

We reached the end of the alley that let out onto the main road. Ivy peered around, then pulled back, face pale. “Oh gods. I . . .” She shook her head. “Oh gods. Why does that smell like pie?”

With a curious eyebrow raise at Ivy, Firenza leaned over to look, then withdrew nearly as quickly. “Oh gods,” she confirmed. “That’s . . . unsettling, and indeed it should not smell like pie.”

“What?” Talsar snapped.

“Just what Adeline told us. The hags’ taste in decoration seems to run largely to . . .”

“Death,” Firenza finished for her. “It’s bones. A lot of bones. And flesh.”

Talsar pressed his lips into a thin line, and Ezo swallowed audibly.

“There’s a house toward the middle that’s still standing. It looks cozy. There are candles in some of the windows,” Ivy said. “And there’s some kind of machine on the village green right in front of it.”

Machine? The hags dealt in magic, not machines. I wrinkled my brow, but then it dawned on me. “It’s not machine, it’s an orrery.”

Ezo’s mouth made an O of realization, but the others just looked confused.

“It’s a model of the planets and stars,” he explained, much more expediently than I would have been able to. “It moves in the way the heavens move. But . . . it is definitely a machine.”

He was wrong; the hags would never stoop to something so common. But I didn’t want to waste time arguing. I wanted to see the orrery. Maybe if I could get a better look, I would know what kind of magic it needed. Maybe I had something, some component, or some entry in the ancient book that held my strongest spells.

I moved in front of Ivy. The sweet scent of baking paired with the gruesome sight of the village proper made me gag, even though I was expecting it. Any walls left standing had Granny Maude’s strung-together skeletons fastened to them with wire or pegged in place with rusting iron spikes. Made from human, elf, and halfling bones, they had been reconnected in strange and disturbing ways—bent over like quadrupeds with four legs instead of arms, with three sets of arms sprouting from their backs like spiders, or with feet connected directly to hip joints and three skulls attached to the shoulders. Patchwork banners of dried skin were gathered and hung with ribbons that were not ribbons and festooned with dead and rotting flowers—the contributions of Auntie Pearl and Auntie Posey.

Standing tall as a house in the village green was the orrery, with all its pretty planets and sparkling orbs. Unlike in the vision, it was unmoving. A rainbow of stars splattered across a velvety black field spun before my eyes. Desire clenched my chest, and I couldn’t breathe. It was there, right there. What was it missing?

Ezo had come to stand beside me. He gaped and shuddered at the skeletons, but then, as mine had, his eyes fell on the orrery. They widened, narrowed, and his head tilted to one side. “That’s strange . . .”

“What’s strange?” I asked.

“Those little runes all around the platform at the bottom. They’re the same as the ones inscribed all around a gear I have in my box. I found it when we were going through the castle of that archmage, Oakenlock.”

All the air went out of my lungs. The world tilted. “Those runes match a gear?” I choked out. “A gear you found fighting an archmage?”

The gears. The box of gears. A few brass, several iron, one gold. One gold. I had touched it. But how could it be what the hags needed? It had no magic.

Oh gods. I had been blind, foolish, and wrong. The hags had known I would be. They’d expected my arrogance, my narrow-minded foolishness, and my utter conviction that the only useful things in the world had to be things of magic.

But the orrery was a machine. And that meant I couldn’t repair it and use it myself. I would have no idea what to do with one single, tiny gear in a mechanical nightmare twenty feet tall and thirty feet from a planet on the tip of one golden arm to a planet on the tip of another.

All of my sacrifice, all of my learning, all of my seeking, everything was in vain. I had come so far, and in the end, I couldn’t do it. They did have the artifact. I knew where it was, and the hags had still won. I could turn over my friends—because they were my friends, I thought—or lose my hands and my magic completely.

Firenza grabbed my arm. “We’re moving out. You go in the middle!” she whisper-shouted. I tried to pull away, but Firenza might as well have been made of marble for all the effect I had. I was like to tear my arm off before breaking free of her grasp if she didn’t want me going anywhere.

Am I doing this? Am I really doing this? But despite my own inability to believe it, it seemed like I was. If the hags had threatened anything else, any part of me, none of us would be here. But my magic was all I had. All that kept me safe. I was alone.

Firenza gave me a little push back into the alley. “There you go,” she said. “Don’t worry. We’ll keep you safe.”

Her words echoed my thoughts so perfectly, yet so much in contrast, that I had a moment of cognitive dissonance.

I was not alone.

“Wait,” I whispered, trying to do it too quietly for my own ears—the ears of the coven—to hear. Which meant no one else heard either. “Wait!” I repeated louder.

The chains tightened threateningly. Something caught the corner of my eye. A figure in one of the empty windows. A woman’s silhouette, barely more than bone. A quiet cackle clattered along the breeze. But we were on the main road now. Sneaking along its edges toward the center of town. Talsar forcing us to go painstakingly slow. I wanted to scream at him that it didn’t matter. The hags were expecting us. I had gotten them there, to this village green, right on time.

The deal is struck. Four lives and a trinket, and you will wield the power arcane.

No. Even if it meant losing my hands, losing my magic, the coven would not have these four lives.

We made it to the green. If I was going to do this, it would probably be best to do it before the hags turned up. Which, I imagined, would happen any second.

“Adi, what’s wrong?” Ezo asked. We’d left our bags at the bottom of the hill, but he still had his small pack. The one with the tools and the box. The box with the golden gear. The hags didn’t just want the gear, they wanted him. All this for a bit of unmagical metal and one little goblin who had a gift with machines. If I weren’t about to cry, I would have laughed, hysterical and long.

Mind racing, I reached into my pouch and pulled out my packet of dandelion fluff. My eyes burned because I knew this was the last spell I would ever cast. Still not watching my own hands, I mouthed the words, allowing barely a breath to escape my lips, and pressed my hand to my chest. I lingered there for a second, internalizing the soft texture of the fabric.

I met each of their eyes in turn, muscles tensed for what I was about to do. “I don’t have a sister. I never did. Run.

Before any of them could react, I wrapped my arms around Ezo and dragged us both into the air. Even as I leaped, Talsar threw himself forward. His fingers scraped my boots as I shot for the wall surrounding the village, body parallel to the ground, with Ezo in my arms.

“What are you doing?” Ezo shouted in my ear above the noise of the wind. By some miracle, he didn’t fight me. But I couldn’t stop, couldn’t spare the thought to explain. The chains tightened further, and if I stopped, if I let the pain distract me from the spell, we would hit the ground. We had to get outside the walls. I had to get him away, then I could come back and help the others. The icy cobbles whistled by, the wall grew nearer.

Something in my right wrist gave.

I screamed. The spell sputtered out. We slammed into the ground, rolling over and over each other because I refused to let go of Ezo. Only when the cold stone of one of the crumbling buildings smashed into my back did I lose my breath and release him, and he rolled away from me.

“I warned you about your ambitions, Adeline.”

A clawed hand swooped out of nowhere, nails raking the flesh of my cheek, knocking me off my feet. Silver Maude hovered over me, smiling. She wore the glamour of a beautiful silvery elven maiden. But as I watched, the glamour flickered in and out, revealing milky eyes, snow-white skin stretched like dried leather over sharp bone, and a bald head with stringy bits of gray hair clinging to it like leeches.

“I had wondered what you would choose.” She tilted her beautiful head and smiled benevolently. The scent of flowers drifted around her, but the smells of baking had gone, so the air now tasted of lavender and decay. “Your hands and your magic, or the power arcane? What an interesting and entertaining little minion you have been.”

My face burned where she had clawed me, except where wet blood trickled down my ear and turned cold. My hands were a mass of agony. I finally found air and sucked in a great heaving gulp.

Silver Maude leaned down close, so close. “You will not die today. No, you will live on for years. Years and years to remember your friends. Am I not generous, Adeline?”

“Yes, Granny,” I forced out, my jaw locked with the pain. Beyond her, a figure straightened, nocked, drew. “Thank you so much. And you know what else? Bless your heart.”

Silver Maude let out an unearthly sound and pulled back her arm to strike me again.

Thunk.

An arrow buried itself in the hag’s shoulder. She whirled to face her attacker.

Ivy stood alone in the middle of the street, another arrow already nocked on her longbow. She released, and it flew true, thudding into the hag’s torso just above her hip. A dagger whistled from the dark space between two of the buildings, striking Granny Maude in her emaciated stomach. Then, like some god’s vengeance, Firenza roared down out of the sky, great axe raised, aiming for Granny Maude’s throat.

A normal hag might have fallen under this attack. But, as I’d had no time to tell them, they did not face a normal hag, but one of the most powerful magical beings in the known world.

Silver Maude caught Firenza’s wrist with one hand, stopping the axe and Firenza as if she’d struck a wall. Firenza grunted. The hag bent her arm back, twisting and pressing down until the gargoyle hit her knees in the snow. Her eyes went wide, the perfect circles of her copper irises showing all the way around.

With her free hand, Silver Maude plucked the arrows and dagger from her flesh, throwing them toward Ivy. Ivy dived and rolled, but the dagger caught her with a deep cut across the arm as it sailed by, blood welling scarlet and dripping onto the packed snow.

And then, like ghosts appearing from the ether, two more hags appeared on either side of Granny Maude. One tall and spider thin, one round as a shriveled pumpkin. Auntie Pearl and Auntie Posey.

“She comes,” Auntie Posey sing-songed. “She comes, she comes. Four travelers and a trinket, and we shall have the power arcane.”

With a flick of her spidery wrist, Auntie Pearl released a crackle of energy that sent Ivy’s bow flying. It clattered along the stone street and landed in a pile of bones. Another flick, and she lifted Ivy off the ground and pulled her inexorably forward. “How kind of you to bring your friends, Adeline.”

Auntie Posey cocked her head and grinned, staring right through the wall of the closest building. “I see you, my pointy-eared cockroach,” she sang in her horrible, rasping voice. She threw her hand forward, and the wall exploded.

“Talsar!” Ivy shouted, twisting and kicking. But there was nothing for her to fight.

My heart thudded. This was it. This was the part where we lost. Then a hand closed around my arm, just above my injured wrist. I looked up and found Ezo, big brown eyes more serious than I had ever seen. Serious, and disappointed. “Come on, Adi.” He hauled me to my feet.

“C-come on?”

Movement caught my eye. Firenza’s wide-eyed wonder at Granny Maude’s strength had become a grimace. She bared her teeth, and to my shock, she began to rise. On her feet once more, she glared at me over her shoulder. “It would have been nice for you to tell us the real plan before.”

“Really. Please, just hurry up and do whatever it is you have to do!” Ivy, who had just arrived nose-to-nose with Auntie Pearl, yanked her swords from their sheaths and drove both of them into the hag’s chest. Auntie Pearl screamed. The force holding Ivy released, and she dropped, landing on her feet.

Ezo tugged me forward. I stumbled after him, every movement sending shocks of agony through my hands. I couldn’t comprehend what was happening.

“Stupid girl couldn’t see what was in front of her nose,” Auntie Posey cackled. She wasn’t three feet away, lifting one of her claws to strike. I fell again and lifted my arms, jerking free of Ezo. My wrists were fire and pain.

A dagger blossomed from her raised hand. Talsar strode from the dust of the fallen wall, coughing, arm cocked back to let another dagger fly. This one took Auntie Posey right below her collarbone. His face radiated rage, and his glare directed it all at me. “Get up and finish this, or I will kill you before they do.”

I scrambled to my feet, refusing to look at my hands, partially afraid the chains had cut through my wrists and they were no longer there. Again, Ezo took my arm and pulled me forward. This time, we ran.

“I hope you had a really good reason for this.” His voice was so flat. No pity, no mercy, no affection. It hurt more than losing my hands. I wanted to tell him I was sorry, but that would be a waste of time and air. We skidded down the icy road with our friends fighting the hags behind us, our boots slapping stone, then thudding across dead grass until finally we reached the broad, round base of the orrery. It was solid gold and two feet tall. A thick central column supported the arms that held the planets and moons. At the top of the column was a golden orb as tall as me that represented the sun. Ezo climbed the slippery platform in a few graceful movements. Any of the three bigfolk could have just stepped right onto it.

It wouldn’t be so easy for me. “Ezo, can you help me?”

He looked down to where I held my arms gingerly in front of me, and his eyes widened for the briefest moment before his gaze jumped back to my face. He reached down, taking me by the elbow, but the angle was odd, and he couldn’t get enough leverage to pull me up without jarring my hands. I tried not to cry out, but I did, tears leaking down my face.

Then with a little rustle, Bob started to shake. It shivered until it had worked its way out of the sling on my back, falling to the ground. Then it rolled, knocking against my boots.

Understanding, I swallowed and used my feet to get it in position right at the base of the orrery. “Thank you, Bob.”

I stepped on its handle, and it lifted me while Ezo held on for balance. When Bob had gone to its full two-foot height, Ezo pulled me onto the platform. We overbalanced, and I landed next to him, pain shrieking up my arms. Shaking and nauseous with it, I used my elbows to leverage myself to my feet.

“You’re going to have to tell me this whole story someday,” Ezo said.

Ha. Someday. We would have to survive this, and I very much doubted we would, or that he’d be speaking to me once all was said and done. “Where’s the—”

Behind us, there was a grunt of pain, a yelp, and then a hag’s screech. A half second passed, and then the mist echoed with a hollow thud that sounded sickeningly like a body hitting a wall at speed.

“Firenza!” Ivy shouted.

I tried to inhale, but couldn’t. A thick fog was swirling up from the ground. It swallowed Talsar, who was dodging a crackling ray of energy flung by Auntie Posey. It swallowed Ivy, who danced and jabbed at Auntie Pearl. It roiled at the feet of Granny Maude who stood, all alone, eyes fixed on me. Then, without moving her feet, she began to glide forward. Staring over my head, she said, “Adeline, it’s time to give you what you most desire.”

The world turned inside out.

I stood in a field of white, all alone. Perfect silence wrapped around me. Something was missing, though. Something urgent that still left red trails across my mind.

Pain. I felt no pain. When I looked down, both my hands were there, perfect and whole.

A wisp of mist rose, curling and coalescing into a beautiful silver woman.

“Behold, and learn,” she said in a melodic voice, gesturing around her. “Perfect solitude. No one needs you, you need no one.” She waved, and a shelf of books rose as she had risen, solidifying before my eyes. “Here is all I have learned about magic. Do you know how long I have been alive?”

“Five thousand years, Granny.”

“Five thousand years,” repeated Granny Maude. She smiled, and her teeth were sharp and silver as knives. “It will take you that long to learn it. But you can. I can keep you alive, suspended here while you read. When you emerge, you will have power beyond your dreams. Powers you do not even know to covet, my ambitious girl, because you do not even know they exist. All will be yours.”

Something warm wrapped around each of my biceps, like hands that weren’t there. A voice came from the distance, rough and smooth as water over river stones. “Adi!”

“Ezo?”

The silver woman flashed her teeth. “If you want to know all, you must let them go. They are nothing. A dream of the past. Of the time before your power. We will strike a new deal. Here, you will have magic. Not the power arcane, but great power, nonetheless. You will never be helpless again.”

Memories flashed before my eyes. Things I had not allowed myself to see for fifteen years. My mother’s face. My father’s. The screams, and the smell of blood and burning. Gythan growls. Running, children running so far, so long, in such profound cold. Running and crying until my eyes were dry as my aching lungs.

“Adi!” Ezo again. “What do I do?”

This was a dream, but I wasn’t asleep. It was like the way they spoke to me while I scried. And just as I could when I scried, there had to be a way to push her out. Except . . . I wasn’t sure I wanted to go. I looked longingly at those shelves, those books. All she was offering me.

Magic is the only thing that keeps me safe, my own voice whispered.

Sit tight. Ivy’s voice. I won’t let anything happen to you.

Don’t worry, said Firenza. We’ll keep you safe.

“Tell him to put the gear into the orrery,” Granny Maude said. “There is a small door beneath your feet.”

Why did she not just take it from him?

“If it does not go there,” she continued, “he may look elsewhere.”

I stepped away from her. The ghost of pain whispered through my ruined wrists. The chains had to still be there in the real world, even if my hands weren’t, keeping me from bleeding so much I died from it. “You never needed all of them. You only needed Ezo. Ezo and the gear. Why did you make me bring them all?”

Silver Maude shrugged, but the softness in her voice turned brittle. “Mortals are hard to tell apart. Besides, he would not be separated from them. I have watched the world long enough to recognize that.”

She had watched the world. It seemed like most powerful creatures merely watched. That wasn’t what I wanted. I wanted to be in the world. Be part of it.

My wrists twinged again. The pain was like a thread connecting me to reality. I grasped it. Slowly, so slowly, I began to follow it back.

Perhaps noticing, Silver Maude waved once more. Arcane symbols flashed into the air. Spells and formulas that spoke of eternal mysteries. I could understand them, if only I had time and someone to guide me. I would never understand this without the hag’s help. “I will teach you,” she said.

I stopped following the thread, simply holding on. I licked my lips and said, “I want you to let them go. Let them go alive, unharmed, and unchanged. Ezo will tell me what to do, and you’ll know how to fix your machine.”

I made certain to be specific. I could ask her to let them go, and she might toss their bodies over her wall, or imprison them for fifty years, or turn them into houseflies and let them fly away.

Outside of this dream, my friends were dying. Because of me.

Silver Maude smiled. “Even if I could allow them to live, by the time you emerge from this place, they will be five thousand years dead.”

Talsar’s voice, What’s the point in having everything if you look up from all those baubles one day and find yourself alone?

Like opening my eyes to the light for the first time, I realized that I didn’t want to be alone.

I jerked on that thread of pain with all my willpower, bringing the agony sharp and hard into focus.

“No!” Granny Maude shrieked. Like a dog on a lead yanked backward, she disappeared from the dream. The world inverted again, and I staggered forward and hit my knees hard against the platform, retching whatever was in my stomach. Granny Maude had fallen into the snow in front of the orrery, blinking at the sky in a daze.

“Adeline!” Ezo pulled me to my feet.

“It’s you, Ezo.” I gasped. “You’re the one she wants. That golden gear, it will complete the machine. They know you’ll know how to fix it.”

Ezo’s eyes went wide, and his lips parted. “I wouldn’t—”

“He will.” Granny Maude pulled herself onto the platform. “He will, because you brought them all, Adeline. Every person in the world he loves is there.” She pointed into the mist, where the muffled sounds of struggle echoed off the village’s unseen broken walls.

“He will help us, and we will consume the sun, or they will die.”

Only then did the truth of the hags’ malice hit me. Only then did the depth of the part I’d played become clear, and it wrenched my heart in two.

I looked down then, and saw my hands. The chains had sprouted a dozen smaller ones that had wrapped up and around my palms and fingers, crushing the delicate bones. Blackened and bloody and grotesque, they would never be supple enough to cast a spell again.

I would have sacrificed them a hundred times again not to have done what I had done.

“Ezo,” I whispered, tears in my eyes, “I’m sorry.”

“Consume the sun, huh?” He looked at me, like there was some meaning in that I was supposed to grasp. Then he looked to the sky above Granny Maude. “Well, I’ll do my best, but you might be busy for the next few minutes.”

A violet missile streaked through the mist and slammed into Granny Maude. Firenza let out a berserk war cry as they went tumbling wings over silver hair from the platform and onto the ground.

Ezo bent and ripped open the trap door, revealing an intricate web of gears and springs and other things I could not name. One moved toward the bottom, spinning in a lazy circle. “Aha. Yup. I see what the problem is.”

He pulled the box of gears out of the small bag over his shoulder and found the one made of gold. Then he was on his stomach, arm extended down into the machine. When he caught sight of me still standing there, he frowned. “Well?”

“Well what?”

“Well she said something about the consuming the sun, so you’d better use your big Regia Arcanum–educated brain to figure that out before those hags kill the others.”

I stared at him. “Even after all this, you trust me to take control of the power? You know what it is, right? Plane-shattering, planet-ending power. And you want that in the hands of the halfling girl who tried to lead y’all to your deaths?”

He looked at me like I was insane, arm still moving around deep in the machine. “This is how it works, Adi. We do our jobs; you do yours. So get moving!”

He withdrew his hand and pushed to his feet. The gear was gone. He’d fixed the orrery.

There was a creak, a groan, a screech of metal against metal. Above us, planets turned and began to revolve on their golden arms. Moons spun around them. I ducked as one golden arm came toward my head. In front of me, gold slats slid out of the column that held the sun as it, too, began to rotate. The slats clicked into place one at a time, rising like a spiral staircase.

Consume the sun. I looked up to the big golden ball overhead. My inclination was to overcomplicate things, but . . . could it really be so simple? If the orrery was a construct, like my scrying spell, then the power would gather at its center. Like my scrying spell, all I should have to do was reach out and stick my fingers in. Useless as they were, they could do that much.

With one last look at Ezo, both warmed and confused by his trust in me, I climbed. Around once, twice. Somewhere in the fog, Silver Maude and her daughters were screeching. Around again, until I reached the orb that towered over the center of the orrery. Wavering rays made of beaten gold radiated from it in a line around the center.

Without Ezo’s words, I might have stopped. For all I never wanted to be helpless, it finally occurred to me that power like this required some kind of worthiness. Worthiness of which I would always fall far short. But I had Ezo’s trust, and even if I couldn’t keep this power, I could use it to save my friends.

I lifted my ruined, blackened hand and pressed it, unfeeling, to the sun. Though the orb looked like solid metal, my hand sank beneath its surface.

So . . .

Much . . .

Power.

As if I had cast a hundred million million scrying spells at once, the magic lit me up, zapped through me, filled my body with a heat that should have incinerated my bones. The hags’ chains on my wrists flared, then sublimated into nothingness.

Too much. There was too much. As the chains and pain disappeared, I could feel myself doing the same, all the little bits that made me vibrating away into nothing. The magic needed somewhere to go. If I died, the hags would get it, and I had no doubt they would be able to take it in. But there were others with me. I could sense them, connected to me. But I couldn’t force the magic into them. They had to take it voluntarily.

Help me, I whispered into their minds.

Ezo answered first. I remembered the dead look on his face after I’d betrayed him. But still, he reached out. He had forgiven.

Ivy answered next, body battered, life leeching from her with every heartbeat. She did not hesitate. She trusted.

Still, it was not enough.

Firenza burst into the connection like a boulder breaking the surface of a still lake. She cackled in delight as she let power flow through her body, spreading her wings to their fullest.

Still, it was not enough.

Talsar hung back. He could not forgive. He did not trust. He did not delight. But he loved. He loved his companions with a protective fierceness that burned like the sun. Finally, for them and only for them, he joined the connection.

The brightness flared, crescendoed. Stars danced, and planets spun. Seasons turned one into another and then back again. I looked down from the wheeling heavens and saw the hags. They crouched together, blinded by the radiance burning from the bodies of myself and my friends.

“You are ended,” I said.

And they fell into dust. Granny Maude, Auntie Pearl, Auntie Posey. Ten thousand years of living between them, so much magic, gone with a thought.

I looked to the heavens again. They whispered mysteries to me, arcane secrets that tickled my mind. In time, I could explore them. I could understand. There was power here to rival the gods’. I saw how to stabilize the flow, and I did, gifting my body the capacity to hold it.

Then I released my friends one by one. Until finally it was only me and the arcane secrets of the universe.

I looked down from the heavens and saw the orrery. I saw everything I had ever wanted. Except I wanted to live in the world, not watch it. I didn’t want to be alone. And no one, not one single being in all the cosmos, was worthy to hold power like this.

So I did one more thing. No, two more things. And then I said to the orrery, “You are ended.”

It, too, fell to dust.

* * *

“I don’t trust her.”

Talsar didn’t bother keeping his voice down. We all knew how he felt. It probably hadn’t helped that I undid the memory spell, and he very much remembered catching me going through his things.

Ivy sighed. “Talsar, listen—”

“Why should I listen when you’re just going to repeat yourself for the third time?”

I leaned my forehead against Ivy’s back. Beneath us, her horse swayed, hooves thudding lightly against the packed dirt road. The treasure-laden saddlebags jingled in time with the hoofbeats of Firenza’s great destrier in front of us and Talsar’s quiet gray mare behind. Firenza was somewhere scouting for a campsite, so Ezo sat in her ridiculously oversized saddle, guiding her horse.

Bob rustled in its sling. Whole, now. I’d kept its handle the length it was because it was just the right size. But instead of ending in a jagged break, the top of its handle was shiny and complete. It could fly anywhere I needed it to, just as fast or as slow as we pleased. But for now, I didn’t mind riding behind Ivy.

Firenza swooped out of nowhere, startling every horse except hers. “I FOUND A GOOD PLACE!”

“Really, Firenza. Just a little quieter,” Talsar pleaded.

We followed Firenza off the road and into the clearing she’d selected for that night’s camp. Personally, I couldn’t wait to get to an inn. I wanted a bed. Roughing it was not one of my talents.

Ivy slid from the saddle. I jumped down, slowing my descent with magic. Normal magic from my perfectly functional hands.

Yes, some people might decide that almost killing their only friends deserved some sort of self-flagellatory gesture, like not restoring their own magical abilities plus some, but I was not a good person.

“He’ll come around,” Ivy muttered when she bent to undo her saddle’s girth.

“I won’t,” Talsar growled. He came over and leveled a finger down at me, leaning into Ivy’s face. “She nearly got us killed. I can still feel that magic. What kind of long-term effect is that going to have? Give me one reason—”

Ivy grabbed his black coat by its lapels and backed him toward a tree, kissing him all the way. Talsar stumbled, but managed to wrap his arms around her and right himself without breaking the kiss.

I sighed and turned away. They’d had the same fight every night for the last five nights since we’d left the hags’ lair, and it always ended the same.

“He’ll come around,” Ezo echoed Ivy’s words, sliding down from Firenza’s horse and landing lightly next to me. “It took him six months to warm up to me.”

“I have not warmed up to you,” Talsar rumbled from the tree before Ivy recommandeered his face.

“Yes he has,” said Ezo good-naturedly. “He was just mad that I tried to sell his eyeballs to an alchemist when we first met.”

I stared at him. “You did what?”

Ezo shrugged. “I support the sciences. Besides, it was a lot of money.”

Firenza dismounted, shaking her head. “Ezo, I can’t believe you. Talsar needs his eyes.”

“Uh huh,” Ezo said flatly. “And when we met Firenza, she jumped out of closet in a bandits’ hideout and tried to beat us all to death with a severed arm.”

“I DIDN’T KNOW YOU WERE FRIENDLY!”

I took one of Ezo’s candies out of my pocket, popping the ruby-red sphere of sweetness into my mouth. It was nice, actually, not having to travel alone. At least there was conversation.

“What about those two?” I indicated the elves with a jerk of my head. “I assume they’ve got some kind of story.”

“Yeah. Story.” Ezo snorted.

Firenza shuddered. “It has been a long and terrible road.” She eyed them. “But I think this is worse than the fighting. HEY! STOP BEING GROSS!”

I looked over my shoulder in time to see Talsar make a rude gesture behind Ivy’s back. Firenza growled.

“Forget the secrets of the cosmos,” I said. “I’ll settle for figuring out how y’all manage not to kill or maim each other on a daily basis.”

But when I watched them over the next little while, Ivy going off to hunt, Talsar fetching water, Ezo collecting firewood, and Firenza taking care of the horses, I sort of thought I knew. So I dusted off my skirts and reached into my pouch for my spell materials, because Talsar had made one thing clear—whether he trusted me or not, it was my job to start the fire.

THE END

Caitlyn McFarland

Originally from the Midwest, Caitlyn McFarland currently lives in Utah with her husband and three daughters. She has a BA in linguistics from BYU, is the author of the Dragonsworn trilogy (Carina Press 2015), and is represented by literary agent Marlene Stringer. When not writing or running around after her daughters, Caitlyn can be found hunched over a sewing machine making dice bags for her Etsy shop.

Website: www.caitlynmcfarland.com

Facebook: caitlynhmcfarland

Twitter: @CHMcFarland

Instagram: @wordsandgeekery

Email: caitlyn.h.mcfarland@gmail.com

FIRE WINGS

by Anthony Ryan

With wings of fire did she burn away her sins And with blood did she wash their stain from her soul. —the Epic of Sharrow-Met

35,000 Words

1. Exiles

THE SKULL STARED up at him with just one empty eye socket, the other having been shattered, along with much of the surrounding bone, the natural consequence of colliding with bare rock after a prolonged fall. Angling his head, Shamil couldn’t escape the sense that it was grinning at him, the oddly perfect half set of teeth gleaming as it caught the midday sun. He wondered if this unfortunate had actually laughed as they plummeted to their death, reflecting on the grim notion that, should the same fate befall him, he may also find some humour in it, or possibly just relief.

“I thought it might be a myth.”

Shamil tensed at the sound of an unexpected voice, one hand instinctively reaching for his quiver whilst the other unslung the strongbow from his shoulder. The man who had spoken was perched on a flat-topped boulder a dozen yards away, wrapped in a plain grey cloak that matched the surrounding rock. Shamil blamed this for his failure to spot him sooner, and the fact that the wind was at his back, sweeping away any betraying scent of sweat. Such excuses, he knew, would have availed him little in the Doctrinate, and this particular failure likely would have earned him at best a hard cuff to the head or at worst a full beating. But the Doctrinate was far away, and the fact that he was no longer bound by its strictures one of the few crumbs of comfort Shamil could cling to during his recent sojourn.

“The leap, I mean,” the man in grey said, gesturing to the half-shattered skeleton as he climbed down from his perch. He took a long gulp from a leather flask as he approached, his gait and posture lacking a threat. As he neared, Shamil saw that he was perhaps twice his own age, stocky of frame, and sparse of hair, his broad features showing several days’ worth of stubble. He bore no weapon, and his accoutrements consisted of just a leather satchel bulging with unseen contents and a small emerald pendant that hung around his neck on a copper chain.

The gem was small, but the slight glimmer of light within it provoked Shamil to step back and lower his bow, eyes averted in respect, something this unshaven grey-cloak seemed to find amusing.

“Your people still cling to the old servile ways, I see,” he said, voice rich with mirth. He took another drink from his flask, and Shamil’s nostrils caught the sting of strong liquor. The man’s eyes tracked over Shamil, taking in his hardy leather boots, the long-bladed dagger in his belt alongside his raptorile-tail whip, and the strongbow fashioned from ram’s horn and ash. “What are you? Strivante? No, skin’s too dark for that. Oskilna maybe?”

“Vilantre,” Shamil said, still not daring to look at the stranger’s face. “I bid you greeting, Master Mage . . .”

“Oh, don’t.” The mirth in the stocky man’s voice slipped into weary disdain as he waved his flask dismissively. “Just . . . don’t. Please.” He waited for Shamil to raise his gaze before extending his hand. “Rignar Banlufsson, late of . . . well, too many places to mention but most recently the Crucible Kingdom. Yourself?”

“Shamil L’Estalt.” He hesitated before grasping the proffered hand, finding it strong and the palm unexpectedly callused. This mage, it seemed, had not spent his days locked away in a tower poring over ancient texts. “Late of Anverest.”

“The desert city?” Rignar’s brow creased in surprise. “You’ve come a very long way, young man.” His gaze grew sombre as it slipped from Shamil to the skull at his feet. “For an uncertain outcome, it must be said. Makes you wonder how far this one had to travel just to jump off a mountain.”

“If he fell, it’s because he was unworthy,” Shamil stated, adding a note of forceful certainty to his voice. Like him, this man might be just another exile come in search of restored honour, but he thought it best to leave no doubt about his commitment to this course.

“She,” Rignar corrected, taking another drink from his flask before nodding to the bones. “You can tell from the brows and the breadth of the pelvis. Clothes and hair’ve all gone, so she’s been here a good long while, whoever she was, she and all the others. There’s a pile of bones on the other side of that ridge if you’d care to see.”

“I wouldn’t.”

“As you wish.” The mage shrugged and turned back to his boulder. “Come, you can sort out this fire. You strike me as a lad with experience of the wilds, and although I’ve travelled far in my time, I’ve never really managed to learn the trick of starting a fire.”

“You are newly arrived, then?” Shamil ventured, following the mage to a small pile of sticks within a circle of gathered stones.

“Barely an hour before you did.” Rignar sighed as he resumed his seat on the boulder. “I had hoped some fellow exile would get here first, perhaps have even prepared a meal.”

Shamil crouched at the fire’s edge, keeping the surprise and suspicion from his face as he rearranged the twigs, his mind filled with dark conjecture on the magnitude of any crime that would see a mage forced to seek redemption as a sentinel.

“There’s not enough kindling to catch a spark,” he said. “And we’ll need more wood if it’s to burn for any length of time.” He shifted, casting an uncertain glance at the crystal pendant around Rignar’s neck. “Can’t you . . . ?

“Certainly not,” the mage sniffed, raising his nose in indignation that Shamil took a second to recognise as pretence, but not before he had begun to babble out an apology. “Best to conserve what power I still hold, lad,” Rignar added with a faint grin, raising a pointed glance to the mountain looming above. “After all, who knows what awaits us tomorrow, eh?”

Shamil followed his gaze, eyes tracking over the slopes and cliffs forming the peak that had dominated his sight and his thoughts since it first came into view a week ago. It rose from the eastern extremity of the crescent-shaped mountain range known to those who dwelt in these lands as the Harstfelts, but to every other denizen of the Treaty Realms as Sharrow-Met’s Shield.

The mountain they stood beneath was by far the tallest in the range, and considerably narrower. From a distance, it resembled a misshapen spearpoint fashioned by one of the more primitive desert tribes. Although born to a desert city, Shamil was no stranger to mountains. The Doctrinate would compel its students to endure months of hard living in the crags that formed the southern border with the raptorile dominion. Treacherous as those were, he had never scaled a peak so tall with flanks so sheer as those looming above.

“She named it well,” he murmured, peering into the clouds misting the mountain’s summit. “The Eyrie, for who but an eagle could call it home?”

“She didn’t name it.” Rignar’s voice abruptly took on a dull, almost resentful note. Turning, Shamil found him staring at nothing, gaze unfocused as he drank from his flask with habitual automation. “Sharrow-Met,” he added after a momentary silence. “She never named anything; that was all done by those who followed her after she . . .”

His voice dwindled, and he spent a few more seconds staring before raising his flask to his lips, then grimacing upon finding it empty. “Oh well,” he sighed, tossing the flask away with an air of finality. “The last wine to ever pass my lips. Wish I’d chosen a better vintage. They don’t allow it up there, apparently.” He clasped his hands together and got to his feet. “We should get to gathering wood. It would be best to greet our fellow despised with a warm camp, don’t you think?”

* * *

The fire had grown to a tall cone of bright flame, and the sky shifted to a darker hue by the time the next exiles arrived—a young woman about Shamil’s own age and a tall, well-built man several years older. Although they shared the pale skin of the central and northern Treaty Realms, the mismatched attire and accents bespoke markedly different origins.

The young man wore his blond hair in thick braids, an iron band engraved with runes on his brow and a straight sword at his belt. A leather jerkin studded with flattened copper discs covered his torso, and he wore a bearskin cloak about his broad shoulders. As he introduced himself, he revealed a set of even white teeth in a smile, voice rich in both surety and humour. “Tolveg Clearwater of Wodewehl, good sirs. Well met we are, and friends we’ll stay, I’m sure.”

As he bowed, Shamil noted the scars on his neck. They were an extensive, overlapping matrix of injury that evidently proceeded down his back, also not long healed judging by their colour. Tolveg, however, didn’t appear to feel any pain as he straightened, nodding in appreciation as Shamil and Rignar offered their own names in greeting.

The woman was a stark contrast to her companion, saying nothing and moving to crouch and extend her hands to the fire. Her hair was jet black, catching a silklike shine from the fire, and her skin even more pale than Tolveg’s. It possessed a near alabaster whiteness that recalled the ancient marble statues of long-forgotten gods Shamil had seen during his journey north. Her cloak was of finely woven wool, and her soft leather trews and jerkin betrayed the hand of a skilled and no doubt expensive tailor. Her weapons consisted of two daggers, one on her belt and another smaller blade tucked into her boot. As she shuffled closer to the warmth, Shamil saw she also had a leather sling and pouch attached to the left side of her belt.

“This is Lyvia,” Tolveg said, taking a seat beside Shamil on the fallen tree limb he and Rignar had harvested from the wooded slope below the ridge. “We met on the trail a few days ago.” He raised an eyebrow at Shamil, his hearty tones subsiding into a sigh. “She doesn’t say much.”

Lyvia’s eyes, as dark as her hair, flicked up at Tolveg, a small crease of irritation marring her smooth brow before she returned her full attention to the fire.

“You’re from the Crucible Kingdom,” Rignar said. His tone was that of a statement rather than a question, and Shamil saw a new depth of interest in the mage’s face. He stared at the woman crouching by the fire with a strange, intense scrutiny that spoke of hard, perhaps unwelcome recognition.

“I am,” she replied, voice quiet and flat in a clear signal that further conversation was not welcome.

“Ah, a Mira-Vielle accent—noble too,” Rignar observed, undaunted. “Which house?” His voice held a depth of interest that failed to stir a response from Lyvia. Her lips remained firmly closed, and she kept her hands outstretched, refusing to turn.

“Gondarik, I’d say,” Rignar said, a note of satisfaction colouring his tone. “So there’s royal blood in your veins.” He angled his head and leaned close. Shamil saw the woman tense, hands withdrawing to her belt. “Her blood. Not that I need a name to tell me that.” His voice grew softer, eyes unblinking as he shifted to gain a better view of her face. “Just an inch or so taller and it would be as if she’s risen to walk amongst us . . .”

“Put your eyes elsewhere, old man!”

Hearing her give full throat to her voice, Shamil found she possessed the oddest accent he had heard in all his travels. The words were spoken with a careful precision despite the rapidity with which she uttered them, the vowels soft and the consonants clearly enunciated. This, he realised, was the voice of ancient nobility. Royal blood indeed.

She rose to face Rignar, her face somehow managing to convey both a snarl and imperious disdain at the same time. “I’ll not be gawped at! Mage or no. And my blood is not your concern.”

Rignar reclined in the face of her anger, a half smile playing over his lips as he raised his hands. “Spoken like a true queen,” he said, which did little to calm Lyvia’s ire.

“Well, I’m not a queen.” She turned away from him, stalking to the opposite side of the fire to sit down, arms crossed and her back to them all. “I’m just a dishonoured, disgraced outcast, like each of you.”

Silence reigned as her voice faded, although Tolveg apparently found such a thing intolerable. “I prefer ‘honour-seeker’, myself,” he said. “For that is why we came here, is it not? And this is not my first journey to far-off lands, let me tell you. Once, I stood at my uncle’s side when he captained a ship all the way through the ice shards to the lands of ash smoke where the gryphons still soar . . .”

Shamil listened politely as the warrior continued his tale, finding much of it hard to credit, even though it was spoken with an earnest sincerity. The northman’s tale wore on as Rignar unfurled a blanket to settle down to sleep, whilst Lyvia, plainly having already had her fill of Tolveg’s voice, rose and walked off to seek shelter amongst the surrounding rocks. Eventually, once it became apparent this story was unlikely to have an end, Shamil abandoned courtesy and slumped down at the edge of the fire’s glow. Wrapping his cloak around himself, he soon drifted into sleep to the sound of the northman’s unending recitation, seemingly indifferent to the absence of an audience.

2. The Climb

“. . . And, though she implored me to stay at her side, I steeled my heart and returned to my uncle’s ship, for bound by duty was I, and even the promise of a queen’s love was insufficient to sway me . . .”

“Does he ever stop?” Shamil muttered to Lyvia as they clambered to the top of a craggy rock face, one of several they had traversed that morning, each time to the accompaniment of Tolveg’s endless epic.

“When he finally gets to the part where he returns home,” she replied with a wince. “And then he just starts over, and the story changes with every telling. His lovelorn queen was merely a countess last time.”

Shamil had woken that morning to the stomach-teasing scent of meat on the spit, finding Lyvia roasting a fresh-caught rabbit over the fire. Noble origins or not, she was no stranger to the wilds or the hunt. Her stern silence from the previous night abated somewhat once they had shared a meal and commenced the long climb to the Eyrie’s summit, although they were obliged to converse during the all-too-brief respites from Tolveg’s story.

“So you think it’s all lies?” he asked her. They paused on a ledge, waiting for the others to catch up. He and Lyvia had quickly proven themselves as the most agile climbers, and it would have been easy to leave the two older men behind. This climb, however, was bound by an ancient custom that dictated they all arrive at the summit together.

“Possibly.” Lyvia shrugged. “Though that sword certainly isn’t just for show. I’ve seen enough warriors to know the face of one who’s actually tasted battle.” She frowned, lowering her face a little. “Unlike me.”

“And me,” Shamil admitted.

“Truly?” Her frown became puzzled as she nodded to the raptorile-tail whip on his belt. “I thought that must be a trophy. Your people war endlessly with the lizardfolk, do they not?”

Shamil’s hand went to the whip, unwelcome memories rising as his fingers traced over the azure- and emerald-hued scales that formed its base. The eyes . . . There was a soul behind its eyes . . .

“Just a gift,” he said, swallowing a cough. Eager for a distraction he leant forward to offer a hand as Rignar clambered the final few feet to the ledge.

By Shamil’s reckoning they had scaled near a third of the mountain by midday, their progress partially assisted by the pathway cut into the stone, presumably by the previous generations of sentinels. It wasn’t much of a track, however, being frequently too narrow for easy navigation and often disappearing altogether at the base of yet another cliff face they needed to scale to progress. The surrounding stone was often marked with various inscriptions, most of them carved in letters or glyphs beyond Shamil’s comprehension, though both Lyvia and Rignar had little difficulty in providing a translation.

“‘Loelle Estarik of Mira-Vielle,’” the mage read, his blunt fingers tracing over one inscription that appeared less weathered than the others. “‘Second Wing of the Sentinel Eyrie. To my mother’s shade I offer the most earnest contrition for my sin.’” He raised an eyebrow at Lyvia. “A country woman of yours, it seems.”

“It’s a famous scandal,” she said, a shadow passing over her face as she surveyed the carved symbols. “She fell in love with a lord from a rival house and, at his urging, disclosed her family’s treacherous scheming to win the throne. The entire family went to the gallows, save Loelle, who was allowed the mercy of exile and service in the Sentinels.”

“Then perhaps she awaits us above,” Shamil said, eyeing the winding and irksomely narrow trail ahead.

“I doubt it.” Lyvia started forward with a faintly mocking grin. “Unless she’s found a means of extending her life by two centuries. Plays have been written about her, none of them particularly good, it must be said.”

Mention of theatre, unfortunately, provided yet another opening for Tolveg to regale them with more of his adventures, on the pretext that such high drama would surely one day attract the attention of a playwright.

“For it was with my words, not my sword, that I laid low the three-eyed reptile of the Black Fjord, famed for taking the form of a comely maiden in order to lure besotted sailors into her deadly embrace . . .”

The tale wore on for the remaining hours of daylight and much of the night that followed as they huddled in their cloaks and tried to sleep on a ledge no more than three feet wide. Once again Shamil drifted into a fitful slumber to the sound of Tolveg’s voice only to awaken come the dawn to find he had begun the story all over again, only, this time the shapeshifting three-eyed reptile had become a water nymph of astonishing beauty.

“In the name of the four winds . . .” Shamil began through clenched teeth only for the words “shut up!” to die on his lips when Rignar clamped a firm hand to his shoulder. Meeting the mage’s eyes, Shamil found an implacable command to silence and, as they flicked towards Tolveg, a measure of pity.

Shamil noticed it then: the small quiver to Tolveg’s voice as he spoke, the way his hands would sometimes stray to the scars on his neck, trembling for a second before he snatched them away. This was a man filled with fear, a fear that could only be assuaged by the constant recitation of his own story, real or imagined as it may be.

So they shared a sparse meal of salted meat and resumed their climb without a word of protest as Tolveg’s saga continued. He filled the next few hours with such contradictory constancy that, when he finally fell silent, Shamil found himself halting in surprise at the sudden absence of his voice.

They had scaled a steep, winding path to the mountain’s eastward flank, finding a stiff, chill wind to greet them that held the sting of more than just the cold. Shamil’s nostrils flared at the acrid, sulphurous taint to the air, eyes tracking to its obvious source half-a-dozen miles distant. The cloud rose in ugly billows of yellow and grey, shrouding much of the craggy ridgeline below, thinning periodically to reveal the gaping, circular fissure from which it poured.

“The Maw,” Shamil murmured. Gazing upon something of such legendary status aroused a curious mix of emotions, from simple awe to a shameful sense of pride. With his own eyes he had beheld something few born to his homeland would ever see, but he had bought the experience at the cost of his honour. Throughout his trek north his mind had churned through various imaginings of what the Maw would actually look like, from a vast, bottomless pit to a jagged, flame-belching crack in the earth. Seeing the reality of it, he felt no sense of anticlimax, even though it amounted to just a very large hole spewing a good deal of foul smoke into the air. It was the reality of it that awed him, the inescapable fact that the entrance to the last refuge of the malign Voice actually existed. Furthermore, all other aspects of the legend were fully present.

The jagged teeth of the Smeldthorn Mountains lay beyond the smoke, their black slopes laced in veins of glowing red lava birthed by the many volcanoes in their midst. The veins came together to form a sluggish river of molten rock that flowed down the ridge before angling south, creating a steaming, pulsing barrier between the smoking rent of the Maw and the greener lands that formed the eastern frontier of the Treaty Realms. Despite the ugly spectacle of the scene, most of Shamil’s attention was not captured by the Maw or the molten river but by the vast statue that rose from its eastern bank.

He put its height at close to five hundred feet, the granite from which it had been fashioned rendered black by centuries of smoke from the Maw. Shamil supposed this was fitting since the woman it depicted was said to have worn dark armour throughout her many battles. Sharrow-Met, the Great Redeemed Wraith Queen, Founder and Saviour of the Treaty Realms, stood side-on to the Maw, both arms resting on the pommel of her mighty scimitar so that the giant edifice of woman and blade created a huge arch of sorts. Her features, stern with either resolve or perhaps disdain, had somehow escaped the blackening smoke and so shone pale in comparison to the rest of her massive body. Also, as Shamil’s gaze tracked over the fine cheekbones and aquiline nose, he noted they were disconcertingly familiar.

“Don’t,” Lyvia said as he turned towards her. Unlike the statue, her features were weary rather than stern, mouth twisted in an annoyed grimace. “I’ve been hearing it all my life. So, please don’t.”

The expression she cast at the statue was reflective rather than awed, proving a stark contrast to Rignar. The mage stared at Sharrow-Met’s stone effigy with unblinking eyes and face slack, a sign that the sight of her had been sufficient to banish all other thought from his head. Watching tears well in Rignar’s eyes, Shamil was reminded of something he had witnessed in boyhood, his aunt’s face the day his uncle returned from the last war against the raptorile. It had been a long war, and his uncle was no warrior, merely a potter called to serve his city at a time of direst need. Seeing her face that day when the kitchen door opened to reveal a smiling man in besmirched, dented armour, Shamil understood that she had never truly expected him to return. It was the face of a soul looking upon another that it loved absolutely.

Shamil found Tolveg’s reaction to the sight of the statue the most curious. He stood with his face turned away and arms crossed, silent for once but in a way that brought no sense of relief. For when Shamil caught sight of his features, he saw only the terror the northman had been striving to contain throughout their journey.

“They say her battle mages built it in just three days,” Lyvia said, drawing Shamil’s attention back to the statue. “In their grief they joined their powers to raise up the stone and from it crafted a monument greater than all others, just to mark the place of her passing.”

“Nonsense,” Rignar muttered, blinking as he wiped at his eyes. “Building the statue required mage power, it’s true, but it was still the work of years, not days. And she didn’t die at the cusp of the Maw.”

This differed from every tale Shamil had ever read or heard regarding Sharrow-Met’s demise, placing Rignar at odds with a considerable body of scholarship and lore. However, the surety of his voice left little doubt that, at least in his own mind, he spoke the truth.

“Then where did she die?” Lyvia asked, her voice coloured by a caustic skepticism.

“No one knows.” Rignar displayed no overt offence as, with obvious effort, he tore his gaze from the statue to resume the trek. “She suffered wounds in the last charge that drove the Voice’s vile horde into the Maw, wounds that would surely have killed a lesser soul. All we know for sure is that, when the last arrow had fallen and the dust and smoke settled, she was gone.”

“Set to wander the earth until our hour of direst need?” Lyvia asked, her tone taking on a taunting quality. “Are you a Revenantist, then? Is that why you’re here?”

Rignar paused in the act of hauling himself up to the next ledge, his own tone one of sadness rather than resentment. “Revenantists are fanatics lost in a welter of delusion. I am not so fortunate, my lady.” He inclined his head at the path awaiting them, a series of ever more narrow pathways that resembled a zigzag pattern of scars slashed into the mountain’s side. “Shall we?”

* * *

Tolveg said nothing for the rest of the day, something for which Shamil should have been grateful. Instead, the warrior’s silence soon began to stir an oppressive concern. He plodded at the rear of their party, his face set in a rigid mask, red-rimmed eyes distant, and offering only grunts to Shamil’s forced attempts at conversation. He took comfort from the fact that they had surely scaled two thirds of the mountain’s height by now and the Eyrie’s summit lay only one more day’s climb away. He knew enough not to expect complete safety upon reaching the Sentinels’ holdfast, but the challenges that awaited them there at least offered the prospect of restitution, something they had all travelled a great distance to claim. When they saw the first great wing, however, any hope Shamil harboured that the prospect of reaching their destination would restore Tolveg’s spirits dwindled and fluttered away on the mountain wind.

It swept out of a nearby cloud bank without warning, its shadow passing over them before their ears detected its passage through the air. Shamil was obliged to squint into the sun’s glare to catch his first glimpse of the bird, watching the wings give a single mighty beat that sent it soaring high. Seeing it silhouetted against the cool blue of the mountain sky, Shamil felt a lurch in his heart at the sheer majesty of the beast, wings at least thirty paces from tip to tip, sunlight glittering through the feathers of its fanned tail, body the size of a warhorse.

As the bird angled its wings to sweep back towards them, Shamil was able to discern the bright colouring of its feathers, a mix of red and gold that gave the impression of flame as they caught the sun. Shortening its wings, the bird came straight towards them at a shallow angle, allowing Shamil to make out the smaller bulk of the sentinel perched on its back. His initial glance made him wonder if it might be another bizarre creation of nature, its head seemingly deformed into something that resembled a teardrop with two black eyes peering down at them in blank indifference as the eagle streaked overhead. A helm, Shamil realised, noting the bronze sheen of the teardrop and the straps holding it in place before the eagle banked away and disappeared into the cloud below.

The four of them stood in silent regard of the clouds until Lyvia coughed and said in a small voice, “Bigger than I thought it would be.”

“Much,” Shamil agreed, his head filled with visions of what it might be like to ride such a creature and finding to his surprise that they stirred more anticipation than dread.

“The fire wing is second only to the black wing in size,” Rignar said. “And there are said to be hardly any of those left.”

Tolveg said nothing, moving to the ledge to peer down at the drifting clouds. They had reached a comparatively broad stretch of track, even featuring a few steps cut into the stone but no wall that might prevent a climber from coming perilously close to a sheer drop.

“Tolveg,” Shamil cautioned, seeing the tip of the northman’s boot protrude over the edge, scattering gravel into the void.

“That’s not my name,” the blond warrior said in a soft voice. He raised his head as Shamil took a step towards him. He was gratified to see the man’s terror had disappeared, his face now wearing a serene smile as his long locks trailed in the wind. “They took it from me, you see, the day they scourged me.” His hand half rose towards his neck in an echo of his habitual gesture, then paused and fell to his side. “It’s the law, the deserved fate of one who murders a kinsman. Tolveg Clearwater died, and in his place was Blood-Mad, murderer of uncles, worthy of only spit and curses.”

Seeing Tolveg’s other boot scrape towards the edge, Shamil took another tentative step forward. “I doubt names matter much in the Eyrie,” he said, extending a hand.

“They seemed to think I wanted to do it,” Tolveg went on, voice sombre with puzzled recollection. “That I somehow lusted for my uncle’s death, out of . . . envy, perhaps? But why? Why would they think that?”

“When we become sentinels, you’ll prove them wrong.” Shamil took another step, gauging the distance between them at little over three yards, too far to leap and catch him in time.

“But I had to.” Tolveg’s gaze froze Shamil in midstep, the serenity abruptly replaced by a desperate need for understanding. “I begged him to stop. I begged him to turn the ship back. ‘Have we not witnessed wonders enough, Uncle? Is our hold not crammed with treasure? But now it is always dark and the seas we sail bare of all save ice. Truly we have reached the limit of the world.’ But turn back he wouldn’t. He was well into his madness by then, star-cursed my people call it, a soul lost to the lure of endless discovery. We sailed further north than any ship in all the sagas, and it still wasn’t enough.”

He sighed, and the desperation in his face faded into sorrowful acceptance. “He gave me this the day we set off.” Tolveg’s hands moved to the buckle of his sword belt, unclasping it from his hips. “Alken-Haft, a blade fit for only the hand of a hero, or so he said.” Tolveg smiled as he hefted the sword and looked into Shamil’s eyes. “And I can see that this is no place for cowards.”

He threw the sword at Shamil, hard enough to force him to retreat a step so he could catch it, stopping the rune-etched pommel an inch from his nose. When Shamil lowered it, Tolveg was gone.

3. The Eyrie

“You could have saved him.”

Rignar glanced briefly at Shamil’s stern, accusing visage before turning away, huddling into his cloak. “Leave it be, lad,” he muttered.

The three of them had spent the hours until nightfall climbing in silence, eventually finding a resting place at the foot of a stone ladder cut into a sheer cliff some fifty feet high, too high and too narrow to scale in darkness. Throughout the climb Shamil had kept to the rear, hoping the mage could feel his eyes boring into the back of his skull. Shamil had seen death before, including the deaths of friends, for the Doctrinate’s lessons held many dangers, but never had he witnessed a man casting his own life away, especially when such a waste could have been prevented.

“The pendant you carry has power,” Shamil persisted. “You have power. You could have stopped his fall . . .”

“Some men are fated to die young,” Rignar cut in, voice dull with fatigue. “Saving him wouldn’t have changed that. Fear followed him like the stink that follows a drunkard, the fear that had cracked his mind when he murdered his uncle, the kind of fear that never fades. Better he spare others the cowardice that would surely have claimed him in battle.”

“What do you know of battle?”

“More than you, my young friend. Since I’ve actually seen a few.” Rignar shifted, letting out an irritated groan. “Best get some sleep. I’ve a sense tomorrow will be a hard trial for all of us.”

But Shamil’s mind was too full of Tolveg’s serene smile to allow the comfort of sleep. He sat with his back against the first step, the northman’s sword propped between his knees. He turned it continually, watching the light of the quarter moon play on the runes engraved on the pommel. There were more on the blade itself, a remarkable thing of beauty that demanded admiration, bright and keen, the edge possessing the slight irregularity that came from the grind of a whetstone over many years. It bore only a few scratches, leaving the symbols that marked it intact, not that he could read them.

“It’ll be a battle ode to one of their many spirit gods.”

Lyvia gathered her cloak about her as she sat up, the keenness of her eyes indicating a similar inability to sleep.

“Can you read it?” he asked, holding out the sword.

She shook her head, making no move to take the weapon. “No, but I know a little of the northmen’s customs, one of which holds that touching another warrior’s sword invites a dire curse.”

“It’s not mine.”

“It is now. Tolveg’s last act was to gift it to you, and I’m sure he had good reason, however cracked his mind might have been.”

They both started as Rignar let out a sharp exhalation and shuddered in his sleep. Checking his face, Shamil saw that Rignar’s eyes remained closed, but his features were drawn into a mask of deep distress. Shamil decided that the mage’s dreams must be terrible indeed to visit him with so much pain and terror. Rignar’s lips moved in a tremulous whisper, the words mostly gibberish but for a few sentences rendered near meaningless by archaic phrasing.

“. . . I beg of thee . . .” the mage whimpered, face bunching in fresh alarm. “. . . Hearken to thine heart . . . thou hast suffered enough . . .”

Gradually, the words faded away, and Rignar calmed, his features slackening until snores replaced fearful whispers.

“He’s been like this every night,” Lyvia said. “Once Tolveg finally stopped talking and fell to slumber. You slept through it all.”

“But you didn’t.”

She shrugged, looking away, her face becoming guarded. “I sleep little.”

“You called him a Revenantist.” Shamil looked again at Rignar’s snoring features, thinking how unremarkable a figure he would have been but for the pendant he wore. “What is that?”

“A cult, popular in my city until recently.” She angled her head, studying Rignar. “I doubt he’s truly one of them, though. No fanatic was ever so cynical.”

“This cult worshipped Sharrow-Met?”

“In a way. Their founder claimed to have received a vision of the redeemed Wraith Queen wandering the earth in revenant form, neither dead nor alive, in perpetual expectation of the day she’ll be needed. ‘When the Voice is once again heard in the Treaty Realms, the Wraith Queen will forsake her endless wandering and rise to be our salvation once more.’

“This self-proclaimed visionary made himself quite powerful for a time, rich too, until one of his more zealous adherents decided he was in fact a fraud and put a hefty dose of poison in his wine. The cult splintered in the aftermath, lingering on in factions that seem more interested in fighting each other than proclaiming Sharrow-Met’s imminent return.”

“Imminent return?”

“The heartlands of the Treaty Realms are troubled, at least more troubled than the normal course of history would dictate. Once-loyal kinsmen vie for power, harvests are poor, reports of plague and famine are rife. It’s all fertile ground for any would-be prophet offering hope in the form of a long-dead legend. If she did ever deign to return, now would seem a very good time.” Her voice slipped into a whisper, face clouding as she added, “The beggared and the dispossessed will unite to follow another queen . . .”

She blinked and stiffened, turning away to lie down, pulling her cloak over her head. “You really should keep the sword, Shamil,” she told him in a sigh. “I think Tolveg hoped you could use it to win the honour he could never regain.”

* * *

The woman waiting to greet them at the top of the steps stood at least six feet tall, with copper-coloured hair bound in tight braids. She wore a fur cloak against the wind, which parted with the frequent gusts to reveal a leather harness covering a frame of lean muscle and, Shamil noted as he tried vainly not to let his eyes linger, more than a few scars. She gave no response to Rignar’s panted greeting as they hauled themselves up the final step, arms crossed in silent scrutiny. Her angular visage surveyed them each in turn, lingering briefly on Shamil, longer on Rignar, and longest of all on Lyvia. Her eyes narrowed in recognition as they roved the younger woman’s face, a faintly puzzled line bisecting the scar on her brow.

“The resemblance has been remarked upon many times . . .” Lyvia began in a tired voice, only for the woman to bark out a harsh command.

“Shut your mouth, fledgling!” She glared at Lyvia for a moment longer, as if daring her to speak again, then grunted and turned to Rignar. “There were four of you yesterday,” she stated.

“Our companion . . . fell,” Rignar replied.

The woman’s head tilted in slight acknowledgment before shifting to regard the steps they had climbed. “Do any others follow?”

“No.” Rignar gave an apologetic smile. “It’s just us.”

Shamil saw the woman grimace before she turned away, staring up a path of wind-worn flagstones leading to a gateway in a wall a dozen feet high. “My name is Tihla Javahn, Second Wing of the Sentinel Eyrie,” the woman said. She moved with a rapid stride their recent exertions made it hard to match, and her words held the dry and passionless tones of an oft-recited speech. “As fledgling sentinels, your training is in my hands. You will follow my instructions without question. If your disobedience doesn’t result in your death, you will depart this place and never come back. There is no negotiation here. There is no bargaining here. I care nothing for your excuses, explanations, or entreaties. Nor do I care about whatever disgrace brought you to this pass. Understand this and accept it, or leave now.”

She came to a halt beneath the gate, turning to regard them with hard intent, her hand emerging from her cloak to hold up a brass disc. It was a thin, roughly worked thing, embossed with a crude silhouette of an eagle in flight. In material terms it possessed little value, but to Shamil it was worth all the wealth he would ever own.

“This is what you came for,” Tihla Javahn told them. “The token that symbolises restored honour through service to the Sentinel Eyrie. It may take years to earn it, it may take months. Most likely you will die in pursuit of it. Stepping through this gate signifies your submission to the Eyrie, its customs, its rules, and the sacrifice required of its mission. Do not enter lightly.”

She moved aside, inclining her head at what lay beyond the gate. Shamil stepped forward without hesitation, drawing up short at the sight of the Eyrie in its entirety. It was composed of stepped tiers carved from the summit of the mountain, creating a series of rises and dips. Wooden platforms had been constructed atop each rise, linked by a complex, overlapping maze of walkways. A dozen or more canvas-sailed windmills turned continuously in the stiff wind, and other sentinels moved about carrying various burdens. Most paused to regard the newcomers for a short examination, but none felt inclined to wave or call out a greeting.

Rising above the windmills were a number of thick poles, each as tall as an aged pine, featuring broad crossbeams. Their purpose soon became obvious when a huge shape swept out of the sky and flared its wings, talons the length of sabres reaching out to grasp the perch. Shamil had thought the bird they had seen before Tolveg’s fall to be the biggest he would ever see, but this creature was at least a third again as large. Its great beak parted to emit a piercing cry as it folded its wings, the feathers betraying a flame-like shimmer. The sentinel on its back unhooked his harness from the straps about the fire wing’s neck before leaping nimbly to catch hold of one of the ropes dangling from the crossbeam. A large man, his fur cloak parted to reveal a torso of thick muscle as he descended to the ground, his fall made gentle by a counterweight that swept up as he swept down.

He released the rope a few feet shy of the ground, landing on a slanted walkway and sliding to the nearest platform. He made his way towards the gate in a series of leaps and swings, pausing briefly to exchange greetings with other sentinels, all of whom smiled or nodded with notable deference. Upon landing he strode towards the newcomers, tugging thick leather gauntlets from his hands before unfastening the teardrop-shaped bronze helm from his head.

After Tihla’s severity, Shamil was surprised to see a smiling visage as the helm came away. Based on his frame, Shamil would have guessed this man’s age at somewhere in his thirties, but the face he revealed bore the creases and weathering of a much older man. As he halted, his lips parted to reveal a wall of white, apart from a single gold tooth gleaming bright in the sun.

“Fledgling sentinels,” he said, bowing and speaking in a voice that was low but strong. “I bid you welcome to the Eyrie.” His smile dimmed a fraction as he looked at the empty ground beyond the gate. “This is all?” he enquired of Tihla.

“There were four.” She shrugged. “One fell.”

“Ah.” His face gave a short flicker of dismay before the smile returned in full measure. “No matter. All who brave the climb are welcome.” He bowed again. “Morgath Durnholm, First Wing of the Sentinel Eyrie, thanks you for your selflessness in coming here.”

Lyvia gave a visible start at the mention of the man’s name and failed to match the bow Shamil offered the leader of the Sentinels. It was awkward and clumsy, as the custom was unknown in his homeland. Rignar also offered no bow, but did step forward to clasp the first wing’s hand.

“Rignar Banlufsson,” he said. “I present my companions Shamil L’Estalt of Anverest and Lady Lyvia Gondarik of Mira-Vielle.”

“No noble titles here,” Tihla said, adding in a low mutter, “certainly no ladies.”

Morgath Durnholm spared his second-in-command a small reproachful arch of his eyebrow before turning back to Rignar. Shamil noted how his gaze barely lingered on Lyvia, as if forcing himself not to stare. “You’re the crystal mage we’ve been expecting for so long,” he said, pointing to the pendant about Rignar’s neck. “Shelka, our last practitioner of the art, went to join with the spirits of her forebears last winter. She was very old and, despite having won her disc years ago, decided to live out her days amongst those she had come to see as family. For that is what we are.” He smiled again, moving to rest a hand on each of their shoulders, his affability faltering somewhat when Lyvia took a pointed backward step, her face lowered and expression rigidly inexpressive.

Shamil found his shoulder sagging a little under the weight of the first wing’s hand, the fellow looming above him by several inches. However, any suspicion that his gesture might be an attempt to demonstrate superior strength was dispelled by the genuine warmth that glimmered in Morgath’s eyes. Shamil had been trained to spot signs of deceit or hidden malice and saw none here.

“We have a good deal for you to do, Master Mage,” the first wing said, turning back to Rignar. “The Eyrie has a decent stock of crystals, but that will soon change in the event of another incursion.”

“Is such a thing expected?” Rignar asked.

“The Maw is sparing in the signs and portents it provides. It could belch flame for a day, and yet the skies remain clear of its foul denizens, only for dozens to spew forth a fortnight later. I’ve often thought we could do with a seer in the Eyrie, but as yet none has felt sufficiently disgraced to join our family.”

“They tend to be a solitary lot,” Rignar agreed. “Disgrace is reserved for those of us who actually engage with the world.”

“Ah yes, the world.” Morgath’s brows rose in faint interest. “How fares it?”

Rignar’s face formed a humourless grimace. “Poorly. Not so many of the Treaty Realms still hold to ancient obligations, hence our number.”

“Numbers aren’t everything. I’d rather three stout hearts come in search of restored honour than a hundred souls forced to our door by mere obligation.”

He smiled again, less broadly, before turning to Tihla, voice lowered. “I’ll need to take Fleyrak for another patrol before nightfall. Saw an odd shadow in the smoke.”

The second wing’s scarred brow creased in concern. “Something new?”

“Or just a trick of the light. My eyes aren’t what they were.”

“I’ll come with you.”

“You have more pressing duties.” He cast a meaningful glance at Shamil and the others. “I’ll take Shirmar. He’s fully healed now and keen to get back into the sky.”

“Take Lamira too,” she told him, her tone hard with insistence, before adding with a bland smile, “Her eyes are younger.”

Morgath gave a brief laugh, then turned to bow to the three new arrivals a final time. “Tihla will see to your training. Throughout the days ahead it would be best to remind yourselves that what she does, she does out of love for family.”

He turned and walked away, leaving Tihla to regard them with a baleful eye. “Understand this,” she said in very precise tones, “I do not love you. Mage.” She beckoned Rignar forward, pointing to the western edge of the Eyrie where the carved tiers abruptly ended in a stretch of vertical rock. It was covered from base to crest in wooden scaffolding, the rock face featuring numerous circular, cave-like openings too regular of appearance to have been naturally formed. “Best if you take Shelka’s old chamber. It’s on the lowest tier, second from the left. She left behind a pile of books and trinkets you may find a use for. Get settled, and join us to eat after dark. You’ll go to the nest tomorrow. Better hope one likes you, or you’ve had a wasted journey.”

Rignar hesitated, turning to regard Shamil and Lyvia. “I assumed I would be training with my friends . . .”

“Mages don’t train,” Tihla interrupted. “Can’t risk losing your talents. Apart from the leap, of course. No sentinel can avoid that.”

Rignar gave a reluctant nod, forcing a smile at his younger companions. “Until tomorrow, then.”

After he started for his new home, Tihla stood in silent regard of her two charges, gaze roaming over their various weapons. “Know how to use that, do you?” she asked, gesturing to the strongbow slung across Shamil’s shoulders.

“I do,” he replied.

She blinked before her eyes slid to Lyvia, narrowing with a resentment Shamil assumed resulted from the disrespect the noblewoman had shown to the first wing. “And you?” Tihla flicked a finger at the sling dangling from Lyvia’s belt.

“All women of my house are trained in combat from a young age,” Lyvia replied promptly. “Proficiency in weapons is considered as important as comportment and etiquette.”

The edges of Tihla’s mouth curved very slightly. “We’ll see. For now”—she nodded to a stack of broad-bladed shovels resting near the gate—“you have a far more important task to perform.”

4. Fledglings

“Morgath Durnholm was the worst pirate in the entire history of the Treaty Realms.”

Lyvia’s words were muffled somewhat by the scarf she had fastened over her nose and mouth in an effort to assuage the stink, but Shamil detected the heat in her words, nonetheless.

“He didn’t seem . . . piratical.”

“What?”

Like her, he had covered his mouth so was obliged to pull down the black silk kerchief in order to repeat himself. “He didn’t seem . . .” Shamil choked off as the miasma that filled the roofless channel immediately assailed his nostrils and throat. He coughed, fixing his kerchief back in place and shaking his head.

“They say he took over a hundred ships,” she went on, grunting as she forced her shovel through a particularly stubborn mound. Once dislodged from the stone, it came apart to unleash a stench so thick they were forced to the tunnel mouth, where they spent several minutes retching and heaving clean air into their lungs. This end of the tunnel led to the south-facing flank of the mountain, ending abruptly in a sheer drop of dizzying depth, the stone below streaked with white and yellow from years of discarded effluent. They had learned over the course of the previous two days that seeking relief at the tunnel’s other opening would earn only a rebuke from Tihla and a curt instruction to get back to work.

“He wasn’t kind to the crews either,” Lyvia continued in a gasp, slumping against the tunnel wall. “Dozens of sailors thrown to the tiger fish for his sadistic amusement. When the king’s fleet finally caught him, it’s said he spat in the admiral’s face and demanded immediate execution.”

“And yet here he is,” Shamil pointed out. “Pirate no longer.”

“It was the admiral that brought him here, in chains. The admiral’s name was Argath Durnholm, you see.” She gave an exasperated sigh at Shamil’s puzzled expression. “His father. Morgath was . . . is a renegade son to one of the great houses of Mira-Vielle. A man of even slightly less noble blood would have been subjected to the eighty cuts, and that’s not a pleasant fate, let me tell you.”

“When was this?”

“Oh, before I was born, twenty-something years ago or thereabouts. I really didn’t expect to find him still alive, let alone first wing of this place.”

“And I didn’t expect to spend my time shovelling this.” Shamil cast a scrap of ordure through the opening with his shovel blade. “How many tons will it take to gain a disc, I wonder?”

Her response was drowned out by a piercing shriek that echoed through the tunnel with sufficient force to pain the ears. It was a regular occurrence, but Shamil doubted he would ever accustom himself to the calls of the mighty birds roosting in the great cavern above. So far, the only evidence they had seen of the creatures consisted of a few overlarge feathers and the steady but unpredictable arrival of the substance they had the dubious honour of clearing away. Worse than the effluent, however, were the bones. Most were the cracked or severed remnants of goats or sheep, but now and again they would unearth a skull of unfamiliar appearance. Most were too badly damaged to make out much of their features, but Shamil eventually found one that was mostly intact.

“Any notion of what this might be?” he asked Lyvia. They had paused to enjoy the benefit of a gust of wind from the southern end of the tunnel, an infrequent event that would banish the stink for a blessed moment or two.

He crouched to retrieve the skull from a dried mound of droppings, the yellow ash falling away to reveal what at first glance he might have taken for the skull of a child. The rounded crown of the head was roughly human in shape, but the resemblance disappeared when he turned it to examine the face. Two overlarge eye sockets regarded him above narrow nostrils and a set of misaligned, jagged teeth. Each tooth was the length of a coffin nail and still sharp, as he discovered to his cost upon touching a finger to the tip of the most prominent one. It was a small tap, but blood swelled immediately from the pinprick wound, soon followed by a sharp pain more acute than seemed natural.

“Something from the Maw, I expect,” Lyvia said. She eyed the skull with a dark wariness and, unlike Shamil, showed no inclination to touch it.

“It’s a flenser.”

They both turned to find Tihla standing in the tunnel, surveying the results of their work with a critical eye.

“Body like a monkey with wings like a bat. The teeth, though.” She shook her head with a humourless laugh, eyes still roving the newly scraped tunnel. “One bite is usually enough to kill, and if it doesn’t, their drool is so loaded with foulness the wound will fester so fast you’ll be dead in a day. One of the Maw’s less dangerous children.”

She sniffed, head tilting in faint satisfaction. “Stink’s not so bad now. Should hold us for another few weeks. Stow your shovels by the gate, and fetch your weapons. Time to find out if you two were bragging.”

* * *

Shamil’s feet skidded a few inches along the pillar’s summit as he landed, arms windmilling briefly to regain his balance. Once steadied, he unslung his bow and nocked an arrow, raising the weapon to loose at the target suspended from a rope a dozen feet above his head. He watched the shaft slam into the centre of the wooden circle, then turned, smoothly nocking another arrow to the string, then loosing at the target to his right, scoring another perfect hit. Crouching, he fixed his gaze on the neighbouring pillar, forcing himself not to dwell on the thicket of thorn bushes below. It was a ten-foot drop, but Shamil feared the thorns more.

He leapt, this time achieving a less solid landing. One foot slipped as it connected with the pillar’s marble top, flailing in the air for the brief second or two it took Shamil to find his balance once more. Fortunately his next pair of arrows were just as well aimed as the first, the wooden targets swaying as the shafts found their centres. His accuracy, however, failed to stir any appreciation from Tihla when he hopped from the sixth and final pillar to land at her side.

“Too slow,” she said. “Next time don’t stop to admire your handiwork.” She jerked her head at Lyvia. “Get to it, fledgling.”

After they had retrieved their weapons from their shared chamber, the second wing led them to the northern flank of the Eyrie where a semicircle of marble pillars rose from a thick mass of thorn bushes surrounding the base of a tall mound of tiered rock. Above the pillars wooden targets dangled from a web of ropes.

“Every battle fought by a sentinel takes place in the air,” Tihla told them. “The fear of falling is ingrained in every one of us, as well it should be, but to fight from a great wing’s back requires that you master that fear. Your path lies before you.” She gestured to the pillars. “Built here and abandoned centuries ago by hands unknown. The thorn bushes we planted ourselves, a reminder to fledglings that falling has consequences.” As evidence she raised her forearm to display a pale, jagged scar tracing from her wrist to her elbow. “My first and last fall. The thorn cut so deep Shelka had to use her crystals to seal it else I’d’ve bled to death.” She fixed them with a smile that didn’t touch her eyes. “Is your mage friend so skilled at healing, I wonder?”

When Lyvia’s turn came, she proved to be swifter than Shamil, leaping on nimble feet to linger on the first pillar just long enough to whirl her sling and cast a stone at the nearest target. Her aim wasn’t as true as his, however, the stone smacking into the target’s edge and sending it spinning. Unlike Shamil, Lyvia took Tihla’s words to heart and didn’t linger to watch. Slipping another stone into her sling, she whirled it and leapt again, unleashing the projectile in midair before twisting to land on the next pillar.

Shamil’s admiration turned to alarm when he saw her lead foot connect with the edge of the pillar’s crown rather than the flat surface. Lyvia twisted again as her foot skidded along the edge, trying to latch a hand onto the pillar before gravity did its work. She was only partially successful, managing to clamp one hand to the marble with enough of a grip to arrest her fall. Seeing the way her straining fingers inched closer to the edge as she dangled, feet kicking in an ineffectual attempt to gain leverage on the pillar’s upper stones, Shamil knew she had only seconds before plummeting into the possibly lethal embrace of the thorns.

He acted without thinking, casting his bow aside and leaping onto the first pillar, snatching the raptorile-tail whip from his belt. As he flicked his arm, it made a familiar, ear-straining crack, louder, it was said, than any other whip in all the Treaty Realms. The whip uncoiled like a deceptively lazy snake to wrap itself around Lyvia’s waist just as her fingers lost their grip.

Although she wasn’t a person of any particular bulk, the suddenness of her fall made it impossible for him to haul her back up. Instead he swung her, grunting with the effort of heaving the whip and its burden, Lyvia missing the thorns by bare inches. He let go at the midpoint of the swing, Lyvia landing hard on the bare stone a few yards from the thicket. She tumbled a short distance before coming to a halt, winded and groaning. As she looked up at Shamil, he was surprised to find a face that was pale with the shock of recent danger but also drawn in gratitude rather than injured pride.

Tihla’s reaction was similarly unexpected, pursing her lips in approval rather than anger as she watched Lyvia untangle herself from Shamil’s whip. Instead of voicing an acerbic injunction against saving fledglings from their deserved injuries, she nodded to Lyvia untangling herself from the whip. “An impressive instrument,” the second wing observed. “I assume it can kill as well as save?”

“I have a steel barb for the tip,” Shamil confirmed. “If need arises.”

“Need will surely arise, so be sure to keep it sharp.” She cupped her hands around her mouth to call down to Lyvia. “Stop lazing about and get back up here, fledgling! Try again, and ponder the folly of overconfidence whilst you’re at it.”

* * *

The next two weeks followed a daily routine of enlivening training and soul-taxing drudgery. Mornings were spent at the pillars, Tihla hectoring them to ever increasing speed. Shamil came close to falling only once more whilst Lyvia’s initial mishap seemed to have birthed a near manic concentration that ensured an uncanny sure-footedness. Within a few days she could hop from one pillar to another without the slightest pause, sling whirling all the while as stones thunked against the targets in a rapid drumbeat. Shamil quickly resigned himself to an inability to match her speed, although Tihla seemed satisfied with his progress and reserved the bulk of her criticism for the less dangerous but more arduous aspects of their training.

“Duck, you cack-brain!” she snarled, swinging the spear again, this time at his chest instead of his head. The weapon was called a claw spear and was at least twice the length of any pole-arm Shamil had encountered before. The haft was fashioned from ash, which allowed it to flex as Tihla wielded it, aiming the curved point at the upper parts of his body. The spearhead consisted of a black claw fixed to the haft by an iron bracket. This particular claw had a leather sheath to prevent its serrated edge from tearing his flesh, but the sting of its impact was a thing to be feared, and he bore several long, crescent-shaped bruises on his back from his first abortive practice.

The spearpoint whooshed within an inch of his head as he sprawled flat, then sprang to his feet and dodged back to avoid the next swing. Tihla was far from done, however, grunting as she brought the spear around then up, bringing it down in a hammer blow that would surely have cracked his skull had he not dived clear in time.

The spear haft broke as the point connected with the ground, the leather sheath coming away due to the force of the impact. The revealed claw was black as obsidian, catching a narrow gleam along its curve and glimmers on the jagged serrations.

“It’s from a scyther,” Tihla explained. “It’s a despoiled breed of condor, twice the size, with plenty of vicious cunning. Luckily, we only see a few each year, and they tend to fly alone.” She cast an annoyed eye at the broken spear haft before tossing it to Shamil. “Enough for today. Take this to Ehlias to get fixed, then do five circuits around the rises. I’ll be watching, so no slacking.”

* * *

Shamil assumed that Ehlias Kehn Arndstvel, metal smith to the Eyrie, must have once possessed hair much the same as Tolveg’s, given that they hailed from the same realm. If so, there was no evidence of long golden locks on the pink-and-purple globe of his head, nor even the smallest hair as far as Shamil could tell. There seemed to be scarcely an inch of his broad, muscle-thick frame that hadn’t received either a scorch or a burn severe enough to discolour or pucker the skin. His face was further testament to a life rich in injury, one milky white eye stared out from a socket crisscrossed by deep rents in the surrounding flesh. Despite it all, Shamil found him the most cheerful soul in the Eyrie, his voice raised in unending song as he worked, often providing a counterpoint to the ringing toll of his hammer on the anvil.

His songs were all voiced in the language of his homeland, making them meaningless to Shamil’s ear. Even so, he was able to discern the underlying theme from the smith’s tone, for his voice was a fine and pure thing, capable of conveying great sorrow as well as joy. Today the tune was sombre, mournful notes accompanying the rasp of his file on a newly crafted knife. Shamil found himself pausing at the circular doorway to the smith’s chamber, captured by the smith’s melody as it summoned Tolveg’s face to mind, the serene, acceptance just before he jumped.

“Broken another one, has she?”

Ehlias set his tools aside to come forward and relieve him of the spear. “A hefty blow,” Shamil said, handing the weapon over. “I was fortunate to avoid it.”

“She’s always had a strong arm, that one.” Ehlias’s good eye surveyed the broken haft and spearpoint in careful appraisal before adding both to a stack of weapons and gear in the corner of his workshop. “Tell her it’ll take me a day or two. Got a whole bundle of arrows to prepare for the new mage’s crystals.”

“I will.” Shamil turned to go but found himself dithering in the doorway, one hand fidgeting on the sword at his belt.

“Something else?” the smith asked.

“Yes a . . . personal matter.” Shamil unbuckled his sword belt and extended the sheathed weapon to Ehlias. “There are runes on the blade. I was wondering if you could tell me what they mean.”

The smith’s usually affable visage slipped into something far more stern, but also riven with a reluctant curiosity that deepened as he came closer to peer at the sword’s hilt and pommel. “Show me,” he said, making no move to take the sword.

Shamil drew the blade from the sheath, placing it on a nearby bench. Ehlias surveyed the runes in narrow-eyed silence for some time before telling Shamil to turn it over. “Where’d you get this, lad?” he asked after a similarly prolonged scrutiny of the reversed blade.

“It was given to me by a fellow exile during the climb. He . . . fell.”

“No he didn’t. Not if he gave this willingly into another’s hand. Do you have any notion of what this is?”

“I thought it just a sword, better crafted than most and pleasing to the eye, to be sure. But still, just a sword.”

Ehlias let out a soft sigh as his finger, still not touching the steel, traced the runes on one half of the blade. “These are signs of the stars my people look to for guidance on the seas, and in life. These”—his finger shifted to the markings on the opposite side—“are the names of the smiths who crafted this sword, and no ordinary smiths were they. Truth be told, I never thought to see one of these in my time upon this earth.” He stepped back from the bench, shaking his head before fixing Shamil with a serious, intent gaze. “It’s a skeln-blad. A fated blade, forged by steel-mages and given only to those destined to perform great deeds.”

“Its owner did murder and went mad,” Shamil replied in bafflement. “It’s why he was exiled. Although, he did tell a great many stories of impressive deeds. But how many were true . . .”

“If any of these deeds fulfilled the purpose this blade was crafted for, he’d have held fast to it when he threw himself from the mountain. No warrior of the Wodewehl would forsake the chance to carry such a potent weapon into the eternal battles of the Hidden Realms. Instead, he gave it to you. You’re its owner now, lad. Seems a great deal is expected of you.”

Shamil began to object further, but stilled his tongue in the face of the smith’s steady-eyed certainty. “Do the runes say what it is?” he asked, nodding to the blade. “This great purpose?”

Ehlias smoothed a hand over his motley scalp, disfigured brows bunching into a web as he pondered for a moment. “Those who crafted it named it Alken-Haft,” he said. “Which means ‘ice cutter.’ So . . .” He gave a forced, apologetic smile. “If I were you, I’d have a care when winter comes, for it falls hard in these mountains.”

* * *

Spear practice was followed by an hour spent traversing the network of walkways and ropes that covered the Eyrie. Most of the sentinels flew away on their birds to patrol the afternoon skies until dusk, creating an empty playground through which Shamil and Lyvia would sprint and leap, always trying to complete a circuit faster than the previous attempt. The wisdom of this particular lesson was twofold and obvious; they quickly gained an intimate understanding of their new home whilst also developing muscle and stamina.

Shamil found it a pleasing contrast to the Doctrinate, where the lessons could often be tedious, if not pointless. Whilst he learned a great deal about combat in his years within its walls, the Doctrinate was as much a temple as a school, and students would spend days memorising ancient lore in dead languages only to be punished for minor grammatical mistakes when called upon to recite it. The Eyrie was not bound by such meaningless custom. Here all lessons were pared down to the necessary skills of a sentinel, although Tihla had yet to even make mention of the one he ached most to learn.

“They don’t speak to them,” he observed to Lyvia one evening. It had become their habit to spend the brief respite after traversing the Eyrie atop one of the taller platforms, where they could watch the sentinels returning from their patrols. “The riders don’t talk to the birds,” he elaborated in response to Lyvia’s frown. “So how do they control them?”

He pointed to where Shirmar, a veteran of brawny build whose skin bore almost as many scars as Ehlias’s, guided his fire wing to a perch. The bird shortened its wings as it glided through the forest of poles to alight on the one closest to Shirmar’s chamber, all done without a shout from the rider on its back.

“One of Sharrow-Met’s final acts was to bind all the great-wing breeds to the Sentinels,” Lyvia replied. “Or so it’s said. When one dies, another arrives within days, be it an owl, a blue falcon or a fire wing. Somehow they know to send one of their number in accordance with the Wraith Queen’s wishes. As for their riders, I’m not sure who controls whom. Supposedly the bond between bird and sentinel allows for a depth of understanding beyond the ken of mage or scholar.”

“If they choose you,” Shamil pointed out in a low murmur. “And don’t decide to let you fall.”

His eyes slipped to the nest, the tallest rise in the Eyrie, a narrow spike of rock beneath which they had laboured to clear the ordure of the creatures that nested in its upper reaches. Within waited birds who had yet to accept a rider, one of which he hoped would choose him before the day of the leap finally dawned.

“I saw Rignar this morning,” Lyvia said, her tone deliberately bright, he assumed in an effort to alleviate his doubts. “Seems he’s already bonded with his bird, an owl he calls Kritzlasch. Mages are always bonded to owls, apparently.”

Shamil gave a vague nod in response, gaze still locked on the nest. “It would seem appropriate.”

“Some legends have it that the birds see into your soul. If they find courage, they choose you.” She nudged him with a hard shove of her boot. “In which case, I think you worry over nothing.”

Shamil glanced at her half-smiling, half-annoyed face before looking away, as unwanted memories rose for the first time since his arrival at the Eyrie.

The raptorile blinked its eyes, and he saw the soul behind them, saw its pain and fear, saw that it felt and thought as he did . . . saw enough to suffer the weakness that disgraced him.

“Yes,” he muttered back, getting to his feet. “I heard the same thing. Come, Tihla will be expecting us at the spit.”

5. Stielbek

Come evening, the sentinels would gather in the bowl-shaped nexus of channels between the tiered rises. When the sky began to darken, it fell to the fledglings to roast either a goat or a boar over the glowing coals piled into a circular pit, a chore that required regular and attentive turning of the spit. They were also required to boil and stir the vegetable broth in large iron bowls, which served as an accompaniment to the feast of meat. Shamil found this the most onerous of their chores, requiring over three hours of labour amidst air steamed to an oppressive, sweat-inducing thickness. Tihla had issued stern instructions that they remain silent throughout these nightly gatherings, and they were permitted to eat only after the sentinels had had their fill.

At first, Shamil had expected some measure of taunting and ridicule from these veterans, such things being a salient and required feature of life in the Doctrinate; his back still bore the marks of stones and various projectiles hurled at him by the older students along with a torrent of verbal abuse. But no bullying was forthcoming, instead the two fledglings were either ignored or spared a rare glance of sympathy or grim encouragement.

The assembly numbered about a hundred in all, and Shamil saw no unscarred faces amongst them, several sporting eye patches, whilst a few wore wrought-iron hooks in place of lost hands or wooden pegs instead of vanished legs. He therefore found the good humour that pervaded the gathering distinctly odd, even jarring. Men and women with injuries that would have seen them beggared in most realms exchanged affectionate jibes and roared with laughter at ribald jokes. Tales of near death and calamity abounded but were never spoken in dire or foreboding tones. He might have ascribed it to the forced bravado found amongst many a warrior band, but the absence of fear in this place was as potent as the sense of warm companionship. Morgath Durnholm had spoken true, this really was a family.

The first wing spoke often throughout the evening, but Shamil noticed he never shared any stories of his own, instead commenting on the various tales with observations that were either gently chiding or concealed a compliment within apparent scorn. Durnholm was also, Shamil saw with growing admiration, highly skilled at quelling the rare disagreements or burgeoning arguments that rose amongst his subordinates. Sometimes two sentinels would carry mismatched memories of an event, which could lead to conflict for it was clear that a correct accounting of shared history was highly important in the Eyrie.

“No,” one stated, interrupting a lurid recounting of the death of a comrade some years before. She was a slender woman of similar complexion to Shamil but spoke with an unfamiliar accent, coloured now by an emphatic note as she rose, shaking her head at the stocky storyteller opposite. “It wasn’t just flensers that day. There was a whole company of vehlgard archers at the lip of the Maw too. That’s why Hawber took his bird so high. That flenser pack would never have got him otherwise.”

“He soared high because he was too fond of flying, Ashinta,” the stocky man returned, not without good humour, but also with a steely defiance in his eye. “Sky mad. Something we should all guard against.”

“He was no more sky mad than I,” Ashinta insisted, voice growing heated enough to draw a glower from the storyteller. His face darkened as his lips began to form a response, the retort lost when Morgath’s voice rang out, loud and cheery.

“We’re all sky mad!” he laughed, rising to clap a hand to Ashinta’s shoulder. “At least a little. Else, why would be here?”

This drew a laugh from the other sentinels, and just like that the rising tension was gone. Morgath Durnholm, it seemed, knew how to wield his words as well as Tihla could wield a spear. Ashinta gave a slightly sheepish grin as the first wing jostled her, resuming her seat whilst he raised his voice once more.

“I think, brothers and sisters, our fledglings have endured our tales long enough.” He turned, extending a hand to Shamil and Lyvia. They were busily scouring the slops of broth from the pots and took a moment to realise all eyes were now turned in their direction.

“Fourteen evenings filled with stories of enough horror to send any sane soul scrambling down this mountain,” Morgath went on, eyes warm as he regarded them, “and yet they stayed. Despite every indignity, chore, and injury our excellent second wing heaped upon them, they stayed. She has pronounced them ready for the choosing, and I agree. Do I hear a dissenting voice?”

There was a long moment of silence, Shamil’s gaze tracking over the tiers of serious faces arrayed on all sides, finding shrewd appraisal on some but acceptance on most. The silence stretched until Morgath gave a satisfied nod, only for a single voice to speak up.

“The girl,” Ashinta said, dark eyes fixed on Lyvia. “She looks too much like the Wraith Queen’s statue. It’s . . . unnerving. An ill omen, some might think.”

“Are you a seer now?” another sentinel asked, sending a ripple of amusement through the crowd.

“Course I’m cacking not!” The woman’s snarl faded into a grimace as she continued to stare at Lyvia. “Just worried how the birds will take to her is all. Mine gets twitchy at the mere sight of her.”

“The great wings will decide,” Morgath told her, his voice for once devoid of humour and possessing a note of authority that caused Ashinta to meet his eyes. “The Eyrie belongs to them as much as us. She’ll be chosen, or she won’t. Besides, none of us can help how we look.” He held her gaze until she nodded and looked away.

“Then it’s decided.” The first wing moved to wrap a broad arm around Shamil and Lyvia, pulling them close. Shamil noted that this time his fellow fledgling didn’t shrink from the first wing’s touch. “Tomorrow, our young friends will meet the great wings, and let’s hope they emerge with all their fingers intact!”

He laughed, long and loud, and the collective amusement of the sentinels filled the bowl and cast their mirth into the night sky like a roar. As it faded, Shamil saw a blossom of red above the Eyrie’s eastern flank, brief and gone in an instant, but very bright, nonetheless. No one else, however, seemed to notice.

* * *

The odour emanating from the conical peak of the nest was not so unpleasant as the stench of the tunnel beneath, but still brought a wrinkle to Shamil’s nose. It was rich in raw meat, as he would have expected, but also bore the taint of breath exhaled by inhuman lungs.

“Right,” Tihla said, dumping the sack containing a recently butchered goat at the entrance. Getting there had required a confusing climb of a dozen crisscrossed ladders made arduous by the burden of meat they had to carry. “Best if you spend no more than an hour feeding them at first; they’ll get scratchy otherwise. When you’re done, report to Ehlias. Time you two got fitted for your helmets.” With that Tihla started back down the ladder.

“We don’t need to be . . .” Lyvia began uncertainly, “. . . introduced?”

This provoked a short laugh from the second wing as she continued her descent. “Rest assured, they’ll introduce themselves,” she said before her head disappeared from view, “if they like you.”

“And if they don’t?” Lyvia called after her, receiving no reply apart from the sound of Tihla leaping to grasp a nearby rope swing.

Shamil and Lyvia exchanged an uneasy glance before turning to the dark oval of the entrance. As yet, none of the birds within had felt the need to call out, but the two could hear the rustle of feathers and the scrape of talons on stone or wood.

“I shan’t take offence if you wish to precede me through this doorway,” Lyvia murmured. “Terrible breach of etiquette though it would be.”

Shamil grunted a resigned laugh and bent to retrieve the sack Tihla had dumped, hefting it alongside the one already on his shoulder before taking a breath and stepping into the gloom. At first he could see only an overlapping matrix of slanted sunlight streaming through the numerous openings in the nest’s flanks. Motes and fragments of feathers drifted from dark to light, swirling when one of the unseen birds twitched its wings. Shamil progressed along a wooden walkway for a dozen paces before it opened into a wide circular platform. A loud fluttering of wings and swirl of displaced air told of birds alighting onto perches in the surrounding gloom. Still, it took the space of several laboured heartbeats before he caught his first close-up glimpse of a great wing.

Two points of light glittered in the gloom to the side of the platform, joined by the thin curve of a gleaming beak as the bird bobbed its head. Shamil made out the red-gold sheen of its crest before it slipped back into the gloom, beak snapping in what he read as an impatient gesture.

Unslinging the sacks, he set one close to the platform’s edge, drawing back the canvas to reveal the meat within. The bird’s head flashed out of the gloom, snapping up a large chunk of goat haunch before fading back into the shadows. Soon there came the sound of tearing flesh and the dull wet grunt of food being gobbled down an eager throat. The only expression of gratitude or appreciation came in the form of a high-pitched screech and a gust of wind as the bird took flight. Shamil looked up in time to see the broad shadow flicker through the cat’s cradle of light before it flashed through an opening and into the sky beyond.

Hearing a chorus of snapping beaks on all sides, Shamil set down his other sack and began to empty out the contents of both, distributing the hefty morsels of flesh evenly around the edge of the platform as Lyvia did the same. Sharp beaks darted from the darkness in a flurry, and Shamil counted perhaps two dozen, seeing mostly the shimmer of red-and-gold plumage but also the occasional flash of blue or brown. Most seemed intent only on feeding, taking to wing when they had gobbled their fill, but a few would pause to cast an eye at the two human newcomers. None, however, seemed inclined to linger for more than a second or two of scrutiny, and Shamil was forced to ponder just how he would ever form a bond with any of these creatures.

“Oh, hello.”

Turning, he saw Lyvia face-to-face with a bird that had hopped onto the platform’s thick oakwood railing, head tilted at an inquisitive angle. Although smaller than the fire wings, with plumage of blue flecked with emerald green, it still stood three times the size of the woman who raised a tentative hand to touch its beak. Shamil began to shout a warning but stopped when he saw the bird still its head, shuddering a little at Lyvia’s touch but not drawing back. From the faint click of contentment that emerged from the blue falcon’s throat, it was abundantly clear that Ashinta’s worries were unfounded. This great wing at least saw nothing to fear in one who so closely resembled the long-vanished Wraith Queen.

“Aren’t you beautiful,” Lyvia told the falcon, smoothing her hand along its beak, receiving another appreciative click in response. “What’s your name, I wonder?”

The bird lowered its head, allowing Lyvia to play a hand through the short feathers of its crest, letting out a small contented chirp that abruptly turned to a squawk of alarm as a very large shadow covered the platform from end to end. The blue falcon immediately hopped about and launched itself into the shadows, a massed drumbeat of wings and subsequent whirlwind of colliding air indicating the other birds had followed suit. Shamil’s gaze snapped up to see a broad black silhouette, growing swiftly to obscure the slatted sunlight. The platform shuddered as the shape completed its descent, the impact sufficient to send Shamil and Lyvia staggering against the rails.

Shamil’s gaze fixed on the bird’s talons first, sabre-like lengths of jet that had stabbed all the way through the platform’s timbers. His gaze tracked upwards over the grey flesh of its legs to the feathers covering its chest, all as black as the talons, before settling on the bird’s face. But for the gleam on its eyes and beak, it would have been indistinguishable from the shadows, forcing an inevitable conclusion.

“A black wing,” Shamil breathed, taking a tentative step closer.

“I thought they were all gone,” Lyvia breathed back. “Not seen in the Treaty Realms since the Wraith Queen’s time. Shamil,” she added, voice hard with warning as he continued to approach the huge bird.

“It’s all right,” he said, taking another step, finding himself captured by the sheer majesty of this beast. It towered over him, larger even than the mighty fire wing that carried Morgath Durnholm. The bird displayed no trepidation at his approach, merely tilting its head, eyes blinking white then black as a membrane slid over the shiny half spheres. As he neared, Shamil saw numerous scratches in the black wing’s beak, though its point and edges shone sharp in the meagre illumination. He also saw furrows in the plumage around the bird’s mouth and eyes, glimpsing the pale, puckered flesh of long-healed scars beneath. This, he knew, was an old creature and no stranger to battle.

He came to a halt when the black wing abruptly bent its legs, lowering its body to peer directly at Shamil’s face. It shifted from side to side with a slow, even grace he might have termed gentle but for the hard inquisition he saw in its gaze, the calculation behind the eyes born of something far from human. The rush of recognition brought a gasp to his lips, making him stiffen as the memory flashed bright and ugly in his mind.

The raptorile tried to raise itself from the sand, a hiss of pain escaping the long row of clenched, pointed teeth that lined its jaws. The wounds Shamil had inflicted upon it were too severe, however, and it collapsed, raising a pall of dust that soon cleared to reveal a defeated foe. Its eye rolled up to regard Shamil as he stepped closer, daggers raised for the killing strokes to the throat, the final act of this drama that would herald his graduation from the Doctrinate. Today, he became an anointed warrior of Anverest. All the years of pain and degradation, every blow suffered and hard lesson beaten into his soul led to this. He raised his daggers, looked into the defeated raptorile’s eye, and stopped . . .

The memory shattered, and breath exploded from Shamil’s mouth, feet dragging on the timbers for several yards before he found himself on his back, gasping for air. A hard, concentrated pain throbbed in the centre of his chest, reminiscent of the ache left by a punch but magnified tenfold.

“Stop!” Lyvia shouted. Shamil craned his neck to see her rush to stand between him and the black wing, arms raised in warning. From the way it ignored her, Shamil deduced the bird saw no more threat in Lyvia than it would in a mouse, instead shifting to stare at his prostrate form with the same depth of scrutiny.

Groaning, Shamil rolled onto his side, dragged air into his lungs, and pushed himself to his feet. “Quite an introduction,” he said through gritted teeth, stumbling towards the bird. “My name is Shamil L’Estalt.” He performed a stiff parody of Morgath’s bow, wincing and fighting the urge to cough up his breakfast. “Pleased to meet you.”

The black wing angled his head to peer at Shamil with one eye, blinked, then launched itself into the air, the beat of its sail-like wings sending them both to their knees. Silence reigned for several seconds until the clack of beaks and rustling of feathers told of a semblance of calm returning to the nest. The black wing had departed this place, and none of the other great wings were sorry for his parting.

“I think . . .” Shamil grunted after trying and failing to stand back up, “. . . he liked me.”

* * *

“So, you met Stielbek.”

Tihla squinted at the livid vertical bruise on Shamil’s bared chest, lips pursed in consideration as she poked a finger to the purple flesh, provoking a shudder of suppressed pain. “Little bit harder and he’d have shattered your sternum. Must’ve caught him in a good mood.”

“If you don’t mind,” Rignar said with polite but firm insistence, causing the second wing to move aside. “This won’t hurt,” the mage told Shamil, holding a stone close to his bruise. The stone was smooth and deep red in colour, its hue starting to shift as Rignar channelled its power, flecks of blue light flaring to life in its facets. “Carnelian always works best for bruises.”

Shamil’s pain faded with sufficient suddenness to bring a surprised gasp to his lips, the bruise quickly losing its dark lividity to subside into a pinkish brown. Lyvia had helped him navigate the first few ladders as they climbed down from the nest, their progress slow and painful until Ashinta, freshly returned from patrol, noticed their plight. Her bird, a fire wing with more gold than red to its crest, swooped down to pluck him from the scaffolding, carrying him the short distance to Rignar’s dwelling, where he was deposited at the door with unexpected gentleness.

Before flying off to her perch, the sentinel paused to look down at him, face hidden by her helm but the pity in her voice still audible as she said, “Don’t take the leap, boy. If the birds don’t take to you, there’s nothing you can do. Best climb down and seek your honour elsewhere.”

“I thought they were extinct,” Shamil said, forcing his gaze from the fast disappearing bruise. “The black wings.”

“Could be he’s the only one left,” Tihla replied. “No sentinel’s seen another for many a year. He turns up every time new fledglings climb the mountain, never chooses any, and flies off again. It’s been going on since long before I got here, and that was fifteen summers ago.”

“The black wings were known to nest far to the east,” Rignar said, brow furrowed in concentration as he continued to hold the stone to Shamil’s injury. “Appearing over the lands that became the Treaty Realms only rarely, and spreading terror when they did. Sharrow-Met formed an alliance with them with the aid of the Voice’s dark magics, though many legends would have it that they followed her out of love rather than enchanted enslavement.”

“Or love of slaughter,” Tihla said. “Stielbek’s a vicious swine. Damn near took my head off when I first ventured into the nest.”

“That should do it.” Rignar said. The red stone’s shimmer faded as the mage stood back from Shamil’s chest, the bruise’s colour now almost completely vanished, along with the pain.

“What about the others?” Tihla asked.

“We fed them.” He shrugged and pulled on his shirt. “They ate the meat happily enough. A blue falcon seemed to take a liking to Lyvia.”

“And you.” Tihla’s face took an a serious cast. “Did any take a liking to you?”

“Time was short before the black wing arrived.”

She gave a short nod. “Go back tomorrow. Spend more time in their company. I doubt Stielbek will show up again now he’s done his mischief for the year.”

She turned to Rignar with a forced smile. “The first wing would like news of your progress, Master Mage.” She pointedly shifted her gaze to the baskets full of crystals lining one wall of his chamber. Shamil was no expert in such things, but he knew enough to recognise most as quartz with an occasional yellow gleam that told of topaz.

“It’s coming,” Rignar replied, and Shamil detected an undercurrent of irritation beneath his affable tone. “Better quality stone would make it go faster.”

“This is what we have. It is a requirement of a sentinel’s lot to make the best of the meagre resources the Treaty Realms choose to provide.” Tihla’s false smile broadened a fraction before disappearing completely. “Please, work faster.” She moved to the doorway, glancing back at Shamil. “You don’t need to cook tonight. Get some rest, and be sure to return to the nest at first light.”

After she departed, Rignar raised a caustic eyebrow at Shamil but made no other comment, moving to one of the baskets to grasp a handful of stones. “Once,” he said with a wistful sigh, “I worked with only the highest-quality gems. Now”—his tone soured as he let the pale fragments of quartz fall back onto the pile—“I have these.”

“Don’t they work?” Shamil asked. “With your”—he waved a vague hand at Rignar, —“magical gifts.”

“Magical gifts, eh?” Rignar repeated, lips quirking in amusement. “Tell me, my young friend, what do you know of crystalmancy?”

“Next to nothing,” Shamil admitted, inclining his head as he rubbed a hand to his chest. “But I do appreciate it nonetheless.”

“I think”—Rignar paused to reach for his cloak—“it’s time you had a proper education in the subject. Besides”—he took a hammer and chisel from the row of tools above his workbench, placing them in a satchel, which he handed to Shamil—“there’s a small task you can help me with, if you don’t mind a little hard work.”

6. The Black Onyx

“Long have mages pondered the enigma at the heart of crystalmancy,” Rignar said in a tone that reminded Shamil of Lore Mistress Ishala, without doubt his favourite tutor at the Doctrinate by virtue of her enthusiasm for her subject. “Why should it be that such varied and potent energies arise from mere inanimate stone?”

Despite his interest in what the mage had to say, Shamil found himself continually distracted by the perilousness of their course, straining to listen whilst simultaneously inching his way along a ledge perhaps eight inches wide at its broadest point. “I don’t see any steps or handholds around,” he said, quelling a surge of panic when his foot dislodged a stone from the ledge, sending it tumbling into the misty void below. “The sentinels don’t come here often, I assume.”

“Even today,” Rignar continued, ignoring the comment and making his own cautious but steady progress towards a flat outcrop of rock ahead, “no one is entirely sure of the fundamentals of the art. One thing is clear, however, facets are the key.”

“Facets?” Shamil flattened himself against the cliff face as another sideways step sent a scattering of pebbles cascading into the clouds. “How so?”

“Complexity. The inner composition of every crystal is a matrix of flaws and channels far beyond the ability of any mortal mind to comprehend in full. I believe it is this complexity that lies at the heart of crystalmancy. Somehow”—Rignar grunted as he hauled himself from the ledge to the outcrop, turning to offer Shamil a hand—“those of us who possess this particular form of mage gift can channel it through these endlessly complex but tiny labyrinths to produce the desired effects.”

“So”—Shamil took a firm grip, wrist to wrist, before levering himself to Rignar’s side—“the magic doesn’t reside in the stones? They are a conduit rather than a source?”

“That, my friend, brings us to a philosophical debate that has raged amongst mages for centuries. And to illustrate, I have a present for you.”

Rignar fished in his satchel to retrieve what at first appeared to be a trinket fashioned from one of the many fragments of white quartz in his chamber. As Rignar placed it in his hand, Shamil saw that the stone had been chiselled into a rough cylinder and fixed to an iron cap with copper wire. Looking closer, he also saw faint tendrils of light within the stone, much like in the carnelian the mage had used to heal him.

“I currently spend perhaps six hours a day making these, along with various other deadly instruments,” Rignar said. “I think you can spare an arrow for a demonstration, don’t you?”

Shamil nodded as understanding dawned, unslinging his bow and taking an arrow from his quiver. He used his dagger to snip off the arrowhead and fitted the quartz fragment in its place, twisting the copper wire to tie it to the shaft. “I’ll need a target,” he told Rignar, nocking the arrow to his bowstring.

“Oh, that’ll do, I think.” The mage pointed to a jut of rock some thirty yards away, from which a small tree sprouted. Shamil drew the strongbow’s string to his lips, sighting on the tree, then pulled back the final few inches until the heel of his palm brushed his ear before letting fly. The arrow’s flight was straight and fast, Shamil reflexively raising his arm to cover his face when a bright, violent explosion obscured the tree and the rock it stood on. Scant smoke accompanied the blast, just a white circle of expanding light that blinked out of existence almost as soon as it appeared, leaving a cascade of shattered rock and a blackened, leafless tree in its wake.

“Power enough to kill three men contained within a crystal no bigger than my thumb,” Rignar commented. “The power to destroy and the power to heal. The essential contradiction at the heart of crystalmancy.”

Lowering his bow, Shamil experienced a pang of regret at visiting destruction on something that had contrived to flourish despite the unfriendly climate found at such a height.

“Trees are hardy,” Rignar said, reading the thoughts on Shamil’s face. “Don’t worry; he’ll grow back, probably stronger than before. Here”—his hand disappeared into the satchel again, coming out with a larger trinket, this one fashioned from a triangular piece of yellow topaz set into a silver clasp—“another gift, for your whip.”

“Doesn’t explode, does it?” Shamil asked, regarding the item with a dubious eye as Rignar handed it over.

“No. But it would be best to exercise due care when using it.”

Shamil unfurled his whip, fixing the device to the tip with the clasp. As he swirled the handle in preparation for an experimental strike, he noticed Rignar take a long backward step, raising a hand to shield his eyes. Grinding his jaw in mixed trepidation and irresistible curiosity, Shamil drew the whip back, then up and round, causing it to lash with cobra-like speed. The topaz tip flared as the whip reached its maximum length, birthing a ball of shimmering light that resembled a cage fashioned from lightning bolts. It faded along with the echo of the whip’s crack, leaving an unfamiliar taint to the air that for some reason put Shamil in mind of the sea.

“When propelled to sufficient velocity,” Rignar explained, “magically infused topaz releases a particular form of energy potent enough to burn the very air and separate it into its constituent gases.”

“Potent enough to kill?” Shamil enquired, coiling up the whip and peering at the crystal tip. The topaz seemed to have suffered no injury, although there were a few black smears on the silver clasp.

“A man, certainly. As for the fearful creations spewed forth by the Maw . . .” Rignar trialed off, glancing over his shoulder at the smoking spectacle of the great orifice beyond Sharrow-Met’s statue. “Well, if they’re fashioned from flesh, then it will surely do them injury, or at least cause some severe annoyance.”

“My thanks,” Shamil told him in sincere appreciation, returning the whip to his belt, “for an excellent and powerful gift, one I doubt I’ll ever be able to return in kind. But I confess I fail to see how exploding arrowheads and energetic topaz relate to your philosophical quandary.”

“Because they inevitably lead to a singular and important question: Did I unlock such power from within the crystals or place it there? I suspect the latter, but many of my fellow mages insist on the former, quite passionately too. Crystalmancy, they argue, requires no inherent knowledge on the part of the wielder. You can be as ignorant as a stump and still craft a stone capable of blowing your head off if you’re not careful; therefore, the magic must lie in stone not body or soul.”

He fell silent, eyes narrowed as he surveyed the sheer face of the cliff above. “Ah,” he said, pointing. “There it is. I knew it couldn’t be far away.” He moved to the cliff face and began to climb, rapidly scaling several feet and moving with a fluent surety that told of a familiarity with this corner of the mountain.

“You’ve been exploring, I see,” Shamil observed as he found a handhold and began to follow the mage’s course.

“No,” Rignar replied. “Never been here before. It’s the mountain, lad. It speaks to me.” He paused to smooth a hand over the granite, and Shamil saw the glitter of tiny crystals in the stone. “Clear as any map.”

“Wouldn’t that contradict your argument? If the stone possesses the power to guide you, doesn’t that mean the magic resides within it rather than you?”

“A fair point. I can see you’re education included logic as well as archery. But, it stems from an unproven assertion that the stones possess some form of agency, some desire to guide me to my goal. Whereas I, as a being possessed of reason, may be utilising my gift to call upon knowledge contained within the crystals in this mountain. Knowledge and power may equate as a metaphor, but not in the literal sense.”

Shamil came to a halt, feeling a brain-stretching ache behind his eyes that begged for a change of subject. “Speaking of goals,” he said, resuming the climb, “what exactly are we looking for?”

Rignar didn’t answer immediately, speaking only when he had climbed to the lip of a horizontal crack in the cliff face. “Something I was told to find,” he muttered. “Though a part of me hopes we never do.”

With that he climbed into the crack and disappeared from view. Shamil followed to discover that what had appeared to be a narrow crack in the mountainside was in fact a cave mouth. Venturing inside, Shamil found himself in a cramped and dark hollow dribbled by rivulets of water from some hidden spring. He could see little until a blue glow flared into life, illuminating the sight of Rignar with a shimmering crystal in his hand. The mage muttered to himself as he moved about the cave, eyes scouring every inch of rock.

“I could help,” Shamil said, “if I had some notion of what to look for.”

Rignar barely seemed to hear, replying with a vague shake of his head. “Smooth as sun-kissed ice, black as a raven’s eye . . .” he murmured, continuing his survey without pause, the shining crystal he held painting the uneven stone in a shifting collage of bizarre shadows.

“Is this why you chose to become a sentinel?” Shamil persisted. “Just to find this thing, whatever it is?”

“Choose?” Rignar said, coming to a halt, voice riven with amused bitterness. “All my choices were made for me long ago, lad . . .” His voice died as his eyes alighted on something in the cave’s floor. Crouching, he lowered his crystal to allow the light to play on something that contrasted with the surrounding rock in the clean, narrow gleam it caught from the glowing stone.

“Onyx.” Rignar’s voice was soft as he traced a finger over the smooth surface of his discovery. “Black onyx to be precise. But bigger than I’ve ever seen before.” His gaze snapped to Shamil, a thin but triumphant smile on his lips. “Time to pay me back for those gifts, my young friend, with sweat.”

* * *

Chipping away enough stone to free the onyx from its granite prison would have required many hours, perhaps days of labour if Shamil’s efforts with hammer and chisel hadn’t been augmented by Rignar’s magics. Taking an apple-sized piece of dark grey rock from his satchel, he played it over the stone surrounding the onyx. It emitted no light, but Shamil heard a dull thrum followed by a harsh, grinding hiss and multiple dust plumes as a web of cracks appeared in the granite.

“Lodestone,” Rignar explained, returning it to his satchel. “I once brought down a castle wall with one of these. Have at it, if you please.”

A quarter hour of chipping and scraping away displaced rock was all that was needed to free the onyx, revealed as an irregular sphere about the size of a man’s head. Its smooth, unscarred surface was veined with silvery white swirls that glowed as Rignar extended a hand to it, a hand that trembled before the mage clamped it into a fist and drew it back.

“What is this?” Shamil asked him, disturbed by the fear he saw on Rignar’s face. Suddenly, the mage appeared far older than his years, his bearded features sagging and a deep, sorrowful weight dulling his eyes.

“Something I was told to find, as I said,” he replied in a preoccupied mutter.

“Told by who?”

Rignar’s eyes flicked up at Shamil before shifting to focus on something beyond his shoulder. “I think you know.”

Turning to regard the great statue rising above the wreaths of smoke, Shamil let out a sigh of realisation. “Sharrow-Met.” He recalled the mage’s fascination with Lyvia at their first meeting, the sense of a man looking upon a ghost. Then there were the fitful nightmares on the mountain when he would speak in archaic riddles. “You believe she speaks to you. In your dreams.”

“Believe?” Rignar voiced a short, caustic laugh. “You think me deranged, don’t you? Beset by delusions that have led me all the way to the Eyrie on a madman’s quest. No, Shamil, I don’t believe it. I know it. And they aren’t dreams. I’d call them nightmares, except they’re real. I don’t just witness them, I live them, as she did. I wasn’t much older than you the first time it happened, young, cocksure, arrogant in my power and greedy with it. It wasn’t a pleasant combination. I had a valuable gift, one I barely understood but fully intended to sell only to those who could pay, and pay well.”

He lowered his gaze to the onyx, extending a finger to hover within an inch of the surface, the silver veins pulsing white in response. “I was quick to forsake the chilly, feud-riven land of my birth when the mage gift rose in me, journeying south and finding a lucrative niche for myself in the port cities to the west. Opal, like lodestone, amethyst, and onyx, is an element stone, one that can exert power over water, enough to quell fractious waves and see ships safely to harbour, along with their very valuable cargoes. I only had to sell a dozen stones before merchants were beating down my door with fat purses in hand. It didn’t take long before I became rather wealthy. A mansion in every port, all the fine wine and food I could eat. Years of indulgence made me rather fat, it must be said, but since I had fine carriages to take me wherever I wished, it didn’t matter. But a rich man can swiftly become poor when fate comes knocking.”

His face clouded as he continued to stare at the stone, shadows rising and falling on the creases of his face as the glowing veins pulsed. Shamil watched Rignar’s hand grasp the emerald pendant dangling from his neck, holding it up with a rueful arch of his brows.

“Ignorant as a stump,” he said. “That was me in my greedy youth. I bought this from a travelling dealer in gems, as I was always keen to add to my collection. I knew emerald was linked to the mind somehow but didn’t fully comprehend just how. It’s a singularly alarming thing to go sink yourself into a large and very soft bed only to wake up and find yourself in the midst of one of the bloodiest battles in all history. Memory, you see? That’s what emerald holds, and this one had sat around the neck of a long-dead fellow who had the misfortune to witness Sharrow-Met’s final victory over the Voice, fought only a few miles from this very mountain.

“I saw it all, Shamil. The combined armies of the Treaty Realms surging like a mighty wave against the Voice’s malign horde. Suffice to say, it didn’t look like any of the paintings, tapestries, or murals would have you believe. War is all ugliness, and glory is a lie we tell ourselves in order to keep coming back for more. I heard the screams of thousands, smelt the blood and the filth that rises from sundered flesh, saw as much terror and grief as I did fury and courage. It would have been enough to drive me mad, had I not also seen her.”

Rignar paused, the spectre of a smile passing over his face. “She, at least, the paintings tend to get right, in the sheer majesty of her if not the details. Even then, I’ve never seen one that really does her justice. In all respects she was worthy of her legend, sweeping low over the ranks of the horde on the back of her black wing, the great bird’s talons reaping as terrible a harvest as her famed black scimitar. Despite the slaughter, I thought her the most beautiful sight I ever beheld. And she saw me. Impossible as it seems, as her black wing swept up and turned, she looked down from its back and looked directly into my eyes . . .”

He trailed off into a grimace. “I woke screaming that night, casting the emerald away, determined never to wear it again. I locked it away in a chest and spent many months travelling, buying opals, imbuing them with power, and selling them to eager customers. So industrious was I, it’s said my efforts alone were responsible for making the western ports the richest cities in the known world. But it was all a vain effort to smother the vision, quell the ever growing temptation to unlock the chest and don the pendant once more, see her once more. And, of course, like any true addict, eventually I did.

“The next time was different. No battle, no slaughter, just a barren, flat plain scoured by a hard wind. She was shorn of her armour and clad in furs, though she still wore the scimitar on her back. She was alone but for the unseen man whose mind I had momentarily stolen, but a screech from above and a passing shadow on the earth told me her black wing hadn’t forsaken her. She smiled as she looked into my eyes and said, ‘So, thou hast returned. We should talk, I and thee.’”

He fell to silence, setting his satchel down and carefully reaching to gather up the onyx, the veins flaring brighter still at his touch.

“And what did you talk of?” Shamil prompted.

“Oh, many things over the years.” Rignar placed the onyx in his satchel before rising, hefting the strap across his shoulders. “Things that made me abandon my life of greed and embark upon a very long road that eventually brought me here, to find this.” He patted the satchel, then moved to the cave mouth, crouching to begin the climb down. “Time we got back, I think.”

“But why?” Shamil persisted, hurrying to follow. “What for?”

“The same thing that brought you here: a desire for restored honour.” Rignar began his descent with much the same fluency as his ascent, swiftly disappearing from sight and forcing Shamil to scramble in pursuit.

“How does seeing Sharrow-Met in your dreams dishonour you?” he pressed. “I would have thought the opposite would be true.”

“The things she told me led me to many places and many acts. All of them necessary but not all of them admirable. I have stolen, lied, cheated . . .” Rignar fell silent, and Shamil glanced down to see him paused in midclimb, his balding head lowered. “And killed, all in service to words told to me by a woman who lived four centuries ago. Perhaps”—he let out a humourless laugh as he resumed his descent—“you’re right, and I am mad after all.”

“But her words were true.” Shamil leapt clear of the cliff as they neared the base, landing on the outcrop at Rignar’s side. “They led you to the onyx. There must be a reason.”

The mage regarded him in silence, his expression a mix of subdued amusement and apologetic regret. “Of course,” he replied eventually, shrugging. “But telling you won’t change what will happen here. Nor make it any easier.” He stepped towards the ledge, then stopped as Shamil moved into his path, arms crossed and face stern with insistent resolve.

“Make what easier?” he demanded. “What is going to happen here?”

Rignar’s sigh was that of a weary but indulgent parent who couldn’t be bothered to spank a defiant child. “The legends are at least partly true regarding the Sentinels. At least in the manner of their founding. Sharrow-Met did create them and call upon the great wings to provide them with allies in the centuries to come. Their purpose has always been to contain the vile issue of the Maw, but their very existence conceals a darker truth: Sharrow-Met failed. She defeated the Voice’s malign horde and drove it into the bowels of the earth, but the Voice persisted. She told me she wasn’t even certain it could be destroyed, and so created the Sentinels to contain it whilst she began a quest to discover the means of ensuring its ultimate defeat. A quest, it transpires, that proved either fruitless or endless.”

“So it’s true? She still walks the earth?”

Rignar shook his head, lips forming a sad smile. “I don’t know. Our conversations take place on that empty plain and nowhere else. It took her months to traverse it, even with her black wing’s help, and every night she would camp and talk to me via the mind of the man who travelled with her. For years the visions have only repeated what she has told me before, revealing nothing of her fate, what she found beyond that plain. I know she went in search of the remnants of the immortals, the undying beings said to have once held dominion over the earth entire. ‘From their seed did the Voice first rise,’ she said. But traces of the immortals are rare, their stories too ancient and wreathed in myth to even be called history. Perhaps she really will return one day, but I find it . . . unlikely. She isn’t coming to save us. I think she suspected that would be the case and so in me found a means to contest the Voice when it finally rose again.”

“The Voice will rise again? She was sure of this?”

Rignar glanced over his shoulder at the smoke-shrouded statue and endless plume of yellow-grey foulness leaking from the Maw. “‘As long as there be malice in the world, so will the Voice contrive to persist.’ Those were the last words she said to me at the end of her trek across the plain. If she spoke true, I think we’ve both seen enough of this world to know that the Voice may have grown stronger than ever.”

7. The Leap

The helms Ehlias issued to Shamil and Lyvia were a testament to the smith’s skills in that each was a perfect fit despite being constructed purely by eye. They weighed less than Shamil had expected but still possessed a decent heft, the weight distributed evenly between the elongated blade that extended two feet from the rear of the helm and the brass-and-copper mask that comprised the visor. This protruded several inches in front of the wearer’s face to accommodate three sets of lenses.

“First is just plain glass,” the smith explained. “Half an inch thick so it’ll guard your eyes from any claws that come stabbing. Flick the lever on the side to switch to the next.”

Shamil duly pressed a finger to the curved piece of iron on the side of the helmet and found himself confronted by the irregular and colourful mass of an old burn mark on Ehlias’s forehead.

“Fine-ground curved glass,” he said. “Gives you about three times the sight you’d normally have. Can’t match the birds, of course, but it might let you see a Maw beast before it gets close enough to sink its teeth into your throat. Good for spotting vehlgard on the ground too.”

The third set of lenses rendered the smith’s workshop a shadowy alcove of deep shadows, transforming the glimmer of his oil lamp into a faint pinprick of light. “Powdered obsidian mixed into standard glass when it’s melted,” Ehlias said. “Protects the eyes from blinding light, and it can get awful bright when the crystal-heads start flying.”

They had only an hour to accustom themselves to the helms before Tihla came to ask them a question that had become a daily ritual after their fourth visit to the nest. Shamil had expected some measure of satisfaction, perhaps even a small glimmer of pride, when he gave his answer only to receive a frown of deep skepticism in response.

“You ready?” the second wing asked. “There’s no doubt?”

Shamil didn’t allow his gaze to linger on Tihla’s frown, replying with a firm nod and as much certainty as he could muster. “Kaitlahr now accepts food from my hand and has allowed me to touch him. I feel the bond.”

“Enough to name him, apparently.”

“Yes. It means ‘golden storm’ in the ancient tongue of my homeland . . .”

“I don’t care what it means, fledgling. Neither does your bird. Naming them is our custom, one we adopted long ago, but only when we’re sure they’ve accepted us as riders.” She stepped closer, brow creasing further. “There’s no shame in waiting,” she told him, voice pitched far below her usual stridency. “Build the bond over weeks, months if that’s what it takes, if it’s truly there. The leap is not to be taken lightly. If you fall, you fall, and you’ve seen the bones of those that judged this wrong.”

Shamil’s hesitation was brief, but he knew she saw it. The bird he had named Kaitlahr was the same huge but youthful fire wing that had consented to accept his offered meat during his first foray into the nest. In truth, it was the only bird that continued to do so, and despite his claims, Shamil felt no real connection to the creature. He saw occasional glimmers of scrutiny in Kaitlahr’s eyes, and he hadn’t lied when he said the bird had allowed him a touch, but only once and for no more than a second before flaring its wings and launching itself into the gloomy recesses of the nest. Nevertheless, he clung to the notion that the fire wing had accepted him and would do what was required when he leapt. Rignar’s words had left little doubt in his mind that his chance to win his disc would shortly arrive, and the prospect of failing to grasp it held more terrors even than the leap.

“He accepts me,” Shamil insisted. “It’s time.”

He felt Lyvia shift at his side, a brief fidget of discomfort he assumed came from biting down contradictory words. She had been with him during every visit to the nest, the blue falcon she had befriended perched close to the entrance in eager anticipation of her arrival, whilst Shamil considered himself fortunate if Kaitlahr deigned to snatch meat from his hand.

“And you?” Tihla turned to Lyvia. “Named your falcon yet?”

“Vintress,” Lyvia replied promptly. “‘North wind’ in the elder script.” She paused to shoot an uncertain glance at Shamil, which he consciously ignored. “We are also ready,” Lyvia said, straightening.

“All right, then. I’ll tell the mage and the first wing.” Tihla swept a hand through her tight braids, a rare expression of uncertainty that did much to stir the roiling in Shamil’s stomach.

“Be there at noon.” Both he and Lyvia were unable to contain a flinch of surprise as the second wing forced a smiled onto her lips. “Give you time to settle anything that needs settling.”

She turned and strode off without another word, leaving a thick silence in her wake, which Lyvia eventually broke in a careful, hesitant tone.

“Shamil . . .”

“No!” he said, voice flat and hard as he walked away. “I’m ready. It’s time.”

* * *

The beam they would leap from was twelve feet long and aligned so that it pointed directly at Sharrow-Met’s statue. Shamil found himself grateful for this as it gave his eyes something to fix on instead of straying continually to the ground far below. It was a clear day, and the space between summit and earth was for once free of clouds, allowing an uninterrupted view of what awaited him. He had heard that it was common for those who found themselves falling from great heights to expire out of fright before ever hitting the bottom and harboured a fervent if doubtful hope that it might be true.

Before addressing the gathered sentinels, Morgath Durnholm walked to the end of the beam with as confident a stride as if he were mere inches from the ground. When he spoke, it was in a booming voice full of grave authority, the kind of voice Shamil knew had once commanded ships to terrible deeds in distant seas.

“Four centuries ago,” the first wing called out, “this band was founded by the redeemed Wraith Queen herself. Here she ordained a place of service where even the most wretched and disgraced could come to regain their honour. And what honour we have won, my friends. What battles we have fought. None of us came here with clean hands, certainly not I, but never did I witness the face of true evil until I came to the Eyrie. For there,” his finger lanced out to stab at the Maw, “lurks the purest malice, the greatest threat to all that is good in this world. Our duty is a sacred one that requires the utmost commitment, for we do not serve here alone. Our service requires alliance with the great wings, for without them our sacred duty cannot be fulfilled. Their trust was won long ago and must be maintained by every soul who seeks restored honour in our ranks. Today, three new fledglings come to win that trust, and I, as first wing of the Sentinel Eyrie, profess myself humbled by their act.”

He fell silent to an appreciative murmur from the other sentinels. Shamil had noted during the nightly gatherings that they were not a group given to overt displays of emotion or acclaim, but still, he took comfort from the many encouraging and approving glances turned his way.

“Tihla,” Morgath said, extending a hand to the second wing. “Sound the horn!”

Tihla duly raised a large curved horn derived from some huge beast beyond Shamil’s experience. Putting it to her lips, she blew a long, grinding note that echoed around the Eyrie until an answering chorus came from the nest. The great wings emerged from the many portals in a rush, screeching out their response to the summons as they swooped down. Shamil felt a fresh lurch in his gut at seeing Kaitlahr amongst them, flying alongside Vintress.

The birds angled their wings to form a circling flock a dozen yards above the beam, their cries dying away to herald the descent of a palpable hush. Shamil saw the encouragement fade from the faces of the sentinels as the silence persisted, replaced by the closed tension of those who had seen death many times and expected to see it again shortly.

“Rignar Banlufsson!” Morgath called out, striding from the beam to the cliff top. “Come forward!”

Rignar stirred at Shamil’s side, pausing to grasp his shoulder, a frown of resigned determination on his brow, before making his way to the beam. Morgath held up a hand when Rignar placed his foot on the timber, speaking in a quieter but no less purposeful tone.

“Know that even now you may choose to step away. Your service will still be welcome here, bird or no.”

Rignar nodded with a grimace of thanks, then buckled on his helm and took a deliberate step onto the beam. His progress along its length was far less confident than Morgath’s, moving with his arms outstretched to maintain his balance and eyes locked firmly ahead. Reaching the end, the mage straightened, raising his face to the sky, chest swelling as he drew in a deep, shuddering breath. Then he leapt.

The owl that caught him moved so fast Rignar’s salvation had been secured before he fell more than a few feet. The bird he had named Kritzlasch folded its wings to plummet down, voicing a screech as its talons enfolded the mage. It bore him up with a few beats of its wings, depositing him none too gently on one of the tiered rises before coming to rest on the tall perch sprouting from its summit. Rignar got unsteadily to his feet, raising a hand in a tremulous wave that drew a short-lived laugh from the sentinels.

“We welcome Rignar Banlufsson, Master Mage, to the ranks of the Sentinel Eyrie!” Morgath called out before turning to the two younger fledglings. “Lyvia Gondarik, come forward!”

Lyvia hesitated before walking to the beam, but Shamil saw no fear in her, only concern. “Please,” she whispered, leaning close to him. “Don’t do this.”

Turning away she strode to the beam and nodded her way impatiently through Morgath’s final warning before making smooth, unfaltering progress from the cliff to the beam’s tip. Her face was a picture of serenity as she donned her helm, spread her arms, and toppled into the void.

Vintress shot from the circle of birds in a blur of blue, catching Lyvia just as her feet slipped from the beam. The falcon twisted, depositing Lyvia onto her back and letting out a cry that pained the ears in its joyful triumph. Instead of bearing Lyvia to one of the perches, Vintress swept back up to rejoin the whirling spiral of great wings.

“We welcome Lyvia Gondarik to the ranks of the Sentinel Eyrie!” Morgath proclaimed, voice fading and gaze taking on a severe cast as he turned it on the last remaining fledgling. “Shamil L’Estalt, come forward!”

Shamil had thought this moment would be shorn of terror, his fears quelled by the depth of his determination. However, it was on weak legs and with a thumping heart that he approached the beam. He listened to Morgath’s final warning with sweat beading his brow and soaking his back, the first wing’s words seemingly spoken from a very great distance; a vague, meaningless echo.

“Not all are destined to rediscover their honour amongst our ranks . . . There are many troubled corners of the world where so stout and skilled a warrior could redeem himself . . .”

Shamil stood as still as his traitorous legs would allow, waiting for Morgath to fall silent, his gaze tracking from the beam to the far-off statue and back again.

“Young man.” Morgath’s grip bit hard into his shoulder, commanding his attention. “This is not a game . . .”

“I know!” Shamil cut in. He spoke in a harsh, defiant growl, anger burning its way through his terror. Anger at Morgath for the effortless authority he commanded, at Tihla for the harsh indifference of her tutelage, at Rignar for his riddles, and shamefully, at Lyvia for the ease with which she had won her bird’s trust. Ever since his disgrace at the Doctrinate, it seemed the world contrived to deny him everything, and now this pirate turned peerless leader would deny him even the chance of a decent end.

“A death suffered in search of honour is itself honourable,” Shamil added, turning away. They were words spoken by Lore Mistress Ishala, a small, stooped old woman with eyes misted into blindness by age. Behind them lay a memory crammed with all the history her long life had allowed her to accrue. It was from her that he had learned of the Eyrie, and it had been her who pointed him on this sojourn. Disgrace such as yours is the worst kind, she had told him, lips formed into a kind but sad smile, for it comes from within, not without, and I know of only one place in this world where such a curse can be lifted . . .

“If I can’t be redeemed in battle,” he said, straightening his back, “I’ll be redeemed in death.”

“No.” Morgath’s features took on a sorrowful cast, as he stepped back and his hand slipped from Shamil’s shoulder. “Death is just death, son. It’s what you leave behind that matters.”

Despite his evident reluctance, the first wing made no effort to stop Shamil as he walked to the end of the beam and raised his eyes to the swirl of birds above. He found Kaitlahr easily, the fire wing’s silhouette was the largest amongst the throng and, Shamil saw in a welter of hope, flying below the others. Many thoughts flickered through his mind as he lowered his gaze to the great statue rising from the smoke in the distance: the faces of the aunt and uncle who had raised him, the stone monuments to the parents slain in the raptor-wars when he was barely out of the cradle, the many hardships and occasional triumphs of life in the Doctrinate, but most of all . . .

. . . it’s eyes stared up at him as he raised his blades, eyes full of knowledge that shouldn’t be there, eyes that dimmed as he brought the daggers down, striking true, striking deep . . .

Shamil leapt, not the arms-wide fall of Rignar or Lyvia, but a true leap. His legs propelled him from the beam, and he turned in the air, gazing up at the circling birds, a circle that shrank far more quickly than he had thought possible, the great wings continuing to whirl in serene disregard of the human plummeting below. Before the circle became just a vague smudge against the pale blue of the sky, he fancied he saw Kaitlahr swoop lower, but it may have been just a final imagined flare of hope from a mind only seconds from death.

All the air rushed from Shamil’s lungs in an instant as something slammed into his side. The world disappeared into a sudden reddish haze as he attempted to breathe, finding his chest too tightly gripped to allow it. He had time to reflect on the oddness of the ground impacting his side rather than his back before full blackness descended.

8. The Voice Awakened

He woke gasping. Sweet, chilly air flooded his throat and lungs, birthing a peculiar kind of ecstasy unique to survival. Tears rendered his vision a liquid blur of blue and black that cleared as he wept, shame and relief rising in equal measure. When the last tear fell, he found himself staring at the pale oval of Lyvia’s face.

“I’m sorry,” she said. “I had to.”

She sat close to him on a ledge he recognised from their ascent to the Eyrie, Shamil guessing they were about halfway to the bottom. Vintress was perched on an outcrop some yards away, beak and talons busily rending a goat carcass to pieces. Lyvia coughed when he gave no response, forcing a weak smile as she turned to her bird. “She’s so fast. Hard to believe a living creature could move so swiftly . . .”

“You should have let me fall.” He spoke in a flat tone, lacking accusation or force, but still, he saw how deep the words stung her.

“I couldn’t . . .” She shivered, hugging herself tight, keeping her gaze averted. “I’ve seen too many friends die, Shamil. Stood and watched and did nothing as they were led to the gallows, one by one. All my friends. Girls I laughed with when we played as children, gossiped with as we grew older. Boys I bickered with constantly and, as childhood faded, would sometimes kiss, only to bicker even more.”

A smile of fond recollection passed over her face, but it faded quickly. “They all died,” she went on. “And I watched, standing at my family’s side on the balcony overlooking the great square in Mira-Vielle, even though I was just as guilty as they. I watched them all die the traitor’s death. I told you some of it before, but not all.

“The Revenantist cult rose and fell, as I said, but its fall birthed an idea amongst the nobility’s youth. We were a commendably earnest lot in some respects, filled with righteous anger at our families and their endless hoarding of power and wealth. Of course, some amongst us revelled in their privilege, whilst others hearkened to our expensive lessons and the many books we read. There was a boy . . .” She lowered her face, her expression alternating between the sadness and remembered joy Shamil knew came only from recalling a lost love. “A young man, Crucio. My young man, in fact. He was the only person I met who had read more books than I, and the only one who looked upon this face and saw more than just the image of a vanished legend. He burned with a need for change, a desire to sweep away the corruption and inequality that surrounded us. We would feed the poor, give succour to the sick and the helpless, but to do that we would need to learn from the success and failures of the Revenantists. They had promised salvation in Sharrow-Met’s return, but that had never come. But we, the heralds of a new age, could make it happen, in me.”

Shamil righted himself, feeling the many aches that resulted from having been snatched out of the air by a blue falcon. Groaning, he shifted closer to Lyvia, peering intently at her face and seeing it anew. Suddenly, the reasons for her sharp aversion to comparisons with her forebear became plain.

“You were going to pretend to be her,” he said. “Sharrow-Met reborn.”

“It was Crucio’s idea, of course. I would be the vessel for her returned soul, for who would doubt it when a woman wearing this face spoke her words? We would proclaim the Wraith Queen’s return and raise the people to tear down the decadent shell that Mira-Vielle had become. But first, some hard measures had to be taken. My face and Sharrow-Met’s ancient words would not be enough. The noble houses would not simply stand aside for the new generation, and no coup is ever bloodless.”

Her hand moved to the sling on her belt, both fists grasping the narrow leather strap, pulling it taut. “My mother taught me the sling,” Lyvia said. “As her mother taught her. The lessons began the day I took my first step and never ended. I barely recall a day I wasn’t in my mother’s company. I had nurses, tutors, and maids, but Mother was always there, and I never doubted her love. Crucio told me to poison her at dinner the night before our great rebellion. And my father, and my aunt and uncle who were visiting that week. And our chief retainer, for senior servants of the decadent regime could never be trusted. We had a very long list, you see?”

Her hands bunched together, tight enough for the knuckles to turn bone white. “It was the list that stopped me. There were so many names. So many people I knew and loved. I just . . . couldn’t.” Her hands relaxed as she let out a long, weary sigh. “So, I took my copy of the list to my mother, who took it to my father. By morning they were building the gallows in the great square.

“Many of my fellow conspirators met their ends with stout hearts and defiant words, but Crucio wasn’t brave. All his fine rhetoric, all his apparent wisdom became just sobs and begging as they dragged him to the noose. He was the last to die, and by the time his legs had stopped kicking, I realised I was no longer in love with him, if I ever truly had been. I knew full well the consequences of my act. I knew my own family would condemn me and so was surprised when my turn at the gallows never came. The blood that flows in my veins, Sharrow-Met’s blood, was considered too precious to spill, and so I was permitted exile and a chance at redemption.”

She turned to Shamil, leaning closer, voice earnest now. “But the notion that redemption can be won here is a lie. Haven’t you noticed how many sentinels have their discs, yet they never leave? Because they know this is the only place in all the world they can find a welcome. Because this is where they belong, where I belong. Our sins are too great, our disgrace too deep. But you, Shamil, do not belong here. Whatever you did, or think you did, it should never have brought you to the Eyrie. The great wings see it, even if you don’t.”

She put a hand on his neck, drawing him close until their foreheads touched. Shamil was seized by the urge to pull away, spit harsh words at her, but the tremble he felt as their skin met stopped him. “You can climb down from here,” she said in a choked whisper before drawing away.

Shamil watched her move stiffly towards Vintress. The bird gulped down a morsel of goat flesh, talons clutching what remained of the carcass as Lyvia climbed onto her back. She afforded Shamil a final glance, mouth opening to voice her farewell, but the words would never be heard.

A sudden thunderous roar from the east drowned all sound, Shamil’s gaze snapping to the Maw to see a massive plume of smoke erupting from its depths, driven by a gout of flame. Throughout their time at the Eyrie, the Maw would occasionally belch more smoke than usual, letting out a rumbling groan in the process, but this dwarfed all previous disturbances.

The smoke rose to mountainous heights, roiling black and grey, lightning flashing in its depths as it swirled around Sharrow-Met’s statue. Somehow the monument failed to be swallowed by the roiling clouds, rendered instead a pale silhouette. Shamil saw more flashes in the smoke, not lightning this time, brief spherical blossoms of light he was quick to recognise as exploding crystals. The flashes continued for some time until a dark speck appeared, growing into the shape of a fire wing, flying alone and driving hard towards the Eyrie.

“Ashinta and Hareld left on patrol this morning,” Lyvia said, exchanging a wide-eyed glance with Shamil.

The fire wing swept overhead as a fresh gout of smoke and flame issued from the Maw, and Shamil heard something in the accompanying roar, something that mixed animalistic rage with deep, ravening hunger. The sense of witnessing a dire awakening was inescapable, Rignar’s words sounding loud in Shamil’s mind: As long as there is malice in the world, so will the Voice contrive to persist.

“Take me with you!” he said, rushing towards Lyvia as Vintress flared her wings. Seeing the indecision on her face, he clasped Lyvia’s arm, words flowing from his mouth in a rapid torrent. “You’re wrong. I do belong here. I killed a captive. A raptorile snared during a raid into the desert and pushed into the Anverest arena to be slaughtered. It was to be my graduation from the Doctrinate, my confirmation as a warrior in the city guard. And I did it. I fought it, and I killed it. But before the final blow, I looked into its eyes and knew it to be no different from me. It felt. It feared. It thought. ”

His grip tightened on her arm, and Vintress let out a warning hiss as he pressed closer looking for understanding in Lyvia’s startled gaze. “They told us they were animals. Beasts who merely mimicked the language and custom they saw in humans. Vermin deserving of only death. It was all a lie. A putrid web of deceit spun so our people could keep raiding their lands and calling ourselves heroes as we plundered and killed. That was my disgrace, Lyvia. My weakness. I saw the lie, and still I killed for it.”

He sighed and released her arm, stepping back, forcing himself to meet her eye despite his shame. “I belong here as much as you do,” he told her, making no effort to conceal the desperate plea in his voice. “Please. Take me with you.”

* * *

The Eyrie was all bustle and preparation when Vintress landed on one of the outer rises, releasing Shamil from the ungentle cage of her talons to suffer a hard landing on the tiered steps. Lyvia climbed down from the falcon’s back, and they both went in search of Tihla, dodging around sentinels laden with bundled arrows and sundry weapons. Their questions were swallowed by the plethora of orders echoing about the place, Morgath’s voice loudest among them, itself occasionally drowned out by the squawks and screeches of the many great wings alighting on the tall perches. Despite the general din, Shamil caught a few of Morgath’s commands, “. . . form two companies . . . falcons go high, fire wings go low, owls will guard the rear and the flanks . . .”

Shamil managed to snare Ehlias’s arm as he made for the central rise with a brace of claw spears, the smith pointing him towards Rignar’s chamber in response to his shouted question.

“What’s happening?” Shamil pressed.

Ehlias spared only a grim-eyed glance and a grunted reply before hurrying on his way. “Battle, lad. What else?”

They found Tihla watching Rignar tend to a trio of deep cuts in Ashinta’s shoulder. The mage held a piece of carnelian in one hand and jasper in the other, both stones glowing bright as he held them close to the wounds. The cuts were closing, albeit slowly, the healing causing Ashinta a considerable amount of pain judging by the answers she hissed through clenched teeth in response to Tihla’s barrage of questions.

“Told you . . .” She gave a hard grunt, eyes closing tight for a moment as Rignar completed sealing one of her scars. “Never seen one like that before. Thought it might be some kind of bat at first . . .” She broke off, biting down a yell before mastering herself. “But its wings sprouted from its back. Had a body like a man, covered in fur and shorter overall but longer of limb.” She let out a grating laugh, casting a rueful glance at her partly healed shoulder. “With sharp claws, but still, mostly manlike. And its eyes . . .” She shuddered, this time not due to the pain of her injuries. “Big as apples and black like jet. Saw the hate in them plain enough, though.”

Ashinta hissed and shot Rignar a reproachful look as the second scar sealed shut before switching her gaze back to Tihla. “And they’re fast, falcon speed. They were on me and Hareld before we knew it, streaking out of the smoke from all directions. Him and his bird were already falling by the time I knew what was happening.”

“So,” Rignar said, raising his brows, though his eyes remained focused on his work. “The Maw has coughed out some new horrors, it seems.”

“It’s not just the man-bats, mage. Like I told the first wing, there were plenty of flensers and scythers about too, not to mention what was happening on the ground. Couldn’t see much with all the smoke, but there were vehlgard marching out of the Maw in columns, several thousand of the cack eaters. Looked like they were taking a westward course.”

“That would lead them straight into the lava flow,” Tihla said. Shamil saw the tension in her bearing, well controlled though it was, betrayed most clearly in the single vein pulsing in her temple.

“Just saying what I saw.” Ashinta’s face bunched, nostrils flaring and skin reddening as Rignar closed the last cut.

“Your bird?” Tihla asked her.

“Few tail feathers lost is all.” Ashinta reached for her helm and hopped down from Rignar’s bench. “We can still fly.”

“Good. Load up on arrows and make ready. You’ll wing with me when we launch.” Tihla’s gaze shifted to Lyvia, as if noting her presence for the first time. “You too. Fill your pouches with crystal and get aloft. Lamira has charge of the falcon wing. Stay close and follow her lead. I’ve no time for any more lessons, and we need every bird in the air.”

Lyvia shared a brief but bright glance with Shamil, lips wavering as she sought words that wouldn’t come until he gave her a tight smile and nodded. Scooping a handful of quartz into a leather pouch, she rushed off into the shouts and squawks outside.

“I’ve a notion we’ll soon have need of more stones,” Tihla said to Rignar, who was already setting out a row of crystals on his bench.

“I’ll see to it,” he said, looking up at Shamil. “I’d work faster knowing there was someone here to watch my back.”

Tihla’s gaze slid to Shamil, evident reluctance in her eyes. “We’ve no true picture of what we face today. The Eyrie may be swarmed by all manner of Maw-born foulness before this is over, and you have no obligation here now . . .”

“Yes,” he cut in. “I do.”

The second wing sighed and inclined her head in acquiescence. “As you wish. Fetch your weapons and guard the mage. If none of us return by sunset, climb down and get as far west as you can, spread the word that the Voice has woken.”

She went to a corner where a claw spear had been propped, augmented by several fragments of topaz set into the sickle-shaped blade. “Thanks for this,” she told Rignar over her shoulder. “Let’s hope it works.”

* * *

He watched Vintress carry Lyvia aloft to join the circling flock of falcons. Tihla took off soon after on Rhienvelk, a veteran fire wing with a cracked beak and plumage a dark shade of crimson. The sentinels formed into three spirals in accordance with the first wing’s orders, the fire wings being the largest and spread out over a half mile or more of sky.

Morgath Durnholm was the last to fly off, climbing onto Fleyrak’s back to pause for a momentary survey of the mostly empty Eyrie. His face was hidden by his helm, but Shamil had the sense of a man saying farewell to a much-loved home. The blank glass eyes of Morgath’s visor settled on Shamil, lowered once in a bow of grave respect, then jerked upwards as the first wing gave a voiceless command that had Fleyrak leaping from the perch. The bird’s wings sent twin whirlwinds spinning across the Eyrie as he climbed into the sky, immediately striking out towards the Maw.

As the first wing passed below, the three circles broke apart to follow, the falcons staying high, whilst the fire wings fell in behind Morgath, spreading out into a formation that resembled a broad arrowhead. The owls were the smallest contingent and flew a good distance behind the fire wings, their formation more varied in height so that, as they drew away, they resembled a giant shield.

Shamil paced continuously as he watched the winged host fade towards the ever more mountainous smoke. He had primed his bow with a quartz-head arrow and half drawn the string, mainly to occupy his hands as seething frustration rose to an ever greater pitch.

Besides him and Rignar, the only other occupants of the Eyrie were Kritzlasch, circling above, and Ehlias. The smith sat outside the door to his workshop cradling a windlass crossbow, his song a murmured dirge now, full of dire intonations. The crossbow was loaded with a bolt armed with a chunk of white quartz the size of a fist. Four other identical devices, all drawn and loaded, were propped against the wall within easy reach.

Ehlias let his song fall silent as Shamil paced closer, his restive gaze roaming the arrayed weapons. “Too heavy to aim from a bird’s back,” the smith explained, patting the crossbow’s stock. “Made ’em when I first came here and didn’t know any better. Kept them out of sentiment, I s’pose.” He gave a wry, strained chuckle. “Never thought I’d have occasion to use ’em, to be honest. Still, reckon I’ll get at least a hundred or so beasties before they gobble me up.”

His words were drowned by a loud rumble of thunder from the Maw. Shamil’s head snapped round to see the last dark specks of the sentinel host disappearing into the smoke. The flash and glimmer of exploding crystals began almost immediately, made even more disconcerting because the sounds of battle took several seconds to reach the Eyrie.

“I’d give just about anything to be there out with them,” Ehlias said. “Guess you would too. Not an easy thing to be a sentinel without a bird. I had one, y’know. Rhottblane, means ‘red snow’ in my birth tongue. He was an owl, pure white all over but for his eyes, red like rubies. It was age rather than battle that got him in the end. Couldn’t hunt, couldn’t see much of anything, shedding feathers that wouldn’t grow back. One day, he just flew off, never saw him again. I tried to bond with another, but no bird would do more than snatch meat from me. Even thought about trying my luck with him once.” Ehlias jerked his head at the summit of the nest. “Turned out, I was too much of a coward when the time came.”

Following his gaze, Shamil saw a very large winged shape circling the nest, black but for the speckle of sunlight on its feathers. “Stielbek,” he murmured. He found his gaze captured by the black wing’s slowly turning silhouette, a singular irresistible notion building in his mind that caused him to return the arrow to his quiver and hook his bow over his chest.

“Yes,” Ehlias mused, puzzlement colouring his tone. “Odd he should turn up again now. Usually only appears when there’s a new brace of fledglings . . .”

Ehlias’s voice faltered as Shamil started off at a run, buckling his helm in place, which had the fortuitous effect of muffling the baffled words the smith cast in his wake. “What’re you about, lad?”

Shamil sprinted through the Eyrie, skirting the rises and making for the cliff where the beam pointed towards the smoke now lit by so much unleashed sorcery its upper reaches had taken on a persistent shimmer. Shamil didn’t pause upon reaching the beam, didn’t even look up before he came to the end and leapt. As his feet left the timber, part of him knew this to be madness, that when he fell this time, there would be no one to save him. He was just a lost youth with a broken mind hurtling towards his own death because he feared the guilt and self-detestation that was his due. Still he refused to surrender to despair, letting the hope blossom like a fire as he reached the apex of his leap, allowing only one clear thought to rise to the forefront of his churning mind: He was waiting for me . . . for me to be ready. He was waiting for me . . .

Stielbek caught him before he had even begun to fall.

9. The Maw

Stielbek’s talons clasped him only for a second before tossing him into the air. The momentary terror gave rise to a notion that the bird had allowed him to experience the joy of salvation only to let him fall, a cruel amusement born of his avian mind. However, a gust of wind and a brush of feathers saw him land on the black wing’s back. His legs quickly found purchase on the hard, surging muscle beneath the plumage at the nape of Stielbek’s neck. Shamil secured himself in place by clutching fistfuls of feathers for want of a harness. Stielbek angled his huge head to regard him with a gleaming yellow eye, and it was then that Shamil felt the bond for the first time.

He found the sensation resembled the satisfaction that came from sinking an arrow into the centre of a target, or the turn of a key in a lock, but greatly magnified. It was a feeling of completion, of two matched components fitting together. Suddenly, Shamil understood the nature of the bond between sentinel and bird. It was not a sharing of minds, but a sharing of purpose. Staring into the depths of Stielbek’s eye, Shamil felt himself dwarfed by the intense commitment he saw there, the absolute conviction in the soul behind those eyes. He found himself lost in the utter blackness of the pupil, experiencing a sense of being drawn into depthless shadows where there lurked many ugly things. Bonding with this mighty and ancient soul was like being scraped by a gnarled tree, one that cared little for what such scraping might do to its rider.

Apparently satisfied, Stielbek’s eye flashed white as he blinked before turning his head towards the Maw, sail-sized wings rising and falling in mighty sweeps that took them high into the sky. The black wing levelled out at a height that put them several hundred feet above the Maw, and Shamil’s nostrils suffered a sulphurous sting as they drew ever nearer. The struggle within the vast column of smoke seemed to be continuing with unabated fury, but now he caught glimpses of the combatants.

Birds wheeled and dove, fleeting spectres against the pulsing glow of detonating crystals. Smaller shadows flickered amongst them, dark irregular shapes that swarmed and broke apart amidst blossoms of white light. As Stielbek flew closer, the glare of magical luminescence became so bright Shamil was forced to snick the lever on the side of his helm, slotting the dark glass in place. The view immediately shifted from occluded confusion to chaotic and terrible clarity, the impenetrable smoke rendered a vague greyish mist.

He saw a bird mobbed by winged creatures the size of cats, presumably the flensers that featured in so many of the sentinels’ lurid tales. The dense mass of them heaved like bees around a hive as they overwhelmed the bird, and Shamil found it impossible to discern the identity of the rider amongst the flurry of leathery wings and gnashing teeth. The great wing thrashed and twisted, shedding feathers and slain enemies, but it was clear this contest would only end one way.

The uneven struggle continued as Stielbek swept closer. Shamil unslung his bow and reached for an arrow, but before he could take aim, the struggling bird and its assailants disappeared in a blossom of fire as the unseen rider found a way to detonate one of their crystals. The debris slipped away beneath them, Stielbek broadening his wings to glide through a dwindling cloud of feathers. A few flensers, having survived the blast, sought to bar their path, and Shamil heard their hungry, yipping shrieks even above the rushing wind.

Drawing his bow, he let fly at the lead creature, the crystal-head striking it in the chest and blowing it apart along with two of its companions. Only one remained, streaking towards them undaunted, its cries rising to deafening volume as it closed. Seeing its face clearly, Shamil found himself confronted by a ravening mask of teeth, its snapping jaws adding a ululation to its unending scream. But it was the hate in its eyes that snared Shamil’s attention, causing him to freeze in the act of reaching for another arrow. Black orbs shot through with veins of red that coalesced to form a blazing pupil, they glowed with vicious, insatiable hunger beyond even the most starved lion or desert wolf. As it loomed before him, jaws snapping so fast its teeth blurred, Shamil had no doubt this was a creature bred purely for the purpose of wreaking the ugliest death on any human unfortunate enough to encounter it.

Stielbek raised his head in an almost casual gesture, beak opening and closing with a hard snap. The flenser vanished, the only trace of its passing a vaporous spatter on Shamil’s visor. The increased sting to his nostrils and ashen catch in his throat made it clear that they were now in the heart of the smokestack, the air rent by repeated percussive blasts and screams he hoped came only from the throats of the Maw’s creations.

Stielbek turned as Shamil caught sight of another bird below, an owl, the sentinel on its back turning loose arrows at the flensers swarming in pursuit. Shamil put a pair of his own crystal-heads into their midst and was rewarded with the sight of two satisfyingly large explosions before Stielbek folded his wings, sending them into a near vertical dive straight into the heart of the swarm.

For an instant the world became a fury of choked-off screams and the crack of sundered bones and skulls, and Shamil felt an increasing wetness where his skin was exposed to the air. He could only hold on as the black wing twisted and spun, thighs clamped hard to the heaving muscle and one hand gripping feathers with white knuckles as the other strove to keep hold of his bow.

Then they were through, Stielbek assuming a level course that enabled Shamil to wipe the red slick from his visor. Looking around he saw they were alone once again, surrounded only by drifting vapour through which occasional patches of clear sky gleamed harsh through his darkened lenses.

A laugh came unbidden from Shamil’s throat, driven not by joy but an uncomfortable concordance of relief and exhilaration. As Stielbek banked and took them lower, Shamil recalled his first glimpse of a great wing during the climb to the Eyrie, his hunger to know what it might feel like to traverse the skies with such a beast. The reality, it transpired, was everything he had hoped for, despite the horrors witnessed and the certainty of more to come, and so he laughed, long and loud.

The attack came without warning, a hard stunning impact to the top of his helm that would surely have shattered his skull but for its protection. He reeled, legs slackening and losing purchase on Stielbek’s neck. He would have fallen if the black wing hadn’t abruptly angled his body, jolting Shamil back to awareness. Blinking, he shook away the haze that marred his vision, wincing at the sharp pain in his head and flexing his left hand in angry realisation that he had lost his bow.

A loud, guttural cry from behind caused Shamil to turn, seeing a broad-winged shape labouring in the disturbed air left in Stielbek’s wake. It was two-thirds the size of a blue falcon, but any similarity ended there. This bird was dark grey in colour, its featherless neck long and coiling like a snake, emitting the same throaty call all the while. It had a wickedly sharp beak shaped like a butcher’s hook, but Shamil saw more danger in its talons, far larger in proportion to the bird’s body than could be natural, each one a long black sickle.

“Scyther,” Shamil grunted. The reason for the beast’s repeated calls became clear when three more swept out of the mist to fly alongside it. He began to reach for his whip but was forced to grab a fistful of feathers when Stielbek went into a sudden dive, and Shamil glimpsed the sight of another, far larger, bird just ahead. Something flicked the air just above his helm, and the now familiar blast of exploding quartz sounded to the rear.

Recognition dawned as the approaching bird swept overhead, and Shamil noted how the dark glass of his visor rendered Vintress’s feathers a verdant shade of green rather than blue. He saw Lyvia whirl her sling and cast another missile at a scyther as it banked towards her, transforming it into a ball of grey mist in a flash of combusting crystal. Stielbek shortened his wings and pivoted, raising his talons to rend the two surviving Maw beasts apart as they closed. The grisly task complete, he spread his wings into a broad arc, catching an updraft that enabled him to hover.

Vintress circled them in a tight arc, and Shamil noted the blackened and scorched feathers on the falcon’s breast, though he heaved a relieved sigh at seeing her rider uninjured. He stared hard at the blank eyes of Lyvia’s visor, hoping there was a welcoming smile behind it. She stared back for a second, then pointed, her finger stabbing downwards towards the orange-red snake of the lava flow. Black shapes flicked and spiralled across it, sentinels and swarms of Maw beasts engaged in a deadly dance. Through the chaos of battle his gaze caught something more, a flurry of pale white specks at the flow’s edge that put him in mind of a snowstorm, surely something that couldn’t be possible.

Sensing his curiosity, Stielbek drew his wings back to send them into a dive with Vintress following close on their tail. They streaked down through a dozen swirling duels, Shamil blinking his eyes against the repeated flare of discharged sorcery whilst the hellish cacophony of rage and pain penetrated his helm with irksome ease. He could feel the heat of the lava now, building in intensity as they swept lower and beading his skin with sweat. A small, somewhat bedraggled swarm of flensers tried to bar their path, many leaking blood from recent wounds, their wings pierced or torn in places, causing Shamil to wonder how they still managed to fly. He sensed Stielbek’s disdain as he continued to dive, not troubling himself to change course and cutting his way through the beasts with a few well-placed snaps of his beak before levelling out some three hundred feet from the surface of the molten river.

The sounds of conflict faded as they glided across the steaming, bubbling surface, and Shamil’s nose and mouth flooded in response to the foul gasses. He could see the far bank of the flow through the shimmering curtain of heated air. Blinking tears to clear his vision, Shamil was shocked to find himself confronted by an army, tall spears rising like a vast forest from dark ranks. The distance was still too great to make out their features, but he knew these must be the dreaded vehlgard, the two-legged fodder of the Voice’s malign horde said to be the obscene result of some unnatural fusion of man and beast. They were arrayed in neat, unmoving columns from the lip of the Maw to the edge of the glowing river, a thick black line thousands strong broken in the centre by the blaze of white Shamil had seen from above.

As Stielbek took him closer, he saw to his amazement that his first thought had been correct; this was a snowstorm. Or rather, he realised as the near overpowering heat gave way to a sudden chill and a lacelike veil began to cover his visor, an ice storm. As frost clustered on his brow, Stielbek let out a brief, throaty cry of protest and beat his wings to take them higher. Shamil leaned forward to stare down into the heart of the raging storm below, seeing great plumes of rising steam as lava met ice and turned instantly to rock. Upon nearing the slope leading to the lip of the Maw, the wall of white suddenly diminished, revealing the eastern bank in full.

Although the air remained thick with mingled steam and smoke, Shamil managed to make out a dozen dark figures below. They stood in a line close to the storm, each one holding aloft a staff, tips blazing with the unmistakable glow unique to crystalmancy. Streams of pale blue energy emerged continually from the twelve staffs, curving in chaotic spirals before merging with the raging chaos of the ice storm.

“Mages,” Shamil realised in a whisper. “The Voice has mages of its own.”

As if hearing his words, all dozen figures instantly turned their eyes skyward. Their faces were indistinct, but he saw that they were all clad in mismatched clothing, long trailing silks contrasting with archaic armour or cloaks of fur. However, their disparity in appearance was dispelled by the uniform glow of the eyes they focused on Shamil as he flew overhead, as fiery red and full of hateful hunger as the flenser Stielbek had dispatched only moments before.

It was then that Stielbek gave full vent to his cry. Shamil had heard little of his voice so far and found the volume of it enough to shake his very bones. It bore little relation to the high-pitched screech of a fire wing or falcon, pitched lower even than an owl’s hoots. It was more of a roar, full of rage and a depth of enmity Shamil could feel through the bond, along with a deeper understanding: Stielbek knew these mages of old and wanted very badly to kill them.

The mages lowered their staffs as Stielbek’s cry faded, the arcing streams of energy blinking out as they raised their red eyes to regard the black wing. It may have been something conjured by his overburdened mind, but Shamil was sure their eyes all blazed brighter in that moment, though he saw no change in their stance or expression. However, the sense of hatred being returned in full measure was palpable.

One of the mages in particular caught his eye, a tall, bare-chested man of impressive stature. Shamil quickly flipped the lever on his helm, switching to the magnifying lenses to gain a better view, finding himself confronted with an angular, hollow-cheeked face, the man’s well-muscled frame and bald head covered all over in a dense matrix of tattoos. Shamil once again wondered if his sight were playing him true, for the tattoos seemed to be moving, coiling and overlapping like snakes trapped within his skin. As if in response to the scrutiny, the tattooed man blinked his red eyes and angled his head. Shamil caught the unmistakable curve of a smile to his lips before Stielbek abruptly turned away and the view was lost.

Facing to the front, Shamil switched his visor back to the standard lenses in time to see an inverted rain of fire filling the sky directly ahead. Stielbek swept his wings down then up in rapid beats that sent them higher. Shamil ducked as something fast and flaming streaked within a foot of his helm, half-a-dozen more trailing smoke as they whooshed past. Glancing up at the sound of a pealing cry, he saw Vintress rapidly disappearing into the pall above, rider and bird swallowed by the smoke before any fire arrows could claim them.

Hearing a hiss loud hiss of annoyance, Shamil looked down to find an arrow had left a patch of burning embers on Stielbek’s wingtip. He watched with relief as it dwindled to a blackened stain before it could birth a blaze. The origin of this fiery barrage became obvious when Stielbek went into a steep bank. Fire arrows blazed along the leading edges of the vehlgard columns as archers raised their bows and loosed concentrated volleys. Luckily, they were now too high for the arrows to reach them, though Shamil saw one sentinel who wasn’t so lucky.

The fire wing swerved through the air in an effort to dodge the blizzard of fiery shafts, but the smoke trailing from twin blazes in each wing told of a grim and inevitable fate. In addition to the countless arrows seeking to bring it down, it was being pursued by three Maw beasts Shamil hadn’t yet encountered but was quick to identify.

“Man-bats!” he hissed, matching Ashinta’s description to the human-sized creatures with huge black eyes and leathery wings that sprouted from their backs. Two were armed with what appeared to be ten-foot-long tridents, but the one in the lead carried some form of overlarge crossbow.

Shamil watched in growing dismay as the man-bat raised the weapon and triggered the lock. The melon-sized projectile ignited soon after being launched, bursting into a sparking ball of blazing light. It described an elegant arc through the air to impact on the fire wing’s tail, bursting apart with a flurry of shimmering particles that Shamil might have found pretty at another time. His dismay turned to outright horror as the fire wing transformed into an ugly ball of broken wings and trailing feathers, and the identity of its rider became clear.

Morgath Durnholm held on to his bird’s harness for only a few seconds before his muscular form was cast away, bird and rider tumbling towards the army below with the man-bats screaming triumph and diving in pursuit. Shamil’s alarm was enough to send Stielbek into a steep descent, the black wing beating his wings to produce a daunting turn of speed. One man-bat noticed their approach and immediately abandoned its dive to place itself in their path, swinging its long trident around in a slash at Stielbek’s head as they closed. Shamil flicked his wrist, and the raptorile-tail whip uncoiled with blurring speed, the topaz tip entwining the three spikes of the man-bat’s trident before discharging its sorcerous energy. Lightning danced along the spear’s length then up the arms of its wielder, transforming both into a blackened and twisted mess that tumbled away as Shamil jerked the whip free.

Stielbek streaked between the two remaining man-bats, killing one with his beak and the other, his claws. Spreading his wings wide and rearing back, the black wing extended his talons to enfold the tumbling form of Morgath Durnholm. They were barely fifty feet from the ground now, the air a maelstrom of fire arrows that would surely see them ablaze within seconds.

A chorus of bird cries drew Shamil’s gaze upwards in time to see what appeared to be the entire Sentinel host streaking out of the sky. Tihla flew at their head with Lyvia close behind, sling whirling. Crystal-headed arrows fell in a thick hail, the neat ranks of the vehlgard column below blasted apart by a welter of explosions.

Stielbek was forced to swoop low before soaring high, and Shamil found himself staring down into the face of a vehlgard barely a spear’s length beneath. Having expected to be confronted with some form of bestial, snarling mask, he was surprised to see a face that was recognisably human in both expression and form. The features were certainly broader than could be called natural, with a blocklike jaw and wide lips, the pale, hairless skin scarred in many places and rich in tattoos of garish design. But still he saw humanity in the way he glared at Shamil, lips drawn back from wedge-like teeth in a snarl of anger. This was not the unreasoning, animalistic hunger of the Maw beasts. These were the eyes of a thinking being like the raptorile he had murdered. But unlike the raptorile, the soul behind these eyes badly wanted him dead.

The vehlgard lunged at him just as Stielbek beat his wings to begin his ascent, and Shamil heard a shout of frustrated rage as the long spear flailed at the black wing’s tail feathers. A deep, growling voice chased them with curses in a grating language alien to Shamil’s ear, fading quickly.

The sentinels closed in around Stielbek as he climbed into the upper reaches of the still roiling smokestack, climbing out of arrow range but soon finding themselves attacked by a fresh swarm of flensers. Tihla was quick to hurl her fire wing into the heart of the swarm, the crystals set into her claw spear shining bright as she whirled it. Sparks erupted whenever it met the flesh of a Maw beast, sending a dozen blackened corpses towards the ground. Shamil lashed his whip constantly as Stielbek took them through the fray, the swarm soon blasted apart as the sentinels exhausted their remaining crystals, and they finally flew clear of the smoke.

Tihla’s bird laboured to the front of the formation, the second wing waving her spear in a slow circle before pointing it at the Eyrie. They were being ordered home. Looking around the surviving host, Shamil saw the reason in stark clarity. Less than half were left, and many of those were either injured or close to exhaustion. Riders sagged on the backs of their birds, several clutching wounds. Many of the great wings were also in poor shape, leaving a trail of black specks in their wake as they shed feathers, some bearing blackened patches on their plumage, others leaking crimson droplets as they struggled towards the Eyrie on tired wings. The Sentinels had suffered a defeat this day, and the unmoving form of the man lying limp in Stielbek’s claws made it clear they might be about to suffer their most grievous loss yet.

10. The Mage’s Gambit

Rignar laboured through the night, with Tihla lingering outside his chamber as the glimmer of powerful sorcery flickered in the edges of the closed door. An occasional shout would accompany the shifting lights, weak at first but growing in volume as the hours wore on. Shamil wasn’t sure whether this was a good sign or not.

By unanimous agreement, the other sentinels had all refused to accept crystal healing to allow Rignar to concentrate his entire energies on the first wing. Consequently, Shamil had spent much of the night employing the medical skills he had learned in the Doctrinate. It amounted mostly to setting broken bones and stitching cuts, some small, others deep. However, much of the burden of caring for the wounded fell on Ehlias. The smith possessed many years of hard-won experience in tending injury, although his remedies ranged from the basic to the gruesome, the latter involving some judicious use of red-hot irons or the sharper knives from his workshop. Liberal quantities of pain-muting herbs were also doled out, resulting in a curiously lighthearted atmosphere amongst the wounded. Songs and jokes filled the air, although Shamil noted that the laughter had a near hysterical quality, often subsiding to tears in quieter moments as confusion was replaced by the hard realisation of grief.

The great wings settled on their perches or returned to the nest, some keening laments for lost riders, others nuzzling beaks at wounded comrades. Shamil noted that Stielbek kept apart from them, perching on a rise close to the eastern cliff from where he maintained an unwavering vigil of the Maw. Its roar was louder now, hunger and rage more discernible than ever, leaving Shamil in no doubt that he was hearing the Voice itself. The legends had always depicted this eternal adversary as more a malign seducer than a monster, whispering temptation into the ears of weak or greedy souls. The sound that now emerged from the Maw spoke of something different, a being perhaps transformed by its centuries of confinement. This altered Voice, Shamil knew, had no interest in the subtleties of seduction or carefully woven schemes; it hungered only for the destruction of those that had chained it.

After he had stitched his last cut and wiped his last fevered brow, Shamil climbed the rise to stand at Stielbek’s side. Even without the insight offered by their bond, he could sense the black wing’s roiling fury, the deep desire for a return to battle in the eyes he focused on the shifting glow of the Maw.

“The mage with the tattoos,” Shamil said. “An old friend, perhaps?”

Stielbek cocked his head slightly, beak snapping once in confirmation. “Who is he, I wonder?” Shamil peered at the ugly spectacle of the Maw at night. Sharrow-Met’s statue stood silhouetted against the constant smoke lit in various hues by the glow of lava and the mage’s magics, which had continued unabated since the sentinels’ retreat.

The ice storm they crafted was invisible in the dark, but its effects were now increasingly evident. A black line had appeared in the slow current of the molten river, a line pointing west that hadn’t been there the night before. It seemed barely more than a hair’s width at this distance, but Shamil calculated it must be at least fifty feet across.

“So,” he murmured. “That’s what they’re about.”

Stielbek’s beak snapped again, louder this time. His desire for resumed battle was clear, but the bond enabled Shamil to sense something beneath it, a raw impatience to finish this task so that they might begin another.

“Soon.” Shamil ran a hand through the feathers on Stielbek’s neck before turning to descend the rise, making quickly for Rignar’s chamber.

* * *

“They’re crafting a bridge.”

Morgath spared Shamil a brief glance, grunting as he swung his leg off Rignar’s bed. The mage had sealed the first wing’s every wound, but his broad back was now an epic of overlapping scars, and crystalmancy could do nothing to restore the eye he had lost. In its place he wore a smooth blue stone, veined in gold, a strangely beautiful island of colour in a sea of scarred flesh. More concerning than the disfigurement was the absence of any vestige of a smile on his lips. Shamil had thought this man capable of finding humour in any circumstance, and discovering his error made for a harsh realisation: he thinks we’ve already lost.

“He’s right,” Tihla put in. “Took a look for myself. That ice storm they’ve conjured can turn twenty yards of lava to rock in the space of an hour. By noon tomorrow they’ll have a causeway for that army to cross.”

“Only if they have mages to keep the storm churning,” Shamil said. “We need to kill them.”

“Mind your place.” Tihla’s voice was curt, though less so than he might have expected. “What you did today was impressive, and we’re all rightly grateful for it, but the first wing decides our battle plans, not you. Today we lost half our number and barely got within sight of those mages. And even if we did get close enough for an arrow, I doubt they’ll just stand there and obligingly await death.” She took a breath heavy with reluctance. “It might be wiser to conserve our strength, wait for them to cross before launching successive attacks, buy time for the Treaty Realms to gather their forces.”

She fell silent, eyes lingering expectantly on Morgath’s slumped head, her features bunching in suppressed consternation when no response was immediately forthcoming.

“Shamil is right.”

Shamil and Tihla turned to regard Rignar as he hefted his satchel onto his bench. “It will take weeks for Mira-Vielle and the Crucible Kingdom to muster an army,” he went on. “Months for the Treaty Realms entire to gather a force capable of defeating the malign horde, if such a force can even be gathered. We have to stop this before it begins.”

“You want me to watch the rest of them die?”

Morgath’s voice was a raw scraping echo of its previous vitality. Looking into his partly ruined face with its gleaming blue eye, Shamil knew his wounds went deeper than mere skin and muscle. The first wing of the Sentinel Eyrie might not yet be broken, but he was at least buckled.

“This family we’ve built?” Morgath continued, his gaze shifting from Rignar to Tihla. “I did that once before. All my fine lads and lasses, thieves and cutthroats they may have been, but they were family to me. I knew more loyalty and kindness living amongst pirates than I ever knew throughout the long, wretched years beneath my father’s roof. And I watched him hang them all, one by one. He had me chained in such a way that I couldn’t turn my head from the sight, and I was flogged if I dared to close my eyes. When I was dragged to these mountains and dumped at the base of the Eyrie, the last words I ever heard from my father were, ‘Die quickly.’ But I wouldn’t, my last act of defiance. In surviving here, I won the trust of my brothers and sisters, once again becoming a captain of sorts. In the years since, the love I have for this place and these people has washed away all the anger and hatred that once claimed my soul. Don’t ask me to destroy what’s left, Tihla.” His head slumped once more, ragged voice descending into a groan. “I can’t.”

“You won’t have to,” Rignar said. He paused to undo the satchel’s buckles, revealing the glassy orb of the black onyx. “If I might be so bold as to propose a stratagem.”

* * *

“It doesn’t seem like nearly enough.”

Morgath’s one good eye tracked over the three birds perched on the east-facing rise. Kritzlasch and Vintress exchanged a few beak snaps and hisses as they waited, both resting on a branch lower than Stielbek and conscientious in avoiding his eye. For his part, the black wing seemed content to ignore them both, his gaze still entirely locked on the Maw and its vomitous smoke. The rising sun painted the occluded horizon a faint shade of pink. Deep shadows still concealed much of the army waiting on the far bank of the lava flow, but the ice storm was visible now, a blaze of white that seemed to be growing by the second.

“Speed is more important than numbers,” Rignar replied, glancing up from the black onyx. He had kept hold of the crystal since Morgath’s eventual and grudging agreement to this plan, constantly playing his fingers over the surface. The stone’s response to his touch had grown ever brighter in the intervening hours, producing a sustained shimmer in its core. Judging by Rignar’s increasingly grey and hollow-cheeked countenance, Shamil concluded that whatever sorcery he had crafted within its facets had cost him dear.

“Besides”—Rignar forced a smile before favouring Lyvia and Shamil with a fond glance—“I’d rather fly with my young friends at my side than any other.”

Morgath gave a sombre nod before settling his gaze first on Shamil then Lyvia. “I won’t command you to this,” he told them, the diminished rasp of his voice battling with the stiff morning wind. “No disgrace will result if you choose not to . . .”

“We’re wasting time,” Lyvia cut in, before adding with a tight smile, “But your consideration is appreciated, First Wing.”

Morgath’s livid scars twisted as a very faint grin ghosted across his face, but only briefly before he turned and strode away. He climbed the perch of the tallest rise where Kaitlahr waited. The youthful fire wing had taken up station at the beam before sunrise, crouching low to allow the first wing to climb onto his back with no need to leap. Other great wings had issued forth from the nest to accept sentinels whose birds had succumbed to their wounds. Even so, the host mustered that morning was a much denuded and less impressive gathering than had flown to confront the resurgent Voice the day before.

Before the sentinels buckled on their helms, Shamil saw a mostly uniform expression of fatalistic determination with no sign of the usual grim humour. He watched Morgath share a long look with Tihla before they both donned their helms, a look that surely spoke of many things left unsaid throughout the years of their service.

They took off in one great flock, the well-ordered grouping of yesterday replaced by a dense arrowhead formation aimed directly at the Maw. The air thrummed as the birds beat their wings with furious energy, closing the distance to their foes with a speed that commanded notice.

Rignar waited until the sentinels closed to within a few hundred yards of the Maw before donning his helm. “It’s time,” he said, raising his gaze to Kritzlasch, who immediately hopped down from the perch, crouching low so the mage could climb onto his back.

“Before we set off,” he said, settling himself into place, one hand clutching the owl’s harness and the other pressing the onyx hard against his chest. “It would be remiss of me not to offer my regrets to Lady Lyvia.”

“Regrets?” she asked, voice given a metallic tinge by her own helm as she climbed onto Vintress’s back.

“For the desecration we are about to inflict upon your ancestor.” Rignar nodded to Sharrow-Met’s statue, still contriving to shrug off the concealing cloak of the Maw’s discharge.

Lyvia replied with a short, tinny laugh. “Desecrate away, good sir. It’ll be a relief not to have to look at that thing every day.”

Stielbek shuddered with anticipation when Shamil mounted him, spreading his wings and launching them into the air without pause. He climbed into the air to catch an updraft and began to circle higher, letting out an impatient caw that had Vintress and Kritzlasch quickly following suit.

The three birds levelled out at least two hundred feet higher than the sentinel host before striking for the Maw. Shamil could see the close-packed formation of great wings closing on the smokestack now and the flecks of black within the haze that told of a great many Maw beasts rising to meet their onslaught. Flares of light erupted at the edge of the smoke as the leading sentinels let loose with their first volley of crystal-head arrows before they disappeared into the grey-black fog.

For a few seconds, unleashed energy roiled like a compressed lightning storm, a testament to the ferocity of the hidden struggle, flashing so bright Shamil was forced to switch to his darkened lenses. He fought down a panicked suspicion that the sentinels had met with disaster, and a relieved sigh hissed through his teeth when he saw the leading birds sweep clear of the smoke, followed by what appeared to be most of the host. The sentinels banked upon reaching clear sky, turning in a wide arc to attack once again, loosing a flurry of arrows as they did so. The host became a great wheeling circle at the edge of the towering pall, which darkened in its upper reaches as ever more Maw beasts were drawn towards the fray.

“It’s working,” Shamil muttered, feeling a thrum of satisfaction from Stielbek. He took them higher still, hopefully beyond the notice of any enemies, although Shamil wasn’t so naive as to think this mission would end without combat. Soon, the now familiar sting of airborne ash reached his nose, and he looked down to see the great monument passing almost directly below. Looking to his left and right he saw Vintress and Kritzlasch flying alongside and raised his hand, forming a fist in a prearranged signal, which they both answered in kind. In accordance with the plan, Lyvia would dive first in the hope that her swift-moving falcon would draw away any Maw beasts lingering in the cloud below. Shamil would follow with Rignar close behind, Stielbek carving a path through any opposition to reach their target.

Shamil shifted his hand to grip the whip’s handle. He had secured himself a bow and quiver full of crystal-heads from Ehlias’s stores but knew trying to aim and loose during a dive so steep and fast would be next to impossible. The black wing’s beak and talons would be their principal weapons today.

Vintress gave a loud screech as she folded her wings and plummeted into the drifted grey-black haze, with Lyvia’s sling trailing from her hand as they disappeared from sight. Shamil forced himself to wait the agreed-upon count of five very long seconds before sinking lower, Stielbek’s neck feathers fluttering against his visor as he drew in his wings, turned onto his side, and hurtled into the smoke, his course as straight and vertical as any plumb line.

As they fell into the shifting, acrid gloom, Shamil glanced back to confirm Kritzlasch was only a few yards behind before turning to peer into the onrushing sleet of embers and soot. His hand ached as he gripped the whip, and he expected some screaming, hellish visage to loom out of the chaos at any second, but their dive proved uninterrupted. Within the space of no more than five heartbeats, the smoke dissipated to reveal Sharrow-Met’s vast, stone features, still somehow beautiful despite their monolithic proportions.

Stielbek voiced a loud screech upon seeing the Wraith Queen’s face, and Shamil could hear the clear note of plaintive longing it held. The bird flared his wings as they drew level with the statue’s head, banking hard to circle the monument in a downward spiral. Shamil risked another backward glance, finding Rignar had raised himself up on the owl’s back, the shining orb of the onyx clutched against his chest. Shamil knew that for this to work, the mage’s throw would need to be strong and true, and for all his virtues, the man was no warrior. However, he had insisted that only he could cast the onyx and gave cheery assurances that he hadn’t yet failed to place a crystal where it needed to be and wasn’t about to start.

The lightning bolt lanced upwards just as Shamil began to turn away, striking Kritzlasch full in the chest and birthing an instant flower of black and red. The bird’s wings flailed as he tumbled end over end, casting Rignar from his back before colliding with the huge barrier of Sharrow-Met’s arm. There was no time to watch the owl’s corpse complete its fall. Stielbek retracted his wings and twisted before going into another dive, streaking down to lash out and snare Rignar’s falling body with his talons.

A sound that mixed thunder with the scream of a thousand demons caused Shamil to flatten himself against Steilbek’s back, feeling a blast of heat and an intense prickling to the skin. Stielbek banked steeply to the left as another ugly thunderclap sounded, a portion of Sharrow-Met’s granite shoulder exploding in a flash Shamil was sure would have blinded him but for his helm’s lenses.

Warrior instincts seized him then, all the hard lessons of the Doctrinate and recent experience of battle combining to have him unfurl the whip and deliver a swift backward strike. He saw the topaz tip flare bright as it struck something dark, a silhouette so unexpected in form he barely managed to comprehend the reality of it before it spun away, limbs flailing. He thought it might be one of the man-bats, but as the shape tumbled in Stielbek’s wake, then incredibly, steadied itself and flew in pursuit, Shamil saw no sign of wings. They were being pursued across the sky by a man, a man bearing a staff, the tips blazing white as they poured forth a crackling energy.

The impossibility of the sight caused Shamil to hesitate before lashing out with the whip once more, his confused amazement worsened by the fact that the man was assailing them with words as well as lightning. “Traitor!” he called out as he flew, voice impossibly loud and filled with a depthless rage. “You’ll share her fate this day!”

Something in that voice caused Stielbek to rear, spinning about as his wings beat to a blur. Shamil could sense the black wing’s fury, a roiling, bitter fire just as deep as that of the flying man. He soared closer as they hovered, staff blazing bright enough to reveal him as the bald-headed mage Shamil recalled so vividly from the day before.

“You think she still lives, traitor?” the Voice-mage asked in a frothing scream, and Shamil saw how his red-glowing eyes were fixed not on him but on Stielbek. “You’re a fool! A wretched remnant of her treachery!”

He spun the staff, the tips creating a blazing white wheel Shamil knew instinctively would soon give birth to another lightning bolt.

“She isn’t coming to save you!” The bald man’s face was every inch as bestial as any Maw beast as he shrieked out his final curse. “Die as she di—”

His words choked off as his rage-filled face formed into a blank, wide-eyed mask of utter astonishment, gaze locked on something in the sky beyond Shamil. Turning, he saw Vintress streaking out of the smoke, Lyvia raised high on her back as she whirled her sling. She had removed her helm, her face revealed in full by the glow of the mage’s staff, the face of a woman he insisted was long dead.

He managed to recover his wits just as Lyvia loosed the crystal from her sling, raising his staff to deflect the projectile. It somehow managed to survive the resultant explosion, as did the mage, but the force of it sent him into a chaotic spin. Lightning coiled and struck in all directions, Shamil’s heart lurching as he saw a blazing tendril catch Vintress before she could veer away.

The falcon screeched and spasmed across the sky, disappearing into the shadow cast by the vast statue. Rage burned in Shamil as Stielbek beat his wings and surged forward, closing the distance to the Voice-mage in an instant. He had almost steadied himself now, but not enough to avoid Shamil’s whip. It snaked out to coil itself around his staff, the tip blazing out its sorcerous energy as soon as it touched the intricately carved dark wood. Clearly it had already suffered great damage thanks to Lyvia’s crystal, for its blazing tips guttered out a final burst of energy before fading. The staff thrummed then shattered, leaving its wielder scrabbling in the air, a wordless scream forming on his lips that choked to a gurgle as the black wing’s beak bit deep into his chest.

Stielbek cast the limp doll of the mage’s body aside and soared higher as Shamil looked about desperately for Vintress but could see no sign. His whip trailed in the wind, and seeing the crystal tip destroyed and half of its length burned away, he opened his hand to let it slip away. A glimmer of light from beneath Stielbek’s bulk caused him to lean forward, where he saw Rignar still clutched in the bird’s talons. The mage had lost his helm, his gaunt, bleached face staring up at Shamil with imploring eyes. His mouth formed words that were lost to the wind, but the meaning was clear enough as he weakly raised the onyx in his hands.

“Here!” Shamil shouted, crouching and extending his hand to the crystal. “I’ll throw it.”

Rignar shook his head, the onyx glowing in response as he flattened his hand against its surface. Once again Shamil had no difficulty in reading his unheard words. “I need to be touching it.”

“You never intended to throw it!” Shamil shouted back. “Did you?”

Rignar’s lips formed a smile as he shook his head.

“Back to the Eyrie!” Shamil shouted at Stielbek. “We’ll find another way.”

Stielbek angled his wings, but instead of steering for the mountains, he turned back to the statue. “Stop!” Shamil ordered, receiving only an angry shudder in response. “Don’t do this!” he cried out to Rignar.

The mage’s eyes were sad now, but also shining with a deep contentment, his face that of a man about to fulfil a lifelong task. He removed one hand from the onyx and reached for the chain about his neck, dragging air into his lungs to call out a few words. “The Voice lied, Shamil! She never died!” Rignar snapped the chain and threw it at Shamil. He caught it by pure reflex, finding the emerald pendant dangling in his grip. “She went to find its birthplace!” the mage shouted. “Look for the immortals!”

He stared hard into Shamil’s eyes, holding his gaze until the moment Stielbek opened his claws to let him fall free.

Rignar Banlufsson tumbled through the air at a steep angle, the crystal in his hands glowing so bright he resembled a falling star. He collided with the huge narrow column of granite that formed Sharrow-Met’s legendary scimitar barely fifty feet from the point where it met the ground. Crystal and mage disappeared in an explosion powerful enough to banish the smoke for a distance of several hundred yards. Shamil struggled to keep his seat as Stielbek bucked and reared in the turbulent air. Looking down he saw the column of vehlgard closest to the scimitar’s base had been blasted into chaotic disorder. The statue, however, remained stubbornly upright.

“It didn’t work,” he groaned in despair. He scanned the scimitar, finding none of the expectant destruction that would set the great monument toppling. Instead he saw a curiously smooth and intact surface very different from the weathered granite that had formed it only seconds before. It caught a bright gleam from the sun streaming through the partly dissolved smoke, shining bright, shining like . . . ice.

“Down!” Shamil ordered, but Stielbek was already folding his wings. A barrage of fire arrows floated up from the ranks of the vehlgard to greet them as they dove, turning to a blizzard as they neared the ground. Shamil waited until Stielbek levelled out barely fifty feet from the ground before reaching for the sword once carried by Tolveg Clearwater of Wodewehl, a man who had travelled a great distance to place it in more worthy hands, a sword named Ice Cutter in the ancient tongue of his people. A fated blade.

A fire arrow streaked within an inch of Shamil’s visor as they swept closer to the scimitar. He hardly noticed, his entire attention focused on the glassy surface, searching. He found the crack near the scimitar’s edge, just a small fissure no bigger than a hand’s breadth, but big enough for a sword blade. Leaning out, he gripped the sword’s handle with both hands, stabbing it into the crack with every ounce of strength he could summon. The skeln-blad met scant resistance as it penetrated the ice, sinking so deep it was torn from Shamil’s hands as Stielbek beat his wings and bore them higher.

Shamil twisted to watch the scimitar shrink beneath them, his heart leaping in exultant satisfaction at the sight of a web of cracks spreading over its surface. Within seconds the interlocking matrix of fissures had spread from the scimitar’s base to its hilt, snaking over it to crumble Sharrow-Met’s huge fist.

The statue let out a strange groan as the scimitar fell apart, Sharrow-Met’s arm falling to pieces soon after. The great stone queen swayed, rearing back a little and causing Shamil to ponder the horrible irony that she might topple in the wrong direction. But then something cracked deep within her, and she swayed forward, the roar of a huge stone assemblage subsiding into chaos, swallowing the great murmur of surprise and fear rising from the vehlgard army below.

Shamil saw the ice storm fade away then; the Voice-mages rendered scurrying ants at this height as they ran back towards the Maw, but they could never have run fast enough. The statue crushed them beneath its fracturing legs as it collapsed, some of the rubble it shed plummeting down to shatter the columns of vehlgard, but most of its bulk fell where Rignar predicted it would.

The newly wrought bridge of cooled lava disappeared beneath Sharrow-Met’s partly destroyed mass. The rubble settled onto the glowing channel in an ugly dark sprawl that soon began to fade, swallowed by the inexorable tide of molten rock.

Shamil watched the great army of vehlgard convulse as a fresh gout of smoke erupted from the Maw, accompanied by a vast shriek, full of rage and frustration. The vehlgard seemed to be milling in confusion, some rolling about with their hands clamped to their ears, whilst others thrashed at each other in maddened delirium. Shamil even saw a few march into the lava flow, bursting into flames as the flow claimed them but still continuing to wade into the fiery current.

The Voice’s scream persisted as Stielbek flew away, the widening distance rendering it a smaller thing, vaguely reminiscent of a spoilt but forlorn child weeping over a broken toy.

11. The Black-Wing’s Quest

He found Vintress struggling back to the Eyrie on tired and faltering wings, Lyvia clinging on as the falcon bobbed in the air. Dark stripes discoloured the verdant blue of the bird’s plumage where the Voice-mage’s lightning had touched her. Still she possessed the strength to keep flying, although Shamil wasn’t sure for how much longer. Steering Stielbek alongside, he gestured to Lyvia, pointing to the black wing’s claws in an invitation to jump. Lyvia, however, replied with a stern shake of her head and stayed with her bird.

A dark, fast-moving cloud soon appeared above them, which had Shamil reaching for his bow and quiver when he realised it was in fact a dense swarm of flensers and scythers with a few larger silhouettes that told of man-bats amongst the ugly throng. He put an arrow to the string of his bow and guided Stielbek higher to place them between the swarm and Vintress. However, the expected attack never came; the Maw beasts streamed overhead without altering course. Like the vehlgard, they appeared greatly distressed, voicing a cacophony of discordant screams and lashing out at their fellow beasts as they beat their wings towards the Maw. The swarm soon disappeared into the smoke, which now covered the far bank of the lava flow in a thick blanket of soot and ash. The Voice continued to howl its anguish, but the sound had diminished to a plaintive echo by the time Shamil and Lyvia reached the Eyrie.

The sentinels awaited them on the eastward cliff edge, Morgath enclosing Shamil in a tight embrace as soon as he climbed down from Stielbek. He was aware of cheers filling the air and many hands jostling him in appreciation as Morgath guided him through the throng, but it all seemed far away. Exhaustion had risen in him with irresistible force as soon as his boots touched the ground, only fading when he found himself face-to-face with Lyvia.

“Rignar?” she asked, water welling in her eyes when he shook his head.

“He knew,” Shamil said, pulling her close to let her sob against him, slender form heaving with a mingling of grief, guilt, and fatigue that mirrored his own. “From the moment we met him, he knew his fate . . .” He let his voice fade rather than complete the thought aloud, knowing this was not the right time. As I now know mine.

* * *

“You would think,” Lyvia said, turning the brass disc over to let the moonlight play over the details embossed into its surface, “Ehlias would fashion something more . . . fine.”

“You disapprove?” Shamil asked. The disc he held was mostly identical to hers, though he noted the smith had taken the time to engrave it with the same runes that had adorned his lost sword.

“No.” Lyvia shrugged. “It’s just that an object of such importance could benefit from a little more . . . artistry.”

“Weapons are his art. And I don’t think he makes too many of these, especially all at once.”

They sat together on the walkway outside the nest. Vintress had secluded herself inside its gloomy confines to nurse her wounds, and Lyvia didn’t want to stray too far from her side. Below, the sentinels’ celebration continued despite the lateness of the hour. Wine was usually forbidden in the Eyrie, but Morgath had made an exception this night, ordering barrels of impressive vintage be unearthed from the stores and the contents distributed without ration. The result was a raucous few hours of merriment and a surprising amount of brawling as spirits lubricated tongues sufficiently to voice long-nursed grievances. These scuffles were brief if bruising affairs, quickly quelled and soon transformed into weeping expressions of mutual regard. Tihla had taken on the role of policing the gathering, moving amongst the crowd to calm tempers or commiserate over lost comrades. Morgath, by contrast, sat above it all on the highest rise, cup in hand and a bottle at his side. His once ever-cheerful countenance was now a shadowed, brooding mask concealing thoughts Shamil knew must be grim indeed.

“He asked me to return to Mira-Vielle,” Lyvia said, noting how Shamil’s gaze lingered on the first wing. “To speak to the council on behalf of the Eyrie, beg for more recruits and a new mage. And to warn them that the Voice has returned. We may have contained it, for now, but only a fool would think it won’t try to free itself again.”

Hearing the sour weariness in her tone, Shamil said, “You don’t want to go.”

“Indeed I don’t.” She brightened a little, twirling the disc in her hand. “And now I have this, I can go where I choose. The north perhaps? See the river of emerald light in the sky Tolveg was always talking about. Or to the south, where a friend of mine tells me the raptorile still roam. Perhaps he would care to guide me?”

Shamil turned away, lowering his head, and the humour had faded from Lyvia’s voice when she spoke on. “Except he won’t, for I sense he has determined upon another course. No matter.” She gave a soft sigh, consigning the disc to her pocket. “I’ll do as the first wing has requested, for I am a sentinel, and when I’m done suffering the company of my noble peers, I shall return here, for this is my home.” She glanced back at the opening to the nest. “Besides, Vintress would never leave, and I find I can’t be parted from her. As you can’t be parted from him.”

Shamil saw Stielbek shift a little on his perch at the end of the walkway as if hearing the discomfort in Lyvia’s tone. As before, he still kept vigil on the Maw but with a restless, constant fidgeting that bespoke a desire to be about more pressing business. His impatience was continually emphasised in the baleful glares he shot Shamil’s way throughout the night.

“Rignar said she wasn’t dead,” he told Lyvia. “Sharrow-Met went to find the Voice’s birthplace, presumably to discover a means of destroying it for good. Which begs the question of why she never returned.”

“That doesn’t mean it’s your responsibility to find her.”

“No, it’s his.” He nodded at Stielbek. “That’s what he was waiting for all these years, for the Voice to reemerge. He must be far older than anyone here suspected, for this was a task he was set long ago, I suspect by the Wraith Queen herself. The legends say black wings once carried her into battle. It seems she left one behind when she embarked upon her quest.”

Stielbek turned a glaring eye upon him then, beak parting to emit a low but commanding hiss. “It appears,” Shamil said, stooping to gather up his pack before hefting his bow, “it’s time we were on our way.”

Lyvia followed him and watched as he climbed onto Stielbek’s back, arms crossed as she hugged herself tight. “Where will you look?” she asked.

“Rignar’s visions ended when she reached the limit of the eastern desert. As good a place as any to start.” Shamil settled his bow on his back before fishing inside his shirt to extract the emerald pendant. It was no bigger than a teardrop and weighed almost nothing, but still he found it sat heavy around his neck. “And I have means of finding more clues if any are needed.”

“You will come back.” She spoke in soft but emphatic tones that held a demand but no question.

“I will,” he promised, putting the pendant away. “And when I do, I expect I’ll find you’ve risen at least to second wing.”

“That may require me to kill Tihla, and I find I’ve grown quite fond of her.” The laugh rose and died on her lips before she lowered her gaze. “If you do find the Wraith Queen,” she said. “Tell her she set an impossible example for her descendants to follow.”

“I’ll tell her.” Shamil glanced at the Eyrie below. The celebration had begun to ebb, the sentinels staggering off to their chambers, whilst a few lingered to stare in morose contemplation of their fires, some huddling together in shared grief.

“Tell the people of your city the truth,” he told Lyvia, turning to the distant glow of the Maw. The Voice’s anguished cries had finally subsided along with much of the hateful smoke, only a faint, angry groan issuing from within its depths. Despite this, the absence of Sharrow-Met’s statue made the sight of it more foreboding than ever, a signal that their defences had been sorely tested and forever changed.

“Make them hear you.” He turned back to Lyvia, staring into her eyes with hard insistence. “You may see the face you wear as a curse, but it needn’t be. Bring the Wraith Queen’s crusade back to life, for I’ve a sense it’ll be needed again soon.”

He may have said more, and so might she, but Stielbek launched himself into the air before any other word could be spoken. He kept his wings folded at first, plummeting down to below the edge of the eastward cliff so no eyes except Lyvia’s witnessed their departure. Blinking in the rushing air as Stielbek arced out of the dive, Shamil quickly buckled on his helm. The great bird swept his wings up then down with a slow regular cadence, flying steadily towards the east. Shamil fought down the urge to look back at the Eyrie in the hope of glimpsing Lyvia’s slender form one last time. Instead, he set his gaze on the distant horizon and wondered what he would see when the sun rose to reveal a new landscape come the dawn.

Anthony Ryan

Anthony Ryan is the New York Times best-selling author of the Raven's Shadow epic fantasy novels, The Draconis Memoria trilogy and the Slab City Blues science fiction series. He was born in Scotland in 1970 but spent much of his adult life living and working in London. After a long career in the British Civil Service he took up writing full time after the success of his first novel Blood Song, Book One of the Raven's Shadow trilogy. He has a degree in history, and his interests include art, science and the unending quest for the perfect pint of real ale.

Website: anthonyryan.net

Facebook: anthonyryanauthor

Twitter: @writer_anthony

Instagram: anthonyryan286

Email: anthonyryan27@hotmail.co.uk

Mailing List: anthonyryan.net/mailing-list

THE JOB PROSPECTS OF HISTORY MAJORS

by Alyssa Eckles

5,200 Words

THERE ARE TWO jobs available to history majors: teaching, and time-travel tourism.

And Winston Clare really didn’t like kids.

The morning tours had gone off without a hitch at All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company. From his desk beside a cardboard cutout of a jovial T. rex, All the Time in the World’s cartoon mascot, Winston monitored the solo tours with one eye and browsed his worn paperback copy of Herodotus’s Histories. The entire third book on Zoroastrian heritage had fallen out after years of reading, but Winston didn’t have the heart to buy a new copy. Behind his desk, Winston heard a sizzle and electric pop as his manager, Reina, returned with the latest tour group, all of them atwitter at witnessing an important historical event.

“T-shirts are available for purchase in the lobby,” Winston heard Reina shout in her sing-song tour guide voice. “And on behalf of All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company, have a great eon!”

Winston barely looked up as the tourists shuffled past him, their eyes bright and jaws slack from their experience. He’d been similarly stunned after his first jaunt back in time. It was only a school trip to a Greek agora of 381 BCE, but he had never been so amazed in his entire life. History was literally alive, and it had stolen his heart and soul in that instant. Maybe if there had been a math video game or an immersive law simulator, he would have fallen in love with a more lucrative subject. But it was history that he chose and history that kept his student loans high and his job prospects limited.

“A woman puked during the Renaissance Rendezvous,” Reina said after cheerfully waving the last of her tour group out the door and into the rain.

“Can’t you get it this time?” Winston asked from behind his book. “I’m on solo monitoring.”

Reina leaned over the desk, caramel ponytail whisking across the surface. She pointed at his computer screen, which was, unfortunately for Winston, empty.

“Looks like you’re free,” she said, sliding back to her feet. “Besides, I’m off this afternoon. Corinne and I are visiting her new baby nephew.”

“I’m all by myself?”

“You can handle it,” Reina said.

“But what if people want to come in for a tour?” Winston asked. “I’m only certified for the solos.” Not for lack of trying, though. Tour guides needed specialization in five separate areas of history, and Winston’s mind was a sieve with anything outside ancient Mediterranean escapades. He had decent proficiency in American history and could name a dinosaur or two, but that wasn’t enough to pass All the Time in the World’s guide tests.

“Give them a coupon, and tell them to come back on my next shift,” Reina said, pulling on her raincoat. “All right, I’m off. If no one comes in by four, feel free to lock up early.”

“Thanks,” Winston grumbled as Reina left, disappearing into the downpour outside.

Snapping his book shut, Winston fetched a bucket, mop, and cleaner from the closet and headed back to where the larger tours docked. Nestled in a shallow pool of water sat the Niña, the Pinta, and the Santa María, though they looked more like pontoon boats than their namesake ships. Short rails, wide benches, and a cushy captain’s station with ridiculous lights and switches in the back were all there were to the devices. It wasn’t until a destination was logged in that a clear sphere appeared around the boats, allowing them to hover above the water. Then a hum of the engines charging, an electric zap, and off another tour went to someplace in the past. It was a marvel to experience, though not everyone enjoyed it. Thus the puddle of partially digested breakfast on the floor of the Santa María.

Winston cleaned it up, holding back his own gags, and wiped down the other two boats for good measure. Then he polished the solo rigs, with their molded chairs in bubbles of steel and glass. And finally, he gave his keyboard a good scrubbing. All the while, no customers arrived.

As the time inched closer to 3:45, and Winston began contemplating what takeout he’d be ordering for an early dinner, a chime rang out from the intercom, and Winston bolted up in his desk chair to see three sodden figures entering the office. The tallest shook itself like a dog, peeling off a poncho to reveal a balding man in plaid and suspenders.

“See, Anne? They’re open,” the man boomed, puddles of rainwater pooling around him.

The second-tallest figure pulled back a hood, and a woman of similar age, sporting horn-rimmed glasses, patted her hair smooth.

“I see that, Harold. I see that.” She was the first to notice Winston and smiled. “Hello! We’re the Mackenzies, and we’d like a tour!”

Winston sighed inwardly, delaying his daydream of tikka masala and sweatpants, and offered an equally wide grin.

“Welcome to All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company,” he said, waving a hand woodenly at the white-and-chrome room around him. “My name is Winston, and I’ll be assisting you on your time adventure!”

The smallest figure snorted beneath its hood, and Winston fought the urge to glare.

“Well, we’re certainly ready for adventure!” Harold Mackenzie said, clapping a hand on the smallest person’s shoulder. “Came all the way out from Millerston, just for this little lady here.”

The man’s jostling knocked the smaller figure’s hood back, and a plume of curly black hair blossomed. A girl scowled up at him with a derision natural only to preteens.

“I wanted to go to Janus Tours,” she said.

“Those were too expensive, sweetie,” Anne said cooingly.

“They’re expensive because they’re better,” the girl said. “This place is for tourists.”

Winston flinched a bit. The expeditions at Janus Tours were better. They focused on major moments in history, not just the popular ones, and employed professors from the local university for in-depth seminars while events unfolded. He’d applied for a job there and been rejected. Three times. Most recently last Tuesday.

“I’m sure there’s something just as good here, Jayla,” Anne said. She looked to Winston beseechingly. “Right?”

“We have a variety of amazing tours available . . .” Winston said.

“Excellent!” Harold roared.

“But right now, I can only offer solo tours. Today’s guide is out for the afternoon. Also”—Winston eyed the girl—“you have to be fourteen to ride.”

“Our Jayla is twelve, that’s close enough, right?” Anne asked.

Winston frowned. “Well . . .”

“What are these solo tours you’re offering?” Harold was already moving toward the bubbles, bumping the cardboard dinosaur out of his way.

“Currently, our solo tours are Jurassic Journey, Great Wall Getaway, and Declaration of Fun-dependence,” Winston said.

“Those sound neat,” Anne said.

“For babies,” Jayla muttered.

“How do these work?” Harold asked, rapping his knuckles against the glass.

“Our solo tours are up-close, immersive experiences,” Winston said, going full sales mode. He stood beside Harold, motioning at the plush interior of the bubbles. “Enjoy maximum comfort as history unfolds before you, complete with narration and sound.”

“So you don’t get a real person?” Jayla asked.

“No,” Winston said, his jaw beginning to clench, “but Morgan Freeman does narrate the Declaration of Fun-dependence.”

“Oooh, I like him,” Anne chirped.

“But this isn’t what I wanted,” Jayla whined, turning to Harold this time. “I’ve been waiting for the other tours for weeks! I even read extra books from the library. It’s not fair!”

“I’m sorry, but Mister Winston said he can only do solo tours right now, and these are their tours,” Harold said solemnly. He glanced at Winston. “And there’s nothing else?”

Don’t do it, Winston told himself. Don’t give them an inch . . .

“What were you excited to see?” Winston asked Jayla, who pinned him with a withering stare. During university, Winston had guest lectured at local schools and faced down dozens of similar looks. Though none had ever been as venomous as Jayla’s currently was. “Maybe something with princesses? Or . . . ponies?”

“The assassination of Julius Caesar and the ascension of Emperor Augustus in the Roman Empire,” Jayla said. She smiled wickedly. “But if there’s also a pony, I wouldn’t mind.”

“Jesus,” Winston breathed. “Seriously?”

“Jayla’s a very good student,” Anne said, giving the girl a side hug.

“All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company restricts all visits to a minimal hundred-meter lethal radius, and no criminal activity,” Winston said to Harold. He shot Jayla an accusing look. “And since Julius Caesar died—”

“Can we please just go back to Janus Tours?” Jayla wheedled. “I wanted to actually learn something, not be babysat by some loser behind a desk.”

“Jayla!” Anne chided.

Something in the back of Winston’s brain snapped. Maybe it was the denial of an early closing, or the fresh sting of Janus Tours’ third rejection, but Winston wasn’t about to let this kid win. He offered the girl a cold, wide grin.

“So you wanted to see something in ancient Rome?” he asked evenly.

“Or Greece. Or Egypt,” Jayla said. “But since you don’t have anything—”

“Oh, we’ve got something.”

Winston settled himself behind the front desk’s computer screen. He closed out the solo tours—the girl was right, those were for babies—and accessed the All the Time in the World tour library. Hundreds of preplanned excursions, ready to be loaded with captain’s notes and background music. Most were basic tourist fodder: coronations, the premiere of Romeo and Juliet, and general day-in-the-life experiences that were carefully selected for minimal brutality and stink. But if you went back far enough in the catalog, there were some very interesting programs. Excursions that hadn’t been run since time-travel tourism companies realized most of history didn’t make for family fun.

“We don’t want to be any trouble . . .” Anne said.

“No trouble at all,” Winston said, clicking through the drop-down menus. Ancients, Select. Rome, Select. Battles, sea, Select. Searching, searching . . .

A program popped up, and Winston smirked. It was perfect, and it hadn’t been accessed in years. Probably because it was too niche for the common tourist, but if this kid was half as smart as she claimed . . . Winston selected the program, and crossed his fingers as the data loaded.

“We really don’t . . .” Harold said, but bit back his comment as Winston popped from his seat with a triumphant “Yes!” and a boat in the back began to hum loudly.

“How’s your Roman history?” Winston asked Jayla, meeting the girl’s glare with his own.

“Pretty good,” she said. “How’s yours?”

“About a master’s degree, and then some,” he countered.

Winston thought he saw her mouth tick up a little at the corners, but he wasn’t sure.

“So there’s a tour?” Anne asked.

“Yes, ma’am, and you’re in luck,” Winston said, motioning her toward the back. “I found an archived tour that should be very interesting. And you have it all to yourselves!”

The Niña was vibrating in its docking pool, ripples dancing up the boat’s low sides as the engine warmed. Winston unlatched the low door, the swinging metal barely missing Jayla as she leaped on board. Harold and Anne were slower, more cautious, but they, too, eventually settled on a bench in the middle row, each with an arm around the excited girl.

Winston locked the door and settled himself in the captain’s station, his program already locked in. Reina had left the boat’s starter key in the ignition. Winston twisted it as he’d seen Reina do a hundred times, and the entire vessel jerked. Anne shrieked, but transitioned to a nervous giggle as the Niña lifted into the air, a shimmering soap bubble appearing around the boat. Jayla flung herself against the rail to stare down at their hovering, and it took both Harold and Anne’s pleading to bring her back to her seat.

“Welcome aboard the Niña, All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company’s premiere vessel,” Winston said, the words washing over him from the thousands of times he’d heard Reina and other guides recite their mantras. “My name is Winston, and I’ll be your Sherpa through the sands of time! Please keep all arms, legs, and heads inside the boat. Please do not touch the security sphere, as this keeps us safe in our journeys. No smoking, no vaping, no hallucinogens, no flash photography, no attempting to change the past in any way. Any attempts to meet an ancient will earn an immediate termination of the tour and be cause for a lifelong ban. But if you want to know if you saw any family on this excursion, you can get three dollars off a Geneti-Me-Happy DNA ancestry and heritage package, included with your ticket. Now sit back, relax, and prepare to experience All the Time in the World!”

Winston made a grand show from the back of the boat, pretending to flick dials and spin the steering wheel, but the actual launch only took a single press of a round green button labeled Go. As his thumb depressed the plastic nub, the air around them sizzled hot and bright. Winston watched as electricity webbed across the sphere, turning its surface from translucent to milky white, and bam! His stomach dropped out of his body only to ricochet up through his skull and then settle back among his guts, all in the space of a second. A shriek came up from the middle of the boat, but it wasn’t of panic this time—it was pure delight.

The Niña floated above an ocean, deep blue and rolling beneath a steely sky. Straight ahead, just beyond the mandatory hundred-meter minimum, two fleets of long wooden ships with billowing sails stretched to the horizon. Bodies writhed and roiled across the decks as arrows, stones, and fire crisscrossed the space between the vessels. Shouts and screams could barely be heard above the groans of wood, bending and flexing and snapping as boats crashed and charged with little concern for human life. It was carnage. It was destruction. It was, in the eyes of any twelve-year-old or ancient history major, absolutely awesome.

“The date is September 2. The year, 31 BCE,” Winston said into the boat’s microphone, a handheld device with a permanently tangled cord. “The forces of Rome and Egypt meet on the Ionian Sea, ready to battle for supremacy over the Mediterranean world. This encounter will be forever known as—”

“The Battle of Actium!”

Jayla had once again thrown herself to the railing, her raincoat flapping wide as the winds whipped her puff of dark hair back. She looked over her shoulder, her smile a brilliant shimmer of slightly crooked teeth and unfettered glee.

“Which are Antony’s ships?” she called above the spray.

Winston pointed to the right, where red-and-gold strips of cloth hemmed a hundred sails. To their left, ships emblazoned with the eagle of Rome were bearing down.

“Antony? Like Mark Antony?” Harold asked.

“The singer?” Anne asked.

“So most of those,” Jayla said, pointing at the red-and-gold ships, “must be Cleopatra’s ships. And soon, she’ll be calling—”

“An all-out retreat!” Winston finished. “The rest of Antony’s ships will be pulverized, though Antony will make it back to Alexandria—”

“In time for their infamous joint suicide, ensuring the victory of Octavian and Rome!” Jayla beamed.

“Suicide?” Anne squeaked. “Jayla! What are you talking about?”

The girl gave the older woman a frank look.

“History,” she said.

“Now, Mister Winston,” Harold boomed, gesturing vaguely at the clashing ships. “They can’t see us, right? We’re not in any danger here?”

“Correct,” Winston said. He walked out from behind the captain’s station to stand beside the nervous couple. “The bubble around us masks us from sight, and the preprogram has carefully selected an area of ocean that is historically interference free. Nothing can get to us so long as the bubble is up.”

“Thank heavens,” Anne whimpered.

“Don’t you need to drive?” Harold asked, cautiously looking back at the captain’s chair.

“Everything’s in the program,” Winston reassured him. “We’ll have a nice viewing of the battle for about fifteen minutes, then the engine will kick us back to present day, and you’ll be back with plenty of time to catch your dinner reservations.”

And for Winston to lock up at four, but he didn’t say that aloud.

“Look!”

Like a rising flock of birds, a cloud of arrows rose from the Roman ships, peaking between the two fleets to arch down, fast and deadly, onto the Egyptians. Distant howls of pain carried to the Niña, and Egypt’s boats launched their own volleys of rocks and projectiles.

“Marcus Agrippa is leading the Roman fleet, right?” Jayla asked, barely taking her eyes from the scene.

“Yes, and it will be one of his greatest achievements,” Winston said. “I always thought it was a shame that the rest of his life was just politics and parties.”

“But he is the reason we have Rome today,” Jayla said, finally turning to face him. “He built baths and aqueducts and the first pantheon. And he was the right-hand man of Octavian. He did so much cool stuff!”

“Ahh, but when you consider his—”

“Uh, Mister Winston?”

Harold and Anne were nervously watching the captain’s station, which was beeping loudly. Winston returned to his seat to see the screen blinking an orange warning. “Recommended return: click to confirm,” flickered on and off, with seconds counting down below it.

“But time isn’t up yet,” Winston said to himself. He pushed the warning off the screen, only for another box to pop up, lined in red. “Security breach imminent. Temporal return: confirm?”

“Is there something wrong?” Anne asked.

“Everything’s fine, the program is just—”

The screen went full crimson, practically screaming in black text “CONFIRM RETURN.” His insides twisting, Winston reached out to press Go when a powerful gust of salt air roared by, and a dozen pointy shadows appeared overhead. He didn’t have time to yell as arrows pelted the top of the sphere. The translucent film flickered opaque, then clear, then opaque again, and with a whine like gears wound too tight, the sphere shuddered and collapsed. Ancient arrows, their momentum slowed, clattered to the boat’s benches and deck and, a moment later, the Niña dropped into the sea.

The issue with time-travel boats is that they are boats in name only. Sure, they float in their docking pools, but that’s just to cushion their returns to the current era. They were not designed for waves, or salt spray, or even water deeper than a few inches. And they were certainly not made to be dropped into a violent ocean battle between two ancient superpowers.

Water surged up as the Niña landed, waves splashing over the low railing to soak socks and practical footwear. Both Harold and Anne fell sideways across their bench, shouting and clawing all the way. Jayla managed to remain upright, though she’d wrapped herself around the railing so tightly her toes barely skimmed the deck. Winston bounced in his captain’s chair, which he quickly pushed himself from to begin banging on the console.

“Oh no, oh no, oh no,” he said to himself, his voice pitching higher with each repetition. The screen had abandoned the previous warnings, and was now flickering “Failure” over and over. He jammed his palm into the green button, rewarded by a despondent whir that died a moment after it started.

“What’s happening?” Anne cried, just as Harold yelled, “Did it break?” and Jayla shrieked from the bow, “Are we all going to die?”

“It’s fine!” Winston said, waving his free hand as the other smacked the console. “It’s fine. Fine. I just need to . . . to . . .”

“Can you reboot the program?” Harold asked, pushing himself to his feet before pulling up Anne.

“Yes! A reboot! I just need to reboot the program!”

Winston reached beneath the console and flicked a switch on its underside. There usually wasn’t any need to restart the boats while on a tour, so all the top-facing console buttons were more for show. Buzzers, lights, an oversized volume control for the speaker system. The only practical items were the Go button on top, and the On/Off button below. The latter of which now caused the entire boat to shudder, sputter, and go still.

“Hey,” Jayla said, only to yell, “Hey!” a second later. Winston looked up to follow the girl’s desperate pointing. Across the waves, at the edge of the sea battle, fingers were being pointed in their direction. Fingers, and swords, and quite a few bows.

“Can they see us now?” Jayla asked.

“Y-yes,” Winston said, his mouth suddenly gone terribly dry. “The security sphere is down. It’s-it’s somehow not working, so they can definitely see us.”

“They’re turning this way,” Anne said.

And indeed, one of the ships was changing course toward them, a full-sailed Roman vessel bristling with soldiers. The crew had pulled out oars to assist their turn, dipping and rising in tandem as they pulled away from the battle’s throng.

Winston pressed the On/Off switch again, and the console screen lit up, flashing the All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company’s logo, as well as a dancing, animated T. rex. It transitioned to a loading screen, and after a small eternity, flickered finally to a program directory.

“Mister Winston . . .” Harold said.

The ship was much closer. A row of archers lined the portside, arms and strings tensed as their bows bent toward the Niña, wave-tossed and soggy and barely able to compute.

“Get down! I mean, get back! I mean—” Winston gave up on speech and threw himself at the Mackenzies, pulling Harold and Anne to the deck between the benches. Reaching out, he hooked the collar of Jayla’s raincoat and jerked her backward, sliding her across the damp deck to land beneath the first row of seating. The back of Winston’s neck tingled, and he didn’t spare a look over his shoulder. He simply curled between the benches, trying to squeeze his most vital bits under the lip of the seating.

The arrows rained down. The last volley had been diminished by their mistaken trajectory and the security sphere, their momentum spent by the time the field collapsed and they could clatter, toothless, to the Niña’s deck. The second attack had no impediment. Iron tips clattered like hail, pings and plunks against the benches, the captain’s station, the deck. Anne had begun an inconsolable wail, and Jayla was jabbering, panicked, about the arrows and the armies and if they were all about to die.

The onslaught quieted, and Winston forced himself to be the first to stand. The Niña was peppered with fletching and wooden shafts, many standing straight up, quivering, in the now dimpled metal of the benches and deck. Jayla and Harold popped out next, the former unbattered except for an arrow shaft tangled in her cloud of dark hair. Harold was less well off, bright blood splashed on his left sleeve.

“I’m fine, I’m fine,” he said gruffly, waving Winston off. “Just a nick. Can you reload the program?”

Winston nodded, hurrying back to the captain’s station. The approaching ship was so close now, he could catch snippets of Latin as the wind whipped around them. Jayla appeared at his elbow, and he didn’t have the heart to send her away. At least with her nearby, he could tuck her safely behind the console at the next inevitable attack.

“What are you going to do?” Jayla asked as Winston clicked and scrolled through the programs and scenarios.

“Reboot back to our starting point and try again,” Winston said, though as the words fell out of his mouth, he knew it wouldn’t work. This program was flawed. The calculated safe spot didn’t account for the wind and air-based projectiles. Jayla seemed to come to the same conclusion and pressed a little closer to the station’s cool surface.

“Can we go to another point in time?” she asked. “That’s what people do in old cartoons and stuff when they have time-travel machines.”

“These boats are designed to go out and back. They can’t hop destinations,” Winston said. “They do their fifteen minutes in time, then jump home.”

“But we can’t wait for our fifteen minutes to be up,” Jayla said. There was a pitch to her voice that made Winston want to tell her everything was going to be fine when it obviously was not. “The Romans are almost here!”

“I know,” Winston said, one hand pressed to the side of his face as the other scrolled. “I know, I kn—”

He paused, scrolled back, blinked. They couldn’t jump to a new destination, but maybe they could jump temporally while staying in the same location. Winston reopened the Battle of Actium program, and accessed its coordinates. He knew how the battle ended. He knew when Cleopatra’s, and then Antony’s, ships would turn. If he could calculate when the waters might be clear without jumping too far . . .

“When did the battle end?” Winston said, looking at Jayla.

“The date?” she asked. “The war—”

“No, the time. When did this battle stop?”

Jayla frowned, her brow scrunched as she considered. Then, like a storm dispersing before the sun, her face brightened, and she smiled.

“Antony was trying to defend the coast and his camp, so he was forced to attack first around noon to keep Octavian from spreading him too thin. They fought through the afternoon, at which point Cleopatra’s ships retreated. Antony fought as long as he could, until about nightfall, then he burnt the ships he couldn’t defend and retreated to Alexandria, leaving many men in Actium,” Jayla said.

“Right, but what time?” Winston said. “If we wait until tomorrow, we risk Octavian’s ships headed out to follow Antony. If we come back too early, the battle could still be going on.”

“Eleven at night,” Jayla said. “No, one! Just to be sure.”

Winston nodded, selecting a new time within the program. Holding his breath, he clicked Launch and turned the ignition key. One second, two, three . . . and the Niña hummed to life once more.

Everyone jerked as the boat lifted from the rolling waves, a translucent sphere of light and electricity dancing up around it, flickering spottily in some areas. Through the shimmering security field, Winston could see how close the Roman ship was, see each dirty, bronzed face as they glared and howled and raged. The archers lifted their bows. Winston didn’t waste another moment before slapping Go.

A flash of white light, a thrust down and up and center, and Winston blinked at the sudden blindness that struck him. Slowly, his eyes adjusted, and by the light of distant fires and a starry sky, he could see the remains of the battle.

Of the burned Egyptian vessels, only three were still afloat, a slow smolder of wood and resin and cloth that rose and fell on the waves. Flotsam and debris crowded the waters, and Winston hoped none of the Mackenzies looked too closely at what might be floating near them. Far off on the horizon, new fires glowed like embers, as Octavian and his men collected the abandoned soldiers of Mark Antony and captured the last rebel ships.

“Oh my, what beautiful stars!”

Anne had finally emerged from beneath the benches, unmarred, though sodden. She had her head tipped to the sky, and the others followed suit. A blanket of silver and white shimmered above them, masked occasionally by a dark cloud of smoke from the fires.

“Haven’t seen anything like that since I was a boy,” Harold said. “You miss a lot in the cities.”

Winston felt a poke in his side, and he looked down to see Jayla’s upturned face, focusing on him instead of the stars.

“Did we do it?” she asked softly, cautiously.

Winston considered the waters around them, and whispered back, “I think we did.”

“Can we go home now?”

Winston looked over at Harold and Anne, each with an arm wrapped around the other, both transfixed by the heavens.

“Let’s let this program run its course. I think they both need a minute,” Winston said.

Jayla paused for a moment, then nodded.

They all stood in the quiet of the Mediterranean while the program’s timer counted down. After fifteen minutes, the console chirped a happy tune, and the Niña flashed them back to their own era.

The time at All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company was 4:06. Surveying the wet, arrow-riddled Niña, Winston knew he wasn’t going to be headed home early today. He might not even have a job after this. With a sigh, he unlatched the door on the boat and ushered the Mackenzies back to the front of the store.

“We didn’t pay!” Anne said, clapping a hand to her mouth. “Oh goodness, we went through all that and we never actually bought the tickets. I’m so sorry. How much was it?”

The absurdity of the woman insisting on paying after nearly being killed was almost enough to make Winston laugh. Or cry. Probably a little of both.

“No, please,” he said, throwing up his hands. “Between you and me, it’s better if this one isn’t on the books. But here . . .” He rooted around the front desk until he came up with a fistful of coupons, which he shoved into Anne’s and Harold’s hands. “I promise, not all our tours are like that. Actually, none of our tours are like that. A lot more sitting and looking, and fewer murderous soldiers.”

“Well, thank you, Mister Winston,” Harold beamed. “I think we will—”

“Harold, you’re bleeding!”

“It’s fine, dear. We can fix me up at home. Look, it already stopped.”

Jayla walked over to Winston and solemnly extended a small hand. Winston shook it, feeling a little stupid somehow.

“Thanks for not taking us on a tour for babies,” Jayla said.

“Thanks for helping me out,” Winston said. “Really. We might have been—no. We would have been in a lot of trouble if not for you.”

Jayla shrugged, making the arrow in her hair bob. Winston reached to pull it out, but thought better. He pointed at his head. Jayla tapped her own, grasped the arrow, and pulled nearly a foot of wood and beaten iron from her locks. Her eyes went wide as she surveyed the weapon, but she quickly extended it to Winston.

“Keep it,” Winston said. “Just don’t tell anyone where you got it. I’d get in a lot of trouble.” If I’m not already . . .

“Thanks,” Jayla beamed, and Winston smiled back.

The Mackenzies left All the Time in the World Temporal Travel Company with a promise they would surely come again. They pulled up their hoods, despite already being drenched in seawater, and filed out into the rain, the smallest among them clutching a two-thousand-year-old arrow to her chest as if it were a teddy bear. Winston watched them go until they disappeared into their car, then locked the door and let out a very long, exhausted sigh.

Maybe teaching wouldn’t be so bad after all.

Alyssa Eckles

Alyssa Eckles writes funny birthday cards for American Greetings, and speculative fiction in her spare time. Her work has appeared in DreamForge, Shoreline of Infinity, and several anthologies. When she’s not writing, Alyssa likes running, grabbing a bowl of pho, or planning elaborate vacations she'll never take. She lives in Cleveland, Ohio with too many books and her cats, Libel and Poe.

Website: www.alyssaeckles.com

Twitter: @alyssaeckles

Email: Alyssa.eckles@gmail.com

FAIRY LIGHTS

by Laurie Lucking 

10,000 Words

I WIPED BEADS of sweat from my brow with my handkerchief. Bringing the oddly thick square of material closer to my eyes, I squinted at it. Only a narrow shaft of daylight reached me where I lay sprawled on a flat board propped up by casters underneath the carriage. Oilcloth, not handkerchief. Nicely done, Rae. My sigh turned into a giggle as I returned the cloth to my back pocket. Where’s the harm in one more smudge?

Angling my screwdriver back into place, I removed the last screw holding the water tank on. I grunted as its full weight collided against my chest. Still plenty of water, and its connection to the heating element was fastened. Why wouldn’t the engine start? I gave the valve a tug. Stuck. Wincing, I rummaged through my tool basket for my tube of lubricating grease. Always look for the most obvious explanation first. How Daddy would have laughed at me for such a novice mistake.

If only he were here to help me.

Clenching my jaw, I unscrewed the cap from the tube and squeezed a drop of grease onto the edge of the valve. After massaging it in, I jiggled the valve again. Much better. I replaced the grease and gripped my screwdriver, holding the water tank in place until each attachment was secure.

Time to attempt another trial run.

The midday sun made me blink as I scooted out from beneath the carriage. I gathered all my tools into my basket and placed it on the front stoop. Please let this work. I vaulted into the coachman’s seat and pushed the dark hair escaping from my ponytail behind my ears. With a deep inhale, I yanked the lever into the on position and hovered my foot over the pedal. If the stuck valve was the only problem, the heating element should be warming the water, then—The carriage let out a sputter and jerked forward. My jubilant laugh echoed down the cobblestone street.

It worked. It actually worked! Mother, Dianthe, and Herra would be the only ones in a steam-powered carriage on their way to the ball tonight. What a grand entrance they would make. And how many more townsfolk would start taking me seriously as a mechanic. Maybe enough that I could finally open my own shop.

After a quick jaunt around the nearest cluster of houses, I drove the carriage back into our large barn. The three different speed settings worked, as did the brakes and steering. I would help Dagen, our coachman, drive it to the palace, then wander the gardens until my stepmother and stepsisters had enough of the stuffy ballroom and throngs of people. I heaved the barn door closed and secured the latch.

They’d be home soon, and I wanted to save my success as a surprise for the ball.

* * *

“Do try to hurry, Dianthe!” Mother called from the foot of the winding staircase, her fingernails clicking on the black steel railing. She paced back to where Herra and I lounged in the sitting room. “Her poor maid never knows what to do with those curls.”

Herra poked at the mass of braids and curls adorning her own head. “Oh, Raella, how can you bear to miss the ball? The palace will be spectacular, and to lose the chance to dance with Prince Hendrick . . .”

Surrounded by people, not knowing how to act or what to say. Just another opportunity to be an embarrassment to Mother . “I confess I would enjoy a look at the inner workings of the palace, but ideally under quieter circumstances.”

Mother coughed. “I wouldn’t count on a private audience any time soon, Raella.”

The clock on the mantel chimed, the central gear rotating a set of six smaller gears until they formed an image of a seven-pointed star. My favorite of my father’s creations.

Mother tapped her accordioned fan on the back of my chair. “Ah, here’s your sister.”

Dianthe strutted down the stairs, her wild blond curls tamed into an elaborate braid interspersed with an occasional fabric rose. A black jacket with puffed sleeves was draped over her scarlet corseted bodice and ruffled skirt.

Herra squealed and jumped up from the settee. “What a pair we’ll be! Prince Hendrick is bound to notice.” Her ensemble was formed in a similar style, but her dress was silver, her jacket a deep blue with buttons down to her elbows.

“Indeed.” Mother strode forward. “But I’m afraid that entrance will be late unless we get going.”

I rubbed my sweaty palms against my cropped pants. Time for the big reveal. “Of course. The carriage is all ready for you out front.” The moment they’d sequestered themselves to get ready for the ball, I’d given Dagen a quick lesson, then driven the carriage out just beyond the porch and polished off the layers of dust.

I led the way out the door, pressing my lips together to hide my grin.

“But where’s the horse?” Mother placed her hands on her hips. “Dagen, what is the meaning of this?”

He winked at me from his perch on the driver’s seat. “It seems we don’t need Dolly anymore.” The top of his balding head almost disappeared beneath the layer of fringe dangling from the front canopy.

Mother huffed. “Of all the idiotic—”

“It’s true.” I rushed ahead of them to Dagen’s side. “You asked me to fix the carriage, and I added . . . well, an enhancement. The carriage drives itself now.” My grin finally escaped my attempts to subdue it. “I wanted it to be a surprise.”

“And a surprise it is. Quite an accomplishment, Raella.” Mother’s expression was more sour than ever.

“You mean it has an engine?” Dianthe squinted into the dim light cast by the nearest streetlamp.

“Yes, precisely. Once I pull this lever, the heating element will—”

“But think of all that horrid steam.” Dianthe wrinkled her nose. “Mother, we cannot attend the ball in such a contraption. No one will want to come within miles of us.”

“Perhaps they’ll think it’s interesting.” Herra gave me a half smile.

“It will be the only one, at least for this ball.” I placed my hand on the twisted metal of the tall front wheel. “But after everyone’s seen it, by the next event I’m sure dozens will—”

“That’s enough, Raella.” Mother had walked to the far side of the carriage, now she rounded it to face us. “Of course you’re proud of your invention, but we can’t possibly consider driving it to Prince Hendrick’s ball. What if it breaks down on the way, or starts a fire that ruins other carriages? No, Dagen will hitch up Dolly this instant, and we’ll be on our way. I presume it still functions as a horse-drawn carriage?”

I dragged the toe of my boot across the dirt. “Not exactly. I’m still trying to sort out . . .”

Dianthe whimpered.

Mother’s exaggerated sigh could have emanated from a steamship. “Then we’ll go on the cart. Dagen, I want it ready in five minutes.”

“Y-yes, ma’am.” He shot me a sympathetic glance as he scurried to the barn.

“Girls, let’s return to the house before our dresses get covered in dirt.” Mother stalked past me up the porch stairs.

Herra lifted her skirt, the buckles of her knee-high boots glinting in the moonlight. “I thought it was a neat idea.” Her voice barely reached me as she shuffled by.

Dianthe’s stiff posture mimicked Mother’s. “When will you learn your tinkering is a useless, unladylike waste of time?”

* * *

I glanced up from where I’d crumpled onto the front porch. The cart was no longer in sight, only a trail of dust left in its wake. My hands returned to my face. How had I fooled myself into thinking they’d understand this time? That they might even appreciate my efforts? A stream of tears escaped between my fingers, and I didn’t bother to stop them. No one was here to see.

A point of pink light flickered, followed by a buzz. I swiped my sleeve across my eyes. Farther in the distance, a green twinkle of light hovered in the air. I might have guessed the fairies would be out the night of a ball, but why so far from the palace? The tiny creatures attended to the queen and other noblewomen, but no one of such rank lived this far from the center of town.

I pushed off from the porch’s splintering wood and stretched my legs. Might as well return the carriage to the barn for the night. A yellow light blinked to my right, then pale blue to my left. How many fairies were here? Maybe they weren’t allowed in the palace during events as grand as Prince Hendrick’s ball. Shaking my head, I started for the carriage.

A woman clad in shimmering white materialized before me.

I lurched back with a screech. “Who are you? And how—?”

“My apologies; I suppose that was a bit startling.” Her voice had the resonance of a bell, vibrant and commanding. “They told me you were on the porch, but, well, I guess now you’re not.”

“I was just . . .” Wait. I didn’t owe any explanations to this bizarre apparition. “What is your purpose here?”

“Ah, a practical girl. Well, I might as well share the good news right at the start. You’ve been chosen to attend the ball.”

“Excuse me?”

More tiny lights glimmered around her shoulders, appearing and disappearing so quickly I couldn’t keep track of them all. The buzzing in the air grew to a hum. “I am Louvaine, mistress of fairies, and if you must know, I have come under a bit of criticism lately. Something about magic misuse. It’s all nonsense, of course, but I thought Prince Hendrick’s ball was the ideal opportunity to clear my name with a good deed. So, I sent out my fairies. ‘Ladies,’ I told them, ‘Find a girl who’s miserable about not going to the ball. One with the potential to be a true belle.’ And of all the crying girls in town, they chose you. We’ll get you looking like a princess, and to the ball you shall go!”

This cannot be happening . “That is very kind of you, but I have no desire to go to the ball. My crying was about something else.”

“Nonsense. You’re a young, pretty girl”—she stepped back to appraise my attire—“who only needs some assistance with her wardrobe to be presentable. The perfect recipient of our help.”

“No, I mean it. I’m sure another one of the crying girls would be much more appreciative of such an opportunity.”

She released a weary sigh. “I know your kind, dear girl. The martyrs who never want anything for themselves, who claim they don’t mind slaving their lives away without any frivolity, then cry about it in secret. You will go to the ball, and you will look spectacular. Ladies.” She snapped her fingers, and every light blinked on in a dizzying assortment of colors. “Escort Miss—”

Her brows raised expectantly.

“Raella.”

“Escort Miss Raella inside, get her bathed, if necessary, and into one of your finest gowns.” She pointed toward the house, and the fairies swarmed like a colony of tunnel bees. “And do something about that hair!”

My feet rooted to the ground as I squinted against the roiling lights. Had I fallen asleep while sitting on the porch? Or had my loneliness since Daddy’s death finally driven me mad?

Gentle pressure on my back inched me forward. Whether dream or reality, apparently it was time for me to get dressed.

* * *

I sat, transfixed, as the tiny fairies swirled around my head, twisting my hair this way and that. Up close, each was about the size of a large dragonfly. Only in rare moments of stillness were their faces and figures discernible. The so-called mistress of fairies had yet to make a reappearance.

“So, your mistress—she gives you orders but doesn’t stay to help?” I didn’t know if the fairies were capable of speech, but any sound other than the humming of their wings was a welcome change.

Several paused long enough to bow at the waist. Comparable to a nod, perhaps?

“That doesn’t seem fair. Do you like working for her? Do you even have a choice?”

The buzz in the air seemed to reach a higher pitch. Not one fairy bowed.

“I see.” If the faster movements indicated fear, I’d best not proceed with that line of inquiry. “Has she always been the mistress of fairies?”

Lights whizzed before my face in a muddle of color. Had I angered them?

“Please, I’m sorry. I’ll stop—”

The lights converged into the silhouette of a woman, much shorter and plumper than their current mistress, and with a more kindly air.

At some point my mouth had fallen open. I clamped my jaw shut as the image dispersed. “Then she—she was your prior mistress?”

A few more bows as they resumed work on my hair. Maybe this other woman had been nicer to them. How does one become the mistress of fairies, anyway?

Tugs at my elbows coaxed me to rise from my chair. Streaks of light flitted toward the vanity mirror. I turned and caught my reflection, ducking my head so the painted gears in the upper corners didn’t obscure my view. “It’s beautiful.” My dark hair cascaded over one shoulder in a mass of perfect curls. Was all that hair even mine? I bent to look closer, but pressure on my shoulders kept me upright.

“I’ll admire it later, then. What’s next?” Currently, I stood in my underclothes. The mistress of fairies had said something about a dress, but no such garment had entered the house with us. I mentally sifted through the few frocks hanging in my closet. Nothing half as expensive or stylish as what Dianthe and Herra had worn.

I’d become so used to the fairies’ movements, I hadn’t noticed they’d begun spiraling around my neck. Glancing at the mirror again, my breath hitched in my throat. Glossy pink fabric was now draped over my shoulders, dipping slightly in the center of my chest. Not the color I would have chosen, but it somehow softened the sharp angles of my face and the hard lines of my lips. I had assumed the “belle” comment was meant to be a joke, but now . . .

Something tapped my upper arms. “Oh, sorry. I suppose you need to get under there.” I cautiously raised my arms, and a group of fairies began a new circle around my rib cage.

They hadn’t brought a dress because they were creating one just for me, faster than a dozen skilled seamstresses.

* * *

“Couldn’t I just wear boots like everyone else?” The shining heeled shoes the fairies had materialized around my feet cramped my toes.

“Everyone else. Pah! Looking like everyone else is hardly the way to catch a prince’s eye.” The mistress of fairies, who had apparently been outside twiddling her thumbs during our preparations, was giving me her assessment.

She made a rotating motion with her hand, and I twirled yet again. The tiers of my skirt rippled around my waist, draped into elegant gathers punctuated with pearly buttons. Thankfully, the skirt flared wide enough to hide the handful of tools I’d strapped to my leg in case the carriage needed repairs en route.

“Yes, this will do quite nicely. Well done, ladies.” She nodded to the cluster of fairies hovering at my side. “Now, for transportation . . .”

“That I have covered.” At least I’d get to show off my motorized carriage after all. Good thing I never had a chance to put it away. I hurried to it as fast as my uncomfortable shoes and layers of skirts would allow.

Her nose puckered. “But you’ve no horse or groomsman.”

“It drives by itself.” I couldn’t let her take the conversation in the same direction as my stepmother and stepsisters. “And I really should be going if I want an opportunity to dance. But—” I looked to the sweet little fairies. Can I help them in some way? Maybe I could find out more from a smaller group separated from their mistress. “Could I bring a few fairies along with me? Enough to fix my hair if it goes awry? I’m not sure I could do it myself. Six or eight, perhaps?”

Louvaine clicked her tongue. “Considering the state of your hair when we found you, I can well believe that.” A snap of her fingers brought eight fairies to her side. “But they must travel inside the carriage. I don’t want anyone claiming I play favorites.” She addressed the fairies as they whisked through the carriage window. “I shall return to my chamber at midnight. I expect to see you there.”

With a set of bows, they disappeared into the carriage. Time to go, before she changes her mind. I pulled a lever, and the carriage rumbled to life.

Louvaine coughed her distaste before vanishing into the night air.

“How does she do that?” My question went unanswered as the carriage hurtled us forward.

Halfway to the palace, we reached a sparse neighborhood whose streetlamp had burned out. Only a few lights glimmered from beneath the sloping roofs and turreted chimneys of the houses. Perfect. I slowed the carriage to its lowest setting, then eased it to a stop at the side of the road. Keeping my movements slow, I swiveled the door’s curved handle and climbed into the section for passengers.

The fairies flickered around me. “Sorry for the delay, friends. I hope you don’t mind, but I wanted to ask you a few more questions before we arrive.”

The lights collected in front of me.

“Thank you. Can you tell me any more about your mistress? Is she kind to you?”

Not a single bow. Presumably no to the second question, then. Their lights formed a tall, stately woman with something radiating from her. I’d barely registered the image when it was replaced by what appeared to be drooping fairies.

“I’m not sure I understand. She’s gained power from you? Your lives weren’t always like this?”

The pictures came faster now. A thriving hillside garden. A set of people lying on beds. Elaborate carvings on a tree. Drops of water swirling on a pond surface.

I blinked, my head spinning. “Wait, please, slow down. These are all things you used to do?”

Their frantic movements stilled, and as a unit, they bent at the waist.

“But now . . .”

They formed an image of a woman in a dress curling her hair.

“So, fairies like to do lots of things, like gardening, and art, and healing. But your mistress forces you all to attend to noblewomen instead?”

Two brave fairies bowed emphatically, the others turned away.

“I’m sorry. I’m not trying to get you into trouble. I won’t breathe a word of this to your mistress. I just want to help. How—how does she control you?”

A faceted green stone gleamed before me.

Power over all the fairies contained in a fancy gem. Typical, but rather absurd. “Do you know where she keeps it?”

Their lights blazed into a replica of the palace, high battlements and all. Then a room with windows on two sides, looking out on a garden from a high vantage point.

“Hmm. That’s where she lives?”

The same two brave fairies bowed.

“And what happened to your former mistress?”

The nearest fairy frowned before joining the formation. A downcast woman with bindings around her wrists being led through trees. A log cabin, then a path with a mossy rock.

Trapped somewhere in the forest?

My mind spun with all their revelations. I closed my eyes for two breaths. “I suppose we’d best be going, but thank you for sharing so much information. I’ll see what I can do to help.” I tugged at the lace cuff of my gown as guilt nagged my chest. “And I’m sorry you had to get me all gussied up for the ball.”

A series of fluttering wings brushed against my cheeks.

My pursed lips relaxed into a smile. I said I would help, and I at least had to try.

* * *

I joggled the extra brake into place, then stretched my tense fingers. Driving that far, in an impractical dress and slippers, had been much more challenging than my little jaunt around the block. But we’d made it. The castle stretched high above, small gas lamps illuminating each of the hundred or so windows. Such a feat must have taken the servants all day. Not the most economical use of their time, but the effect was quite pretty. I glanced toward the grand staircase leading to the ornately carved front doors. Did I have to go to the dance? Or could I spend the time searching for the mistress of fairies’ chambers instead?

I poked my head into the back portion of the carriage. “You’re all welcome to roam the gardens. I’ll look for you there if I need you.” Each light winked and floated out the far window. I waved, chuckling. “Goodbye.”

Now, to find a back entrance and sneak in . Perhaps I should follow them to the gardens, then—

A low whistle interrupted my thoughts. I spun around. A man in a collared shirt and striped vest approached.

“Is this the carriage I just saw driving by itself? Does it belong to you?”

I swallowed. So much for sneaking in. “Yes, it belongs to me. And yes, it drives by itself.”

“Remarkable. Does it run on a steam engine?”

“A variation. To work in such a confined space, the heating element had to be adapted to a smaller scale. And the pistons have a limited range of movement, which greatly reduces the power.”

“Carriages never were built for speed.”

“True. Though it would be such fun if it could tear through the streets like a locomotive.” What a thrill, to talk with someone who could appreciate the efforts that had gone into my creation. I stepped closer, to where he was illuminated by a shaft of light from the palace. His black hair was cropped close, revealing a strong forehead and eyes a deep brown. Even more thrilling when that someone happened to be quite handsome. “If the ratios were tweaked just right, perhaps someday—”

He blinked and cleared his throat. “My apologies, miss. You’re clearly dressed for a ball, not discussing the workings of engines. I’ll not detain you, but is your coachman about? I’d be very interested to hear more.”

“I-I’m afraid I don’t know where my coachman has gotten to.” The bird soaring in my chest plunged. If I said too much about my own involvement with the engine, would the admiration in his gaze fade? “But I don’t mind telling you more about it, truly. I’m not much of a dancer.”

“I somehow doubt that.” His gaze lingered on my face, then he squared his shoulders. “I suppose you were drawn here with hopes of winning Prince Hendrick’s hand, then. Which would still require your presence in the ballroom, whether or not you intend to dance. Lovely as you are, he won’t be able to choose you as his bride if he doesn’t see you.”

Warmth crawled up my neck. “I haven’t the least desire to marry Prince Hendrick.”

His eyes widened.

“Meaning no offense, of course. I’m sure he’s very handsome and has impeccable manners. And probably is an excellent dancer.” Off I went, babbling again. Good thing Mother isn’t here. I pressed my knuckles to my forehead. “What I mean to say is that no matter how charming the prince may be, I have no wish to be a princess. I was only brought here through . . . heavy persuasion.”

“I see.” He studied me, his head tilted. “You are certainly an unusual maiden, Miss . . .”

“Call me Rae.” I much preferred the nickname my father had bestowed upon me, but Mother didn’t approve of such informality.

“And you may call me Tad.” He shifted his feet. “If you truly don’t mind staying out here a bit longer . . . may I take a look?”

“Certainly.” We both stepped up to the carriage. Bending to see underneath, I explained the workings of each stage of the engine.

He grasped the carriage window for support to stand, then offered his hand to help me rise. Tingles interlaced with the sweat lining my palm.

“How is it you came to know so much about machinery, Miss Rae?”

My inhale came in unsteady bursts. I’d hardly spoken about Daddy in years. “My father was part of a team that manufactured and repaired engines for steamships. And he loved to invent. I spent many happy hours at his side in our workshop.” The only person who ever really understood me. “Somehow I always had more of a knack for machinery than for music and sewing.”

He squeezed my fingers. “He doesn’t invent anymore?”

“He passed away six years ago, when I was twelve.”

“I’m so sorry for your loss.” He bit his lip, looking back to the carriage. “But I’m sure he would be very proud of you. This . . . you’re the one who created it, aren’t you?”

I nodded, avoiding his gaze. “Thank you for taking an interest. I can’t tell you how much it means to me to share it with someone knowledgeable about mechanics. Not everyone is so appreciative.”

“I know what you mean.” He drew closer and ran his free hand through his hair. “Rae, I—”

The glowing clock on the highest castle tower chimed. I jumped and glanced up. Already ten o’clock.

Tad stepped back and released my hand. “I’ve kept you far too long; I’m so sorry. I wasn’t planning to return to the dance, but now I think I will, if you’ll join me.”

His shy smile made my heart whir like a racing locomotive. Maybe I could make time for a few dances before embarking on my search.

* * *

The sights and smells of the ballroom pressed in on me in a nauseating blend. Gas lamps, silver platters, gowns of every color, appetizers, colognes. But dancing in Tad’s arms almost made me enjoy the activity. His soap had a woodsy scent, and he held me as though I were precious, cherished. The brighter lights revealed an endearing set of freckles dotting his nose and golden flecks in his eyes. I returned his smile, my heart fluttering as fast as the fairies’ wings. Most men made me feel small, overlooked—this one made me grin like a half-wit.

My foot collided with the toe of Tad’s boot.

He grasped my waist, holding me upright. “Steady there.”

“I’m so sorry.” Heat inflamed my cheeks. “I told you I’m not much of a dancer.”

“You’re welcome to step on my toes all night. I promise I won’t complain.” He tweaked my chin, his gaze darting to my lips. Easing his grip on my waist, he winked. “Learning your way around a toolbox was a much better use of your time.”

The music ended, and I bobbed a curtsy. “Thank you. I—”

“You’ll dance at least one more with me, won’t you?” He circled his thumb and fingers around my wrist and leaned close to my ear. “After all, how else can I protect the feet of the other gentlemen in the room?”

I sent him a glare, then turned on my heel.

His chuckle vibrated through me as he pulled me close once more, launching into the steps of the next dance. “Please forgive me.” The mischievous glint in his eyes softened. “I’d just rather have you stomping on my toes than to dance flawlessly with anyone else.”

I couldn’t seem to get enough air. Blasted corset. Could he truly want to dance with me all night? Because of my interest in mechanics, rather than in spite of it? My heart tripped in the midst of its jig. No matter how perfect this man was, I still had to find Louvaine’s room and escape with that stone before midnight.

“You said your father passed away.” Tad gripped my hand tighter. “What of your mother? Do you have any siblings?”

“My mother died when I was a child, before I really knew her.”

He winced.

“It’s all right. You didn’t know. And I still have family. I live with my stepmother and her two daughters.” I fought to keep my expression serene.

“I see. Then I hope I get to meet them.”

“I-I haven’t seen them since we came inside.” I bit my lip and glanced around the room. Where were Dianthe and Herra? Would they even recognize me in such attire? A silver dress reflected in the candlelight closer to the instrumentalists. Herra smiled at her tall dance partner, her cheeks pink. At least she was enjoying herself. Knowing Dianthe, she hovered somewhere near Prince Hendrick.

“Perhaps later, then.”

“Mmm.” Time to change the subject. “Tell me about your family.”

Tad coughed. “I’m fortunate to have a loving father and mother, plus a brother and two sisters. But I’m not sure—”

The song ended, but he didn’t release my hand.

“Rae, I don’t know if—”

A pretty redhead tapped his shoulder. “Didn’t you promise me a dance tonight? It is my first ball.”

“Carissa. You’re right, I did.” He turned to me. “Rae, this is Carissa. The younger sister of a good friend of mine.” He stepped closer to my side. “But I’m sure you’ll find plenty of eager partners, Carissa, and I was hoping Rae would—”

“No, I don’t mind.” An unwelcome but necessary disruption. “I assure you, I haven’t the stamina to dance the entire night away. And I’d hate to see you break a promise.” I relinquished his hand. “It’s nice to meet you, Carissa.”

“If you’re sure . . .” Tad’s brows lowered as he glanced between us. “I’ll find you soon, Rae.”

I could lose myself so easily in those eyes. Blinking, I moved away as the new song began. Picking my way to the edge of the dancers, I scanned for an alternative exit from the ballroom. Perhaps the door beyond the beverage table . . .

The mistress of fairies stood on the far edge of the dance floor, her eyes narrowed as she watched the twirling couples. I shivered.

“Excuse me, miss.”

I willed myself not to jump. Another gentleman wanted to dance with me? Those fairies really did work magic. I took my time raising my head, preparing my response.

Prince Hendrick smiled down at me. “May I have this dance?”

* * *

My glassy heels clicked through the marble hall like hoofbeats on pavement. I might as well have shouted, “Hello, guards! I’m wandering around where I’m not supposed to be!” With a sigh, I pried the slippers from my feet and draped them over my fingers. Much better.

My time with Prince Hendrick had been more pleasant than I’d anticipated, but thankfully his obligation to meet as many young ladies as possible caused him to move on after one dance. He’d seemed oddly interested in getting to know me, but with none of Tad’s playful flirtation. Heat skittered up my neck. Was Tad looking for me? If only we could have danced once more . . .

No . I’d managed to slip from the ballroom unseen, now I needed to see this mission through.

The lights from the front window display made navigation simple but secrecy impossible. Each set of tasseled, velvet curtains were draped open, gathered in dark metal loops to allow the gas lamp tucked into each window ledge to shine through. If I were spotted, the only place to hide would be to duck into a room. I surveyed the pristine white doors lining the back side of the hall, each painted with a distinct pattern of intertwining leaves. Probably all locked. I slunk farther from the lanterns and quickened my pace. If questioned, I’d have to feign stupidity. I strayed a bit from the ball and got lost. My exhale blew a curl from my cheek. Extreme stupidity.

My pulse thundered faster in my ears as I neared the end of the hall. Crouching at the front window, I peeked out to regain my bearings. Third story, eastern wing, facing the gardens. The adjacent door ought to lead to Louvaine’s room if I’d interpreted the fairies’ picture correctly. I knocked and listened at the door. Silence. My sweaty fingers slipped as I tried the door handle. Even after a few more attempts, it wouldn’t budge.

Stooping, I raised my skirt just high enough to reach my tools. I removed the utility knife and the smallest screwdriver and set to work.

I jiggled the handle. The bolt had moved, but not enough. If only I had something smaller . . . A constant prick throbbed at the back of my head. Of course. I dug through my curls until a hairpin came loose. More useful than I thought. My throat tightened at the final click of the lock shifting.

Was that it? Or did her chamber have additional protections?

Easing the door open, I slipped inside. A turned-down gas lamp bathed the room in a yellow glow. Perfumes, lipsticks, and powder containers lined the vanity. A half-dozen top hats decorated with feathers, beads, and tulle adorned an engraved metal hat rack. Elaborate lace edged the smooth white bedspread. Rows of shoes, several made from the same iridescent material as the ones I’d set near the door, peeked out from the bottom of the closet. It appeared I really had found Louvaine’s chamber.

But how did this green stone work? Would she hide it or display it? I peered above and below dressers and shelves, lifted the corners of the drapes and the bed skirt. I squinted at the pocket watch I’d clipped to the waistline of my dress. Eleven thirty. My fingers trembled as I tucked the watch back into the folds of my skirt. She’d told the fairies she would arrive at midnight, but might she return sooner? I let my head fall back and my eyes drift closed. Think, Rae. Think. I pictured the stone again—thin and rectangular, like a large jewel. Darting to the dresser, I began sifting through the drawers, trying to disturb the contents as little as possible. I shut the top drawer with a huff. Still nothing. My gaze landed on a large jewelry box just above, studded with gold filigree and glimmering pearls. I wonder . . .

Rising to my toes, I lifted the lid. Green sparkled from the stone within, creating a light of its own. Thank you. I removed my handkerchief and gingerly used it to lift the jewel. For all I knew, tampering with such a magical object could cause burn or paralysis. After clicking the jewelry box lid back into place, I folded the stone more carefully into my handkerchief. Biting my lip, I stared at the package in my hands, still emitting a slight glow. I could hardly walk down the halls and out the front entrance with such evident contraband.

Failing to find any kind of pocket amid my voluminous skirts, I loosened the band around my leg and tucked the wrapped stone within. I surveyed the room one last time. No obvious signs of trespassing. I grabbed my shoes, closed the door behind me, and reset the lock before taking off down the hall. Almost there.

Either luck was smiling on me, or the guards had all been employed to keep an eye on the ball. I made it back down the stairs without encountering a soul. Hopefully, most of the partygoers hadn’t run out of energy yet, and I could slip home unnoticed. I considered putting my shoes back on as I neared the ballroom. My feet shuddered in protest. Nah, easier to tiptoe through the hall without them.

A cool breeze wafted past. I slowed my pace as the front doors came into view, wide open to the night air. Pasting on a smile, I nodded to the guards on either side. “Thank you for a lovely evening.”

They each bowed in response. I glided down the stairs, suddenly less perturbed by my tight bodice and heavy skirts. I did it! I actually—

The clock in the bell tower chimed. Swirls of light streaked through the sky, all bolting through the open door. I blinked at the array of colors as panic surged through my veins. Midnight. Louvaine could discover the missing stone at any moment if she hadn’t already. I clutched my skirts to break into a run, but a hand caught my elbow.

“Rae?”

Oh, no. Not now.

“It is you. I looked for your carriage and saw it was still here. I was so hoping to speak with you again.” Tad rounded to face me, then bent to peer into my eyes. “Is everything all right? You disappeared from the ball so quickly.”

“Nothing’s wrong. I just prefer fresh air. But I really—”

“That’s a relief.” He ran his fingers down my arm and grasped my hand. “But if anything has upset you, if I said anything amiss, or Prince Hendrick . . . please allow me a chance to make it right.” His thumb traced my palm, sending shivers up to my shoulder.

“No, truly. Everything was perfect.” I dared a glance at his face. Those earnest eyes were so near, those full lips . . .

The bell chimed again, rousing my senses like an alarm clock.

I wrenched my hand from his grasp. “I’m so sorry. I wish I could explain, but I really must go.”

He looked to his now free hand, then back to me. “Can I at least—?”

Voices rose to a swell behind us as people exited the ballroom. If I didn’t leave now, I’d be stuck in a throng of carriages the entire way home.

“Goodbye, Tad.” I raced down the remaining stairs, forcing myself not to look back. A stone cut into my foot, throwing me off balance. One of my slippers dropped from my fingers. I paused, then kept running.

My feet were eager to switch back to boots anyway.

* * *

Daylight, at last. I peeled off my covers, dressed in the white shirt and cropped tan pants I’d worn to bed. The drive home the prior evening had been blissfully uneventful, and I’d managed to sneak into my chamber before Mother, Dianthe, and Herra returned. Hopefully, they weren’t aware I’d ever left.

The green stone caught my eye as I crossed the room to grab my jacket. Even buried in a blanket, it radiated energy. Shivering, I scooped up the blanket and stuffed it into my satchel. I stopped in the kitchen for an apple and a hunk of bread. In this anxious state, I doubted my stomach could handle anything more substantial.

I surveyed the dim street before slipping out the door. Could Louvaine’s search have brought her close yet? I would have preferred to locate the deposed mistress of fairies last night, but the hunt for her remote cottage prison would be challenging enough during the day, impossible under cover of darkness.

I darted across the road to where I’d stowed the motorized carriage behind the barn. Hoisting myself into the driver’s seat, I rubbed my eyes. Hopefully, I could drive safely on only a few hours’ rest. At least the primary obstacles on this route would be trees, not carriages drawn by unpredictable horses.

The path leading into the thick tree cover at the edge of town opened before me like a gateway to the underworld. Only an occasional ray of sparse daylight penetrated the deep shadows. Stop it, Rae. You’ve never been scared of this forest before. The carriage plunged through the trees, bouncing across the dirt until my teeth chattered. Once I’d wound along several curves and could no longer see the forest entrance, I slowed to the lowest speed. No use breaking the carriage—or myself—when there was no sign of pursuit. Was it possible Louvaine hadn’t noticed the stone’s absence yet? Or were there others she suspected might steal it?

A plump squirrel darted into view. I jumped, nearly wrenching one of the carriage’s levers out of place. Several deep breaths did little to slow my rocketing heart rate. If only I knew more about fairy magic, to have some sense of the danger I’d placed myself in. I pictured the fairies’ delicate faces, the way their wings had brushed against my cheek like a kiss from a shy child.

Whatever the danger, I was doing the right thing.

Farther into the tangles of reaching branches and twisted undergrowth, I spotted a mossy rock. My breath hitched in my throat, and I yanked the carriage to a stop. Almost square, with a dip in the middle and one copper corner adding variation to the gray. The rock from the fairies’ picture. No amount of swallowing could settle my heart back in my chest. I checked the carriage’s extra brake, then hopped down. The former mistress of fairies wasn’t likely to be held captive right along the main path.

I wandered amid the thicker trees, each rustle in the underbrush swiveling my head like a pendulum. More sunlight streamed between the leaves, and my feet grew itchy with sweat. I clutched my satchel tighter and wiggled my toes in my boots. How much longer should I search before concluding I’d chosen the wrong section of the forest?

A whiff of smoke made my nose wrinkle. I squinted, scanning for a trace of gray in the air. Either I was about to get caught in a forest fire, or I was nearing the cabin. I prayed for the latter.

A chimney peeked out from among the trees, and I broke into a run. At the clearing, I pressed a fist to my mouth to cover my squeal. The very cottage the fairies had shown me—knotted logs, rickety porch, and all. After picking my way up the sturdiest-looking portions of the front stoop, I rapped at the door. What if she couldn’t get to the door? What if she wasn’t even alive? I gritted my teeth to contain my shudder. A ghost couldn’t light her own fire.

Just as I raised my fist to rap again, the door swung open.

“Hello?” I blinked as I strode forward, willing my eyes to adjust to the cottage’s dark interior. “Please forgive the intrusion. But I’ve come to help.”

“How very kind of you.”

“I . . .” My words died in my throat as the mistress of fairies—the current mistress of fairies—stepped into view. “What are you doing here?” My voice hovered at a whisper, as though I could still keep my mission a secret.

“I might ask you the same question.” She slammed the door behind me.

“But you—you live at the palace.”

“So I do. I trust you know the very chamber.” Louvaine adjusted her beaded top hat, as though we were chatting about the weather over tea. “But a very important item of mine went missing last night. And while I couldn’t imagine who might’ve stolen it, I had a very good guess where they might take it.” Raising her eyes to me, she tilted her head. “I was so proud of you at the ball, gliding across the floor in the arms of the prince. But it seems my fairies made a poor choice after all, ungrateful girl. Did they put you up to this?”

“No, but—” I craned my neck to see around her. There, tied to a chair in the corner of the room, sat the fairies’ deposed mistress. Her clothes shabby, her face wrinkled and worn, but still sitting tall. I ran to her and knelt by her side. “I’m so sorry. I never meant to cause you any trouble. I only wanted to help.”

She leaned close to my ear. “You must call to them.” Her gaze angled to my pack.

“Call to them?”

“Now. Hurry.” She raised her voice. “Could it be you’ve made so many enemies you can’t even predict which will strike, Louvaine?”

“Not a word from you.” Louvaine marched over to us and kicked her predecessor’s bound feet.

Their argument rose in volume. I had to make use of the distraction, but how did the stone operate? Unwrapping it would be too obvious, and I hadn’t observed a single button or switch. I buried my face in my satchel. “Come to me, fairies. Please. Come save your former mistress.”

“Up.” A tug on my shoulder wrenched me to standing. “I wouldn’t bother befriending old Hattie, here, since her life won’t extend much longer. In fact, you’ll be the one to end it.”

“Me?” I stepped back until the wall blocked my retreat. “Why do you need me, when you could’ve already taken care of it yourself?”

“A curse of the fairy magic.” She crossed her arms over her chest. “If I were to kill a mistress of fairies, the fairy magic would refuse to respond to me. Otherwise I would’ve ended her ages ago.” She heaved a sigh. “Instead, I had to fake her death, remove her from the palace, and care for her myself.”

I edged toward the door. “I have no intention of hurting her, and you can’t force me.”

“I doubt I’ll need to.” Louvaine pulled a dagger from a sheath hidden in the folds of her layered skirt.

“If you kill me, I’ll be no use to you.” I willed my wobbly legs to keep moving.

She traced a finger along the blade. “Many persuasive tactics wouldn’t render you incapable of performing my task.”

I gulped. Please let her be bluffing.

“Besides, all you need to do is serve her a cup of tea and help her drink. Nothing the least bit gruesome about that.” Louvaine crossed to a pot strung over the hearth and raised a ladle of frothy liquid. Poison?

I raced to the door and tugged at the handle. Nothing. My mind galloped liked the pistons of a steamship. No lock, no barrier. How did it open?

My nemesis laughed and selected a teacup from the cupboard. “Just how simple do you think I am? Dear Hattie could’ve escaped years ago if one could merely open the door.”

One of my remaining hairpins could pick a lock if I could find a lock to use it on. I mentally reviewed the tools in my satchel. Could I remove the hinges? Or was it held shut by some form of magic?

“Time to stop playing around.” A knife tip poked at my back. “Hattie needs her tea.”

My shoulders drooped. I’m so sorry Hattie. Fairies. I’ve failed you completely.

Louvaine led me to the hearth and placed a steaming cup in my hand. “See? Nothing worth all this fuss. It will be over in a moment.”

Not if I stall. I bit down the smile creeping to my lips as I shuffled forward, pretending to carefully balance the cup in my hands. A few steps later, I tripped, sending the contents streaming across the floor. The wood sizzled beneath the spilled liquid, stained black.

“Be more careful next time, or you’ll be drinking it yourself, clumsy girl.” Louvaine’s voice rasped out in a growl.

I winked at Hattie before returning to the hearth with slow, measured steps. “My nerves must be getting to me. Perhaps if you allow me to rest for a few moments first, I might—”

“Perhaps a slice across your pretty cheek would be more persuasive.” She advanced on me, knife raised.

A light blinked above her shoulder. Then another near the ceiling. My breath burst from my lungs like locomotive exhaust. The fairies!

In a blur I could hardly follow, the knife flew from Louvaine’s hands. She whimpered as silky thread enveloped her, tying her arms tight to her sides and covering her mouth with a gag. Other lights swirled in, surrounding Hattie until she could rise from her chair, free from her bonds. A whirlwind of wings brushed my arms and cheeks.

“You came.” I grinned into the cluster of lights filling the room. “You finally defied her. But how—?”

“I can answer that.” Hattie picked her way across the room, careful to avoid the spilled poison. “Any command spoken into the stone must be obeyed by the fairies. No doubt Louvaine’s been ordering them to be loyal to her and to stay far from me, but your instructions overturned all that.”

The fairies flitted around us with an energy and brightness I’d never seen. Clearly thrilled to be restored to their true mistress. I tugged the blanket from my satchel and placed it in her hands. “My intent all along was to restore this to you.”

She unwrapped the stone with an air of reverence. “Thank you, dear girl. I don’t know why such a young, pretty thing would risk her life for an old biddy like me, but I am most grateful.”

“Your fairies left quite an impression on me.”

“Marvelous creatures, aren’t they?”

The humming around us swelled almost to a song, like a hint of music from another realm. After savoring it for a moment, I opened my eyes and faced the door. “Excuse me, but do any of you know how to get out of here?”

The fairies circled Louvaine, prodding her with pokes and hisses until she pointed out a knot in the wall that swiveled open to reveal the latch for the door. Much as I detested the woman, I had to admit it was a clever arrangement.

“We’d best get this one back to the palace. I’d rather keep her locked up in a proper dungeon than here, in case she attempts further mischief.” Hattie placed her hands on her hips. “But I confess, I’m not sure I can walk all the way on these spindles of legs.”

My smile stretched wide. “I have just the thing.”

* * *

Another screw clattered to the small circular table beside my chair in the sitting room. I pushed it toward the center of the table, then pried my fingernail beneath the edge of the pocket watch’s back panel to ease it open. I shook the watch, producing a slight clink. “I think you just have a loose gear, Herra. Should be easy enough to fix.”

She glanced up from the embroidery in her lap. “Oh, thank you, Raella. That one always was my favorite.”

Mother kept her gaze directed out the window, taking another sip of tea. We’d all been a bit melancholy the past few days after the excitement of the ball. I’d hoped for an excuse to visit the palace to check on Hattie and the fairies, but after helping secure Louvaine’s arrest, I hadn’t seen the slightest hint of a fairy light.

I wouldn’t even mind another ball if it meant getting to see Tad again.

My heart clenched. If only I could have lingered, spent a few more moments with him. Perhaps even . . . I shook my head. The fairies were well worth the sacrifice.

“The prince is coming!” Dianthe practically toppled over a footstool as she barreled into the room. “Get up, get up! He’ll be here any moment.”

Mother set down her cup and dabbed a napkin to her lips. “Why in the crown would the prince be coming here?”

“Auravia said he’s looking for a maiden he met at the ball. He insists on speaking to every young lady in town until he finds her.” She clasped her hands with a squeal.

“I doubt he could be coming to see me, but I’ll go put on my blue skirt just in case.” Herra hurried from the room, followed by Dianthe.

I tightened my grip on my screwdriver. I’d do nothing but embarrass Mother in an impromptu audience with the prince. “May I go to the workshop? I’d like to finish fixing this for Herra this afternoon, and the prince could hardly have any desire to see me.”

Mother’s nose wrinkled as she surveyed my patched trousers. “Yes, I think that might be best.”

I gathered my tools, the watch, and the displaced screws and other parts I’d removed and carefully made my way to the workshop. Conversation from the sitting room would carry through the closed door, but at least I could continue my work in secret.

My goggles were strapped in place to inspect the smallest gear when footsteps pounded down the stairs. No doubt Prince Hendrick had arrived.

Herra’s giggle carried down the hall, followed by a lower tone. Several pitches lower than I remembered the prince’s voice from the ball. Strange. Shaking my head, I resumed my scrutiny of the watch’s inner workings. Perhaps the long night of dancing and conversation had made him lose his voice or catch a cold.

“What can we do for you?” I could picture Mother’s serene hostess expression.

“I’m afraid I’m in an odd predicament. A girl I’d very much like to see again disappeared shortly after the ball, and I can’t find her anywhere. I’m certain she wore fairy-made clothing, but no one among the noble families seems to know a thing about her.” He paused, then let out a breathy chuckle. “I even brought along this slipper she left behind in case it would help identify her. Being fairy-made, it would only fit her, after all.”

A vice tightened in my chest. Someone else must have lost a slipper at the ball as well. Odd.

“How lovely.” Awe laced Herra’s words.

“I’m afraid no one in our circle of acquaintance can afford garments made by fairies.” A bit of Mother’s cordiality had worn off.

“But perhaps you’ve heard of her? She said her name was Rae.”

My screwdriver clinked to the table, and I grasped for it. He couldn’t mean me. Our time together had been pleasant enough, but it was only one dance. Unless . . . Did he know about my search of the palace and interference with the mistress of fairies?

I tugged off my goggles and examined the window ledge. Escape might be possible, but I’d have to displace the entire window.

“Rae?” Herra clicked her tongue. “Isn’t that what Raella asked us to call her?”

“She wasn’t even at the ball.” Dianthe’s voice had lost its former exuberance. “Too busy tinkering with her silly carriage.”

Thank you. I paused in my removal of the window hinges to listen.

“Indeed.” The prince’s inflection almost made it a question. “Might I meet this Raella, just in case she knows something?”

No!

“Certainly.” Mother coughed. “But if you would excuse us a moment, she’s not dressed for such formal company. Otherwise, she would’ve been happy to join us for your visit.”

No time to make my escape silent, but at least she’d bought me a minute or two. I yanked at the window latch.

“Oh, I don’t mind about her attire. Where can I find her?”

Blast him. Had he predicted I’d try to escape?

Footsteps approached, and the door jerked open. Mother shadowed the doorframe. “Raella, you . . .” She narrowed her eyes. “What are you doing?”

“It was stuffy in here.” I resumed my seat, tucking my shaking hands into my pockets.

“I see. Well, the prince would like to see you. Please join us in—”

“No need. I can visit with her just as easily in here.”

That voice . . . The pulse thudding in my head wouldn’t let me think.

“If you insist.” Mother pursed her lips and stepped aside.

“Tad.” My jaw dropped like a sagging axle. “They said the prince was coming.”

Rubbing the back of his neck, he took a step closer. “And no doubt you were expecting Prince Hendrick. My brother.”

“You’re—” A gust of air hissed through my teeth, deflating my lungs. He was Prince Thaddeus? “But you never told me.”

He gave a familiar half cough, half chuckle and eased the door shut behind him. “Every lady’s attention was on my brother that night anyway. Heir to the kingdom. The one who intended to choose a bride. I didn’t even want to go, at least not until you showed up.” He crept nearer with every word. “I worried he gave me away while you were dancing and scared you off. But he swore he didn’t say a word about it—I guess I should’ve believed him. He heartily approves of you, by the way.”

“No, Prince Hendrick didn’t . . .” I rose, anger replacing the fear coursing through my veins. “You should’ve said something.”

“I know. I’m sorry.” He stopped just out of arm’s reach, his eyes torn between regret and mischief. “But to be fair, you were quite adamant about not wanting to become a princess. I feared you’d march away in an instant if you knew the truth.”

A blend of motor oil and cedar tickled my nose. It would be so much easier to be mad at him if he didn’t look so endearing in his wrinkled black shirt.

“I wouldn’t have.” I glanced away, pressing my lips closed before I could say anything else idiotic.

“Hmm, now that sounds promising.”

I watched his leather boots advance within inches of mine.

“You know, your gown the other night was stunning, but you look surprisingly fetching in your work clothes. I almost think I prefer them.”

He chuckled at my glare. Cheeky man. But the other night . . . My fingers gripped the edge of the table at my back. He deserved the truth from me too.

“Tad. I mean, Prince Thaddeus—”

“Stick with Tad, please.”

I swallowed. “I may have mistakenly given you the wrong impression at the ball as well. The fairies made my dress and shoes as a kindness, not for payment. As you can see, I’m hardly a noblewoman.”

“What does that matter? You will be if you—” He coughed, and red tinged his cheeks. “But I mustn’t get ahead of myself. What I mean to say is, my attraction to you had nothing to do with what I might’ve perceived as your social or financial status.” He placed his hands on my shoulders.

Warmth radiated through me, both comforting and exhilarating.

“Rae, you’re kind and smart and interesting. You care more about mechanics than your wardrobe, and you gave me your full attention without knowing I was a prince. I know better than to scare you off by proposing with only a few hours’ acquaintance, but can I please spend more time with you?” He tucked a lock of hair behind my ear. “A lot more time?”

“Yes.” His lips were on mine before the word was fully formed. Gentle but sure. My eyelids drifted closed, my arms twining around his neck.

He released me from the kiss, his chest rising and falling in a rapid cadence. His shy smile widened as he stepped back, digging a hand into his pocket. He removed an iridescent slipper. “I almost forgot; I believe I have your shoe.”

With a laugh, I placed the shoe on the worktable before kissing his cheek.

“So, when do I get a ride in that motorized carriage?”

“How about now?” I didn’t bother to conceal my grin. “Could we go to the palace?”

“Of course. You’re welcome there any time.” He offered his arm.

I hesitated only a moment before accepting. Who cares how silly I look on a prince’s arm in my worn trousers and grease-stained shirt? “I have some friends I’d like to visit.”

Laurie Lucking

An avid reader practically since birth, Laurie Lucking discovered her passion for writing after leaving her career as an attorney to become a stay-at-home mom. When she gets a break from playing board games and finding lost toys, she writes young adult fantasy with a strong thread of fairy tale romance. Her debut novel, Common, won the Christian Editor Connection’s Excellence in Editing Award and is a finalist in the ACFW Carol Awards. Laurie has also published several short stories and is a co-founder of Lands Uncharted, a blog for fans of clean young adult speculative fiction. A Midwestern girl through and through, she currently lives in Minnesota with her husband and three children. Find out more by visiting www.laurielucking.com.

Website: www.laurielucking.com.com

Facebook: AuthorLaurielucking

Twitter: @LaurieLucking

Newsletter: Signup

Email: LaurieLucking

SPRING 2020

BEFORE THE JOURNEY

by AC Cobble 

 6,500 Words

“HO THERE, STRANGERS,” said the man. He settled a rag over his shoulder and tucked his thumbs behind his belt, pushing his gut out, straining the cloth of his plain cotton tunic.

“Ho,” replied the rogue, leaning back in his chair and balancing on the two rear legs while his foot rested on the table to keep him stable. He looked the man up and down. “Are you the proprietor of this way station . . . Murdoch?”

The portly man grinned and shook his head. “Yes and no. I am the proprietor of this fine establishment, but Murdoch himself passed away ages ago. I never got around to changing the sign.”

“My kind of man,” said the rogue. He raised his tankard and winked.

Lady Karina Towaal, mage of the Sanctuary, cleared her throat and glanced at the proprietor, affecting a look of disdain, hoping it gave the man the hint that they preferred their privacy. “Can we help you with anything?”

The innkeeper didn’t take the hint. Instead, he looked between the five companions seated at the table as if struggling to decide which he should address.

Rhys, the rogue who had spoken, was clearly not the leader of their party. He had the look of a man who spent a great deal of time observing the inside of gaol cells. His clothes had been recently washed, but only because Lady Towaal had demanded it as soon as they arrived at the way station. Even after bathing, his chin bristled with stubble, and his long hair hung unkempt around his face. A longsword and a brace of knives hung over the back of his chair, giving little doubt as to his profession. Surely the innkeeper could recognize hired muscle, but he let his gaze rest on Rhys curiously for some time before shifting to the others.

He looked to Saala first. A second swordsman, though just as obviously not the leader of their small band. His head was shaved bald, he wore loose clothing that was unusual in central Alcott, and he had a heavy-bladed falchion resting beside him. He kept his lips pressed tightly shut and only offered a polite nod to the innkeeper before the rotund man’s wandering gaze moved on.

Two young women were at the table as well. Amelie and Meredith, the youngest of the party, but dressed the finest. An experienced innkeeper would notice the fine cut of their travel attire and their smooth skin, unmarred by the burdens of hard labor. These girls were no pot scrubbers or chambermaids. The innkeeper must have wondered whether they were highborn, traveling with hired swords, but in the end, he turned back to Lady Towaal.

She smiled humorlessly at him.

“M’lady . . .” he said, a question in his tone.

She didn’t confirm or deny the honorific. Instead, she stated, “Your food and rooms are quite agreeable, innkeeper. We need nothing further this evening.”

The man swallowed and shifted nervously. “Ah . . .” he glanced at the men and then back to her. “I don’t know if your men are proper hunters, but there’s a town nearby that has a sore need of some skilled blades. There’s a reward.”

She raised an eyebrow.

“Farview,” continued the innkeeper, “up in the mountains about two days from here. A small place, not equipped to deal with . . . with what they’re facing.”

“And what is that?” she asked, exasperated by the man’s slow explanation.

“A demon, m’lady,” he responded, his voice a quiet whisper, barely audible in the crowded common room.

She frowned. “A demon, near here?”

The innkeeper nodded. “The village council sent a delegation to my way station to find a hunter, m’lady. I was told the creature was first spotted several weeks ago, and the village assembled a posse to face it. It slayed two of them and escaped. They told me that since then, it’s been taking livestock and scaring the people witless. Farview is a peaceful place, m’lady; they have no soldiers or militia. Why, I doubt they’ve even seen a delegation from Issen in our time. Even if they were to send a messenger to our liege, by the time help arrived . . . You are travelers, people of the world. You must understand how quickly a demon can grow. A hunter is the only solution. These are innocent, simple people, m’lady.”

She nodded impatiently.

“They take care of themselves in Farview, and do a good job of it,” the innkeeper added. “We rarely hear a fuss from them, but they’ve no skill to deal with something like this. They’ve offered ten gold coins to any hunter who can bring the demon’s horns to the village council.”

“A loose demon is unfortunate,” she replied, “but we’ve a tight schedule to keep. We can’t afford to deviate—”

“Lady Towaal,” interjected one of the girls. “These people need us.”

She turned and frowned at the interruption. “Amelie, I am tasked with escorting you to . . . escorting you to your destination. I will not be distracted from that charge. We continue on to Fabrizo, and from there we’ll catch a ship across the Blood Bay. Any delays and we may miss important deadlines. That is not something I am willing to risk.”

The girl shook her head. “I’m not yet a part of your order, Lady Towaal, and we are still within my lands. We cannot let these people suffer when we could so easily address this problem. It’s only a small delay on a long journey. I’m certain we can make up the time elsewhere.”

“We?” questioned Lady Towaal sternly. “You plan to face this demon yourself?”

“Not I,” replied Amelie. She glanced between the two swordsmen, Saala and Rhys. “I believe they’d have little trouble with a solitary demon.”

Lady Towaal snorted and sat back, crossing her arms over her chest.

“Could you?” asked Amelie, looking to Saala. “My father said you were a bladem—”

“A lone demon is little bother,” interjected Saala, “but Lady Towaal is right. We have a long journey ahead of us, and even a few days—”

“We will go to Farview,” declared Amelie, cutting off the blademaster. “We will take care of this demon.” She looked to the innkeeper. “Can you tell us the way?”

Lady Karina Towaal sat back and studied her charge. The girl, the woman, as she supposed she should think of her, was headstrong and impetuous. It’d serve her well after initiation when she became a full mage, but it would make her training unnecessarily difficult. The instructors in the Sanctuary would break her if she resisted their tutelage. Those women had overseen generations of strong-willed initiates, and they wouldn’t be intimidated by the girl’s pedigree. Lady Amelie would be broken and reduced until the Sanctuary could mold her into the form that they desired. In Lady Towaal’s experience, strength was only an asset for an initiate when it was malleable.

Brittle will was of little use to the mages of the Sanctuary.

Perhaps Amelie was strong enough to retain some of herself through the decades of intense training, and wise enough to bow her head when necessary to avoid angering her superiors. The potential was there. Lady Towaal could feel it seeping from the girl like the light from a shuttered lamp. Amelie could reach greatness given time, but in the current climate, they had little of that. All too soon, the pressures of the world would wrap around the girl. Lady Towaal frowned, studying Amelie, watching as the girl felt the mage’s eyes on her and cringed. But Amelie did not turn from the innkeeper to look back at the mage. She’d made her decision.

Lady Towaal sighed. The girl may be broken one day, but she was not yet. There was still some time before she must face the horrors of the future, before she learned the truth of what was happening in the world. No, it was not yet time for Amelie to be bowed before the magnitude of what was coming. Perhaps she would survive the rigors of the Sanctuary, perhaps she would not. Whatever the girl’s future, Lady Towaal decided it would remain in the future.

She knew Amelie thought she was doing right, taking them into the mountains to save her people from a demon. It wasn’t an awful notion, but it would delay their party’s travel. Sometimes, to achieve a greater goal, small sacrifices must be made. It was a lesson learned through rough experience.

Lady Towaal shifted, her eyes still on the girl’s back. Rhys and Saala both looked to her. Lady Towaal nodded to them slightly, and the swordsmen grinned.

When the innkeeper left, Lady Towaal addressed Amelie. “We will follow your lead on this, girl, but we will finish the task and then leave. No more delays. You are a lady of Issen, the daughter of the rulers of this land, but soon we will pass from the reach of your father and mother, and you will become a daughter of the Sanctuary. An initiate and no more. Do you understand the difference, what that means? Soon, girl, your birth will not matter. Highborn, common, it means little to a mage. You will be the lowest rank in our order, and you should learn to act as such, even if you think it just an act.”

Amelie nodded. “You are right. Soon, I will be an initiate only. But while we are here, we will do what we can.”

* * *

“Knowledge and will,” said Lady Towaal.

She was sitting across a low fire from Amelie, cross-legged, speaking in a hushed tone. It was unnecessary. No one was within leagues of them on the deserted road between Murdoch’s Waystation and the small mountain village of Farview. But even though there was no reason for secrecy, she thought the drama of the fire lighting the underside of her face and the low tones, as if sharing whispers of dangerous secrets, would help catch the girl’s interest.

The daughter of Lord Gregor of Issen, his sole heir. Amelie was used to making demands and getting her way. In her father’s keep, she would have very rarely heard the word no. But the world was not her father’s keep, and she needed to become used to the idea that when she arrived at the Sanctuary, she would be no one’s superior. She’d be among the lowest-ranking members of the order, and she’d need to accept that if she was to learn what they had to teach.

“Knowledge and will,” repeated Amelie. “I know that. Lady Greenfoot, my father’s adviser, has been instructing me. She told you that when you arrived to collect me, didn’t she?”

“Has she been instructing you?” asked Lady Towaal archly. “Then cast a bit of fire over there beside our log pile.”

“Cast a bit of . . .” stammered Amelie. “Well, I cannot actually—”

“You cannot use your will to manipulate the energy and transfer the heat, or you do not have the knowledge of how to do it?” interjected Lady Towaal. “If you have neither the knowledge nor the will, then I daresay Lady Greenfoot has not even begun your instruction.”

Amelie frowned.

“Training a mage takes decades of intensive study,” said Lady Towaal, “not months of sporadic discussions. From now on, you are no longer a highborn. When we reach the village of Farview, you will not walk in as the lady of this land, you will walk in as a simple traveler. When we reach Fabrizo, you will be a girl in my retinue, not a visiting dignitary. And when we reach the City and you are enrolled in the Sanctuary, you will be nothing more than an initiate. This sounds harsh, I realize, and you may think it unfair. I say this to help you, Amelie. If you are to succeed as a mage, if you are to become more than your birth would have earned you in Issen, then you must learn humility. If I teach you one thing, then I hope it is that. Be humble, listen, and learn.”

Amelie pursed her full lips and glanced at her companion, who sat silently beside them. Meredith, the girl’s handmaiden, another token of her previous life that Lady Towaal wished they had dispensed with before the journey had begun, but Lord Gregor had insisted.

Amelie asked, “You still think it was a bad idea for us to go to Farview?”

Lady Towaal nodded. “As a highborn, even more so as a mage, you have the power to change the world. You can do great good, or great evil, but what you cannot do is everything. No matter how powerful you become, no matter what heights you reach, you cannot do it all. There is too much sorrow in the world for you to save everyone. Too much hatred and pain for it all to be healed by one person. If you try, if you stop to assist every stray, to intercede in every conflict, to save every life, you will find yourself running in circles. Focus, girl, is what makes us effective. It is good that you want to help these people. You feel an obligation to them as the daughter of their liege, which is a noble sentiment. I do not mean to argue that feeling or take away your kind heart, but I ask that you direct it. Focus on where you can accomplish the most. Do not fight for two people when you can fight for a dozen.”

“You are suggesting we turn back,” guessed Amelie.

Lady Towaal shook her head. “We’ve already made it halfway. We will continue, but the next time, think if what you hope to accomplish must be done by you, or if there is another. Who’s to say that if we had not accepted the task from the innkeeper that a true hunter would not have arrived the next morning? Who’s to say that our presence in this village is necessary at all?”

“And who’s to say that it wouldn’t have been two more weeks before a hunter came to the way station, and that by then, dozens of innocent people would have died?”

Lady Towaal shrugged. “No one said being a mage was easy.”

Raising her hand, the mage drew heat from the fire, letting it build in her palm until red and orange flames danced there. She shielded her skin, directing the energy back into the silent, flickering ball of flame. “What mages do, Amelie, is take energy from one source and put it somewhere else. It is the core of who we are. That simple concept is what we understand with knowledge and manipulate with will.”

Amelie leaned forward, staring at the small ball of flame.

“As you watch, I am taking heat from this fire,” explained Lady Towaal. “I’ve studied the sciences of thermodynamics and entropy for years to understand what it is I do. I’ve practiced extending my will to accomplish such tasks for decades.” She let the fire die out. “Greenfoot may have taught you some, but you are just beginning to learn. Consider if I used another source to build the heat I just manipulated. What if we had not yet lit the fire, and to perform the task, I drew the heat from myself? I could pull it from my hand and my arm and perhaps get enough heat to ignite the wood. Not a bad thing, starting our campfire. Except, pulling the heat from my body would make me quite cold, and it’s likely I’d suffer frostbite in my extremities. Lighting our campfire with transferred heat would be a small but noble act. I would pay for it severely.”

“You’ve made your point,” grumbled Amelie.

Lady Towaal leaned closer, feeling the heat of the fire on her face. “Have I?”

The girl shrugged. “What do you want me to say?”

“Nothing,” replied Lady Towaal. “I want you to listen.”

And then she began to explain how she’d drawn the heat from the fire, how she’d directed it, and what she’d done to protect herself. The discussion of exerting one’s will was always more exciting than the scientific principles one needed to understand to do it successfully. In time, they’d get to those. In time, the girl would learn. But until then, all that was needed was for her to open her eyes and humble herself. She had to know how much she did not know. If she understood that, and gained the proper attitude to approach it, Amelie could become one of the most powerful mages in generations.

* * *

Beneath the trees in the forest on the outskirts of Farview, the shadows stretched like long, hungry fingers. The air was cool enough without the sun that Lady Towaal pulled her cloak tight and thought longingly of the roaring fire they’d left back at the tavern. Two days to walk up to the yokel-filled mountain village, one night to hunt the demon, and two more days back to the way station where they could resume their journey.

A waste of time, she’d decided, the moment they spotted the place. There were dozens of healthy men, strong from work in the forest or on the farms. They may have had no training or experience with weaponry, but an ax was an ax. Whether a man spent years learning the use of the thing in battle or years chopping through logs, it was the same principle. These men could have faced the demon had they the courage. A few of them might have perished, that was true. Demons, once they’d begun serious feeding, were shockingly quick, but the men would have prevailed.

She said as much to her companion.

The blademaster, Saala Ishaam, smirked at her.

“You’ve grown cold, Lady Towaal,” he remarked. “A few men dying? It does not seem much, in terms of battles and continent-spanning wars, but in a village such as this, it would be a catastrophe felt for generations. Families would lose their income as their healthiest, strongest members were gone. In a place like this, there is little they could turn to for alternatives, so they’d become impoverished. Perhaps the town council would make some allowance, but no one here has so much extra they could support dozens of hungry mouths. Maybe they could leave, move to where they could find a trade, but where? What trade? The closest settlement of any size is that way station, and they have no need of more hands to turn the spits or pour the ale. If a few more men fell to this demon, the entire village would be affected for years. A few men is nothing to the Sanctuary, but it’s everything to a village like this.”

“I have grown cold, perhaps, but I do understand,” retorted Lady Towaal. “A village is a small thing. I think in terms of large, continent-spanning wars because that is what we face. You and Amelie both sound like her father, Lord Gregor. The man gnashes his teeth and loses sleep over the fate of a few when our business is the fate of them all.”

“You are certain it will be war, then?” Saala asked her, moving through the forest as silent as a ghost.

She shrugged, brushing aside a low-hanging branch and watching as the blademaster somehow weaved through the woods without causing even a small stir among the foliage.

“Tell me what you know, mage,” he insisted, turning to look back at her.

She frowned at him.

“Please,” he added. “I am tasked with Amelie’s safety, and we mean to pass through Whitehall.”

“Lord Gregor will swear fealty to King Argren of Whitehall, will he not?” asked Lady Towaal. “If that is the case, then there is little risk to the girl while we pass through the city. She’ll be the daughter of King Argren’s most powerful ally, and feted as such, I imagine.”

“There is always risk in foreign cities,” claimed Saala.

“And that is why it is imperative we get Amelie to the Sanctuary as quickly as possible,” declared Lady Towaal. “She will be safe there, behind our walls, surrounded by mages.”

“Will she?” asked Saala. “How is the Sanctuary involved in this growing conflict? Are they supporting Argren and the Alliance, or do they throw their weight behind the Coalition in the east? Lord Gregor has cast his dice, gambling with his daughter before he knows the true intentions of your leader.”

“The Sanctuary is remaining neutral,” said Lady Towaal. “Neither the Alliance nor the Coalition will have mages at their sides. The Veil is keeping her mages free of this brewing confrontation. She wants nothing to do with it.”

Saala snorted. “Yes, that is what the Sanctuary is telling everyone, but you mages are steeped in political intrigue and hidden machinations. Tell me true: What role do the mages seek to play?”

They walked on quickly, picking their way through the boughs of the pine trees. She did not bother to hide the fall of her feet on the soft soil, but Saala seemed to do it instinctually. Silent or not, it did not much matter for their purposes that night.

The demon that was preying upon the villagers of Farview was a unique creature in Alcott—an interloper from another world. Demons slipped through tears in the fabric of space, and they feasted upon the lifeblood of anything that they could find. They consumed blood ravenously and grew rapidly from its succor. After several weeks of unimpeded feeding, the creature they were stalking would have become strong and deadly.

Finding the damned thing in the boundless wilderness would be nearly impossible. Even the blademaster would be useless at finding and following its tracks in the dark. Instead, to save time, their plan was to let it find them.

The demon would be able to sense their life forces and would be drawn to them like a starving man to the scent of a well-laden buffet table. It would have no thought of stealth, no concept of sneaking up and ambushing them. Demons knew only hunger, and once it sensed them, it would rush right at them. Easy work for two such as them.

Four days, though! They’d wasted four days on the flighty girl’s errand. Back at the way station, Lady Towaal had decided not to impose her will and demand they proceed immediately to Fabrizo, but she’d come to regret it. The blademaster’s pointed questioning only convinced her further that the detour had taken them too far from the world’s bubbling problems.

“Am I to take your silence as confirmation the Sanctuary is involved in both sides of the looming war?” asked Saala.

“No, I . . .” she muttered. “I merely had nothing else to say. I tell you true, the Veil does not seek to become embroiled in this conflict. Both parties are far to the east of us, and while we hope it does not result in war, if it does, we will stay out of it. Alcott’s mages will not be used in battles between fractious political enemies. We haven’t interceded in a major war since the Blood Bay.”

If it comes to war?” chided Saala. “It will. You and I have studied enough history to know that. The Alliance and the Coalition are both accumulating allies, and both are decrying the threat of the other. Each action requires a reaction, and an escalation such as they’re engaged in only results in one outcome. Nothing will prevent it unless the Sanctuary does become involved. If the Veil has chosen not to do so, then—”

“Then we shall see what happens,” hissed Lady Towaal. “She does not support either faction over the other. I will tell that to King Argren himself when we pass through Whitehall. You’ll be there to hear it. But what of Lord Gregor? His land sits directly between the two factions. Outside of them, he’s the strongest lord in Alcott. When he kneels before Argren, he’ll tip the scales of this conflict.”

“He only does so because he must,” insisted Saala. “Both sides are forcing him to choose, so he will.”

“He will have trouble when the Coalition learns of his intention,” warned Lady Towaal. “King Argren is calling in his bannermen to a conclave to ratify the Alliance with himself at its head, but until they formally agree, no one will march to Issen’s defense. Gregor plays a dangerous game.”

Saala shrugged. “He knows of the conclave and the timing. He has few options.”

“He should be watching his back,” said Lady Towaal. “I am surprised he directed you to leave his side given the tools the Coalition has at its disposal.”

“You mean Lord Jason?” asked Saala. “Lord Gregor is aware of the man and his talents. I wanted to stay in Issen to help protect Gregor from the Coalition’s assassin, but Gregor cares more for his daughter than his own safety. I . . . I wonder if he believes he will survive this looming conflict.”

“He sent Amelie to the one place he is certain will not fall beneath the tide of war,” said Lady Towaal, an unexpected catch in her throat as she realized the finality of Lord Gregor’s decision. “Without knowing the Veil’s position, without knowing the outcome of the conclave . . . He knows the Sanctuary will remain, regardless of what happens.”

Saala stared at her. “As you say, Issen sits directly between the two agitators. It is like two feral dogs barking at each other in an alley, and my liege is trapped in the middle. Whichever dog triumphs, Gregor knows he will be bit. We’d hoped the Veil would intervene, but no matter what, you are right, the Sanctuary will be the safest place in Alcott for Amelie. Perhaps there, if you decline to protect her home, you can at least grant her the skills to survive in a world where Issen has fallen.”

“Perhaps,” said Lady Towaal. “Many things can happen, Saala. My own view of the future is not so dark as yours. You and I may not see a solution, but perhaps the Veil does. Perhaps Amelie and her generation will find a way out. It does not always end in war.”

Saala snorted.

A crack sounded in the dark forest, and beside her, Saala drew his falchion, the steel whispering against the leather sheath. There was silence for a moment, then the crash of a heavy body rushing through the undergrowth. An earsplitting bellow tore through the quiet as the demon shouted its challenge.

Two dozen paces from them, the thing burst into view, hunched over, running like a dog. Its jet-black skin blended in with the shadows, but even at speed and in the dark, Lady Towaal could see it was big. Its shoulders rose above her waist, and its heavily muscled body must have been four times her mass.

Saala stepped calmly forward, waiting on the beast’s reckless charge.

Three paces from him, it leaped, streaking straight at the blademaster, its maw opened wide, flashing teeth prepared to sink into his neck, tear his flesh free, and consume his lifeblood. Thick, powerful muscles bunched beneath its smooth skin as it flew into the air. Claws flexed, as long and sharp as her belt dagger.

The blademaster shifted gracefully to the side and knelt, letting the demon’s momentum carry it past him. He swept his falchion up, attempting to cleave it from beneath, spilling the thing’s guts, but at the last moment, the demon twisted in the air, a clawed limb swiping down at Saala’s falchion. The blade bit into its foreleg, carving a bloody laceration, catching on the creature’s sturdy bone.

And then it was past, landing on the earth with a heavy thump, tumbling over its wounded leg. It sprang back up and scrambled to turn, clawed feet digging great clots of dirt as it spun to face them again.

“Damn,” muttered Saala, standing, his blade held steadily in front of him. “It’s faster than I expected.”

“Do you need assistance?” asked Lady Towaal, raising her hands.

“I’ve got it,” grumbled Saala.

He stepped forward again as the demon charged back at him. This time, the blademaster didn’t risk missing. Instead of leaping out of the path of the beast, he attacked, running directly at it.

The demon, wounded, purple blood leaking from where Saala’s first strike had cut it deeply, stumbled. It clearly hadn’t expected its prey to attack.

Saala, moving in a blur, feinted a blow at the creature’s face, freezing it in place, and then thrust into its chest, seeking its heart.

The demon roared at him, twitching its arms in spasmodic rage, but it was powerless to stop the length of razor-sharp steel skewering its body. Its voice warbled, and then it fell, sliding off the weapon to crash heavily onto the ground. Echoes of its cry bounced from tree to tree, and when they faded, the forest was silent again.

Saala wiped the creature’s blood from his falchion, sheathed the weapon, and drew his dagger. He stooped beside the demon and worked the sharp steel of the blade into its scalp, sawing free the demon’s two horns. He cleaned the dagger and then deposited the horns into a pouch he hung on his belt.

“I’ve never seen a demon that large,” remarked Saala.

Lady Towaal grunted.

“Have you?” he pressed her.

Finally, she shook her head. “Perhaps it has been here longer than the villagers realized. From the size of it, it looks to have been feeding for at least three months. It is only because this place is so isolated that no one has been forced to deal with it.”

“They would have lost a lot of men facing this creature,” mentioned the blademaster, nudging the dead body with his boot. “If it gave me trouble . . .”

“One of them stood up to the thing,” she retorted, looking away from the demon’s body. “A boy. He fought back against it and dragged another man to safety. All they need is a little courage. They would have prevailed.”

“Maybe,” replied Saala doubtfully. “Maybe they would have; maybe an awfully lot of those people back in the village would have died. I find it difficult to believe an untrained boy survived an encounter with this demon. He must be possessed with a unique courage. I’d like to meet him if we get the chance.”

“We don’t have time to go searching all over the village,” said Lady Towaal. “We have a schedule to keep, remember?”

“I remember,” he said. “Back to the village, then?”

She nodded curtly. “To the village. Hopefully this satisfies Amelie, and we can get back to our original mission. Our conversation tonight serves as ample reminder of what we’ve ignored by coming here.”

“Tell her of the import,” suggested Saala as they trekked back through the forest, the way through the darkening wood lit by a glowing orb suspended above the mage’s open palm. “Amelie is not a stupid girl. If she understands the political concerns, the reason it is so important we move quickly, then you will hear no argument from her.”

“You think I should tell her that her father and mother sent her to the Sanctuary in fear that Issen will fall in the war between the Alliance and the Coalition?” snapped Lady Towaal. “I have not known her long, but I’ve known the girl long enough to realize what she’ll do when she hears that. She’ll slip from us and go running directly back to her parents and her people. She dragged us to this little village over a single demon, did she not? She’d stop at nothing to be there in the face of a war. Someday, she will realize why she was sent to the Sanctuary, but before then, I hope we can impart some wisdom and skill to the girl. You are right, the world will be a dangerous place for her, however it goes. There is much she will need to learn if she is to survive.”

Saala grunted.

“The longer we take to reach the Sanctuary,” warned Lady Towaal, “the more opportunities for harm to befall Amelie. Tonight, we faced a single demon, but there are many dangers in this world. Help me, Saala. Help me get Amelie to the City and behind the walls of the Sanctuary.”

“I understand,” conceded the man. He looked away into the darkness. “I understand.”

* * *

Lady Towaal crossed her arms, her sharp glance darting between the young woman and her father. The man, Alistair Pinewood, was what passed for leadership in this small village. He was wailing like a little boy who’d been told they’d eaten all the pie. Fat tears rolled down his cheeks, and he sobbed dramatically, occasionally reaching out as if to clutch his daughter and hold her there.

“You cannot take her!” he shouted. “I’ll call a magistrate. I’ll have you arrested!”

“There are no magistrates anywhere within days of here,” mentioned Lady Towaal, shaking her head at the man’s antics. “And besides, this girl is a woman grown. She’s capable of making her own choices, and she’s agreed to accompany us. I will see to her safety, and if you do not believe me, go view your son. Without my help, the boy would have died from the infection the demon gave him.”

“Her safety!” crowed the council member. “Her safety! You mean to take her into that den of witches!”

“I mean to turn her into one of those witches,” snapped Lady Towaal, leaning toward the man, opening her eyes wide.

He cowered under her glare.

She shot a glance at the girl, Megan, hoping she hadn’t frightened the poor thing. The girl showed signs of incredible potential, and the moment she realized that Lady Towaal had the power to heal her brother from the ravages of demon infection, she’d been eager to learn more. The girl’s heart beat with the pattern of a born nurturer, and coupled with her bright burning will, she would make an excellent asset for the Sanctuary. It was a simple matter to negotiate her journey to the City in exchange for the healing.

The Sanctuary could always use more able bodies to supplement their ranks, particularly with war on the horizon. The moment Lady Towaal had seen the girl hunched over her feverish brother, seen the determination behind her eyes, she had known she would recruit the girl if she was able. That strength of will, tempered by deference to her betters and a willingness to listen, it made for a good combination in a young mage.

It was always difficult, though, to separate the new initiates from their families. The training to become a mage took several decades, and few parents were willing to accept that. It was best, Lady Towaal had found, when the departure came with a certain level of emotion. It made the break easier to bear for the initiates when their last recollection of their parents was a screaming face, red from tears and embarrassed impotence. The stoicism and strength of the Sanctuary’s mages was more impressive after such theatrics.

The door banged open, and two young men slipped into the common room of the inn. Lady Towaal recognized one who had been at their table the previous evening when they’d returned from the forest. He was the adopted brother of her new recruit. He was the one who had fended off the demon and dragged the injured boy to safety.

Evidently, he was the only man in the village who had the courage to face the demon. With only a quarterstaff, no less. She’d almost laughed at such a notion, until she’d seen the seriousness of the young man’s face and Rhys’s earnest interest in the story. To use a blunt weapon against a demon was crazy, but evidently it was the kind of insanity that the rogue appreciated.

She shook her head, looking at the boy. The line between bravery and foolishness was a thin one. Even now, he’d barged into the room as if there was something he could do. An entire gathering of villagers stood outside, neither brave nor foolish enough to interfere with a mage taking one of their own.

Lady Towaal rolled her eyes and glanced around, preparing to leave the little village, when suddenly both Megan and her father began begging for the boy to escort the girl safely to the City. As if the boy’s involvement would somehow add to the presence of a mage, a blademaster, and a rogue.

Lady Towaal began to shake her head no, but Rhys cleared his throat and caught her eye. “He did fend off a demon and save that kid.”

She frowned, but the rogue held her gaze, his face serious. She looked back to the boy and saw his clear-eyed, eager confidence. He had no idea what he was getting into.

She busied herself adjusting the straps of her pack, looking around the room as everyone watched her breathlessly. The boy was adopted, no blood relative of the girl Megan. She felt no magical potential when she looked at him, but his will burned with an intense fervor. There was something . . .

“I don’t think he’ll slow us down much,” added Rhys, holding her gaze.

She shook her head. Rhys was a rogue, but that was not all. He’d seen more of the world than her, and for far longer. That was an extraordinarily rare feat. Most of the time, the man was only interested in himself. If he was speaking up for the boy, there must be a reason. A reason she could not fathom, which worried her.

The boy shifted his feet, waiting for her answer. He looked at her unafraid, though by now he knew what she was. She held his gaze, but he did not look away. A fine line between bravery and foolishness indeed. If the boy accompanied them and survived, she wondered if there might not be a great adventure ahead of him.

Finally, she decided. “Fine, but he’s not my responsibility.” She nodded at the boy’s sudden grin. “We’ll stay at the way station tomorrow night and leave the next morning. If you are there, you can come with us. If not, we’ll leave you behind.”

With that, she hitched her pack and led her party out the door.

“You will not regret it, ah, m’lady . . .” stammered Megan. “He’s a good man.”

“We shall see,” remarked Lady Towaal. “We’ve a long, dangerous road to travel, and the journey is just the beginning. Tell me again, what was the young man’s name?”

“Benjamin Ashwood.”

AC Cobble

AC Cobble is the author of the Benjamin Ashwood and the Cartographer series. Benjamin Ashwood is a modern take on classic coming of age fantasy, and the Cartographer is a dark fantasy adventure with dashes of Sherlock Holmes. AC resides in Houston, Texas, with his wife, their three young boys, and his wife’s dog. A refugee from the corporate world, AC now writes full time in his home office, at least until the boys batter down the barricades and drag him out to play. He loves cooking and spending time outdoors, but his only claimed hobby is travel. AC enjoys finding the fantastical places in the real world and using them as inspiration for his stories. You can find more information about AC Cobble and his books at: https://www.accobble.com.

Website: www.accobble.com

Facebook: ACCobble

Email: ac@accobble.com

SEB DREAMS OF REINCARNATION

by Aimee Ogden

 5,600 Words

THEY UNPLUGGED SEB’S neurodes at the end of his ten-year tour of duty. He’d known it was coming, had been told before he ever signed the contract that if they left him in any longer, his health would start to deteriorate. What they hadn’t mentioned was that his health would deteriorate anyway.

Once, Seb had kept six hundred people alive, responding instantly to their needs, and their wishes too when those fell within his power. He had carried them all in his belly, made them part of himself. He thought he would implode under the emptiness of having lost them.

Today, his only job was to leave his apartment: something he hadn’t done since the first week he’d moved in. He had groceries delivered, the occasional takeout, odds and ends as he needed them. Supermarkets and corner stores might as well have been on another planet. If they were, he might have actually cared to visit them. He stared out his ninth-floor window while trying to summon up a reason to go out, let alone the will to do so. His fleet-assigned shrink had given him the task and called it homework. Which was of course the exact opposite of what it actually was: out-of-home work.

He paced the length of the living room a few times, until the 3D printer on his telemedicine kiosk chirped: his painkillers had printed. He dry-swallowed his pain pills and walked to the apartment door before he could think twice. No one else was in the ninth-floor elevator lobby, and Seb jabbed his finger into the interface to call for a ride to the ground floor. Once the door opened, he realized he should have put on a jacket. Too late—the two women already in the car stared at him as he hesitated. He ducked his head and took a place in the elevator’s front corner, as far from them as possible. Not a peep from either woman as the elevator dropped groundward, but their eyes burned on the neurode stumps that stood out at the base of his skull and the back of his neck. He imagined he could feel the photons pinging off him and into their greedy retinas and tried not to laugh. Phantom photons to go with his phantom limbs. He should have gone back for a jacket. One with a high collar and with thick padding to hide the swells of the additional stumps that traced the contour of his spine.

When he made it out of the downstairs lobby, evening shaded the street outside. Gaudy displays advertised burgers, sushi, movies, liquor. Seb’s head swung back and forth, trying to force a familiar constellation to appear from the pattern. He should have planned a route before departure. Burgers, then. That was closest.

Tires screeched as he stepped out into the street. Three cars abreast, one for each lane, came to a stop. Each of them maintained the same precise ten-foot stopping distance. Behind them, more traffic began to pile up. A woman in the middle car set aside her laptop and lowered her driver’s-side window. “This isn’t a crosswalk,” she yelled. “Are you impaired or something?” Seb fled to the far side of the street and crashed through the doors into the restaurant he’d chosen.

The boy behind the counter at the burger restaurant stared at Seb. “Welcome to Marilu’s,” he said finally. “Can I—”

“Burger.” Seb realized too late that he was interrupting. So slow, waiting for the clerk to invite him to order. Much faster, much better, to just shoot the data to a waiting computer that would have already started up the grill. “Fries. Chocolate malt.”

The boy’s eyes grew, and he prodded frantically at the interface on the counter in front of him. “Uh . . . cheese on that burger?”

Seb held out his handset to pay.

The boy tried again. “Was that a small or large fry? And the shake?”

Again Seb shook his handset in the direction of the interface. The boy pressed a few more keys, and Seb’s handset vibrated against his fingers to let him know the payment had been processed. “That’ll be right up,” the boy said, and rushed off. Seb retreated to a bench by the door to wait.

A man and his young daughter stood opposite him, in the corner between the door and the counter. Waiting for their own order, maybe, or for someone to come out of the bathroom. The man studiously watched the diners in the half-empty restaurant, but the girl’s eyes hung on Seb. She had violet irises—a favorite mod before Seb had left Earth, and still lingering around, apparently—and she was chewing wetly on the tips of her mittens. He wished she would stop that.

But when she finally did let go of the mitten, it was to pester him with a question, and an altogether too familiar one at that. “Did it hurt?” she asked. A tiny piece of blue fuzz clung to her upper lip. “When they put those neurodes in you?”

He didn’t correct her juvenile pronunciation—noo-rodez—and he didn’t answer her question either. “It hurts now,” he said, and the girl’s father bent down and whispered something in her ear. She didn’t ask anything else, but she kept staring at him while she masticated the blue yarn of her mittens. Seb thought about leaving without his food. He wondered what his doctor would say about that, if he told her about tonight’s adventure at all. But finally another man appeared, and the trio stepped out hand in hand into the evening.

Only another minute until the teenager behind the counter reappeared with a folded paper bag and a dew-beaded cup. “Here’s your order.” But he didn’t set the food down on the counter or hold it out when Seb approached. “My sister is an ore transport,” he said, and his voice cracked. “She’s got eight years left in her term. Do you think she—”

“I don’t know your sister.” Seb didn’t want to hear the end of the boy’s question. He reached out and snatched the bag out of the boy’s hand. His crude clumsy fingers slipped on the wet cup, and it crashed to the floor. Gobs of chocolate ice cream spattered the tiles, the counter, Seb’s shoes. Seb left it there, left the gaping boy, and fled to the comforting, oppressive walls of his apartment.

* * *

None of it was the fleet’s fault, not really. They had given him an apartment and a pension that would let him live comfortably for the rest of his life. They had set up the telemedicine kiosk on the kitchen counter, between the electric kettle and the wall. They even scheduled the consults for him—the pension was conditional on his keeping those appointments, in fact. An ex-implantee had offed herself not long after the program had launched, and now they kept close tabs on their alumni. Suicide was bad for recruitment, though that first death hadn’t kept Seb from signing on.

He wished he had a tele-med consult with his psychologist today, and at the same time, he was glad he didn’t. He sat in the darkness for a while and listened to the great nothingness all around him. Downstairs, a baby was crying, was always and forever crying, and there were raised voices somewhere down the hall too. He’d thought that the extra noise would help with the—what did his doctor call it? The “readjustment”—but instead it set his teeth on edge. It was just a reminder that there should have been so much more.

He hadn’t finished the hamburger, but the grease still lingered unpleasantly on his tongue. He went to the bathroom and took out his toothbrush. No mirror over the bathroom sink—none anywhere in the apartment, in fact. It was the only instance of redecoration he’d undertaken. Each time he glanced in a mirror, he expected to see the great curving hull of a starship arching away behind his back, and each time that absence tore him open like a speeding microasteroid fragment.

* * *

Seb stayed up too late at night. Returning to the habit of sleep had been a challenge; ten years of sleep-diversion tech had put his former life’s seven-hours-a-night routine out of reach. It wasn’t as if a starship could settle down for a few minutes’ rest, not with all the lives depending on it. So the years and years of stim had taken their toll on the old physiology too. Seb settled for a few hours each night, in fits and snatches. Just long enough to cycle through a set of dreams. A biological necessity, like a bowel movement; a means of dispelling mental waste rather than physical.

And there was so much waste to dispense with. Dreams of navigation maps and split-second course corrections. Dreams of power fluctuations and crew management. Dreams of Saturn’s rings shattering sunlight a thousand different ways. Dreams of the bustling hive inside him, back when he was much more than a single ticking heart, a pair of wet, fluttering lungs.

Seb dreamed of reincarnation.

* * *

He preserved the hamburger wrapper to show the psychologist during their next talk. An absurd little badge of honor, but she praised his progress—he left out the staring little girl and the final encounter with the anxious clerk. “I’m proud of you,” she told him from the tele-med kiosk’s glossy screen. Seb couldn’t remember her name; he only ever called her doctor, and if she’d noticed, she’d never mentioned it. “I imagine that wasn’t easy to do?”

“I guess not.” He managed not to glance at the time displayed in the top center of the screen.

She shifted to a different navigational bearing. “Have you given any more thought to a new hobby, like we talked about? A way you can spend your time, Sebastian?”

She always called him that, never Seb. Seb he preferred; Seb clipped short and simple off the tongue, not dragging through unnecessary syllables: Seh-bass-tyin. “A little. Lots of new music since before I left. Books to read.”

She gave him a moment, but he had run out of acceleration. “Have you downloaded anything? Ordered a musical instrument? Or a paper book?” She shifted her weight, recrossed her legs. “If you like analog books, you could even try antiquing. I’m sure there are some fine places in the city to shop for vintage copies.”

“That’s an idea.” Seb couldn’t bring himself to call it a good idea, and he didn’t want to call it a bad one to the doctor’s face. Along his back, his neurodes throbbed in white-hot longing, calling out for his missing self. He bobbed his head in a nod.

“Good,” said the doctor. “Give it some thought, come up with an idea or two. Then we can discuss concrete steps next time. Make a plan.”

“All right. Good. Thank you.” Seb didn’t much care for hobbies, but he liked plans.

Before she signed off, the doctor directed the kiosk to dispense his medications. Two different painkillers and an antidepressant—exactly one of each type of pill. The 3D printer in the kiosk chirped when it was finished. More doses would print at dinnertime and before Seb went to bed. He’d set up a bypass circuit in the printer, one that would print out duplicate doses of the pain meds every time the doctor sent an order. He’d been an engineer once, before any of this, an engineer and a self-professed technophile. He’d wanted to sail between the stars, to experience life as something greater than himself. Now the thought of having a stash took the sharp edge from the shadowy pain that hung over him. Only after he’d coded the bypass had he hesitated. If they caught him with stockpiled pills, they might think he was a suicide risk. They could bring him in for observation, for long-term commitment, and even the limited comfort of his too-big-too-small apartment would be forfeit.

So the circuit lay, unused but not forgotten, in the back of a dresser drawer. The pain wasn’t real, Seb told himself, but that didn’t mean he didn’t feel it. The phantom parts of his body haunted him, those severed from each neurode stump left in his spinal cord: the absent shuttle-bay doors, the missing habitation system, the navigation array, and the ConstDrive engines. Sometimes when Seb lay in bed half asleep, or sat by the kitchen window with the too-bright sun burning holes in his eyes, he caught himself trying to deploy repair nanos to allay the damage. But there were no nanos, and there was nothing to be done.

* * *

Seb dreamed of the vast empty space between asteroids, the nothingness between worlds. He dreamed of hollow echoing compartments and the ring of boots in long hallways. Seb dreamed of life, his and others’.

* * *

Seb spent the next morning lying on the couch, staring up at the ceiling. All the time in the world to think, and nothing to think about. At least it wouldn’t be a waste to divert some of his processing power to something as frivolous as a hobby. Learning to play the clarinet wouldn’t deprive a sanitation system of his attentions, and reading a novel wouldn’t require powering down the collision sensor array. He didn’t care about books or clarinets. But he cared about maintaining his medication supply, so he would have to figure out a way to redirect some energy into a hobby. A hobby, when all he really wanted to do again was—

Fly.

He sat up. Called out to his tablet, told it to place a series of orders from various vendors. He paid extra for overnight shipping, already wanting the pieces in his hands. This wasn’t a hobby, he told himself. It was just a different sort of life-support system.

* * *

The next time he spoke to the doctor, he had his handiwork to show her. A modified drone, outfitted with articulated limbs, a camera, a microphone. Her eyes rounded with surprise as he explained its assembly. “I thought,” he said, dissembling easily now that he had a comfortable plan to decelerate into, “that it could be my eyes and ears on the city. Give me a look at what’s out there before I’m going to head out under my own lift.”

“That’s a wonderful idea.” She studied the drone from her vantage point on the far side of the screen. “Do you have any plans for what you’re going to do with it first?”

“I have a few thoughts,” he said, and a genuine smile stretched his lips. It hurt, an unfamiliar sort of strain, but the pain was real, and Seb relished that.

* * *

The thing about the neurodes was that after ten years, being constantly plugged in started to overwrite the rest of your nervous system. Resources got rerouted to the systems that were in constant use: the ConstDrive, navigation, temperature control. Your arms got sluggish, your legs forgot how to walk. Your lungs started to slack off, and a coughing fit would split your needed attention away from the bay doors or from shifting the collision shield. Instead of going pitter-patter, your heart just pittered. And then you got sent back “home.”

But only if you stayed plugged in all the time, and if you were plugged in to something as vast as a ship. So many moving pieces in play, so much to keep track of. One little drone, a few limited sensory inputs. And Seb didn’t intend to stay plugged in all the time. Just now and then. When he needed it, to take away some of that dull throb of pain that his medications couldn’t reach. Like now.

The neurode at the back of his head, just where his skull met his spine, was the easiest for him to reach, and so he worked from there to attach the working transmitter he’d built. For the first time since he’d moved in to the apartment, he wished he had a mirror.

From the parts he’d ordered, he also managed to assemble a functional neurode receiver, through which he routed the drone’s inputs and outputs. He activated the transmitter first, a mere brush of thought, and gasped at the hollow echoing sense he’d opened up. Then on to the drone, turning on one input after another. The void filled, then reverberated, with light, color, sound. His apartment seen in dizzying double. His own hoarse breathing bounced back to him.

It felt good, tamped down on the pain. Some mental circuits, long dormant, flickered to life, warning Seb again of damage he’d taken: far too little input, far too little capacity, for what his neurodes had been designed for. He took a deep breath, soothed the autonomic response, enjoyed the sensation of being more than once again.

But more than still wasn’t enough. The window was open, and a mental twitch lifted the drone off Seb’s kitchen floor and out into the afternoon. White sunlight danced across the camera lens; Seb’s eyelids clamped instinctively but couldn’t shut out the light that seared him. It took him three tries to adjust the camera’s aperture and let a manageable amount of light in. By then the drone had lost considerable altitude; he righted it and stabilized its bearing only two stories off the ground.

Seb exhaled noisily. No one on the sidewalk glanced up at the drone; they probably hadn’t noticed the drones that had brought Seb’s pieces and parts either. He nudged the drone forward, hugging close to the apartment building on its route. He circled the exterior once, then hesitated. Sending his proxy out from home shouldn’t feel like such a challenge. What he’d desired had been to soar again, to remember what it felt like to be part of something greater than one fragile body and its limited sensations. He wanted to be free of that fleshy anchor, not cling ever closer to it. He brought the drone around and across the front of the building once more, and determined to send it out into the street this time.

But on the front steps, something caught his eye. A ragged EduFriend, the rabbit model, shuddering in the corner—one of those toys engineered to provide age-appropriate interaction and comfort to young children. Under Seb’s watch, the toy tried over and over again to squeeze itself into the crack between the building’s front door and its jamb. Of course it was far too large to fit, but it kept trying anyway. Seb wondered why no one had followed its signal to find it. He considered the rabbit’s battered state, the dent in the blue fur of its back. Broken, then. He felt almost sorry for the thing.

And not just the rabbit itself. There would be a child, somewhere in the building, who had noticed too late that their friend was missing. Well.

Seb extended the lightweight telescoping arm he’d installed on the drone, and a manipulator tool grasped the rabbit by the realistically fluffy scruff at the back of its neck. The rabbit panicked at first, playing havoc with the drone’s balance, but froze up when the drone began to pick up altitude. Either a self-preservation routine had kicked in, or the thing had simply shut down entirely.

Seb brought the drone around the side of the building, to a first-story window, and extended the telescopic arm to tap at the glass. The rabbit’s blue hind legs scratched there too. After a moment, a teenager approached the window, then stopped short at the sight of the rabbit-encumbered drone. Seb watched as her face folded into a bewildered scrunch, then moved the drone clear. No one came to the window at the next apartment, nor the one after that. The fourth window was open, with a man scrubbing dishes in the kitchen sink. Seb extended the rabbit out toward him. The drone’s microphone didn’t register a sound, but Seb could clearly read the man’s lips: “What the hell—?” And the drone retreated.

Around the building following the row of first-floor windows, then up a story, then another. Seb began to wonder whether he’d have any luck on this initial circuit of the building at all or if he’d need another pass, while he scratched at a window on the fifth floor. At least it was something to do.

At this window, no one answered right away. But he heard the vibrations of a voice from the front of the apartment, so he lingered by the window for an extra few moments just in case. Finally a woman appeared, lines cutting deep around her eyes and around her mouth. She pinched her nose as she approached the fridge and answered someone Seb couldn’t hear. “Honey,” she said. “Mr. Sanchez said Choochoo wasn’t at school either. I don’t know what else to tell—”

She saw the blue rabbit hovering in the window, and her mouth fell open.

“Choochoo?” A little boy stood in the kitchen doorway, sunlight and wonder sparkling in his eyes. “Mama! He flew home?” Clouds slid over some of that delight. “He’s hurt.”

“I could fix him.” Seb’s voice sounded rusty in his own ears; the echo the microphone picked up from the transmitter sounded even worse. He must sound like a madman, an invisible friend speaking out of a toy-toting drone. The silence stretching out from the microphone hurt his ears worse than his voice had; he pressed on. “If you’d like. It’s no trouble. I could have him back to you later this afternoon.”

“Sweetheart . . .” the woman said. But whatever had prompted her reservations fled her. Her arm dropped to her side.

“Yes, please.” The boy nodded, bouncing his tight black curls. “And thank you.”

The drone moved out of the window, looped around the building, and slipped carefully in through Seb’s waiting window. He reached out for the rabbit before he let the drone land, and cradled it against his chest with both hands until its trembling stilled.

* * *

When the next month’s pension check arrived in his account, Seb made more orders. Another drone, a basic tripod bot on three wheels, more cameras, and microphones. More hookups. Each one plugged in felt like an eye long closed, reopening. Like a part of himself gone dark and newly awoken. He still hurt: the ghost of his storage compartments, the empty echo of his engines. But the hurt had compressed, taking up less of his attention. Taking up less of him.

There was a young couple with a new baby on the floor below him. He sent the tripod bot down the elevator and let it explain, in Seb’s rusty voice, to the bleary-eyed mother why it had come.

“You’re the one who fixed Choochoo,” she said, and Seb made the tripod bot nod. The woman sat down on the couch, too exhausted or shocked to object, while his robot prepared a bottle and rocked the baby gently, in the warm padded cradle Seb had built into its torso. The mother—Seb did not know her name and did not have the robot ask—fell asleep within two minutes of taking a seat. The robot used its manipulator arm to drape her with a blanket and retreated to the corner to rock the baby until it fell asleep. Then it lowered the child into a waiting bassinet and retreated silently out the door. Seb wondered if the woman would think it was all a strange dream when she woke in the morning.

The mother to whose child Seb had returned Choochoo had two older boys as well, school-age, and at her invitation, Seb would send down a smaller drone to occupy them while she prepared dinner or finished the work she brought home night after night. The middle child enjoyed riddles, the eldest conquered all the math puzzles Seb set before him, and the youngest, Choochoo in arms, liked Seb’s stories the best.

The elderly man in the corner apartment on the first floor probably should have been moved to assisted living by now. But he didn’t want to go, and Seb sent a pair of small, agile bots down twice a week to clean the kitchen and bathroom, and to assemble a full fridge’s worth of microwaveable meals from the man’s grocery deliveries.

The three twenty-somethings at the opposite corner of Seb’s floor shared a two-bedroom, but not cleaning duties or equal shares of the rent. Seb sent a small bot down to mediate the dispute until all three parties came away not happy but satisfied.

A few people slipped notes under his door, asking for distance and privacy. Seb complied, and ordered more components, which he delivered to those apartments. Blockers, blinders, to program swaths of darkness into his input. No visuals or sound, black spots on his brain. That was all right; the interiors of the fuel pods had been points unknown too, and no camera or microphone could have survived the intensity of the ConstDrive engines either. Constellations of need, bright beautiful points of light, danced in his brain. The splotches of darkness only made those lights more important, more urgent. There was still pain, but it was a dull ache, a limb compressed oddly into a new and strange shape, not severed entirely. Growing pains, not war wounds.

A full-time hobby. Seb placed more orders online, not for parts this time but for sleep-diversion stims.

* * *

Seb sat awake in a dark apartment. Dreams receded and hid in the shadowed corners of his new life.

* * *

Toilets to clean. Kitchen fan motors to repair. Babies to rock, children to teach, songs to learn and sing and share. Conversations beamed wirelessly from his apartment to this one or that: a safe, sterile distance. Too busy to think. Too busy to dream. He cruised through doctor appointments on autopilot. Sometimes, he forgot to take his medication. The extras built up, a pyramid of white and pastel tablets, beside the kiosk. A miniature tomb in which to store his unwanted sleep. No call for sleep now, none at all, not with tongues of electric fire singing through the neurodes up and down his spine.

Hallways to rewire. Dinner to make. Rent negotiations to conduct. Tears to dry. Couches to lift. Lives, so many of them, to reach out for, to collect, to hold close and warm and safe.

A molehill of pills that grew into a mountain.

* * *

Seb—

—dreamed of falling.

* * *

Needles of light prickled his eyes. His eyelids clung together, as if they pulled 5Gs apiece. He didn’t want to wake up.

He didn’t want to sleep.

From the next room, voices. In the cupboard, dishware scraped together, and the fridge door closed with a soft sucking sound. Seb rolled onto his elbow and felt a shock of pain as his empty neurodes came up out of the warm, clinging bedcovers. No wings, no engines. No nanny drones or helper bots. He folded in on himself and gasped for air, for connection. For a reason.

“He’s awake,” a man said from the doorway. A familiar voice. The music teacher who lived on Seb’s floor. “Let me move you, Dr. Freeman.”

Seb didn’t want to be moved, but the teacher wasn’t talking to him. He came into Seb’s room toting the telemed kiosk, and deposited it on the bureau. The doctor’s pale, serious face peeped down at Seb from the screen.

“Sebastian,” she said. Her voice dragged in Seb’s ears. “How did all this happen?”

It had started with the drone. “I wanted to fly again,” Seb croaked, but that wasn’t true—it sounded true, but the echoes rang hollow. It wasn’t the flying, there was no kind of doing at all that could have changed anything. It wasn’t about doing: it was about being, being more than, being bigger. Being a starship again, albeit one ever anchored to the earth. He tried to explain it in a way the doctor would understand, and when that felt too far to reach, he tried to explain it in a way that he could. The music teacher shifted in the doorway, as if he didn’t know whether to give Seb his space or lend him support. Before long, a woman with a baby strapped to her chest appeared behind him. Seb didn’t care: the words spilled out of him like sewage from a broken sanitation pipe. He spoke about having people to care for, having a purpose. Being needed. Being a part of something—being something that others could be part of.

The psychologist watched him, listened, nudged him occasionally with a careful question. She . . . let him cry, and the music teacher edged away from the doorway. The mother with the baby moved closer, a full step into the room. She leaned against the wall, where she swayed back and forth, first in gentle counterpoint to the sobs that shook Seb. Then, when the swish of her shirt against the wall was the only sound in the room, Dr. Freeman cleared her throat.

“Sebastian . . . I’m not going to make you do anything you’re not comfortable with. But how do you feel about coming in to spend a few weeks doing an inpatient program? We can—work on some of these things you’ve mentioned.” We can keep a closer eye on you, she meant. She hastened to add, “There’s no pension contingency involved, no strings attached. But do you think it would help you to make a clean break?”

Seb swallowed hard. “I don’t want a clean break.” He didn’t want a break of any sort. “I’ll do better. I can—” The word “unplug” receded from him, slid from his tongue and down the back off his throat to choke him. “I can—”

The doctor’s stylus scratched against her table. “You can, and will, reduce the number of neurodes you’re plugged into. No more than four in use at any given time. You will be fully unplugged for ten hours a day. Ten uninterrupted hours, during which you will sleep. And we’ll be meeting every day again. For the foreseeable future.”

“I can check in on him.” The woman still rocked side to side, lulling the baby into happy gurgles. “I don’t have to come in or anything, Mr.—Sebastian? Sebastian. Just come by and make sure you’re doing all right for yourself.”

“Me too.” The man had reappeared just outside the doorway. “And I’m sure others will too. Now that we know.”

“I don’t need—” The word struggled off Seb’s sluggish tongue. “I don’t need help.” He was the one who helped, the one who oversaw, the one who checked in on. The doctor shifted in her seat, but didn’t say anything.

The woman stopped her pacing, and the baby on her belly squawked its dismay. “Don’t be ridiculous. You must have had technicians, or—or maintenance staff, or something, back when you were”—she waved a hand at the ceiling—“up there. Everyone needs something; I don’t care if they’re a man or a freighter. Or a coffeepot.”

“Sebastian?” said the doctor. Her face had moved closer to the camera, and it loomed large and pale in the screen. “Tell me what you’re thinking.”

Seb’s throat jerked, spasmed. The emptiness around him felt like severed limbs, like the endless night between the worlds. “I wish,” he said. The mother stroked her child’s wispy hair; the music teacher sucked on his front teeth. “I wish you’d call me Seb.”

* * *

Seb’s mind flew.

He spread his probability cloud of consciousness out over the building around him: today an awareness of gritty kitchen floors and fingerprint-streaked windows, tomorrow an empty fridge or raised voice bouncing off low ceilings or a baby’s wet cries. So much to do before he unplugged at 1700, when Charlotte came—she had served five years on a ship like the one Seb had been, till a loading-bay injury had grounded her. Sometimes they exchanged a brief conversation face-to-face, when she came up to check on him; sometimes they beamed words silently back and forth across the building. Memories of space, of darkness and collision alarms and long, long waits. A few others had begun to ping him with messages other than queries for help too. An image of a child’s drawing. A news headline link, marked up with comments: “Thought you might like to see this.” Greetings, wishes for well-being. Thank-you notes.

Time to peruse all that later. The apartment building was coming out of its afternoon quiescence as children arrived home from school, as people came in from work. Seb let himself spread out, through brick and carpet and drywall and plastic. Into the places that would have him, around the people that wanted him there. He had a family of sparrows to shoo out of a bathroom vent, a meal to make for the norovirus-riddled Kwoks on the third floor, a less-than-amicable breakup and move-out to oversee.

He stretched into the ache. The pain would come calling later, when the neurodes were unplugged and ten hours stretched out in front of him. The pain would come, maybe it always would, but he could abide it. So long as there was important work reaching out to him from the other side.

Seb had no starship wings to unfurl, not anymore and never again. But his roots grew deep, deep into the ground.

Aimee Ogden

Aimee Ogden lives in Wisconsin with her husband, three-year-old twins, and very old dog. A former software tester and science teacher, she now writes stories about sad astronauts and angry princesses.

Website: aimeeogdenwrites.wordpress.com

Twitter: @Aimee_Ogden

Email: fakegeekmom@gmail.com

THE SPACE BETWEEN

by Larry Hinkle

2,000 Words

“WHAT KIND OF car is this?” Erik asked as he buckled his seat belt. “I’ve never seen anything like it before.”

“It’s an import,” Vaughn, his driver, answered. “Not many of ’em over here yet.” He waited for a gap in traffic, then pulled out from the curb.

“So, you a big Corey Hart fan?” Erik asked as they merged onto the freeway a few minutes later.

“Who?”

“You know, because you’re wearing your sunglasses at night?”

Vaughn looked at him. He didn’t take his sunglasses off, though. “I don’t get it.”

“Never mind.”

The trip since had been pretty quiet. Erik had spent most of it with his head against the passenger window, looking up at the stars. It was a clear, moonless night, and the farther they got from the city, the more stars appeared. Erik was still able to pick out most of the constellations he’d learned in Cub Scouts. He’d wanted to be an astronomer growing up—even had his own telescope—but that changed once he got to college and realized the math was way over his head. The stars still brought him comfort; no matter where life took him—and it had taken him to some awful places over the years—he knew they’d always be up there waiting for him. It was sad to think about, but they were one of the few things left in life he could count on.

“Mind if I play the radio?” Vaughn asked.

Erik lifted his head from the passenger window. “Sure, go ahead. Maybe you’ll find an ’80s station playing Corey Hart, and I won’t feel like a total dork.”

“Don’t worry about it,” Vaughn said. He fiddled with the knob for a few minutes, but couldn’t find anything he liked. He finally gave up and left it on static, tapping his fingers to a beat Erik couldn’t quite pick up.

That’s an odd choice, he thought, but decided to let it go. They still had at least six more hours together, depending on gas and pee breaks, and it wasn’t worth upsetting his driver. Especially in the middle of the night out here in the middle of nowhere.

“Thanks again for picking me up on such short notice,” Erik said instead. “Uber and Lyft both declined my trip. Said it was too long for their drivers. I was about to try the bus station when, out of nowhere, your app just popped up on my screen. I don’t even remember downloading it, to be honest, but I don’t know what I’d have done without it. My girlfriend just dumped me, my cat ran away, even my cactus died. Sometimes I think this world has it out for me.” He took a deep breath. “Sorry to unload like that. I just really needed to get the heck out of Dodge, and your app was a real lifesaver.”

“‘Out of Dodge’?” Vaughn asked. “What does that mean? I thought you lived in Omaha?”

“You know: out of your present situation, away from something bad? I think it’s from Gunsmoke. You never saw that show?”

Vaughn shrugged his shoulders. “Guess I missed that one too,” he said. “Anyway, I’m glad you needed a ride. I’m always looking for an excuse to get out of the house and back on the road. I was a truck driver for almost thirty years. Semiretired a few years back. I’d fill in on the shorter routes if one of our drivers couldn’t make it, but for the most part I stayed home to take care of my wife. She was pretty sick.”

“How’s she doing?”

“She passed last year.” He took off his sunglasses and wiped his eyes. “Point is the app’s been a lifesaver for me too.”

“Sorry.”

“Thanks.” Vaughn put his sunglasses back on.

Erik changed the subject. “Almost thirty years, huh? How many states did you hit?”

Vaughn puffed his chest. “Forty-seven of the fifty-three, according to the company logs. But a couple off-the-book side trips got me up to forty-nine. That was before they started chip-tracking us, of course.” He patted the dash. “Couldn’t get away with that kind of thing these days.”

“Don’t you mean fifty?”

“What? Oh yeah, fifty. Duh.” Vaughn twirled his finger next to his ear. “Old age, I guess. Anyway, I missed being behind the wheel. And I gotta admit, this car’s a lot easier to drive than my rig ever was. Cargo’s usually nicer too.”

Erik smiled. “Thanks.”

“One thing I’ve learned driving folks around is that most people have no idea how big and empty this country of ours really is,” Vaughn said. “Especially now that every phone has a WayFinder in it. They just look at the little area displayed on their screens and think that’s it. But pull out an actual map sometime and look at how much empty space there is between towns. It’s easy to get lost out there in all that space. The space between . . .” His voice trailed off. “Shoot, listen to me prattle on,” he said, shaking his head. “Probably keeping you from updating your MyFace or something. Just tell me to shut up if you want.”

“I don’t mind,” said Erik, and he meant it. Pining over pictures of his ex was the last thing he wanted to do right now. “Bet you saw some weird stuff out there, huh?”

“Stuff you wouldn’t believe,” Vaughn said.

“Try me.”

Vaughn cocked his head, then nodded. “Ok. You know those empty spaces on the map?”

“The space between?”

Vaughn chuckled. “Yeah, those. Here’s the thing, Erik. They’re not always empty. In fact, sometimes they are chock full of some real crazy stuff. I’ve seen creatures out there you’ll never see on the Animal Channel, skulking in the ditches beside the road, gliding through the trees . . .”

“Pics or it didn’t happen.”

Vaughn snickered. “Like I’d get out and selfie myself.”

Erik laughed. Listening to Vaughn talk was like listening to his dad trying to sound hip, bless his heart.

Vaughn fiddled with the radio some more, finally stopping on a frequency where faint voices popped and crackled through the static.

“I hear people whispering to me on the radio sometimes,” he said. “In the static between stations. One night I heard my mother talking to me. She’d been dead twenty years at that point. Another time I heard my own voice begging me not to leave my wife by herself. I laughed it off—couldn’t be real, right?— but when I got home late that night, I found her unconscious on the couch. EMTs took her straight to the hospital, but she never woke up.” He sighed. “Guess I should’ve taken my own advice, huh?”

Erik’s eyes widened. Vaughn couldn’t really believe that, could he? Before he could ask, Vaughn changed the subject.

“You know anything about quantum physics, Erik? The multiverse? Schrödinger’s rat?”

Erik nodded, glad to be talking about something else. “A little, although I thought it was Schrödinger’s cat.”

“Tomato, tomahto,” Vaughn said.

“It’s been a while since college, but if I remember right, scientists think there are an infinite number of universes, right?”

“That’s right. All sitting right next to each other.” Vaughn pinched his forefinger and thumb as close as he could without touching.

“But scientists also say it’s impossible for anything to cross from one to the other, right?”

Vaughn snorted. “Those scientists need to come down out of their ivory towers and get out here with us regular folks, Erik. I’d tell ’em the same thing I’m about to tell you.” He paused for effect. “The bigger the open space, the smaller the space between. There are spots along these roads where the space between worlds is so thin it’s practically nonexistent. It’s easy to cross through there.”

A meteor shot across the sky up ahead. They watched it disappear over the mountains.

“When I first started driving, there were only a few thin spots like that, and only on the backest of the back roads. Truckers knew which ones to avoid. There are lots more now, though. And they’re spreading out to places beyond the open spaces.”

Vaughn had to be messing with him now, right? But since they still had a few hundred miles ahead of them, Erik decided to play along. “Okay, let’s say I crossed through one of those thin spots. How would I know?” he asked.

“Just pay attention,” Vaughn said. “You’ll know.”

“Pay attention to what?”

He shrugged. “Big things, little things. Anything, everything.” He pointed to Erik’s window. “I saw you looking up at the stars earlier,” he said. “One night I pulled off the side of the road to take a leak. Sky that night was filled with so many stars it hurt to look at them. But they weren’t my stars, the ones I learned in Scout Pack. The constellations I grew up with were gone. My sky was gone.”

Erik waved his hand. “That happens to everyone,” he said. “City lights are so bright these days you can’t see anything but the constellations, so when you get out in the open, it can be a little overwhelming. It’s even worse if the moon’s not out.”

“Yeah, like I didn’t think of that?” Vaughn snapped. “Sorry. But those weren’t my stars.” He gripped the wheel as he spoke. “They were all jumbled up. Different colors too. Red, blue, green . . . I swear some of them were even black, darker than the sky itself. There were two moons too. How do you explain that?”

“Reflection off the clouds? Trick of the atmosphere . . . ?” Erik’s voice trailed off.

“That’s what I thought too. Until I felt it.”

“Felt what?”

“Something out there behind those stars. Something looking for me. I got so scared standing out there my bladder froze. Ran back to my rig and got the heck out of Dodge, as you say, before whatever it was found me.”

Erik didn’t know what to say, so he leaned against the passenger window and looked outside. The Big Dipper was gone. He leaned forward over the dash and looked up through the front windshield. He couldn’t find the Little Dipper or Cassiopeia, either.

“I’ve seen pale white figures running alongside the road, keeping pace with my rig,” Vaughn said, ignoring Erik’s agitated state. “Their skin shimmered in the moonlight as they ran.” His voice grew quieter. “Once something so huge walked across the highway ahead of me all I could see were its legs. The rest of it just disappeared up in the clouds. Ground shook like an earthquake every time it took a step.”

Erik was barely listening now. He rolled down his window and stuck his head outside. The wind made his eyes water, but he could see the sky was all wrong.

“Other times the signs are more subtle,” Vaughn said as he slowed down and coasted onto the berm. “Car brands you’ve never heard of. Maps with the wrong number of states. Or something as simple as a new app on your phone. One you don’t even remember downloading.”

The car rolled to a stop. Vaughn killed the engine. “And the people?” He took off his sunglasses. “Well, you don’t want to make eye contact; let’s leave it at that.”

Erik’s stomach dropped. He threw open the door and stumbled out of the car, landing on his backside. Gravel and grit ground into his palms as he skittered away from the car. His head tilted back, and he froze. Millions of multicolored stars shimmered overhead, a sea of sinister jewels: endless, brilliant, dizzying in number. But they weren’t his stars, the ones he’d learned as a child. Erik felt a presence then, something ancient stirring far beyond the stars. It was looking for him. A dark stain spread down the front of his pants.

Vaughn smiled, then reached across the seat and shut the passenger door. The dome light turned off. In the darkness, Vaughn’s pupils glowed a sickly orange. He started the car and turned up the radio. Erik heard his own voice breaking through the static, warning himself not to use the app.

As Vaughn drove off, the ground began to shake.

Larry Hinkle

By day, Larry Hinkle is an advertising copywriter living with his wife and two dogs in Rockville, Maryland. When he's not writing stories that scare people into peeing their pants, he writes ads that scare people into buying adult diapers so they’re not caught peeing their pants.

His work has appeared in a number of publications, including The Horror Zine, Sanitarium Magazine, and the inaugural issue of Red Room Magazine from Comet Press, as well as such anthologies as Alternate Hilarities 5: One-Star Reviews of the Afterlife, The Arcanist, and Another Dimension, among others.

Website: larryhinkle.com

Facebook: willwriteforbeer

Twitter: @WrittenByLarry

Email: willwriteforbeer@gmail.com

MAMA CASCADE

by Samantha Mills

7,800 Words

“I WANT TO hunt,” Shanto said, and Arwa’s world began to crack.

They sat hip to hip on the thickest branch of a plauplau tree, swinging their feet above the surface of the river Bombio and waiting for a fish to catch. Shanto was taller, nimbler at climbing, adept with hook or spearhead. Arwa was smaller, wilier, a better swimmer, and yet everyone in their village said that the girls were indistinguishable. Arwa-Shanto. Shanto-Arwa.

They were birthmates, born to different mothers in the same season, and they were inseparable. At least, they had been.

Cautiously, as though it wasn’t her entire future in her throat, Arwa said, “I thought you wanted to fish.”

Shanto sighed, tugged at her fish-rope, and sighed again. The branch creaked with her nervous shifting, now leaning against Arwa’s side, now leaning away. “I don’t have to decide today,” she said. “But . . . we each have our skills . . .”

It was clumsy. Shanto wasn’t usually so clumsy. She knew Arwa had never considered any other path but fisher. They were supposed to move up together. Share a canoe. Spend every day sitting knee to back and back to knee, spearing what they couldn’t hook, washing together, cooking together, talking till the stars came out together, and they couldn’t do any of that if Shanto went hunting.

Arwa was saved from blurting anything she’d regret when the river surged upward, violent and frothing and absolutely unnatural for this season. It slapped over their feet and clawed its way up the shoreline foliage that had grown complacent in its absence, and half a dozen Timbo warriors swept around the bend on a raft of driftwood and bone.

They had no time to move. The raft was piled high with baskets, poles, urns—all of it lashed into unsteady pillars, the weight distribution all wrong, the height ludicrous—and it hit their branch in an explosion of fruit and wicker. A warrior cried out, caught in the face. Half of their towering goods crashed to the water.

And Shanto was torn from the branch. She spun, tumbled, hit the churn of broken baskets, and vanished from sight.

Arwa leaped after her, barely drawing a full breath before she was submerged. The Bombio swept her along, swift and unrelenting. For a harrowing moment she was directionless, tumbling, battered by debris, and slapped by fishes caught in the flood.

But the river had always been kind to her. The silt cleared, the sun glittered through, and she spotted Shanto’s foot kicking against the current.

Arwa caught her around the waist and tried to pull her toward the opposing bank, but they were surrounded by tangled reeds and shattered clay. The world darkened—a shadow, the jagged bottom of another war raft—and Arwa fought to swim lower, ignoring the pain in her chest, only praying that Shanto had air remaining.

A fist gripped her hair. Another grasped her arm. She and Shanto were hauled from the river like fish, flailing and coughing and fearing the mercy blow that would take their heads.

One of the Timbo crouched over Arwa, babbling in his village tongue. She had only ever spoken Bitumb, but there were enough similarities for her to catch his general meaning, and what his words lacked, his tone made clear. They weren’t trying to kill her.

They were asking for help.

* * *

He spoke through an interpreter, one of their oldest grandmothers, who still remembered most of the birth language she’d left behind when she was matched into their village. She sat on a reed mat with her eyes shut tight, and after every word he spoke, her brow furrowed in something close to bliss.

“There are creatures coming,” she said slowly. “Creatures that walk like people, and cover their bodies, and make tools, and speak.”

The Timbo warrior paced as he explained, illustrating with his hands and the angry curve of his back. The rest of his war party remained under guard at the riverbank. Here, in the hollow beneath two interwoven beknal trees, there were only the speaker and the interpreter and the ring of worried faces surrounding them.

“They come from beyond the grassland,” he said. “First, they traveled through our territory, and we let them live because they left us gifts. But our leniency was a mistake. They developed a taste for the sap of the hupa vine. Now they come in greater and greater numbers, cutting their way to the vine, burning what they cannot cut.”

He spoke of creatures gone mad with sap lust. He spoke of a village destroyed, children stolen, an entire territory turned to ash and muck. He was a warrior laid low, begging for help, for shelter, for vengeance.

Arwa clutched Shanto tight throughout this furious appeal, afraid of the future and desperate to ensure they had one. Her mind was awhirl with logistics: flatland and jungle and water, always water. A conviction had stolen over her, hooking as deep as a bone lure and potentially just as fatal: she could do this. She could fight back, save her people, clear the land of this invasion before it pushed any deeper.

But she needed help.

She needed Mama Cascade.

* * *

The legend of Mama Cascade was as slick and slippery as the goddess herself. At times, she was a cautionary tale. At other times, a comfort. Everyone knew that Mama Cascade lurked beneath the surface of the river Bombio, eager to pull down children who strayed from marked paths. But Mama Cascade also birthed the fishes they ate and shaped the banks upon which they lived, and it was far more common to pull a fish from the river than a missing child.

All of her stories were bound by three common threads. She was voracious, she was curious, and she was maternal. These were all dangerous qualities in a goddess, perhaps the last one most of all. Mama Cascade protected her children fiercely, but she was pitiless to those who misbehaved.

Arwa approached the waterfall Mhaiko with all of this in mind. She had traveled for three days to reach this place, terrified all the way that she was wasting time better spent on carving weaponry. But there was nowhere better to make her request.

Here, Mama Cascade’s waters flowed down a series of shale steps and filled a turbulent pool before joining the main body of the river Bombio. It was the seat of her power. Her home.

There were three gifts attached to Arwa’s belt, and she untied each one and held it up to the sunlight. “Mama Cascade!” she called. “I have brought you a dagger with which to slice your enemies! Mama Cascade, I have brought you red clay to paint your cheeks! Mama Cascade, I have brought you the meat of the long-arm monkey, to fill your stomach!”

She threw each of her gifts into the froth at the base of the steps and then sat on a damp rock to wait. Midday turned to afternoon, and the sun shone dappled and green through the vegetation at Arwa’s back, but she was patient. When the roar of the waterfall faded to the buzzing of a distant bee, she knew her gifts had been accepted.

Mama Cascade slithered up from the depths of the pool and onto a rock just beyond Arwa’s reach. Her stomach was round and taut, her cheeks were red, and a new stone dagger hung from her belt. She slapped her tail against the rock three times, and she said, “Thank you for the gifts, child of the Bitumb. Have you a question for me?”

Arwa shuddered at the sight of her claws and teeth, at her bulbous eyes and tangled hair, and for a moment she considered fleeing back the way she’d come. But she thought of the Timbos’ grief. She thought of that same grief reaching Shanto. She couldn’t return alone.

“I’ve come to learn from you,” Arwa said. “Teach me how to manipulate the river. Teach me how to fight.”

Mama Cascade stared at her, unblinking and terrible, but also—yes—also curious. It was a new and strange thing that Arwa was asking, and the goddess liked new and strange things. In a voice as slow and deceptive as water over a deepening trench, she said, “Persuade me.”

Arwa’s pulse quickened. She had practiced her plea for three days. She only had to keep from stuttering.

“The Bitumb have lived along your banks for twenty generations,” she said. “The border of jungle and grass is our territory, and none of the other peoples dispute it. But there are creatures coming for us, coming to strip our land, consume our hupa, burn our homes. The village of the Timbo people has been destroyed and their children taken. Soon they will reach the Bitumb, and we must be ready. Will you help us, Mama Cascade? Will you teach me to wield the river?”

She stopped, breathing hard, and waited.

The goddess stretched along her rock, her scales glittering green and brown in the warm afternoon sun. Her woman’s face was dark and terrible and thoroughly unimpressed. “Child of the Bitumb,” she said, “what does the water care who drinks it? I am equally indifferent to the long-arm monkey, the howling marhaña, even this new creature from beyond the grass. Why should this concern me?”

Arwa had hoped that Mama Cascade’s curiosity would prevail over her fickle nature, but she had not traveled so far on hope alone.

“If you will not help out of love for the Bitumb, then do it for me,” Arwa said. She smiled, big-toothed and broad. “For I am your daughter.”

* * *

Mama Cascade’s appetites were well known. For food, for drink, for death, and for children. Sometimes she imposed herself on maidens who bathed too long in her waters, and in this way, she mothered river babies.

A river baby was announced by the astounding volume of water shed just before its birth. As a child, a river baby was curious and fearless, a natural swimmer. As an adult, a river baby had moods as unpredictable as the rapids.

Arwa was named for the rapids that tore up the river between the Bitumb and the Mendewa, and she had a temperament to match. Fierce. Unrelenting. Difficult.

From the day of her birth, Arwa had been told the river was her second mother. Her first mother, Nambi, told the story often—so often that Arwa could almost remember how it went. The rush of waters. The rain dripping through the canopy. How she spat her own lungs clear and screamed for days, offended at leaving a wet womb for dry air.

Faced with the terrible beauty of Mama Cascade, Arwa had to wonder: How much of the goddess was in her? To come all this way only to fail was unthinkable.

So Arwa would not fail.

* * *

Mama Cascade said, “Come to me,” and slipped underwater. Arwa strode into the pool as though her stomach weren’t writhing. Tiny fish nipped at her toes, more annoying than painful, and larger things slithered past her calves. Nothing fled her presence. There was only one creature to fear in the pool, and there was no point trying to evade her.

“What should I—?” Arwa’s question was cut short by the clasp of a hand around her ankle. Before she could draw breath, she went under.

The bottom of the pool stretched away. Moments ago, the water had only reached her knees, but now the river was a vast chasm, deepening by the second. She shut her eyes against the grit, and bright lights bloomed behind her eyelids, forcing her to see it anyway: a subterranean world of shadows limned in green.

It was too much. Arwa kicked and kicked and kicked, until her head broke the surface and a familiar bed of rocks reformed beneath her feet.

She clutched the nearest boulder, gasping for breath, and recoiled at the sight of Mama Cascade floating her way, submerged up to her neck in defiance of the shallow water. “You cannot learn the river from the bank,” the goddess scolded.

“Please,” Arwa said. “Give me one night to prepare.”

Mama Cascade pursed her lips, but she did not say no. When she swam away, Arwa sat down and cried.

That was the first day.

On the second day, Arwa fashioned herself a breathing apparatus. She cut down a hupa vine and drained the sap, creating a flexible hollow tube as long as three men. She lashed the vine to a plauplau branch hanging over the pool, and she used two soft-coated melly nuts to plug her nostrils. This time, when Mama Cascade tugged her down, Arwa shut her eyes and succumbed, vine in hand.

The underwater village came to life again, an entire civilization contained in the walls of a bottomless pit. Breathtaking and unfamiliar creatures inhabited dozens of alcoves, visible only as glowing green outlines. Arwa held tight to Mama Cascade as she sank past strange configurations of jagged fins and pendulous limbs, round bellies and long spines, claws and suckers, and always the silhouette of a human head.

It was a struggle to draw air down the long, sweet-tasting vine, but Arwa managed to hold and release four big lungsful before the pain in her chest sent her back to the surface. On her next descent, she managed six. With every trip, she explored more of Mama Cascade’s world, the goddess a constant presence at her side. On the third day, Arwa ceased to wonder how she was descending so far without losing hold of the hupa vine.

Mama Cascade spoke to her in a secret language of bubbles and blinks. At first it was pretty nonsense, but the longer Arwa spent underwater, the more she understood. Mama Cascade taught her the names of the currents and all the creatures within them. She taught Arwa their deepest fears and secret commands, and she demonstrated the proper way to request their help.

“I tell you this because you are mine,” Mama Cascade said fiercely while they warmed themselves upon the rocks. “These are secrets of the down below. Do not forget it.”

On the fifth day, Arwa opened her eyes, and the underwater world was more colorful and dazzling than she had ever imagined.

On the seventh day, Arwa no longer needed the breathing apparatus.

On the eighth day, she could speak.

* * *

Smoke rose from the south, curling thick and white over the treetops. Arwa didn’t see it until she surfaced in search of a midday meal.

“Mama Cascade!” she called, her voice hoarse from disuse. “Fire downriver!”

A stream of bubbles was her only answer, but it was enough. Arwa swam with breathless speed. She skimmed over and around obstacles with a steady and complete knowledge of where each one would be. The fish, the eels, the stones, the driftwood—if it entered the Bombio, it entered her awareness.

Arwa completed in half an afternoon a journey that had taken her three days on foot. When she reached the village of the Bitumb, she found most of her people already assembled in the hollow.

It was Shanto who spotted her first. Arwa stepped onto land, nearly collapsing at the weight of her own bones, and Shanto rushed to hold her up.

“Are we injured?” Arwa demanded.

“No, the smoke is from the west. Howler territory.”

Arwa grimaced. Howlers were a cruel bunch. The Bitumb killed them on sight, but it would be foolish to assume the invaders made any distinction between river people and forest people. If the Howlers were taken, the Bitumb were next.

Shanto’s arm was strong across Arwa’s back, but her voice was soft when she asked, “Did you find her?”

“I did.”

“Yes, yes? So what happened?”

Arwa hesitated, strangely reluctant to describe her time with Mama Cascade. The goddess was possessive, yes, but there was more to it than that. The past few days comprised the only experience of her entire life that she had not shared with someone else.

She was saved from answering when they reached the hollow. There were twenty Bitumb present. All but the children.

Arwa endured only a cursory questioning from the village elders—her first mother included—before delivering her pronouncement. “The Bitumb must leave the borderland,” she declared. “Mama Cascade cannot protect us here, but if we make a new camp upriver, past the Mhaiko, the invaders will not be able to reach us without braving the river Bombio.”

Their outrage was warranted. North of the waterfall, the jungle gave way to deep forest, where the trees grew so tall and so dense, they blocked most sunlight and nearly all plant life on the forest floor. In the deep forest, animals moved high in the canopy, and the Bitumb would have to change their hunting methods to survive.

The move would also take them uncomfortably close to the territories of the forest people. They were not all Howlers, and the Bitumb had successfully negotiated conjugal trades with forest people before, but it was a situation that required long discussion and many gifts.

Arwa heard all of their protests and stood firm. “This is our only option,” she said. “The river will be our protection and our guide, but only if we are willing to adapt.”

There was debate, because there was always debate, but Arwa had returned from the river with a different demeanor. She was assured, where before she had been aggressive. Solemn, where she had been rash. When she spoke, they heard a hint of goddess underneath.

The vote was swift, if not without reservation.

For three days they prepared to abandon their home. Arwa helped pack the canoes, resisting the lure of the river at her back. Her skin and eyes and mouth were terribly dry. Her body was unbearably heavy. How had she tolerated the land for so long?

Shanto worked at her side, cheerful as always when there was work to be done, oblivious to Arwa’s struggle.

“Tell me about her,” Shanto begged. “Does she speak as we speak? What has she taught you? You looked half fish coming down the river.”

Reluctantly, Arwa said, “She is teaching me the names of the currents.” A hundred different details buffeted her thoughts, any one of which would have thrilled Shanto to hear.

“Yes, yes? Tell me one.”

Arwa busied herself tying a bundle of arrows. She mumbled, “It is difficult to say in the air.”

“Ah.” Shanto’s hurt transformed her entire body, curving her back and lining her face. She had never been one to hide her thoughts. Neither had Arwa, before.

A warm rain fell the rest of the day. The Bitumb finished loading their canoes with all of the hammocks and weapons and pots and children that amounted to their most prized possessions, and they pushed off from the shore. It was a long ride against the current, but they rowed with the blessing of Mama Cascade and encountered no debris.

Arwa swam alongside the canoes. She darted in and out of that other world, making the children shriek in fear and joy at her rapid reappearances. Her first mother clucked in disapproval at the pompous display, but she smiled while she did so.

Shanto rowed one of the smaller canoes, packed tight with clay jars of fermenting milkfruits, her expression distant and unhappy. Arwa rode the current back until she slipped under the canoe, and then she shot up the side like a jumping fish and sprayed her with water.

“Ah!” Shanto cried, but she laughed at the sight of Arwa trailing river grasses in her hair. Arwa swam low, into the other world, and plucked up a small, glowing shell. When she surfaced again, she pressed the shell into Shanto’s hand and whispered, “This covers the body of a tiny hunting crab called moneko.”

Shanto beamed.

That night, Arwa climbed into Shanto’s hammock, and they curled up tight against one another, as they had when they were children. In a hushed voice, Arwa described Mama Cascade in all her beastly glory, and Shanto gleefully bombarded her with questions until they fell asleep.

Arwa could almost pretend she’d never left the land at all.

* * *

They reached the Mhaiko the next morning. The Bitumb spent the entire laborious day hauling their canoes from the water, carrying them uphill, and lowering them back down again. It was grueling work, but grimly satisfying. Every obstacle in their path would be visited upon the invaders twofold because they would be following without the cooperation of the river.

Once past Mama Cascade’s waterfall, the only reasonable way to carry supplies deeper into the forest was by canoe, between banks that grew increasingly steep. If invaders approached by the river, they would be trapped by the river walls. If they came overland, they would be heavily burdened and on foot.

On the fourth day, the Bitumb found the site of their new home.

* * *

A month passed before their natural defenses were put to the test. Arwa spent most of that time on land, helping to establish the new village and explore new hunting paths around it. The forest was dark and eerily quiet, and she longed painfully for the other world.

Every evening she climbed down the riverbank in search of Mama Cascade, and every evening she was disappointed. The water responded to her basic requests, and she used her new knowledge to set obstacles and traps, but the goddess would not appear, and the other world would not open.

Arwa stamped her feet in the reeds and slapped the river surface. She dived to the bottom and waited there for half the night. She threw gifts of food and necklaces and belts. All of them vanished immediately, but Mama Cascade did not appear to extend her thanks.

Her first mother, Nambi, pulled her aside so the other elders would not overhear. “Something has gone wrong,” she guessed.

Arwa tried to deny it. “I’m practicing at night,” she said.

“Do not lie to me,” Nambi snapped. She softened the rebuke with a hand on Arwa’s shoulder. “You forget I have met her myself. Like all creatures of the water, she is prideful. Determine what you have done to offend her, and then determine what she requires to make amends.”

Arwa redoubled her efforts at gift-giving instead. She wove headpieces and armbands. She brewed milks and mixed paints. She threw these into the water day after day, and she pretended she did not know exactly what she had done wrong.

She was standing on the bank with a freshly carved fishing spear in one hand, squinting through the morning rain for some sign of Mama Cascade, when she spotted the young hunter Muranya running up the opposite bank.

Muranya cupped his hands around his mouth and shouted, “The grassland creatures are coming! They are carrying canoes past the Mhaiko!”

There were only six other hunters close to the village. They came to Muranya’s call armed with wenwood bows, and they looked to her in accusation.

“How did they pass the waterfall?” the hunter Kindo demanded.

“We’ll know when we find them,” Arwa said. She struggled to suppress her own doubts.

She dived into the river, focusing on the threat at hand. The hunters vanished into the forest, but she had no doubt they were keeping pace with her as she swam. Their enemies would not hear a single step.

The invaders had advanced too far already. Arwa sensed one of their canoes in the water, two bodies within. A dense hooked object was caught in the rocks below, holding them in place.

Arwa slashed the rope hanging taut over the side of the canoe. The creatures on board shouted and lowered their oars, but Arwa ripped each one loose the moment it touched the water. A face appeared, wobbly through the flowing water, gawking at her with bulging eyes.

Another cry, a splash, and a new body entered the water. It was quickly swept away toward the waterfall. Arwa surfaced at the foot of the canoe. Five more of them stood on the bank, jabbering in a strange language, brandishing long silver objects at the trees. The hunters, unseen, shot a volley of arrows. Two of the invaders fell; the remaining three staggered but stood their ground. The silver objects they held roared, and one of the hunters cried out, struck by an invisible force.

Arwa didn’t have time to gape. She lunged against the canoe, hurrying its progress downriver. The creatures inside tried to push her away, and she clawed at their cheeks. The roar of the waterfall grew steadily louder, and then the current swept them over the edge and down the stone steps.

Their craft fractured first, their bodies second.

And Mama Cascade finally accepted an offering. The goddess appeared in the pool below, floating upward on her back, growing larger as she neared the surface. Her mouth opened wider and wider, stretching like a snake’s. She stuffed the invaders into her maw, tools and coverings and all, chewing with gluttonous delight.

Mama Cascade finished her meal and slithered up the steps. By the time she reached Arwa she was of ordinary size, still dribbling blood from the corner of her mouth. “Thank you for the meat,” she said, smiling with lazy satisfaction. Her stomach bulged over her fish tail.

“I thought you had abandoned me,” Arwa accused.

Mama Cascade’s eyes narrowed. “You insulted me. You shared knowledge that was not yours to share.”

Arwa’s face flared hot. “I didn’t—” She took a breath, remembering Nambi’s advice. “Mama Cascade, I beg your forgiveness. It was an error I won’t repeat. How can I make amends?”

Mama Cascade cocked her head, listening to the current. She sniffed the air delicately. “Your hunters are stripping fresh meat on my bank. Give it to me, and I will forget this insult.”

They swam upriver to the site of the confrontation. Arwa climbed out and explained the situation to the hunters. They weren’t thrilled to hand over their catch, but the goddess had only requested the meat. Arwa helped them finish stripping the bodies. Naked, the truth was disturbingly clear: though their bodies were pale, and their faces were blotched red and fringed with hair, their overall shapes were unmistakable.

The invaders were people, strangely colored and somewhat large, but definitely people.

She watched them vanish into Mama Cascade’s gullet, and she was nauseous with dread.

Upon her return to the village, Arwa was immediately accosted by Shanto, who asked breathlessly, “Is it true what Muranya is saying? Did Mama Cascade lure them into her maw? Did she transform into an enormous beast?”

The goddess’s reprimand rang in her ears. Arwa responded in the only way she could: “The workings of Mama Cascade are not for you to know.” Her tone was too harsh; she knew it by the look on Shanto’s face. But Arwa wouldn’t betray her second mother again.

It was only after Shanto left that Arwa registered the pain in her hands. She unclenched her fists and stared. At some point during the fight, her nails had turned into claws, thick and black.

* * *

It was the first of many skirmishes. As the rain increased from intermittent to daily, the swelling river brought increasingly aggressive incursions from beyond the grassland. Their boats were sturdier, their parties larger, their weapons more numerous.

The first Bitumb was killed, with only a small, hard ball found in his chest, and his fellow hunters revenged him seven times. They heard of another massacre downriver, the Mienyo village reduced from thirty to six. Much like the Timbo, those survivors would have to plead their way into other villages or risk starvation.

The Bitumb moved two more times. Their hunters set traps on the land, and Arwa set traps in the water. Under Mama Cascade’s tutelage, she arranged tangled branches across smooth stretches of the Bombio, and hid tall, jagged rocks around sharp bends. She increased the populations of fever-bringing mikato insects and flesh-burrowing ants. In order to reach the Bitumb, their enemies would have to brave carnivorous fishes, deadly parasites, and toxic vegetation.

But the invaders had a seemingly endless supply of bodies to pour into their endeavor, and the hupa vine had them intoxicated. They spread through the strip of jungle that united dark forest with grassland, building homes from the densest tree trunks and surrounding them with vicious dogs. These people looked more natural, with darker faces and bare arms, and they only attacked villages dense with hupa.

The red-and-white invaders were Arwa’s responsibility. She stabbed holes in their boats, and they came back with shiny, impenetrable hulls. She covered the river in debris, and they brought enormous curved knives to cut through it. She fed them to Mama Cascade, and they multiplied like a swarm of ants.

Arwa spent so much time in the water, she hardly spoke aloud except to ask for a warm meal. Shanto often cooked for her if Nambi was unavailable, and she took Arwa’s rough thanks with an air of silent suffering. They used to spend their mornings gathering together. They used to prepare their meals side by side. Arwa saw all of this in Shanto’s face and pretended she didn’t. She was visiting daily. It would have to be enough.

Mama Cascade had no interest in prior attachments. She lured Arwa deeper into her world, and Arwa felt her body adapting with every passing day. Her black claws were joined by dark scales on the backs of her hands. Her vision sharpened, her shoulders broadened, her legs lengthened.

Arwa’s mind expanded to all the rapids and shallows and chutes through the hills. She knew their every dip and rise. She knew the names of every creature between her banks, and they responded to her wishes without a whisper of resistance.

During a quiet time between skirmishes, Mama Cascade led Arwa to the river’s source, a journey of several days that ended in a shallow marshland. There were different plants there. Different birds. Arwa felt her awareness weakening as they progressed.

“I don’t like it here,” Arwa said, sitting half submerged among the reeds.

Mama Cascade slapped her tail impatiently. “Know the limits of your domain. If it does not live within your banks, it does not warrant your attention. Do you understand?”

“Yes,” Arwa whispered. And she did. There would be no more evening meals with Shanto.

Arwa struggled to retain the sense of purpose that had driven her to Mama Cascade in the first place, but the more time she spent in the water, the less interest she held for human cares. The land grew duller by the day. The troubles of the Bitumb were distant, irrelevant. As the goddess herself said: What does the water care who drinks it?

“Come below with me,” Mama Cascade said.

Arwa happily abandoned the discomfort of the air for the familiarity of the other world. Many days passed before she surfaced again.

* * *

A strange thing happened as Arwa succumbed to the influence of her second mother. It was not only the insects and the fishes that she understood, but all living things that spent time in the river. The Bitumb, the Howlers, the isolated villages on every far-flung branch of the Bombio—they were all equally intelligible. Arwa was developing her goddess ear.

And all peoples spoke the same news. The invaders were creeping steadily north, claiming fresh ground anywhere the hupa vine flourished—this, she already knew. But there was a second purpose to their invasion, stranger and more insidious than sap lust:

Exploration.

It was a concept that meant little to the Bitumb beyond the search for new hunting trails, but information trickled in to the river people from the jungle people, who heard it from the grass people, who had engaged in some manner of communication with the invaders: they wanted to draw the river with ink and bring it back to show their people.

The word was whispered from person to person to person, and it reached the river in their prayers and pleas: map. Once they had this map, the grass people warned, the invaders would control the river. They would be unstoppable.

Arwa was outraged. But every time she resolved to do something about it, the goddess devised a new distraction for her. Mama Cascade taught her to wrestle giant eels and eat fish in a single bite. She massaged Arwa’s legs until they sprouted finlike ridges. She made plaits of Arwa’s hair and taught her how to use them to grasp vines and reeds.

And each time, Arwa’s attention drifted from old concerns.

Once, Arwa sensed a fight on the surface: splashing and gurgling and thick spurts of blood. She bubbled her question, Should we intervene? But Mama Cascade had grown bored of people for now, and instead she showed Arwa how to dig her own bedchamber in the wall of the underwater tunnel. Arwa lined it with glowing shells like stars and slept coiled in a nest of algae.

Arwa had set out to learn the ways of her second mother, and she had succeeded. But the only way to embrace the river was to leave the land behind.

* * *

Arwa’s name was being spoken in the air.

She became aware of it gradually, like the approach of a distant bee, and much like the approach of a bee, once the sound lodged in her ear she couldn’t shake it loose.

She was irritated and curious in equal measures, so she followed the call all the way to the Mhaiko. Three bundles splashed into the pool in rapid succession: a ripe, round guevia fruit; a bone necklace; and four bright blue feathers braided together for use on a ceremonial skirt.

Arwa eagerly consumed the guevia fruit—a rarity for her now, as it grew far from her banks—and donned the necklace and feathers before rising to thank her petitioner. She climbed a pleasantly warm rock, enjoying the sun on her scales, and cast a benevolent smile upon—

Shanto. Shanto stood on the bank, radiating anticipation and fear. It was a curiously vulnerable blend, and it cast a subtle scent on the air between them. The heady vibration between predator and prey.

“Thank you for the gifts,” Arwa said. “Have you a question for me?”

With that, Shanto’s vulnerability gave way to anger. “A question? Yes, Arwa! Where have you been? Why have you abandoned us? Do you know what is happening to the Bitumb in your absence?”

Arwa’s under-eyelids retracted, and more details came into focus: one side of Shanto’s head shorn in grief; a livid, half-healed cut across her collarbone; her hip cover ragged from days of travel. Old emotions surfaced, and Arwa swallowed them back. She smacked her heels against the rock. “I have been where I belong.”

“You went to Mama Cascade on our behalf,” Shanto protested. “To help us.”

“Yes, and I did. I moved the village. I fought off enemy after enemy. Why should I spend all my days on your tiny bank, when I have all of the Bombio to roam?”

Shanto stared, and those big eyes of hers were shiny with tears. “We are birthmates,” she whispered. “Have you forgotten? We spent every day of our lives together until you met her. We shared everything. Every meal, every chore, every thought. How could you leave me so easily?”

Arwa maintained her calm, even if her insides roiled like the rapids for which she was named. “We are entirely different. You were never part of the river.”

Shanto left at last. Arwa was so upset she nearly threw the bone necklace away, but it was extremely flattering, so after some deliberation she kept it. She swam back to her bedchamber in a furious flurry, determined to ignore all future petitions, determined to tear up the Bitumb’s fishing troughs, determined to slumber until Shanto and Nambi and everyone else she had ever known was dead.

But Arwa’s changeable nature prevailed, and by the time she reached her bedchamber, all that remained was the bile of guilt. She winced at how cold her tone had been. She wished that she had put her friend off with better words. At least now Shanto would give up.

Except Shanto did not give up. Two days later she threw one of Arwa’s favorite foods into the pool: crunchy tree lizards, dried on sticks. Two days after that, she offered deep red flower chains, the sort they used to braid around one another’s necks while waiting for the storyteller to begin. And another two days after that, she brought a freshly woven hammock, of a size to fit two young children who never wished to part.

Each one was an excellent gift, and each gift was also a memory. Shanto didn’t say a word as she tossed her offerings at the foot of the waterfall. She didn’t have to. Her presence screamed: Remember me! Remember us!

Arwa took the gifts to decorate her bedchamber, and the more she surrounded herself with their memories, the more restless she became. Her mouth watered in anticipation of cooked food. She chafed at the way her decorations tangled when she swam. All of her bright colors were muted in the deeps, barely visible without an otherworldly glow of their own. Arwa missed conversation that wasn’t transmitted by bubble.

An illness took hold of her, like nothing she’d experienced. The skin of her arms roughened and rashed. Her eyes were bleary; her stomach was distended and sore. She felt buried by water, but when she rose to the surface she could scarcely breathe.

Arwa swam to the pool on gift-giving day, keen to see Shanto, determined to ask her forgiveness—and, if she were being honest, to take solace in her sympathy. But the morning slipped by, and Shanto didn’t come.

Arwa waited, her indignation growing by the second. She reached out for more information.

There was blood in the water, far upriver. Near the village. Arwa cried out and climbed the first step in the cascade, only to be halted by a spasm of pain. Her legs were half-fused, difficult to use in the water and useless on the land. Arwa panicked.

Mama Cascade found her like this, sitting in the spray of the waterfall, desperately rubbing at her legs as though she could rip them apart. At the sight of the goddess, she called out, “Please! I need your help, Mother.”

“What is happening?” Mama Cascade asked.

Arwa shivered and coughed. “The village is under attack. I was selfish. I neglected their defenses. I have to go to them, but my body—I can hardly move, look. What is wrong with me?”

Sternly, Mama Cascade said, “You have been fighting the lure of two different worlds, and your body cannot bear the strain.”

“But what can I do?” Arwa felt a body plunge into the river, gored and sinking fast. Who was it?

Mama Cascade considered her carefully. “I have taught you all that you asked, and more, but the teachings of your first mother have an equally strong hook in your heart. It is up to you, child of the Bitumb, to decide your own path. You can give up your people and join me in the heart of the river, or you can go back and join their fight. What do you feel is right?”

Arwa hesitated.

Shanto thought that Mama Cascade had seduced Arwa’s loyalties and led her astray, but she was wrong. Arwa had always felt the tug of the wilderness. From her very first steps she had fled past the boundaries of the village, rescued time and again by Nambi or one of the other mothers. The water was her home in a way the trees had never been.

But there was more to a home than the nature of its roof. The village had moved from jungle to dark forest, and that had not changed them at their core.

Another body plunged into the river, this one still alive, the water reverberating with its voice as it called for help. What did she feel? Angry. Defensive. Possessive.

Arwa firmed her resolve. “The Bitumb are mine,” she said fiercely. “And I am ready to forge my own path.”

Mama Cascade nodded. “Then that is what you must do.”

The decision took hold, a blessed relief. Fresh strength filled Arwa’s limbs, and she dived deep into the pool. She dug sideways, into the earth itself, tearing through mud and rocks with hands as sharp as blades. Her legs tore where they had begun to fuse together, each one sprouting its own long fin to propel her through a new domain halfway between the river and the land.

She broke through the bank of the Bombio, trailing dark earths in her wake. The young hunter Muranya floated past her, a bow still clutched in his twitching hands. Rage nearly blinded her. It was the rage of family, yes, but it was also the rage of a goddess. These were her people, her gift-givers.

Mama Cascade was correct about one thing: the wilderness didn’t care where anyone came from. Language, color, dress—anyone who could discern the interplay of plant and bug and beast were welcome to reap the rewards of their knowledge. But to those who did not understand? The land was brutally unforgiving.

The Bitumb knew how to plead their case to a river goddess. The invaders did not.

Arwa took the men in the water first. All of their focus was on the fight up the bank. It was a horrible surprise when their canoe tipped sideways, and they slid directly into a mouth full of sharpened teeth.

Delicious.

Their struggle drew the attention of everyone on land. Men with broad hats and long silver weapons had laid siege upon the riverside huts. Three huts were already smoldering with flames. The young mothers and children were out of sight, hidden in a shelter disguised beneath thick vegetation.

The invaders might not find it, but their flames would. All of the adult hunters were locked in battle with the remaining attackers. They wouldn’t reach the shelter in time.

Arwa swarmed up the bank, tall and terrible, her arms and legs lengthened by extra joints, her hair whipping a bone-bladed frenzy about her face. The Bitumb saw a savior coming.

The people from beyond the grass saw death.

When the fighting was finished, Arwa stood triumphant over the last of them: a hairy, red-cheeked man gasping his last breaths. “Please,” he cried. “Let me go. We only came . . . we only came to map the river . . .”

It was impulsive pleading. He had no expectation of being understood. And so he gaped in shock when Arwa answered in his own language: “The river does not wish to be mapped.”

The expression stayed on his face long after his eyes dimmed.

The Bitumb surrounded Arwa, silent and awed, waiting for her instruction. She looked over all their faces, the faces of her people, until she found the one that was hers most of all: Shanto, emerging from the secret hut with the children. Shanto’s eyes widened at the sight of her, but she did not hesitate to run up and take Arwa’s hands.

“Thank you,” she said.

“I should have come sooner.” Arwa stared at the dead, not all of them enemies. Bekya, who taught her to string a bow. Bomba, named for the river itself, who brewed the milkfruit for their ceremonies. And Muranya, still in the water, guardian of the forest path.

Louder, to the entire village, Arwa said, “Strip the enemy and bury their tools. Burn their canoes. Empty your huts. We will move for the last time, deeper into the forest, away from the Bombio and all of its explorers and foragers.”

She took a breath, and spoke the truth of her heart. “I will be your river. I will bring to you fishes and waterbirds. You only have to trust in me, and remember my name.” She looked directly at Shanto then, their hands still clutched tight. “Do you understand what this means?”

Shanto nodded, eyes bright and wet. “I will miss you, Arwa.”

Arwa smiled, soft and sad. “I won’t be far.”

In spite of Arwa’s claws and fins and writhing hair, each of the Bitumb extended their arms in farewell, and Arwa clutched them each in turn, her first mother Nambi longest of all. And then she left them to uproot their lives once more, and she dived into the river for the last time.

Arwa dug long and deep. She tore a fresh passage through the earth, funneling all of her rage and determination and godly self-righteousness into the muscles of her arms and back. Slowly, a new channel drew off the water of the river Bombio, slender at first, choked by weeds and tangled branches, impassible by canoe, and then opening, welcoming, widening. Arwa twisted and turned; she made sharp bends of herself; she dredged up rocks and built long, deadly rapids. Her anger bubbled and frothed, white and warning: You are not welcome; do not follow.

She built something wild and changeable, a river as fickle and fierce as her own heart. With every fistful of earth shoved aside, with every rock drawn up from underground, Arwa felt her humanity sloughing off, all of her hesitance and nervousness and homesickness tugged away on the current, leaving behind a creature more water than flesh, confident and quick-tempered, but also protective, like her second mother, and loving, like her first.

The Bitumb followed at her side. For twenty generations they had lived along the banks of the river Bombio. For twenty generations they had made their offerings to Mama Cascade. Now they moved into a new phase of their history, the days after the invaders came. They would learn new paths through the forest, and new foods to eat. They would make offerings, as they always had, but to a new guardian, one with a fondness for tree lizards and flower chains.

She was the goddess of the river Arwa, unpredictable and lethal to strangers, plentiful and yielding to those people who knew her best. And she would appear on no map.

Samantha Mills

Samantha Mills lives in Southern California, in a house on a hill that is hopefully not a haunted hill house. Her short fiction has also appeared in Beneath Ceaseless Skies, Strange Horizons, Escape Pod, and others. She was recently included in The New Voices of Science Fiction, out now from Tachyon Publications.

Website: www.samtasticbooks.com

Twitter: @amtasticbooks

Email: sam@samtasticbooks.com

SORIEUL’S EYES

by Jeff Wheeler

 7,800 Words

THE SNOW CAME down in ashy flakes. Although it was nearly midnight, the pale light of the moon brightened the tangle of trees surrounding a frozen pond behind the stone manor house. A blanket of white covered everything, even the dead bodies that lay still, no longer twitching.

Two members of the Dochte Mandar trudged over the thick, frozen tract of land; their fur-strapped boots were wet and white, and cakes of frost tumbled loose. The air was bitterly cold and stung their noses.

“Another one dead,” said the first of the two men, the dark-haired one, his eyes gleaming silver in the dark, pointing to the crooked shape of a man in the snow, sword still clenched in a death grip.

“That’s twelve so far,” said the other in disbelief. “He killed twelve? Alone?”

“Look over there! The snow’s been trampled. See the gap?”

“No. Where?”

“At the edge of the pond. This way.”

One of the Dochte Mandar led the way, hunkering beneath his heavy cloak, his toes already frigid, and his gloved fingers searing with pain as the cold penetrated his clothing.

When they reached the gap in the snow drift, they gazed down at the white bowl of the frozen pond. An owl hooted from the nearby woods. Deeper in the distance, the howl of a wolf came next. The forest was full of the hungry beasts in the midst of winter’s night.

There, at the bottom of the slope of the pond, atop the crust of ice, lay three more bodies, with freshly fallen snow on them.

Aiding each other, the two Dochte Mandar began to clamber down to the edge of the pond. Some snow gave way, and one of them slid partway down. When their boots hit the ice beneath the blanket of snow, they had the unsettling feeling they were about to fall.

“They’re still alive!” gasped the first Dochte Mandar.

Rushing forward, trying not to slip and fall, they reached the three bodies.

“The big one, look! It’s Derriko! He’s alive!” said the second.

The dark-haired Dochte Mandar knelt by him, breathing rapidly. He pressed his ear close to the big man’s face. “He’s breathing!”

“How did he survive this?” said the other in awe. “He was attacked by twelve clansmen in the dead of night, midwinter.” He drew a dagger from his belt and approached his kneeling companion. He raised the dagger to plunge it into the man’s back.

Snow exploded into his face, stinging and blinding him. One of the other bodies vaulted at him like a wolf. He felt a dagger plunge into his belly. Felt the shock, the surprise, then the fiery pain of the wound.

He tried to summon power from his kystrel medallion to defend himself, but he felt the power leaching away, felt his knees buckle. The man who’d been half-hidden in the snow shoved him down, holding the dagger in his hand. Then the man turned and faced the other Dochte Mandar, who gaped at him in shock. He drew a second blade.

“Well done, Kishion,” croaked the big man lying in the snow. The one called Derriko. “You found the traitor. Help me up.” He grunted in pain. “Did you bring the healer?” he asked the dark-haired Dochte Mandar, who cowered from the man holding the blades.

“I-I did,” stammered the other man, who gazed with horror as his partner twitched in the snow, the silver slowly leaving his eyes.

* * *

He had no name. Somehow, he’d lost it years ago in a grove of black oak trees pregnant with clumps of mistletoe. It was an ancient ceremony, an initiation into the order of killers, and he no longer remembered what oaths he had taken. He only remembered marching out of the grove a different man. A man without a name, a man without a past.

Those who entered the grove and survived were called kishion. It was a title of sorts. A certain brand of slavery. He’d given up trying to remember his past long ago, performing the purpose of his training. To remove those who stood in the way. To protect men like Derriko. Men who used him to further their own ends.

On that snow-swept night, a warlord had come to kill Derriko. It was supposed to be a surprise. A midnight murder. But the kishion had anticipated it. He was always thinking ahead, wondering about what might happen. He’d left ten dead in the manor before escaping outside with Derriko. His arms ached with the efforts, and he felt light-headed from the loss of blood. He’d left the leader of the war band facedown on the ice of the pond. That had been the most difficult fight of his life. He’d been tired before he’d faced the warrior, a man who had fought in dozens of battles with his clan, vying for supremacy. All that training had failed against the determination of a kishion.

Together with the sniveling Dochte Mandar, they carried the huge body of Derriko off the pond. He could feel the ice creaking beneath the combined weight, but they pressed on, reaching the edge. Groaning with effort, the two men heaved him up the slope and then carried him into the rear of the manor house, which was now lit by lamps. A fire had been stoked by the entourage of the Dochte Mandar.

“The table,” grunted Derriko in pain. They carried him there and set him down.

The waves of heat coming from the hearth made sweat drip down the kishion’s face moments later. There was a flash of movement out of the corner of his eye, and he whipped around, bringing a knife out and finding himself pressing it against the throat of a woman.

“That’s the healer!” said the Dochte Mandar who had survived the pond. “Don’t hurt her!”

The woman stared him in the face, her eyes widening with what . . . recognition? She blinked quickly, and he lowered the blade.

“Is she . . . a hetaera?” wheezed Derriko. “Be sure!”

“She’s not, Derriko, I swear it!” said the Dochte Mandar.

“Be sure!” hissed the big man, stifling a groan of pain.

The kishion, still holding the curved blade at the ready, unfasted her cloak and hood with his left hand. She let him, her eyes crinkling with worry, but she gazed at him with determination, with a look that seemed almost familiar.

Roughly, he tugged at the front of her bodice, exposing the flesh of her throat, her collarbones. His gloved hands were uncaring as he searched for a medallion, for evidence that she, too, wore a kystrel. There were no shadowstains on her skin.

“Show me your shoulder,” he told her gruffly, giving her a threatening look.

She didn’t cower. Instead, she undid a few of the buttons on her bodice, turned, and exposed her bare shoulder to him. Her left shoulder. The skin was smooth, soft, even, in the firelight. Unblemished by any brands. No, she had not taken the brand. A hetaera used the power of the kystrel to alter emotions. She could even make a kishion afraid. But this woman was not one.

“She doesn’t bear the mark,” he said, turning away, not liking the way her look made him feel. Her hair was dark and straight, her eyes almost accusatory. Yet they still nagged at him. Should he know her? Did she know him?

“Attend me,” Derriko ordered, grunting again. “I can’t feel my leg.”

The woman reset her clothing and then came to the table. She’d dropped a bag of supplies on the floor when the kishion had accosted her, and she gestured now for it. The kishion sheathed his blade, fetched the bag, and handed it to her.

“Would you like me to ease your pain?” the Dochte Mandar asked Derriko.

“Yes,” he grunted in reply. The man’s eyes began to turn silver, and a calming feeling swept through the room. The kishion hated the way the kystrels manipulated feelings. He was in pain, but he’d not ask to be relieved of it. Pain was a companion, a brother in arms. He didn’t fear it or shy from it as other men did.

While the woman worked on Derriko’s injuries, the kishion patrolled the manor. Many of the servants had been killed in the raid, and Derriko kept few of them anyway. He didn’t trust anyone and maintained a lean staff at the manor. That had made him vulnerable. The kishion found the broken window that they had entered through and shoved some furniture to block it. He then tested every latch, every window, and every door to make sure they were locked.

When he returned, he found Derriko’s boot had been cut off and his pant leg cut away. His foot was gray with frostbite. The healer had arranged her implements and ointments nearby, but it was clear from the look of it that he’d lose the foot. Possibly even the entire leg.

“Who attacked you?” the Dochte Mandar asked Derriko. “Why would someone attack the Victus of Naess?” The kishion didn’t like the sniveling sound of his voice. It grated on his ears.

“Because I am the Victus of Naess,” came the gruff answer. “You killed the lackey, but now I know who the traitor is, and they can be dealt with, harshly. If they had hoped to kill me tonight, they should have realized that the best kishion works for me.” His eyes widened with satisfaction as he stared at his pet, his servant, his killer.

“My lord,” said the woman. Even her voice sounded familiar to the kishion. “If we don’t remove the frostbite, you will die. I’ve tried everything I can do to save it. By tomorrow, it will begin to fester. The skin is dead. There’s nothing I can do.”

“Can we not wait until tomorrow?” asked Derriko dispassionately.

“If we wait, you will likely die. You were in the snow for too long. And at your age and girth, your body will not heal quickly. The shock of losing a limb may even kill you.”

Even with such a bleak pronouncement, the kystrel was working its magic. “Do it,” he said. Then he turned his eyes to the kishion. “But he handles the blade. Sorry, healer, but I still don’t trust you.”

* * *

Derriko was sleeping when the dawn came. The healer had prepared a draft of valerianum tea for him with some hyssop to dull the pain. He’d watched to make sure she didn’t try to poison him. The Dochte Mandar was sleeping, his neck crooked, on a stuffed chair, snoring lightly. The dark paneled wood on the walls seemed to make the room grow darker as the sunrise came. The kishion, still aching from his own injuries, stood gazing out the rear window at the pond, arms folded, seeing that the snow had completely covered his dead enemies.

“He’s sleeping finally,” said the woman, appearing at his side. Then the pitch of her voice changed. “You’re wounded.”

“It’s nothing,” he said gruffly.

“But they could also fester,” she said. “Let me help you. It’s why I’m here.”

He looked at her, at the hair that was soft, but dark as the wood. A feeling of uneasiness crept into his stomach. His instincts warned him constantly.

“Please,” she asked. Her eyes were gray. That was a rare color, even in the north.

He shrugged and acquiesced. She took him to the couch and had him sit down. Then she gathered her healing implements and brought them closer, kneeling on the floor by the couch. She touched his chin to turn his face, exposing his ear, his neck. Her touch caused a pulse of heat inside him.

“You don’t remember me,” she said softly.

“Should I?” he shot back, anger and confusion starting to churn.

She pressed her lips tightly. Then she looked down. “I was the one who healed you after the battle of Maere.” She traced the edge of his partly missing ear. “I remember this. And these.” Her fingers went down the claw marks on his cheek and face. He was a hideous man, full of scars and demons. He was grateful he didn’t remember getting them.

He jerked his head away, looking at her warily. “I don’t know you.”

She nodded. “I’ve heard that happens. You were the only survivor of the battle. Everyone else around you was dead. One of the Dochte Mandar said you’d make a good kishion if you survived. They told me to save you if I could.”

Her words awoke feelings inside him. They were dangerous feelings. Who was she? He couldn’t remember her. But there was something of intimacy between them. Had she cared for him? Nursed him back to health? The look in her eyes said she was not a stranger. Why had he forgotten?

“What’s your name?” he asked, his brows nettled with conflict.

“Sorieul,” she answered. She took a bottle of healing ointment and dabbed it on a rag and began wiping his face. It stung.

Sorieul. There was nothing. The memories were all gone. Perhaps it was for the best.

A look of sadness came over her face. Blinking away tears, she continued to minster to his wounds. “What have they done to you?” she whispered.

* * *

It was Sorieul’s eyes that bothered the kishion the most. He knew when someone was lying by the look in their eyes. He knew the look of desperation of a man who knew he was about to be killed and would try to bargain. He knew the eyes of a man dying from poison. He knew the look of grief, of despair, of shattering loss, just as he knew the looks of revenge, hatred, and cunning.

But the look Sorieul gave him was a look of trust. And he was not used to that.

One thing he had learned in his existence as a highly trained killer was that a kishion was not to be trusted. He felt no loyalty in his heart. How could he when he watched the rulers of Naess squabble and undermine each other in their vying for power and authority. He respected other kishion for their skills, but he was the best of them. He’d never met a man he felt he couldn’t kill. And while he had been ordered to do some unsavory deeds, he had done them without malice or spite because that was what he’d been made to do. His heart was like a piece of flint.

Until now.

Sorieul’s eyes whispered that there were memories he’d lost. That she had meant something to him long ago.

“Kishion,” croaked the haggard voice of Derriko.

He turned away from the window and approached the bedside of his master. Sorieul was finishing changing the dressing on the stump of his leg. She folded up the coils of soiled bandages and marched past him, her eyes flicking to his once more, her mouth turned down in a sad frown.

The kishion ignored her and stood by the bedstead, arms folded.

“You must go,” said Derriko, grunting in pain as he shifted himself higher on the bed.

“And leave you vulnerable?” replied the kishion.

“It’s worth the risk. I know who tried to kill me now. Have you figured it out?”

The kishion chuckled darkly. “Everyone wants to kill you. Because they know you will become the next Hand of the Victus.”

“It was Shigionoth,” said Derriko. “It was his son who attacked last night. It was his servant within the Dochte Mandar who tried to murder me last night when they learned they’d failed. His war band wants to attack Comoros. I promised Chancellor Walraven that I’d buy him time to fulfill our aims in that kingdom. We’ve already poisoned the king’s marriage. And his daughter Maia is an outcast, a pariah. We’re close to achieving our aims. We cannot let Shigionoth’s ambition to rule Naess mar the larger picture.” His eyes narrowed with hate. “Find him. Kill him.”

The words were simple. Yet the task would be enormously difficult. Shigionoth led a powerful war band known for their cruelty and ruthlessness. That he’d attempted to murder Derriko last night proved he was bent on ruling the dark kingdom. This task would be difficult. But nothing the kishion couldn’t achieve.

“Very well,” he said. “Have you summoned more strength to defend you while you recover?”

“I have. There are twenty warriors guarding the manor even now. More will come later today. But if you don’t attack quickly, Shigionoth will have time to prepare for you. Go now.”

“I will,” the kishion said.

Derriko closed his eyes, wincing in pain, and grabbed a chalice of wine from the table at his bedside. He took a few heavy slurps of it and groaned again. The kishion felt no pity or compassion for his master. When one traded in deceit and death, such were the consequences.

The curtains had been drawn open in the halls, and he walked through. He saw two servants dragging a dead man wrapped in a rug away, straining against the burden. Others mopped bloodstains from the floor. He passed by them, uncaring, wondering if he’d catch another glimpse of Sorieul’s eyes, but she was gone. It was for the better. He didn’t like the way his chest pinched when he thought of her, like an echo of an old wound.

He went outside, hiking up the cowl and hood of his cloak to ward off the freezing air. He went to the barn where the horses were tethered and found the latch was already loosed. He squinted at it, suddenly suspicious. He noticed small details like that, always wary for an ambush or attack. He drew one of his curved knives, holding it in an underhand grip. He pulled open the barn door and walked in, as if nothing were amiss. His ears strained for sounds, hearing the snort of horses. Shadows filled the dark barn. The smell of hay and manure was strong, masking the smell of any human.

In the center of the barn was a heavy wooden sleigh with iron rails. He walked past it, keeping his dagger concealed beneath his cloak, and ran his gloved hand along the edge as he passed. He listened for any sound out of place. And heard one.

The small crunch of a foot on straw.

He turned suddenly, pulling back the blade to throw it, and then he saw her. Sorieul. Her eyes were earnest. Trusting.

He clenched his teeth and lowered the blade. “I almost killed you,” he said angrily.

“I knew you wouldn’t hurt me,” she said.

He cocked an eyebrow at her, aware of the gruesome scars on his face, his half-eaten ear. “Oh? I wouldn’t bet your life on that next time.”

“I wanted to talk to you before you left.”

He became even more distrusting of her intentions. He glared at her. “Why?”

She rushed up, closing the distance between them. If it had been any other woman, he would have driven his knife through her ribs. But he saw, even in the half-light, a look of anguish on her face, a pleading look. There was no deception in her eyes, no threat. She wrapped her arms around him, burying her face against his chest, stunning him with an embrace—an act of tenderness he didn’t deserve.

“How did they make you forget me?” she whispered, her voice choking. She looked up, a tear trickling down the curve of her cheek.

He flinched, flexing his arm and breaking her hold, and stepped away from her in confusion. The pain in his chest was like a burning coal.

“I don’t know you,” he said, shaking his head.

“I can see that,” she said, pressing her hand against her mouth. She shuddered, stepping back as well. “But how? How could they make you forget me? What power do they have over you?”

He frowned at her. “I am a kishion.”

“I know. It’s what you wanted to become. What they wanted for you. But there was a time . . . when I was healing you, that we . . . we meant something more to each other.”

He stared at her in disbelief. He’d fought many battles in the past. But the one raging inside himself was the worst kind. The ground felt as if an earthquake were shaking. His mind could not understand this. No one would ever want him. It just wasn’t possible.

“You were wounded so badly at Maere,” she said, looking at him in pity. “You were already half a corpse. But you fought to survive. I . . . I tended you, night and day, as they ordered.”

“But who are you?” he said angrily, stepping closer, using his wrath as a shield to protect his emotions. He hated that the Dochte Mandar could manipulate feelings. He knew what a kystrel felt like. And he was afraid of it. But this was much more powerful because her emotions were real. Her eyes weren’t glowing silver. He already knew she wasn’t a hetaera. And that made it worse. A hetaera he could understand. And he’d have no problem killing one. But this woman was innocent.

“I’m a wretched,” she said, shaking her head. “I have no family. I was abandoned at an abbey. Then a war band attacked, and I was made a slave here in Naess. I’m a good healer, and there are no shortage of the wounded, believe me. I became very good at keeping people alive. I . . . I have a lot of compassion. I feel the hurts of my charges deeply, and it helps me know how to heal them. I used to . . . I used to hold your hand when you were suffering. You never wanted medicine for the pain. Just holding your hand was enough.”

His mind felt like a rat scratching at a box trap, trying to get out. He could feel the scratching noises. But the claws were not sharp enough to penetrate the iron. He could only scratch at it endlessly.

“Do you know my name?” he asked her hoarsely, his insides flaming brightly now. It burned. It burned terribly. He wanted to remember her. Her words sounded familiar. But he couldn’t remember.

She nodded. “Your name was Krywult.”

“Krywult,” he said, shaking his head. Not even that brought back a spark of recollection. “It’s Naestor,” he said, feeling part of his soul flinch.

She looked eager, hoping against hope that he would remember. “It means war wood.” Her excitement began to drain. “But you don’t remember it, even now? Even after I’ve told you? You don’t remember your own name.”

He shook his head no.

He clenched his fist and shook his head again. Impotent rage flooded him. “I must go,” he said gruffly, turning around.

She caught his cloak, and he spun, gripping her wrist hard, forcing her to release him. He saw the look of pain in her eyes. He could snap her wrist so easily.

“Why do you obey these men?” she whispered, looking urgently into his eyes. “I’m a slave still. I cannot go back to Dahomey. But you . . . you have strength. You have power. Yet you obey them. Why?”

He released her wrist and saw her rub it, but her eyes didn’t leave his. They demanded an answer. He didn’t give her one. He stood impassively, trying to ignore the feelings writhing in his chest.

“Take me with you,” she pleaded, her brow wrinkling in distress. She looked as if she would touch him again, but perhaps the recent pain dissuaded her. “Take me back to Dahomey. To my homeland. I’m weary of this land of endless night. Take me, Krywult. Please.”

“I cannot,” he said, shaking his head, backing away from her. His chest heaved with suppressed emotions. He was tempted. He was sorely tempted. There was no way he could unlock the part of his brain where the memories of her lay.

Another tear came down that cheek. She closed her eyes and wept softly. “Where are you going?” she asked, her voice thick with despair. The look of grief in her eyes tortured him.

“I have my orders,” he said. “And neither you nor anyone else will stop me from fulfilling them.”

“But why?” she said in anguish. “Why must you obey them? If you won’t save me, then at least save yourself!”

He was more angry now. More angry than he wanted to be. She had unwound something inside him, loosened the moorings, and now his boat was churning on a stormy lake. Part of him wanted to flee from her, to escape into the snow and try to forget her once again. It was torturing him, not being able to remember her.

Take me to Dahomey. Please.

“I am the knife,” he said curtly. “That is my role. I don’t direct the blade. You heal wounds. I make them. We both have our parts to play in this world.”

She bit her lip and shook her head. “No! We are slaves, both of us! I remember being a child at the abbey. It was peaceful there. It—”

“There is no peace!” he said, cutting her off. “What you chase is a shade. An illusion. The abbey was raided. It didn’t protect you. An abbey can’t protect you. Not from someone like me.” He chuffed. “There is nowhere we could go that the Victus wouldn’t find us. Look at me! I would not be safe there either. They would come for us. And they would kill us. But not until after they’d tortured us. I’ve seen what these men do to their enemies.” It made the heat in his chest begin to flag, to fade.

“Please, take me with you,” she said, but it was without conviction. “There is more to life than killing people.” Her voice fell even softer. “If you were with me, I wouldn’t fear anyone. Please, Krywult. You don’t have to obey them. You always have a choice.”

She would never know how close he came to defying Derriko and abandoning his mission. Part of him wanted to protect her. To keep her safe. Yes, there was the fear of reprisal. The knowledge that he would be a hunted man for the rest of his life. Maybe if he’d remembered her, he would have chosen differently.

Maybe that was why they had taken his memories away.

“I won’t,” he said. And he prepared to depart and left her in the shadows of the barn, preferring the ice of the winter wind to the throbs of dying flame in his heart.

He came to regret his choice.

* * *

The hall of Shigionoth was ablaze with fire. A huge pit in the center held two roasting spits, and the hot coals beneath the flames shimmered with orange. The trestle tables were up, and the remains of a massive feast lay spread about. Dogs chewed on bones beneath the tables. Huge iron chandeliers, at least eight of them, hung from chains attached to the roof timbers. There even seemed to be a real wolf with a chain around its neck being baited by a child with a gristly bone.

The kishion was escorted into the hall by ten warriors, each wearing a slathering of war paint on their faces. Guffaws and cheers went up among those gathered. The air smelled like ale and cooking venison. At the head of the hall, within a stone inset, sat two wooden thrones on which sat Shigionoth and his wife, Lady Pressa, who had the looks of a Hautlander with her pale yellow hair.

Shigionoth was a bearlike man, and although in his forties, was well-sinewed and had a savage-looking face. A single scar cut across his cheekbone. He had a beard, flecked with the remnants of his meal, and a balding head. As the kishion was escorted up, Shigionoth’s own personal guards emerged from the shadows of the inlet. There were six of them, each brandishing a sword.

On the walls hung tapestries seized from previous raids. Shigionoth was not one to flaunt his wealth. No, the bulk of his treasures were locked within a crypt deep within the bowels of the fortress. But it wasn’t the treasures that the kishion had come for.

“My lord,” said one of the guards escorting him when they reached the alcove. “Here is the man.”

Shigionoth had green eyes that narrowed at the news, his hand stroking his beard. His eyes were full of enmity and also worry. “He’s uglier than you said,” he mocked. “Where are his weapons?”

“He had only these,” said the guard, holding out the kishion’s twin curved blades.

Shigionoth motioned for them, and the guard handed them to him. He took them, eyeing them critically. His wife, Lady Pressa, was nervous. It was hot enough in the hall to make the sweat pool at the hollow in her throat. But she was on edge, not as sure as her husband.

“Who are you?” asked Shigionoth as he eyed one of the blades more closely. “You claim to bring tidings of my son.”

“I’m the servant of the Victus of Naess,” said the kishion.

Shigionoth pursed his lips and set down the blades, one on each of the armrests. His own sword was also there, set against the side of his throne, always within easy reach. The look in his eyes flashed with guilt and then anger.

“The Victus?” Shigionoth said, tilting his head.

“The one you tried to murder last night,” the kishion said.

Shigionoth barked out a curt laugh. “And who are you again to speak such falsehoods in my hall?” He was growing more and more agitated. The kishion watched as his composure cracked, began to fall apart.

“Your son is dead,” the kishion said.

“No,” gasped Lady Pressa.

“And this is the news you bring me?” said Shigionoth, his eyes blinking, his rage building. Those from Naess were so predictable. They consumed hatred as much as their ale. They spent half their lives in a stupor.

“There is more,” said the kishion. “I’ve been sent to kill you.”

Shigionoth rose from his throne, surprisingly sturdy for the amount of drink he’d consumed. There was a look of panic in his eyes as well. His brain would be flustered. The kishion was counting on it.

“You came here?” Shigionoth said in disbelief. “To murder me here in my own hall? And you . . . you told me first? Are you mad? I have your weapons. You’re surrounded by my trusted men. Servant of the Victus, your body will soon be cooking on one of those spits!” He ended with a shout, pointing at the blaze in the center of the hall.

The kishion stared at him without emotion. “You were already dead before I set foot in here,” he answered. “Your son met his end on a frozen pond. And yes, I killed him. I am a kishion. And you drank your death before I arrived.”

“Kill him!” shouted Shigionoth, his eyes flashing with horror. He reached for his own sword.

The kishion swung around and smashed his elbow into the nearest guard’s face. He pulled a two-edged sword from another’s scabbard and kicked him hard on the knee, breaking it. The commotion rocked the hall, shouts and grunts and shrieks filling the air. The kishion grabbed one man by the strap of his armor and threw him down. He parried thrusts sent at him, watching as faces soon grimaced with the internal pains his poison had already infected them with. The sudden rush of their blood, the fighting pulse accelerated the toxin. By fighting him, they were only killing themselves faster.

A table crashed to the floor, knocking down goblets and the broken carcasses of the feast. The kishion pushed two men at once, and both fell into the firepit. He used the blade to block another screaming man trying to kill him and then punched him in the face, knocking him unconscious in one blow. He turned, and there was Shigionoth with his own sword out, screaming his intent to kill. The kishion dodged the first two slashes. The war chief was an able foe. His son had been too.

The kishion leaped over the flames and landed on the other side, retreating. Another soldier lunged at him, and he caught the man’s wrist and bashed his head with the hilt of the sword. Then Shigionoth was through the flames himself charging, bellowing, screaming in rage. This was a man who went mad on the battlefield.

The kishion blocked his thrusts and kicked him back, but the war chief was desperate to kill him. The two slashed at each other, knocking others out of their way. Still the kishion retreated, watching for the toxin to take effect. Shigionoth winced with pain, pressing his arm against his bowels. He staggered forward, yet still the kishion backed away.

“I’ll . . . kill . . . you!” he groaned.

The kishion cut the man’s wrist with a flick of the sword, and Shigionoth dropped his weapon. With the tip of his boot, the kishion sent the blade into the firepit.

He heard the scuff of a boot behind him and whirled as a man with a dagger tried to stab him in the back. He caught the man’s wrist and torqued it hard. He heard the satisfying snap of a bone, and the dagger fell to the floor. Then the kishion slammed him in the chest with his heel, sending the man falling. He turned, watching Shigionoth on his hands and knees, drool spilling from his lips.

“Craven . . . coward . . . poison . . . ” he choked.

The kishion kicked Shigionoth onto his back, leveling the sword at his throat. He looked around at the disheveled hall, watching others on their hands and knees. Servants huddled behind the tables fearfully. They hadn’t drunk the ale.

Then he felt a queer sensation inside his chest. The cool anger began to soften. Compassion for these people, for the warlord made his veins turn to ice. He looked through the veil of smoke and saw a set of glowing silver eyes. A Dochte Mandar with a kystrel.

He began to step around the firepit, leaving Shigionoth doubled over in agony, his death coming relentlessly.

“Peace, friend,” said the Dochte Mandar, holding up his hands. “I mean you no harm.” There was a pulse of magic, and the kishion felt the two of them had been friends for years. He hated the magic. Hated how it manipulated him.

“Your compatriot is dead,” said the kishion. “The one who was summoned last night.”

“I know. He didn’t report back today from the manor as instructed. So the Victus is still alive?”

“Yes,” said the kishion.

He saw another man step away from the shadows as well. A man with a calm look, a steady set of eyes that were trained and full of death. Another kishion.

The other man had a dagger and threw it at the kishion’s face.

Sensing his threat, the kishion dived forward, the blade slicing past his ear. They met in a clash of limbs. He felt pain go down his arm, realizing he’d been cut, knowing the blade was probably poisoned. He crashed his forehead into the other man’s face. It hurt them both. The two wrestled on the floor, trying to gain supremacy, but the kishion quickly put him in a hold, squeezing against his throat, controlling the arm with the other dagger. The Dochte Mandar, his tattooed face blanching, fled.

The kishion hooked the man leg’s with his foot, sending him sprawling. The other man still in his grip tried to claw at the kishion’s eyes, but he held his face away until the lack of air made him pass out. Then he let go. The Dochte Mandar was scrabbling to his feet and started for the door again.

The kishion wrested the dagger from the unconscious grip of the other killer, turned, and hurled it. It struck the Dochte Mandar in the back, and he arched his body and spilled to the floor, unable to walk. The kishion knew exactly where to throw a knife to paralyze a man.

Rising, brushing off his arms, he looked around the room for any other threats. Seeing no one but cowering servants, who were slaves from other kingdoms, he marched over to the fallen Dochte Mandar, who was grunting and wheezing in pain. He pulled the dagger out of his back.

“Just because you control a kystrel, you think you control the world,” he said with contempt. “Some of us aren’t ruled by our feelings.” The man panted, eyes wide with fear.

The kishion walked back to the front of the hall, where two empty thrones sat. Lady Pressa had already fled. But she would die just like the others. The kishion sat down on Shigionoth’s throne, sheathed the two curved blades that had been left there, and leaned back, watching the flames dance, watching the survivors cower and slink away. He didn’t care about the slaves.

In his memory, he saw Sorieul’s gray eyes. Saw the pleading look in them to free her. He wasn’t used to feeling things, and he certainly didn’t trust his feelings. But as he sat there, on the throne, he imagined another choice. He imagined what it would be like to sit on such a throne and be the one to give commands and have them obeyed. The Dochte Mandar and the Victus liked to control from the shadows. To make kings into puppets to be manipulated and controlled.

What if he were to take control of the strings?

There was that dull ache in his chest again. The memory of Sorieul’s eyes. He grit his teeth, forcing himself to face the emotion that nagged at him.

What if he were to escape the game entirely? Flee to a place where no one would ever find him?

Did such a place even exist?

* * *

It was snowing when the kishion arrived back at the manor nestled deep in the woods. The steep roofline had a substantial buildup on it, except around the main chimney, which belched out a plume of gray smoke. He was sore from the winter journey, and his wounds still ached. But pain was just a consequence of living, a reminder that he still breathed.

He rode the horse into the barn and secured it, hanging the tack and harness, and gave the beast a bag of oats to sate its hunger. Then he walked to the manor, where he found several warriors dressed in furs guarding the door. They looked at him, then at each other, and nodded for him to enter.

The interior was pleasantly warm, and he stamped his snow-crusted boots on the threshold before seeking Derriko’s sickbed. For a man who had recently lost his leg, he looked surprisingly hale. He was sitting up, reviewing a stack of papers, and sipping from a chalice. He noticed the kishion’s entrance immediately.

“Back so soon?” Derriko asked with a slight wheeze.

The kishion walked the perimeter of the room, glancing at the corners to make sure no one was hidden. The heavy velvet curtains blocked the limited light outside. He parted the curtains, gazing at the white landscape, at the frozen-over pond. A remembrance of the fight there flitted pasted his memory. But he felt nothing. He always felt nothing.

“Is he dead?”

The kishion turned away from the window, looked at his master, and nodded curtly.

Derriko smiled in relief. “Good. Very good. What about his family? His wife and children?”

“The lady is dead. You didn’t tell me to kill the children,” said the kishion. “Shall I go back?”

“No, it’s not necessary. Wolves will come now that blood has been spilled. Shigionoth was a wealthy battle lord. They’ll fight over his scraps for months. The threat has been checked. Well done.”

The kishion shrugged again. He could see the advantage to Derriko. He just didn’t care.

“I will be bedridden for several months,” Derriko said, setting down the goblet. He arranged the sheaf of papers. “I have enough servants and warriors to protect me until the winter is over. And there’s another way you can be useful to our cause.”

The kishion folded his arms and cocked his head.

“The Victus of Dahomey has requested a kishion for an assignment. You know Corriveaux Tenir?”

The kishion nodded slowly. Dahomey was where Sorieul had wanted to be taken. “I’ve heard of him.”

“Corriveaux is clever. He will do well. He’s engaged in a ploy to upset the King of Comoros’s succession.”

The kishion frowned. “He wants me to murder King Bannon?”

“No. He wants you to poison his daughter. The heir. Not to kill her. But to make her believe that her life is in danger. For years she’s been groomed by Chancellor Walraven. If we can turn her fully to our side, she will be a great strength in helping restore the hetaera to power. Go to Lisyeux and report to Corriveaux.”

Dahomey. He thought again of Sorieul’s eyes, her plea to be taken there. He had never gone against his orders before. Never given them a reason not to trust his loyalty.

He hadn’t considered himself a slave, as she was. That thought made something sour in his mind. Did he have any choices anymore?

“What’s wrong?” Derriko asked. His brow wrinkled with concern.

“Nothing,” replied the kishion. “When do you want me to go?”

“Tomorrow is soon enough. I will commune with Corriveaux through the Leering and tell him you’re coming. I will tell him that I am sending my best. I know you won’t fail me.”

The kishion looked at the big man, helpless in his bed. He realized how easy it would be to kill him. How his position of trust could undermine Derikko’s illusion of safety. No, the kishion wasn’t a slave. If he wanted to, he could change his fate. He could be his own master. He served Derriko because it suited him. Their secret acts, hidden from the sight of the world, were changing kingdoms and principalities. He was the bringer of change.

“I won’t,” said the kishion. He nodded to his master and turned to leave.

Dahomey. What new secrets would be learned there?

King Bannon’s only child. What kind of person was she? What was her name again? Maia? He shut the door behind him and went in search of a place to rest.

* * *

Chancellor Walraven twisted the handle and opened it. A bead of perspiration had gathered on his brow, and he wiped it away. Inside the room, there was only one person, an older woman with crinkled gray-gold hair and tight features. It was a sitting room, with only a few stuffed benches. She rose from one of them.

“Were you followed?” she asked him.

“No, Sabine. I made sure of it. Yet still, it’s a risk meeting you like this.”

“I’m glad you came,” she replied. “Meeting here in Pry-Ree was the safest course.”

“I know you are fully aware of the risks, High Seer.”

His stomach was knotted with worries. When he had received her summons, he’d dreaded this meeting. If any of the other Victus learned that he was betraying the order, his death would be a gruesome one.

She clasped his hands in hers. “Dark days lie ahead, Chancellor. You know I cannot involve myself directly in what will come. I must do as the Medium commands me. I had a vision recently. It is what prompted me to summon you.”

“My lady, your gift is truly exceptional. Was it a vision of your granddaughter?”

“No. Although I feel it relates to her somehow. In my vision, I saw my trusted hunter, Jon Tayt, lying in his own blood, struck with grievous wounds. There was another man there, one with a scarred face. A kishion, I think.”

The scars reminded Walraven of Derriko’s trusted killer. He waited, listening keenly.

“They were in the cursed shores, Chancellor. In Dahomey. I saw a woman who had been hiding approach the bodies. She was a healer, a slave of the Naestors. Without her aid, Jon Tayt would have died. I asked the Cruciger orb who she was, and it gave me only a name. Sorieul. She needs to be there on that day. My authority does not reach Naess. But yours does. Can you summon her, Chancellor? I can have my ship take her to Dahomey.”

“I-I believe I can arrange it,” said Walraven. He ran his fingers through his untamed gray hair.

“Please do,” Sabine said. She gripped his hands and squeezed them harder. “We will not see each other again, Chancellor. Until I come to Naess as a prisoner. Thank you for doing what you’ve done to protect my granddaughter’s life. She will not be seduced by the Victus. Have faith in her.”

Walraven nodded. “It grieves me that she trusts in me so much. I feel like I’ve failed her.”

“No, Chancellor. She will know the truth in the end. That you saved her.”

He sighed. “Thank you, Sabine. I will do as you command.”

* * *

The kishion had died. His soul had departed his body, which lay in the tangled growth of the blighted landscape near the Lost Abbey. He felt something tugging at him, a force that was invisible as well as all-powerful. He didn’t want to go to the afterlife. He stared at his dead body, feeling grief and despair.

And then he saw a woman appear through the thick moss-covered trees. Although she wore a cloak, her size and gait reminded him of someone he’d met long ago. When she reached the scene, she lowered the cowl, and he started, recognizing her. It was Sorieul.

The hunter groaned in pain. She knelt down and tended his wounds, suturing the cuts the kishion had inflicted on him in their final confrontation. The kishion stared at her, in disbelief, feeling that infernal tugging at his soul. Then, her work was done, and she rose from the hunter’s body. He’d fallen unconscious from the sleeping draft she’d given him.

Then Sorieul came over to him. She knelt by his body. He tried to touch her, but his ghost-hand couldn’t be felt. A thousand regrets filled him.

Then he saw her put her hand on his head. She raised her other hand to the sky, and with a trembling voice she said, “Krywult, by the authority of the High Seer of Pry-Ree, I Gift you with life.”

Jeff Wheeler

Wall Street Journal bestselling author Jeff Wheeler took an early retirement from his career at Intel in 2014 to write full-time. He is a husband, father of five, and a devout member of The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints. Jeff lives in the Rocky Mountains.

Facebook: muirwoodwheeler

Twitter: @muirwoodwheeler

SUMMER 2020

SHACKLES

by Michael Wisehart

 22,000 words

Chapter 1

“YOU’RE GOING TO get us killed, Ferrin, or worse—captured.”

Ferrin smiled. His twin sister, Myriah, had always held a flare for the dramatic. He shook his mop of red hair out of the way, loose beads of sweat scattering as he landed another hard swing of his mallet on the anvil. The rhythm of each stroke was a song to which he could pair his heart, the beats as steady as the life pumping through his veins.

His smithy was a humble affair. A large kiln sat at the back, taking up nearly a quarter of his workspace. Its hearth glowed with fresh coals, the heat a familiar comfort that Ferrin found invigorating. Next to the kiln was a cooling tank, rung with a variety of tongs, hammers, and swages. Covering every inch of the stone walls were racks of tools and molds. Pieces of metal of all shapes and sizes lay in what might seem haphazard piles on the floor, but each pile was organized by type, future use, and amount of time required to forge.

In front of Ferrin sat a stone pedestal, roughly one foot in height. On top, an anvil, holding a long strip of metal he had been preparing for one of Rhowynn’s nobility. It was to be a gift for their grandson. His first sword. Ferrin thought it rather silly, considering the boy was only three, but as long as their gold was good, a contract was a contract.

“Are you listening to me?” Myriah asked.

Ferrin could practically hear her arms folding. He grunted. He had no intention of stopping for another one of their heated debates concerning his use of magic. The rumors of the Black Watch being spotted crossing into Keldor had many on edge, his sister included. The White Tower’s reach was growing. This new Archchancellor seemed to be on a personal mission to purge the five kingdoms of every last wielder.

“Well?”

Ferrin remained silent. It wasn’t that he didn’t enjoy a good verbal joust with his sister, but he was too deep within the flow of his transferal to offer a proper rebuttal. Besides, an argument at this point would only end in defeat. She was right, after all. The magic coursed through him, its heat as strong as the forge he used. It started in his stomach and worked its way up and out through his arms and hands. The magic required his full attention.

“You’re using it again, aren’t you? I can always tell, you know.” She slowly moved her hand in front of her face. “The air . . . it tingles.” His sister had no magic of her own, but she could sense his. Ferrin didn’t know if it had something to do with their being twins. “Take the transferal off before someone catches you. I don’t plan on spending the rest of my life in the White Tower because of your carelessness.”

Ferrin continued swinging as he counted down. Five . . . Four . . .

“Ferrin!” His name was followed with a hard foot stomp.

He stopped mid-swing, his mallet still hanging in the air. Didn’t make it to three this time. Slowly, he lowered the hammer to his waist and turned around. He used the countdowns to judge his sister’s mood, how far he could push without getting into too much trouble. If he could count all the way to one, then he didn’t have anything to worry about. Four meant you better stop and listen, and Five . . . Well, last time he’d seen a Five, he had to duck a flying tong.

His sister stood just inside the doorway, tapping her foot on one of the wooden steps leading down into his shop. Having his smithy connected to their home was a convenience, but there were times he wished she would allow him to install a proper lock on his side.

“I heard you the first time,” he said.

“You need to do more than hear me. You need to stop.”

Myriah scowled at him. Her long red hair was tied back, which meant she was either about to start or had just finished cleaning. She took his acknowledgment of her presence as a small victory and carefully worked her way across the room.

Ferrin propped his hammer on the anvil and took a deep breath. He could feel the heat draining from his body. It wasn’t a heat that stemmed from an emotional trigger like love, or desire, or even rage. It was a different kind of heat, one that burned from the inside out. It rose from the depths of his soul. It was part of him.

Magic, his uncle had called it, right before selling him to an old peddler to keep the wrath of the White Tower away from his home. His uncle wasn’t a bad man, just not very brave.

Ferrin didn’t understand why everyone was so terrified of magic. He loved the way it felt.

“Take it off, Ferrin. You know you don’t need the crystal to make a quality blade. You’re a skilled swordsmith. None of the other smithies have to resort to magic to meet their orders; neither should you.”

Ferrin fingered the silver chain around his neck. He could feel the small stone resting against his chest under his sweat-soaked tunic.

“The other smithies aren’t located in Southside. The most we can hope for is the occasional farmer whose sickles need a new peening before harvest. We wouldn’t have survived last year if I hadn’t found a way to attract the right sort of clientele—”

“Your attraction is what worries me,” Myriah said, arms crossed. “You’ve already ostracized yourself from most of the merchant guild. Your ability has made you an open target. How long do you think it’ll be before the other smiths demand your secrets?”

Ferrin mulled over her concerns. The two of them had always managed to scrape by, but times were getting harder. Customers were waiting longer between sharpenings, and his less-wealthy patrons were opting to make do with old equipment.

He had decided not to tell Myriah how bad their finances had gotten, because he didn’t want her to worry. She had enough to deal with keeping up with the household and him. She didn’t need the added knowledge that they might lose the smithy, too. That was why he had resorted to using magic.

At first, it was for simple things like adding a small flourish, or a finer edge, when coming up on a hard deadline. Those simple uses, however, quickly turned into more. Pretty soon, there wasn’t a single piece of metal passing through his shop that hadn’t had some form of magic added to it in the process.

It was those same magic-infused weapons that had earned him a commission by the High King himself. It was also that very commission that had sealed his fate with the merchant guild. Apparently, the older, more-established smithies didn’t appreciate having some young upstart steal the work right out from under their noses. The sad thing was that even without the magic, he was still twice the smith they could ever hope to be.

In the end, he only had one excuse to offer. “We needed the money.”

Myriah grunted. “We don’t need it that badly. I can always find some more work—”

“You already have a job.”

“I can find another. Delana has been asking me to come help her in their shop. I can do that in the evenings and—”

“No.” Ferrin struck the anvil with the top of his hammer, just missing the piece of metal on top. “The gold I made from the king’s commission will get us through the rest of the year. You have enough to worry about with Lord and Lady Resdin’s children to go looking for more work.”

Even with their occasional bickering, Ferrin loved his sister. They were inseparable. He could still remember her walking into Pinon’s camp two days after Ferrin had been sold to the peddler. Myriah had left home with nothing more than the clothes on her back and her favorite dolly. The thought of being separated from her brother was more than she could bear.

Ferrin smiled and removed the chain from his neck. If his sister was willing enough to look for another job on top of all her other responsibilities, he guessed he could be willing to work without his magic. He held the transferal out between them and watched as the small crystal on the end swung back and forth, reflecting the light of his kiln’s fire.

“As soon as I finish these last two pieces, I’ll stop using it, if that’s what you want.” He still had immediate deadlines that wouldn’t be met if he quit right on the spot.

She smiled, then walked over and planted a kiss on his cheek. “You’re the best big brother a girl could ever hope to have.”

“We’re twins. For all we know, you could be older.”

“Yeah, but you’re definitely bigger,” she said, emphasizing the point by standing on her tiptoes to look him in the eyes. “Unfortunately, bigger doesn’t always mean smarter.” She chuckled and headed for the door, a victorious spring in her step.

“Don’t forget today’s Sixthday,” she called back to him. “You look like you have about three layers of silt to wash off before tonight, not to mention the smell.” Myriah pinched her nose and made a face, then closed the door behind her.

It was Sixthday already? Ferrin glanced at the cooling piece of steel on his anvil and shrugged. The work could wait. He lifted one of the buckets of water used for quenching and doused the coals. They hissed and released a thick blanket of steam into the air. If only he had a bar of soap handy, he could have nearly washed from the moisture.

Somehow, he doubted Myriah would have been happy with him if he had.

Chapter 2

THE SUN WAS slipping behind the peaks of the Northern Heights, leaving the sky a wash of burgundy and peach as Ferrin locked the front door to their home. He tested the handle to make sure it was secure, then placed the key back inside the pocket of his vest and patted it with his hand. He offered Myriah his arm and they started up the street.

As much as he loved the pervasive heat of his smithy, Ferrin also found the slight chill associated with the late autumn months exhilarating. The constant breeze coming in off Lake Baeron kept the air fresh. A blessing when you happened to live in Southside.

The cold never seemed to bother Ferrin. He had always wondered if his magic had something to do with it. Myriah, on the other hand, pulled her cloak up around her shoulders and pinched off the opening at the top.

Windows in the buildings they passed sent a trail of warm light across the cobbled street. People moved with anxious haste as they made their way home after another grueling day of work. They weren’t the only ones. Myriah was all but jerking his arm for them to hurry. Despite his size, his sister had no problem leading him along.

The last thing Ferrin wanted was to get there any sooner than he had to, especially after the last meeting. He never had been one for socializing. His sister, on the other hand, relished the small get-togethers the Rhowynn Wielder Council hosted every third Sixthday. She herself wasn’t a wielder, but because of her close relationship with her brother, she was treated as family. Some of the other council members brought their husbands and wives as well.

Ferrin would just as soon sit at home and enjoy a quiet evening around the fire with a good book than spend it pretending that he cared about the rest of the others’ daily lives. There was nothing quite so insufferable as to endure the company of a group of frightened wielders as they fretted over tough times and the possibility of being discovered. Worse yet was losing his hard-earned coin to Elson, who Ferrin was quite sure cheated at batmyth.

Then again, it wasn’t for himself that he suffered through these dinner parties. It was for Myriah. Her devotion to him afforded her little in the way of companionship. She had never married, though not for a lack of suitors. She was quite beautiful. That red hair of hers made her stand out, but she always seemed to find an excuse to turn gentleman callers down. Ferrin had a feeling it was more to protect his secret than anything. So, for better or worse, he would endure these monthly outings if for no other reason than to partially assuage his guilt at keeping his sister from true love, if there was such a thing.

Ferrin followed the streetlights toward the northeast side of the city, near the lake. Unfortunately, the lamplighters had only made it as far as Delwin as they slowly worked their way in the same direction, leaving Ferrin and Myriah to navigate the rest of their way by the light of the quickly setting sun. Crossing Telvis, they took the next street up and followed it for about a quarter of a mile, passing many of the wealthier estates on Pree Lane.

The residents in this part of the city enjoyed a much higher standard of living than what Ferrin and Myriah were acquainted with. It was no doubt the reason why their home in the southern district was never volunteered for the monthly get-togethers. It was also another reason why Ferrin had been so insistent on using his ability to further his commissions. He wanted to move his business into a more prominent district.

“I see the way you look at these homes every time we pass,” Myriah said, an upbraided edge to her voice.

“What’s wrong with that?”

“Nothing, unless those desires lead you to making foolish decisions.” She squeezed his arm.

Ferrin huffed. His sister knew him too well. Even during his younger years, he had always felt a certain amount of embarrassment at being raised by a peddler. When Ferrin was old enough, Pinon had used what savings he had tucked away for his old age to purchase Ferrin an apprenticeship with a Rhowynn smithy named Ryneer. Ferrin had taken to the work like a fox to a jack rabbit. His magic fueled his desire to shape the metal, his eagerness leaving even his instructor a little bewildered.

Under Ryneer’s careful instruction, Ferrin soon became a top smith in his own right. By the time his former master had retired, Ferrin had saved enough gold to purchase the man’s business. Doing so gave Ferrin the opportunity to pay Pinon back for what he had given up for his education and trade. With the establishment of the new smithy, Pinon retired from peddling and lived there with the two of them until his death about six years back. He might not have been their real father, but he was as much a father as they could have ever expected.

“I like our place in Southside,” she said. “It more than meets our needs.”

“But wouldn’t you want to live in one of these if you could?” he asked, pointing to the row of three- and four-story mansions with manicured lawns and gated walls.

His sister shrugged. “Too much work to keep clean.”

Ferrin shook his head. “If we could afford a home on Pree Lane, we could afford a staff to clean it.”

“And what about your smithy? You couldn’t very well set up a shop in the front lawn.” She laughed. “Can you imagine what the neighbors would say?”

Ferrin chuckled at the thought of his well-to-do neighbors being rousted every morning to the sound of his hammering.

Myriah tugged on his arm to let him know they had arrived. He sighed and led them up the walkway to the front door.

Ferrin lifted the brass knocker, but before he struck the plate, he ran his thumb across the surface. Using a small amount of magic, he smoothed out the indentation that had developed from the knocker’s extended use. Satisfied with his work, he struck the plate three times.

He cast a sidelong glance at Myriah and smiled.

She glowered.

They didn’t have to wait long before a peek opened just above the knocker, allowing those inside to see who was calling. The peek shut, the lock gave way, and the door opened.

“Myriah! Good of you to make it. We were beginning to wonder if we were to have the pleasure of your company this evening.” Lord Harlin turned to Ferrin and his jovial demeanor slipped. “Ferrin.”

“Harlin.” Ferrin offered a polite smile to their colorfully dressed host, but the task proved difficult while under the man’s scrutinizing gaze. It was a look that questioned the wisdom of Ferrin’s presence, especially considering his overt refusal to quash his public use of magic during their last gathering.

Harlin was ten years Ferrin’s senior and of average height, which meant he was a good half-head shorter than Ferrin. Harlin adjusted the bright yellow scarf around his neck. It was quite the sharp contrast to the deep blue of his dinner jacket. Ferrin was hard pressed to think of a time when the man wasn’t parading around like a peacock, especially in front of Myriah. Harlin tended to dress a little more colorfully whenever he thought she would be in attendance. More than once, he had requested her to dine with him, and to Ferrin’s relief, she had always refused.

Harlin took a step back. “Please, come in.” He shut and locked the door behind them. “Here, let me take your cloak,” he said to Myriah as he lifted the wrap from her shoulders. He didn’t bother with Ferrin. Ferrin’s going-out attire consisted of a pair of dark leather breeches, a clean shirt, and a faded green vest his sister had purchased for him a few years back. He didn’t wear the vest much, only on special occasions when he was forced to endure the company of others.

“Most everyone is already here,” Harlin said as he pointed down the hall. “They’re in the parlor.”

Harlin offered Myriah his arm before Ferrin got the chance.

Ferrin ground his teeth and followed them down the hall. A thick maroon-and-gold runner ran down the center of the white marble tiles, providing a narrow walkway from one room to the next. They stopped momentarily in the entranceway of the second room on the right, a sign of etiquette to allow those inside to get a look at the new arrivals before entering. It was a sign of silliness, Ferrin thought.

The parlor was brightly lit and, like their host’s clothing, colorfully decorated. The floor had the same white marble as the hall, but the walls had been painted sea green. Ferrin could have fit his entire front room, kitchen, and half his smithy into Harlin’s parlor.

A warm fire crackled in the hearth on the right, something Ferrin would have normally enjoyed spending his time around, but at present, it was already occupied by the women on the council as they attempted to melt the chill from the night air.

The conversation in the room quieted as all eyes drifting in his direction.

Ferrin leaned in to Myriah. “Remind me again why I come to these things?”

Myriah smiled. “Because you love me.”

He sneered. “I must.”

His sister left him to fend for himself while she made her way over to join the other ladies around the hearth. Ferrin decided to sample the table of snacks on the right, meant to hold them over until the meal was served.

Myriah lost no time in getting caught up with the latest gossip while Ferrin stuffed a few baked cheese rolls in his mouth, followed by some spiced punch. He scanned the room for a friendly face and found Elson sitting in the corner with a full deck of cards. There was a batmyth board on the table in front of him, and he appeared to be waiting on an opponent. At the very least, Ferrin knew there was one person who would be willing to share his company, if only to show his aptitude for cheating.

Ferrin stuffed another roll in his mouth and refilled his glass before joining Elson for a few hands. He pulled up a chair on the opposing side of the table. Elson’s dark purple hat hung low over his eyes. It matched his purple-and-black striped jerkin. The hat seemed to be a favorite of his.

Elson smiled and shuffled the cards. “I’m surprised you made it this evening. After last month’s heated discussion, I figured we wouldn’t be seeing you back around so soon, if ever.”

“It’s not by choice, I assure you.”

Elson nodded and spared a quick glance in Myriah’s direction as he divvied out the cards. “Your sister is looking well.”

Elson always seemed to have a knack for picking up on things that others did not. He was very good at reading people, which no doubt lent to his uncanny ability to never lose at batmyth. One of these days, Ferrin was going to figure out how the man was cheating, but for the moment, he was simply glad for the company.

“She is managing. Not an easy task, keeping up with me, I’m sure.”

Elson smiled. It was a shifty sort of smile. In fact, everything Elson did seemed suspicious. He looked at things in a different way from the rest, very calculating. Ferrin figured he would have made a decent military tactician had he ever opted to join the rank and file of a soldier’s life. Given Elson’s excessive fondness for wine and cards, Ferrin doubted he would have lasted very long. Elson didn’t seem like a man who appreciated structure.

“It’s your turn.”

Ferrin glanced at his cards and sighed. It was going to be a long night. He was about to lay out his first set and move his piece on the board when an abrasive voice at the front of the room brought him around. Garreth.

Garreth sneered when he locked eyes with Ferrin. “What’s he doing back?”

Garreth was a carpenter by trade, and Ferrin’s largest rival on the council. Garreth had been very outspoken against Ferrin’s use of magic, claiming his recklessness would see them all locked away.

“Leave it be, Garreth,” Josten said, standing over the refreshment table. There was a slight slur to the shorter man’s words that spoke to the amount of punch he had already consumed. “No need to start the evening with harsh feelings. I’m sure there’ll be plenty of those by the time we’re through.” Josten hiccupped before raising his glass in Garreth’s direction. He quickly drained the contents and turned to refill it.

Josten might have been a borderline drunk, but he had a way with words that few others did. Apart from his overindulgence of strong drink, he would have made a remarkable negotiator. He was shorter than the others, with black hair that hung just above the shoulders, a thin jaw, and a sharp nose that held a pair of thin-framed spectacles that he always seemed to be looking over.

Lord Harlin glanced nervously between Garreth and Ferrin. He always strived to please everyone, but in the process usually ended up pleasing no one. He would have made a terrible negotiator. “I, uh . . . I think I’ll go see how the food is coming along.” Harlin was also a bit of a coward.

Ferrin shook his head and turned back to his game. He caught Elson studying him over his cards. “You got something to say?”

Elson shrugged, acting as though nothing were amiss, and rearranged the cards he was holding.

Behind Ferrin, the ladies’ conversation was picking up once again. He could almost feel Myriah’s eyes on the back of his head.

Ferrin and Elson had managed to make it halfway through the board before Harlin returned from the kitchens. “Dinner is served.”

“It appears luck was on your side this time,” Elson said with a sly wink.

Ferrin sighed and dropped his cards on the table. It was a terrible hand, after all. But as appalling as it was being outmaneuvered at every turn, he would have rather faced an entire evening of losses than endure what was coming next. The thought of sharing a meal under the punitive scowls of his peers was enough to curb his appetite.

Chapter 3

FERRIN WAITED FOR the others to clear the room before following. Myriah met him at the door and took his arm, letting him escort her down the hall and into the dining room, where an elaborate arrangement of tables and chairs had been set for their meal. The tables had been placed end to end to accommodate the twenty-odd members of the wielder council along with a few of their significant others. There were a couple of empty seats around the table where some of the members had not been able to attend.

Each table was gaudily decorated with linen cloths, bouquets of flowers, and candelabras. Harlin always took great care with the settings. Ferrin noticed their host casting furtive glances in their direction from the head of the table. The man was persistent; he’d give him that. Myriah offered a warm smile, which seemed to sate Harlin’s need for her approval, for now.

Thankfully, there were a couple of places open near the end of the tables. Ferrin held Myriah’s chair as she maneuvered her dress to find a comfortable position without rumpling the material. Elson took the chair directly to Ferrin’s right.

After a quick but fervent prayer of thanks to the Creator for the bounty of their feast, Harlin loosened the gold buttons on his dinner jacket and sat down. Ferrin watched with amusement as their host struggled to lift his soup to his mouth without dunking the tassels from his scarf in his bowl.

After trying at least three different variations of getting the spoon to his lips, Harlin finally opted to sling the dangling end over his shoulder with an irritated huff. The frustration on his face quickly changed to embarrassment when he caught Myriah watching as well.

“So, how has work been lately?” Elson asked, momentarily distracting Ferrin from the chorus of slurps coming from the other members making their way through the first course of their meal.

“Steady,” he said, swallowing another mouthful. The soup was quite good—a tomato bisque with garlic, onion, and a touch of lemon. Ferrin tried his best to appear proper as he repetitively lifted his spoon to his lips. He wanted to pick the bowl up and gulp it down. But if he did, he would end up getting an earful from Myriah on their way home about not living in a barn.

Ferrin opted instead to join the others by adding his own exuberant sipping to the mix. It earned him a harsh glare from Myriah. He smiled.

The kitchen staff had barely had time to clear his bowl before bringing out the second course. A glazed pheasant surrounded by steamed vegetables. His stomach grumbled. Maybe the evening wasn’t a total loss.

Small pockets of conversation wound their way around the table as the members finished their meal. Apart from Elson’s goading, no one bothered to include Ferrin in any of the typical banter. He rather preferred it that way. It left him with more time to enjoy his food while it was still warm.

Myriah spent the majority of her meal humoring poor old Mother Luka, as everyone called her. She had a slight gift with plants. Her daughters had been forced to hide her transferal, though, ever since her mind had begun to wander. They had caught her growing a willow tree in the front lawn one evening. They cut it down before their neighbors had woken to find the tree had miraculously appeared overnight.

Once the places were cleared, desserts served, and wineglasses refilled, Lord Harlin stood from his seat at the head of the tables. “Are there any special announcements that need to be made before we begin?”

Ferrin wasn’t sure how their dainty host had managed to garner enough favor from the others to acquire the title of spokesperson. Ferrin hadn’t voted for him. It must have had something to do with the man’s overt desire to please everyone.

Garreth, who was sitting just to Harlin’s left, had tried more than once to position himself as leader, but was rejected each time. Once a year, the Rhowynn Wielder Council took a vote on their spokesperson. So far, Garreth hadn’t managed to claim the honor, mostly due to the secrecy of the voting ballot. As long as no one knew how the others had voted, it kept the members safe from coercion.

Ferrin, too, had never been selected. Of course, he had never been stupid enough to add his name to the list of candidates, not that it would have made much difference. Under the present circumstances, his membership was tenuous at best. If he continued to use his gift in a way that drew attention, he would very likely be banished altogether. He wasn’t completely sure his dismissal wouldn’t be the foremost topic of conversation for the evening.

Harlin scanned the tables. “If there are no special annou—”

“My winter tulips have begun to sprout a full month early.”

All eyes turned to look at Mother Luka.

Harlin smiled in his usual nervous way, apparently not sure whether to ignore the sudden and totally off-topic outburst and move on, or try to placate to the old woman’s whims. “That’s, uh . . . That’s very interesting—”

“They aren’t supposed to bloom this early, you know.” The old woman shook her head. “What if they catch cold?”

“Yes, well, that’s quite the predicament, now, isn’t it? Cold tulips . . . Can’t have that now, can we?”

There were a couple of snickers, but most managed to hold it in and either roll their eyes or, like Myriah, smile politely as they kindly acknowledged the old woman’s dementia. Ferrin’s sister patted the woman’s hand and spoke something in her ear that seemed to calm her down. Myriah was good with those who needed extra attention.

“Right,” Harlin said. “If there’s nothing else, I guess I will officially call this meeting on the third Sixthday of Kùma to order.”

“’Bout time,” Ferrin mumbled, earning him a chuckle from Elson and a stomp on the foot from Myriah.

Harlin removed a small piece of parchment from an inner jacket pocket and unfolded it. “I have two items set for discussion this evening, and then we will open the floor for any general needs you believe should be addressed.”

Ferrin grimaced. It had been this unrestricted forum of opening the floor that had caused the outbreak during their last meeting, ending in shouts.

“First,” Harlin said, “it has been brought to my attention that a few of our members, who will go unnamed, are experiencing some difficulties financially—”

“More than a few, I’d wager,” Doloff said in his ever-cheerful sort of way from the far end of the table, across from Garreth. With the poulter’s acute state of melancholy, the man’s name should have been Doldrums instead of Doloff.

“Yes,” Harlin said, “times have been quite hard this year for many, and with winter setting in, I’m afraid it’s going to get much worse.”

“That seems a mite hypocritical for someone like you to say,” Dask said from his place beside a couple down from Garreth. As a scrivener, Dask’s business had been slowly downsizing over the last few years as more and more people were learning to write for themselves. “You already have enough gold to feed a small army.”

Harlin’s brow tightened. “In the troubling times we live in, no one’s wealth is secure, I assure you.”

“Times are indeed hard,” Ella said. The young woman sitting near the center on the opposite side had a unique talent for soothing nerves. “It’s why I’m very thankful we have each other to lean on.”

No one argued. Not even Doldrums.

Harlin shuffled his feet, clearly anxious to move on. “As I was saying, there are some among us in a very bad way. Coin is always appreciated, but that is not something everyone can easily contribute, as Dask has pointed out. Do we have any suggestions?”

After a moment of silence, Ilene scooted forward in her seat next to Ella and cleared her throat. “It might help if we knew the immediate needs.” The middle-aged woman was a skilled organizer. Having worked as a clerk for one of the larger shipping yards in Rhowynn, she had a gift for taking chaos and turning it into order. “If we knew the items deemed most necessary, we could determine the best course of action. I believe a communal drop would be an effective strategy. We could allocate one of the members’ homes as a place to stockpile food, clothing, or whatever was needed. That way, those in need can make a private withdrawal from there.”

Ferrin had to admit it was a good idea. It was easy to see why the shipping companies were constantly vying for her approval. He had always thought her gift rather odd, but listening to her now, he could see the value in understanding the order of things.

“And I would suggest, Lord Harlin,” she continued, “seeing as how you are the spokesperson and already know the impoverished parties, that your home be set up for this year’s drop point. Perhaps we should add this to the list of responsibilities assigned to each year’s spokesperson.”

“That’s a wonderful idea,” Harlin said with a sigh of relief. “All in favor of assigning the spokesperson’s residence as a drop-off point for essentials, please make it known by a show of hands.”

Ferrin raised his hand. He certainly didn’t want people showing up at his home. A glance around the room showed the vote was unanimous.

“Excellent. Now on to our last topic of note.” Harlin took a moment to dab his forehead before continuing. “As most of you know by now, Rhowynn is playing host to another squad of our beloved men in white . . . the Black Watch.”

Ferrin leaned forward in his seat. This was the first he’d heard about it. Drat! How was he going to meet his deadlines now?

“We will need to take extra precautions not to stand out during—”

“We aren’t the ones who need reminding,” Garreth said, turning to glare down the table at Ferrin. The others turned as well, all except old Mother Luka, of course. She was too busy trying to hold a conversation with her spoon to take notice.

“There’s only one person here stupid enough to use his magic in public,” Garreth said. He pointed at Ferrin with his spoon. “I’ve said you were trouble from the beginning.”

Now, even Mother Luka turned to look at Ferrin.

Harlin cleared his throat. “Garreth, let’s not get—”

“No.” Ferrin raised his hand. “Let Garreth speak. He’s been holding this in long enough for his face to contort into a permanent pucker. Best to let him get it off his chest before he does himself harm.”

Elson belted out a hard laugh.

Myriah kicked Ferrin’s leg from under the table.

“This is about to get interesting,” Elson said as he reached for his glass. “And here I almost decided to stay home this evening.”

Ferrin gestured for Garreth to continue. “Please, don’t let me stop you. You were saying?”

Garreth’s face reddened. “I say you’re a self-centered son of a faerie who cares more about gold than the safety of this council! Your lust for prestige is going to get us all killed!”

“So, tell us what you really think,” Elson said under his breath.

The problem was, Garreth wasn’t saying anything his sister hadn’t already excoriated him over but with a little more decorum.

Ferrin smiled. “You finished?”

“Not even close. If it were up to me, you’d have been thrown out of here months ago.”

“Gentlemen, please.” Harlin’s voice was on the verge of squeaking. He raised both hands, trying to calm the situation. “This is a peaceful gathering; let’s not turn this—”

Garreth stood from his seat and drew his cudgel from his waist and pointed it at Ferrin. “You’re not going to threaten my life for your own selfish wants. I don’t care if I have to break both your arms to stop you.”

Garreth was proud of his bludgeon, its thickness enhanced by magic. He had a gift with the manipulation of wood. It wasn’t nearly as extensive as Ferrin’s gift with ore, but the strength of his weapon was a testament to his ability. The bludgeon widened outward toward the end, where Garreth had added a few wooden spikes.

Ferrin dropped his napkin on the table and the others quickly vacated, already seeing where this was heading. Myriah grabbed old Mother Luka and dragged her off to the side.

“Don’t hurt him too badly,” Elson said with a smirk as he grabbed his goblet and joined the others.

Ferrin could feel the heat of his magic building inside him. The transferal crystal beneath his shirt was calling it forth. He could sense every piece of metal in the room, from the buckles on Harlin’s shoes to the nails in the wood framing.

He stood and grabbed the candelabra on the table in front of him and released his magic into it. The candelabra twisted in his hand and re-formed. The base rounded and thickened as the arms holding the wax melted and reshaped into a simple cross guard. He grabbed the next candelabra down on his way around to the table and held it against the hilt. The metal merged with the other and stretched into a short double-edged blade. By the time he reached the other side, his gold candelabra sword was complete.

Garreth had fire in his eyes as he lifted his bludgeon and pointed it at Ferrin. “This has been a long time coming.”

Ferrin raised his sword. “You really want to do this here?”

“Someone needs to put you in your place. Might as well be me.”

Ferrin followed the carpenter away from the table as they faced off. He held his sword at the ready, Garreth doing the same with his club. Ferrin ran through the training he’d been given by Pinon as he moved his strong leg back to brace himself for Garreth’s attack. Pinon had at one time been a former captain in the Keldoran Lancers, and he’d taught Ferrin everything he knew.

Ferrin raised the blade and waited for Garreth to make the first move.

Off to their left, someone chuckled.

The sound was so unexpected, both men turned to see who it was. The chuckle quickly turned into laughter. It was old Mother Luka. What was she laughing at? Not that anyone had much of an idea of what she did most of the time.

Suddenly, there was another small outburst on their right, and then one directly behind. Ferrin lowered his arms slowly as the strange phenomenon took over the entire room. Men and women were laughing so hard that some were doubled over, while others gasped for breath. And then the unthinkable happened. Garreth smiled. His smile soon turned into what looked like a fit of coughing as he, too, started to laugh.

Ferrin was speechless, but not for long. A tickling sensation began to crawl up the back of his throat as an overwhelming urge to chuckle had him biting down on his tongue. He fought as hard as he could to hold it in, but it was no use. Not able to hold it back any longer, he felt a croak of amusement leap from his mouth, followed closely by an uncontrollable urge to simply let go with a long, hard roar of laughter. What was happening to him? He placed his hands on his knees as he doubled over under the emotion of it all. For the life of him, he couldn’t figure out what was so funny.

Just as soon as the strange epidemic started, the chorus quickly faded.

“You see how something as harmless as a laugh can be more powerful than the deadliest of intentions?” Ella said on Ferrin’s right as she took a step away from the wall. Ella was generally a very quiet person, so when she spoke, it was wise to listen. “This is not the way to solve arguments,” she said, both hands resting calmly at her sides. And with that, she stepped back into place alongside the others.

No one spoke. What could you possible say after something like that? Even Garreth seemed to have lost his fire as he hooked his cudgel back at his waist.

Ferrin laid the gold sword on the table and cleared his throat. “I apologize.” He looked at Ella and nodded. He turned and looked at the others. “I know we’ve had this argument before, and as much as can be said for using something we were born with, it has never been my intention to put any of you at risk. I promise to refrain from the use of magic within my work from here on.” He turned back to Garreth. “Is that satisfactory?”

Garreth started to say something, but seeing all the eyes leveled his way, he shut his mouth and simply acknowledged with a nod.

“Excellent,” Lord Harlin declared, his voice noticeably shaking. “It seems we have reached a favorable outcome, and since I don’t believe my home could handle any more festivities this evening, I suggest we adjourn.” He stared at Ferrin for a moment as if weighing something, then turned and left.

Everyone slowly filed out of the dining room, collecting their cloaks before leaving.

“That has to be the most fun I’ve had at one of these events in a long time,” Elson said as he stopped alongside Ferrin and Myriah. He clapped Ferrin on the shoulder. “You definitely know how to liven a party, my friend.”

“I’m glad I could entertain,” Ferrin said. He helped Myriah with her cloak and stepped out into the chilly evening air.

“Until next time.” Elson waved a hand over his shoulder as he headed down the path toward Pree Lane.

Ferrin grimaced. He wasn’t looking forward to their walk home or the scolding he was sure to receive on the way.

Chapter 4

SLEEP WAS A long time coming. Ferrin spent most of the evening pacing the floor of his smithy, trying to determine how he was going to meet his deadlines. The only choice he had was to prioritize the jobs and work night and day to see them completed.

Succumbing to his own lingering need for rest, he blew out the lamps in his shop and headed inside. He climbed the small staircase at the back of the front room and headed down the hall to his bedroom on the second floor.

Other than taking the time to pull off his boots, Ferrin didn’t bother with his clothes before he dropped onto the bed and closed his eyes. He could feel the tug and pull of the ropes beneath his mattress.

He had just drifted off to sleep when a knock on his door pulled him back awake. He lay there a moment in silence, making sure that what he’d heard hadn’t been a lingering figment of whatever dream he had been dragged from. The door to his bedroom squeaked and Ferrin reached for the dagger under his pillow before spinning to the edge of the bed.

Myriah was holding a small candle as she stuck her head in. “Ferrin, I think someone’s at the door.”

“Yeah . . . you, apparently. Unless I’m still dreaming.”

“Not this door, nincompoop. The front door.”

Ferrin shook the cobwebs from his mind and quietly listened. Three knocks in fast succession had him pulling on his boots and heading for the door. He tucked the dagger into the back of his pants on his way down the staircase. His sister was right behind him with the candle holder. Who could be calling on them at this time of night?

Ferrin made his way to the front window and peeked between the closed shutters. There was a man and a woman. He thought he recognized the woman as one of Lord Resdin’s maids. “I think they’re here for you, Myriah. It looks like a couple of Resdin’s staff.”

Ferrin opened the door. The taller gentleman, who appeared to be dressed like a member of the butlery, bowed. “Master Ferrin, my name is Bogs and this is Florin. We would ask that we speak with Miss—”

“Bogs? Florin?” Myriah pushed Ferrin out of the way to get to the door. “What’s wrong? Has something happened to Lord or Lady Resdin?”

“No, Miss Myriah, they are fine, but—”

Myriah laid a hand on Bogs’s sleeve. “Then it’s the children?” Ferrin could hear the panic growing in his sister’s voice. “Has something happen to the children? Are they not well?”

“They are fine, Miss Myriah,” the tall butler said as he patted her hand in a comforting manner. “Be assured they are in good health, but Lord Resdin was called away quite suddenly, and our mistress’s nerves are so on end that she’s afraid she will be unable to tend to the children. She requested that we summon you immediately.”

Ferrin snorted. If there was one thing he couldn’t stand, it was how lethargic the nobility were when it came to doing anything except spending gold. They were little more than infants themselves. They had to have someone there to bathe them, to dress them, to feed them, and burp them. It was disgusting.

“Of course, of course. You did the right thing.” Myriah opened the door the rest of the way and gestured for the two shivering servants to come inside. “Bogs, you shouldn’t have let Florin out on a night like this.”

“She wouldn’t be budged, Miss. You know how she gets when she sets her mind to something.”

Myriah smiled. “Warm yourselves by the fire while I gather a few things.”

Ferrin shut the door behind them and gestured toward the fireplace on the other side of the room. There were still a few flames crackling away as they worked to turn the last few pieces of wood into a pile of ash and coals.

“It’s a fine place you have here, Master Ferrin,” the older man said as he took a quick look around while warming his hands. “I hope to have a place of my own like this one day.”

Florin glanced at the butler with fondness. “Yes, having something you can call your own is truly a great blessing indeed.”

“It is,” Ferrin said as he lit a candle from the glowing embers and placed it on a nearby table. He rested his arm on the back of Myriah’s favorite seat, a small settee she used for reading in the early mornings. “We’ve had some fond memories here.”

Florin smiled. “And hopefully many more to come.”

The creak of the stairs announced Myriah’s presence. “I believe I have everything,” she said, hauling a large carry bag down the last couple of steps.

“Here, I’ll get it.” Ferrin lifted the overly stuffed satchel and followed her to the door. “How long will you be away?”

Myriah looked at Bogs, who answered with a shrug.

“I guess as long as necessary,” she said. “Will you be all right without me?” She chuckled. “Well, of course we know you won’t be all right. You’d be lost without me. Just promise me you won’t get into trouble while I’m away.” Her eyes narrowed. “I think you know what I’m referring to.”

He sighed and leaned over to give her a hug.

She kissed him on the cheek. “There’s leftovers in the parlor, and don’t forget we have that extra side of pork in the cellar. You can cook that up if I’m not back in the next day or two.” She took a moment to glance around the front room. “And don’t burn the place down while I’m gone.”

Ferrin all but pushed her out the door. “I’ll do my best.” He toted her bag to the carriage, which was waiting to take them to the other side of the city, where Lord Resdin kept his estate. Myriah gave him a warm smile as he helped her up into the wagon. She was quick to crawl under the comforter Bogs held out for her.

Ferrin spared a glance at the driver. The poor man looked half-frozen. If he’d known the man was sitting out here, he would have offered him a hot drink or something. There wasn’t much he could do about it now. Stepping back, he waved as the driver’s whip urged the two horses into motion. Ferrin watched as the carriage shrank into the distance and disappeared from view.

He took a deep breath and slowly released, letting the warm air mist into the moonlit sky overhead. He shivered. “Why am I standing out here in the cold when I’ve got a warm bed waiting on me?” Ferrin turned and walked back inside, shutting the door behind him. After dousing the candle on the table, he took the one his sister had been carrying and headed for the staircase. He noticed Myriah had forgotten her book. It was still sitting on her seat, along with her shawl. She was going to be upset about that. He left it there and started up the stairs.

He had barely made it to the top landing when there was another knock on the front door. He smiled as he headed back down the stairs, grabbing her book on the way. His hand was halfway to the latch when the hinges shattered, and the door caught him square in the face.

Chapter 5

FERRIN WAS THROWN from his feet.

He landed on his back with what was left of the front door on top of him. He couldn’t breathe.

“Collar him!”

Ferrin wasn’t sure who was speaking, his mind still fuzzy from the fall. He must have hit his head on the floor, because the room was spinning. He felt the weight of the door being lifted off his chest and a couple of strong arms hauling him to his feet. The spinning slowed, and everything came back into focus. He was surrounded by men in white uniforms.

His blood froze.

How had the Black Watch found him?

“Hold his arms and I’ll—”

Ferrin grabbed the dagger from the back of his pants and slammed it into the man’s chest. Before the guard hit the floor, he spun and opened the throat of the man on his left. With a quick snap, he kicked a third guard in the knee. Ferrin heard the snap, brittle, like stepping on a rotten branch. Pinon would have been proud, if he were still alive.

The man with the broken knee cried out and collapsed to the floor, giving Ferrin a small opening for escape. He darted forward. He needed to get to his smithy. There was precious little metal in the front room, but his shop would be a death trap to any who dared follow.

“Stop him!” someone shouted near the front door.

He ducked one of the guard’s cudgels. Odd, he thought. None of them were wearing swords. In fact, he couldn’t sense a single piece of metal on any of them.

He turned and deflected the next strike, slashing at the man with his dagger, forcing him back. The guard managed to get his club up in time, but not before Ferrin caught the man’s chin with his fist. The guard’s head snapped to the side and he dropped.

Ferrin lunged at the next white-robed assailant standing in his way. The man dodged and spun, forcing Ferrin to keep his blade on the move. The door to his smithy was only steps away. He cut the man’s arm just above his wrist, forcing the guard to drop the club. With the strength built from swinging a massive hammer for the last fifteen years, he lifted the man right off the ground and threw him into the closest guards.

Ferrin yanked the door to his shop open and released his magic. Finally! The burning flooded through him as he grabbed for the closest piece of metal he could find, a thin iron bar he had planned on turning into a length of chain. His fingers never made it completely around, as he was jerked off his feet and back into the house.

He landed hard on his back, nearly losing his breath. He twisted around and stabbed at the guard on his right, only to realize he was no longer holding his blade. He must have dropped it in the fall. Bodies piled on top of him, holding down his legs, arms, even his head. He couldn’t move. Ferrin could hear his teacher’s words as if he were standing there looking down at him in disgust: “Your weapon is your life. You lose it, you lose them both.”

The men dragged him away from the open door.

“Did we get him?” someone asked.

The guards parted and one of the men stepped over beside him. An insignia on the side of his arm indicated some kind of elevated rank within the Tower. His dark hair hung below his shoulder, and the thick goatee on his face did little to hide the arrogance of his smile. The hair hanging from his chin actually reminded Ferrin of a billy goat he’d played with as a child. It, too, seemed to have enjoyed the sound of its own voice.

“Boys, we have just captured ourselves an honest-to-goodness metallurgist. You know what that means.”

The men smiled, some nodded, some patted each other on the backs, some just seemed to enjoy the sight of him lying there in pain.

“An extra bag of gold coming our way.” The head guard, or Goat Face as Ferrin dubbed him, knelt beside Ferrin and took him in with good measure.

“The name’s Hatch, Captain Hatch, head of the finest group of fighters you’ll ever try to run from.” Goat Face grinned, apparently getting a kick out of his little joke. He probably told it to every new prisoner they managed to seize. “So, who do I have the pleasure of speaking with this fine evening?”

Ferrin returned the captain’s smile. “The name’s Ferrin, Smithy Ferrin, forger of the finest blade you’ll ever have the pleasure of being run through with.”

The captain’s smile vanished. “Who’s got the collar?”

One of the guards handed Goat Face some sort of thick metal ring, and he held it out for Ferrin to inspect. “Beautiful craftsmanship, don’t you think?”

Ferrin studied the collar. It was exquisite work. The metal was flawless, not a single scuff or scrape to be seen. The strange designs engraved around its outer shell could have only been accomplished by a master smith or someone like Ferrin. “Lovely,” he said. “What of it?”

“I believe it will look rather fetching around your neck, don’t you?”

The guards snickered.

Ferrin sneered. “What’s wrong? You can’t find a woman desperate enough to accept your jewelry?”

The guards snickered even louder but were quickly silenced with a single look from Goat Face.

“Put it on him.”

A shiver ran down his back as the cold steel connected with his neck. Ferrin could feel the metal, his magic coursing through it. It was strong, unlike any alloy he’d worked with before. It was also old, very old. He wasn’t sure how he knew that; he just did.

Ferrin’s magic came alive like he’d never felt before. Something about that collar was fueling his ability. He felt stronger. Whatever the collar was doing, it seemed to intensify his ability. Why had they chosen a metal collar? Stupid mistake. He was going to kill every last one of them.

As soon as the collar clicked into place, the guards released him and stepped back. Another mistake. These men weren’t very bright.

Ferrin dug deep, pulling the heat of his magic to the surface. He was going to enjoy this. “You’re going to wish you had never stepped foot in my home.” He grabbed the collar with both hands and yanked.

Nothing happened.

He yanked again. Nothing.

What is this? He could feel the metal in his hands. He could all but taste its essence. It should have split in two. He tried again but with the same result.

Goat Face leaned his head back and laughed, followed closely by the other members of his company who were close enough to see what was happening.

Ferrin looked at his hands. “What have you done to me?”

“Not so tough without your magic, are you?”

“What is this?” Ferrin felt around the cold ring of steel. “How did you—”

“It’s a durma collar. Created by the faeries thousands of years ago to capture and contain wielders.” He glanced at the loop of metal around Ferrin’s neck. “What matters is that you—and the rest of your kind—won’t be able to hurt anyone else again.”

“Hurt anyone else? What are you talking about? I’ve never hurt anyone.”

Hatch turned and looked at the two dead men lying behind the sofa. Three more were being carried out the door as he spoke.

Ferrin shrugged. “Well, what do you expect when you come bursting into my home in the middle of the night? Was I supposed to make you a pot of tea? Maybe cook you some breakfast?”

Hatch tugged on his goatee. “Some tea would actually be nice.”

Ferrin stared at the man. He couldn’t tell if he was being serious.

“Well, no matter. We don’t have time for tea, anyway. We have a long trip ahead of us.” The captain turned to one of his men. “Take his crystal and bring him along.”

Ferrin struggled against the men as they grabbed his arms and removed his transferal.

The guard in front held out the chain and smiled.

“I don’t need it to kill you,” he said, then kneed the man in the groin. The guard’s eyes opened as wide as his mouth and he dropped the chain.

Ferrin used his heel and crushed the top of the foot of the guard holding his right arm. As soon as the man released, he punched the guard holding his left in the face. With both arms now free, he grabbed the guard with the crushed fruit by the head and snapped his neck. “I told you I didn’t need magic to kill you!”

Quickly, he dove for the chain. His fingers wrapped around the crystal and he started to turn when something hard struck the back of the head.

A flash of brilliant white light exploded behind his eyes, blinding him temporarily as his body was assaulted with a burst of pain. Nothing made sense. His eyes were open, but he couldn’t seem to tell were he was. Noises sounded distant and twisted. He shook his head. The room was spinning. Or maybe he was the one spinning. Ferrin couldn’t tell. By the time the spinning had stopped, they were dragging him out the front door. His feet struck the threshold, partially rousing him from his delirium as the cold wind helped clear his mind.

“You said I would be well compensated,” someone said off to Ferrin’s left. The voice was oddly familiar.

“As promised.”

The guards dragging Ferrin stopped long enough for him to see Goat Face hand someone a small bag of coin. The man receiving the purse had his back to the house.

Ferrin craned his neck as he waited for the stranger to say something more.

The man turned as he tested the weight of the purse in his hand. Ferrin’s mouth hung open. The yellow scarf was still hanging over the man’s blue dinner jacket, the same way it had that evening when Ferrin and Myriah had taken dinner at his house.

Harlin’s smile vanished when he noticed Ferrin had seen him. It was quickly replaced with a fake grin as he cautiously followed Goat Face over to where the guards had a tight grip on Ferrin’s arms.

“He killed Teglas,” one of the men said. “Snapped his neck like a chicken.”

Goat Face sighed. “You’re gonna be trouble; I can see that already. I’ve been doing this a long time. And you know what I’ve learned? Those that fight the hardest end up suffering the most. First there’s anger. Then comes the bartering. When that fails, they plot their escape. But you will soon realize what so many others who have come before you have.” He leaned in to look Ferrin in the eyes. “There is no escape.” The captain grunted and walked to his horse.

Ferrin’s knuckles were white as he turned to look at Harlin, his nails nearly biting into the palms of his hands as he poured his rage into them. He was almost too furious to speak. “How could you do this?” Ferrin had half a mind to tell Goat Face that Harlin was a wielder as well, but if he did, who knew what other names the man would give up if they were to arrest him?

“It’s better this way,” Harlin said.

“Better for who?” Ferrin tried to grab him, but the guards held him back. If he could have just gotten his hands around the man’s neck, he would have choked the life from him. Then another thought occurred to him. What if Lord and Lady Resdin hadn’t requested Myriah’s help this evening? They would have taken her as well. The very realization had him wanting to rip Harlin limb from limb.

“Don’t worry,” Harlin said with a smile, seemingly reading the question in Ferrin’s eyes. “I made sure Lord Resdin was called away.”

Was that what this was all about? Harlin knew that as long as Ferrin was around, Myriah would never accept his advances, so if he sold Ferrin out to the Black Watch, his problem would be solved. The dandy had proven more devious than Ferrin would have expected.

Harlin dared a smile. “I’ll take good care of her while you’re away.”

Ferrin leaped backward as hard as he could, catching the guards behind him off balance. Before they could right themselves, he threw himself forward and head-butted Harlin in the face. Ferrin could hear the man’s nose pop as he flew backward and landed in a heap on the cobbles.

Blood was gushing from both nostrils by the time Harlin made it to a sitting position.

“Let’s see how women look at you now,” Ferrin spat.

The Black Watch guards quickly restrained him with shackles, something Ferrin was glad they hadn’t done in the first place. A hard shove to the back directed him toward the horses. Ferrin glared at Harlin as they passed. “You better sleep with one eye open from now on,” Ferrin called out over his shoulder, “because when I get free, I’m coming for you.”

Fear filled Harlin’s eyes. If there was any justice to be had, Ferrin prayed that Harlin never experienced a single night’s rest from now until the day that he returned.

Chapter 6

IT TOOK THEM about a half-hour on horseback to reach Rhowynn’s southern gates. With the collar around his neck, shackles on his wrist, and surrounded by a company of the Tower’s guards, Ferrin had little hope of escape.

A few miles outside the walls, Captain Goat Face directed them off the road and into a nearby stand of pine. They didn’t have to travel far before they reached a small clearing where the Black Watch had set up camp.

A number of wagons lined the far side of the clearing. The beds of each were encased in bars much like that of a prison cell. Each wagon was draped with a large canvas, no doubt used for keeping the rain off during harsher weather. Right now, the canvas was tied up, probably so the guards could keep an eye on the prisoners.

The men, women, and children inside were gaunt-looking, with dark circles rimming their eyes, clothes torn and battered, much like the poor souls in them. Were they being fed? Ferrin was thankful for the meal he had eaten at Harlin’s earlier that evening. At least he wouldn’t have to plan his escape on an empty stomach.

A firepit had been set up near the center of the camp with at least five or six guards sitting around chatting, enjoying the warmth. They spared a quick glance at their approach before returning to their conversations and drink.

A small path led off into the woods on the far side of the clearing, directly behind the last two wagons on the left. There didn’t appear to be anyone guarding it.

Hatch and the others dismounted. The guard holding the reins to Ferrin’s horse swung down as well, waiting for the others to secure their mounts inside a small corral they had built by tying ropes between three trees.

Ferrin was the only one still mounted. Even though his hands were shackled, they were shackled in front and not behind, giving him access to his horse’s reins. And now that the only member of the Black Watch still guarding him was a man whose attention was momentarily diverted by the others around the fire, Ferrin grabbed the reins and dug in his heels.

The stallion whinnied and bolted, flinging the unexpecting guard off his feet.

Ferrin was halfway across the clearing before those around the fire made it to their feet. For all their bluster, Goat Face and his men were about as inept as a band of one-legged halfwits.

The prison wagons were directly in front of him. Some of those on the inside cheered him on. Others begged for him to save them. As much as he would have liked to free the helpless people, Ferrin didn’t dare stop. Once he escaped, perhaps he could find a way to come back for them, maybe get the wielder council involved. That is, right after he dealt with Harlin, of course.

The image of the pompous lord and his broken nose had Ferrin urging his horse even faster. He had a promise to fulfill. Behind him Ferrin could hear the angry shouts of the Black Watch as he galloped between the wagons and made a break for the path ahead.

Out of nowhere, a piercing whistle broke through the cacophony of shouts, cries, and thundering hooves: two short bursts and one long. Without warning, his horse stopped mid-stride and Ferrin found himself flying through the air. It was a strange sensation, watching his horse disappear from underneath him while he rode the wind like a wingless bird. The sensation didn’t last long, as the ground rose to meet him. He hit and rolled.

Sharp pain seared his upper torso as he fought his way out of the briars on the left side of the trail, their barbs ripping his shirt and leaving bloody gashes across his skin. When his feet reached the open path, three men tackled him back to the ground. He managed to sink his teeth into one of their arms before a fist connected with the side of his face, and he went limp.

When he came to, his jaw was throbbing and the skin around his face, neck, and arms was on fire. Had the briars cut him that bad? The pain was overwhelming.

“Don’t envy you the next few days,” one of the guards said with a chuckle. “Looks like you rolled straight through a patch of stinging nettle.” Ferrin turned to look. The guard was right. He’d landed right on top of an entire grove of the hairy knee-high plants.

“I told you there would be no escape,” Goat Face said as he strode over to where they had Ferrin up on his knees. Hatch laughed and held up a small metal whistle he had tied to a thin chain around his neck. “I would have stopped you earlier, but I must admit it was rather fun watching you try.”

The other men laughed.

Ferrin twisted and jerked to free himself, but there were too many guards holding him down.

Hatch lifted the short metal pipe to his mouth and blew. This time, instead of two short bursts and one long, he released one sustained high-pitched shrill. Within moments, the horse Ferrin had been riding trotted up beside the captain and stopped. Apparently, they had the horses trained to react to the sound. He was going to have to remember that in case he ever got another chance.

“The look in your eyes as you sailed through the air was worth it all,” the captain said. “I must say, with you around, I have a feeling this trip is going to be most entertaining.”

“I’m glad I could amuse,” Ferrin said through gritted teeth as he fought against the blistering pain of the nettles.

The captain turned and walked back toward the fire. “Throw him in with the others.”

They dragged Ferrin to the wagon on the end. It wasn’t quite as full as the others. One of the guards unlocked the back while two more waited with clubs in hand in case those inside decided to attempt an escape of their own. The prisoners scooted away from the door, either out of fear of the guards or to make room for Ferrin.

One of the guards hit Ferrin in the stomach with his bludgeon, and Ferrin fell to his knees, gasping for breath. The pain was almost enough to take his mind off the welts swelling across his uncovered skin.

They hefted him up the steps and tossed him in the back, where he landed in a heap, fighting past a wave of dry heaves to catch his breath. It took a while, but his breathing returned. Once it did, he pushed himself up to a sitting position against the back door and rested a moment as he got a good look at his new accommodations and those sharing it. There were eight prisoners, not including himself: three men, three women, and two children. Their clothes hung loose, covering frames that no longer held the same size as when first worn. Their faces were dirty, hair disheveled, eyes weary, and it was clear by the smell that they hadn’t bathed in some time.

“Thought you were gonna make it there for a moment, son,” an older man at the front said. By the rough, leathery skin, partially missing teeth, and bent back, he’d clearly seen some hard years. What a terrible way to end a life, Ferrin thought, with nothing but the White Tower to look forward to. Then again—he looked at the children—it was a terrible way to start one as well. “You ain’t the first to try it,” the old man said, “but you’re the first to make it as far as you did.” He chuckled. At least Ferrin thought it was a chuckle. It could have been a touch of pneumonia. “What’s your name, son?”

“Ferrin,” he said, trying to find a more comfortable position that didn’t have him leaning against the cuts and welts.

“Well, Ferrin, I’m Gillion, but everyone just calls me Rascal.”

Ferrin nodded. He was in too much pain to smile.

“Everyone, this is Ferrin. Ferrin, this is everyone.”

The others slowly began to make their way back to their original seats. A man on Ferrin’s right held out his hand. “I’m Brennon and this is my wife, Sora. We’re from Oswell, just east of the Slags.” The two looked to be in their fifties, their hair already holding a strong blend of gray.

Ferrin shook the man’s hand and then wished he hadn’t. The pressure from the squeeze caused the nettles in his skin to burn all the more.

“Quiet place, Oswell. You ever been?” Ferrin shook his head, and the man continued. “Not surprised. Most people have never heard of it, let alone been there. The Slags is a dangerous place even to those of us who’ve lived there all our lives. I guess it’s no surprise that—”

“Dear, I don’t think the man cares to hear about your knowledge of the Slags.” Sora smiled at Ferrin as she laid her hand on her husband’s arm. “Sorry, he gets a mite carried away at times.”

“I do not,” Brennon said. “I was just making conversation with the man.” The two quietly argued with each other while the others continued their introductions.

“I’m Telsa,” the woman sitting next to Sora said. She looked to be about Ferrin’s age, in her early to mid-thirties. “They took me three weeks ago from my home outside of Storyl.” She nervously bit at her lower lip. “I’ve always kept to myself . . . minded my own business. I don’t know how they found me.”

“The temptation for gold will turn even the most kindred soul into a no-good skinflint,” an older woman sitting across from Telsa said. She looked angry enough to kill a guard with her bare hands. “I’m Narissa.” She passed a quick, appraising glance at Ferrin before turning back to Telsa. “That’s what happened to my Remi. He sold me to the White Tower for a single bag of gold.” She bared her teeth and Telsa scooted back against the bars. “Thirty-eight years of marriage, and he trades me in for the price of a new well! If I ever get out of here, I’m going to drown him in it!”

Ferrin wasn’t sure if he should be more afraid of the Black Watch or Narissa.

“I’m Beese,” the man next to Narissa said before she had a chance to continue her frenzied ranting, “and this is my son, Cory.” The boy couldn’t have been more than six. As thin and sickly as he looked it was hard to tell. Cory peeked out from behind his father’s shoulder and smiled. Ferrin returned the gesture. What kind of magic could be so dangerous that they would have to imprison a small child? “We’re from Kai,” Beese said, “just above Tara Springs. There’s a few more of us from Kai in some of the other wagons.” The man glanced over his shoulder at another grouping of prisoners farther down the line.

At the head of the wagon, sitting next to Rascal, was a young teenage girl, who had remained silent. Every so often, Ferrin caught her sneaking a peek at him. But every time he turned, she quickly looked away.

“This is Sasha,” Rascal said as he patted the girl’s shoulder. “Other than her name, she hasn’t spoken a word since we picked her up in Aldwick a few weeks back.”

Ferrin leaned back against the bars, realizing it was his turn. “I would say it’s nice to meet you, but under the present circumstances . . . I guess you already know where I’m from.”

“Why weren’t there more of you?” Brennon asked, beside him. “Rhowynn is by far the largest city we’ve been to. It’s the flaming capital of Keldor, for pity’s sake.”

Sora poked her husband in the side. “Watch your language.”

Brennon ignored her. “We figured they were going to have to build some more wagons and hire additional drivers just to fill the haul from a city that size.”

“I think I was the only one they were really after.”

“Why’s that?” Narissa demanded, scowling in his direction. “What makes you so specially deserving of the Tower’s attention? And what’s that thing around your neck?

Ferrin rubbed at the collar. “You haven’t seen one these before?” Was he the only one?

“A couple of the others had them on when they arrived,” Rascal said from the front, “but they’re in the other wagons.”

Ferrin shook his head. “I don’t know why I was singled out. From what Goat Face over there said, they were apparently looking for me in particular.”

Sasha giggled at Ferrin’s name for Captain Hatch.

“How’d they find you?” Rascal asked. He put his arm around the young girl, and she leaned her head against his shoulder.

“I was betrayed by someone I thought I could trust.”

“Aha! You see, I told you!” Narissa wore a broad smile of vindication. “You can’t trust anyone. When I get home and get my hands on him . . .” Her words faded as she contemplated the rest of what she had planned for her husband.

Sora released Brennon’s arm to get a better look at Ferrin’s collar. “What special gift landed you on their list?”

Brennon reached out to touch it. “Mind if I . . .”

Ferrin shook his head and Brennon felt along the edge. “Hmm, it doesn’t seem to have an opening. How did they get it around your neck? It looks to have been crafted with you in it.”

Ferrin ran his fingers around the outer rim. It was the first time he’d been given a chance to examine it. Like Brennon said, he couldn’t find a joint. His one glimpse of the collar before they had placed it around his neck had shown it to have a hinged opening, but it wasn’t there anymore. He wondered if it could even come off. He couldn’t imagine being forced to live with its weight around his neck for the rest of his life.

“I think it has magical properties,” he said, trying not to panic at the thought of it never coming off.

The others scooted closer as well, eager to see and touch it. Ferin was starting to feel a bit claustrophobic as they gathered around. He edged back toward the corner, and they seemed to get the idea and retook their seats along the outer edge of the wagon.

He gave the metal a couple of desperate tugs, then gave up. “They called it a durma collar, said that it was made back during the time of the Fae. It’s supposed to keep wielders from using their magic.”

“What’s it feel like?” Telsa asked from seat next to Sora. She was one of the only ones who had gotten up to take a closer look.

“It’s strange. I can feel my magic, but I can’t use it. In fact, I’ve never felt its presence as strongly as I do right now.” He touched the metal with his magic once more, trying to find some way to release the collar, but with no affect. “It’s just out of reach.”

“If you don’t mind me asking, what is your gift?” Rascal asked, repeating Sora’s earlier inquiry.

“Sorry, I’m a metallurgist.”

“Ah.” Rascal nodded. “I was wondering why Hatch had ordered his men to leave their swords behind before entering the city. Now I understand the use of the . . . durma, as you call it. I imagine it would be rather difficult to transport a prisoner who could turn his prison into a weapon.”

Yes, the captain had proven quite resourceful when it had come to that decision. In fact, everything Ferrin had attempted so far had been thwarted. Maybe these Black Watch weren’t as incapable as he had at first believed. An overwhelming sense of fear washed over him. Getting away might prove more difficult than he had thought.

Chapter 7

THE DAYS SOON melted into weeks as the caravan of wagons slowly made its way south. They followed Tara Springs, skirting the western side of Praxil Lake before heading west around the Razor Spine Mountains into Elondria.

The days were long, but the nights were even longer. Most evenings, the prisoners huddled together to stave off the cold, the awkwardness quickly overcome by the need to survive. The canvas covering their cages only did so much.

Ferrin kept to himself the first night. The others had invited him to share their communal bed, but the thought of crawling in beside a total stranger wasn’t something he cared to try. Besides, his tolerance for the cold was higher than most. But after spending half the night fighting to keep his teeth from chattering and the other half his muscles from cramping, Ferrin was ready to cuddle up next to Narissa.

Hatch kept the convoy to the main roads as much as possible, and those travelers they passed gave them a wide berth. Most kept their eyes down, not wanting to appear too curious. Some made a point to turn around and head back the way they had come.

As the sun dropped low on the horizon behind them, the captain steered the procession off the main road and into a densely sylvan area on the foothills of the Razor Spine. From the conversations Ferrin had gleaned from his captors, they were just north of the city of Syrel.

The path led to an opening in the grove, one that had clearly been used before, by the darkened pit at the center and the pieces of lumber stacked beside it.

The wagons, as usual, were lined in a row near the back and the horses unhitched. Another rope corral was set up on the left of the pit, while the animals were watered and fed, more so than the prisoners.

Ferrin’s stomach was growling at the sight of the horses’ feed bag. If he were to carry one of the guards on his back all day, would they let him eat half as well?

“Supper time,” Prickly said as he tossed a hard crust of bread into the wagon at Ferrin. It bounced off his arm and landed with a thud on the wood planks. Prickly was a short man with a sour disposition, thereby earning him his nickname. He always sat by himself during meals, and anytime any of the other guards spoke to him, they usually received a sharp jibe for their troubles.

Ferrin chewed on the crust of bread as he found a not-so-uncomfortable spot in the corner to watch the guards at work. He studied their movements, their patterns. Which guards had what tasks. Goat Face kept his men well organized.

First, they set up the wagons, then fed and corralled the horses, started the fire, cooked the food, then after they ate, four or five of the men would stand watch while the others were allowed to take some time for themselves in town, which usually consisted of an overly rowdy diversion of hard ale and a good brawl.

“We’ve got to get out of here,” Sora said as she leaned against her husband, temporarily diverting Ferrin’s attention away from the men in white. Sora had meant the statement for Brennon, but it had been spoken loud enough to be heard by everyone in the wagon.

“Well, that’s the understatement of the age,” Narissa grumbled.

Ferrin almost chuckled. That sounded like something he would have said.

Brennon came to his wife’s defense. “We need to do something. Each day brings us that much closer to the White Tower. We’re running out of opportunities. I give us, what . . . maybe a week before we reach Iraseth, then another to the Pass of Arnon. Once we reach the pass, escape will be nothing more than a wishful fancy.”

“It’s no use,” Telsa mumbled beside Sora. She was the pessimist of the lot. Her knees were bent, with her arms wrapped tight around them. “There’s no hope. We’re never going to escape. They’re going to kill us all.”

“That’s not helpful,” Beese said irritably, placing an arm around his son. “Keep your opinions to yourself if they’re going to sound like that.” He patted Cory on the shoulder. “You’re frightening some of the others.”

“They aren’t going to kill us,” Narissa said.

Telsa lifted her head from where it had been propped on the top of her knees. “They’re not?”

“No,” the older woman said with a slick grin. “They’re going to do a whole lot worse.”

“Narissa!” Rascal glared at the older woman. He had his arm around Sasha, who looked to be on the verge of tears. “There, there, child. I won’t let anything happen to you.”

Narissa humphed. “You might as well promise her the stars.”

Rascal ignored her. “You haven’t said much, Ferrin. What’s your opinion? You have the look of a man in deep thought.”

“Routine,” Ferrin said, keeping his eyes on the white-robed men outside.

“Routine? Not sure I follow.”

Without looking, Ferrin could tell he had their attention. He could feel their stares. “Routine is their weakness.”

Brennon, on Ferrin’s right, leaned forward. “Care to elaborate?”

Ferrin nodded toward the guards setting up camp. “Goat Face over there is a former lancer officer, or I’ll eat my shirt.” He glanced down at the rips, tears, and soiling and sighed. “Or what’s left of it.” He looked back at the captain. “He organizes his men like typical rank and file. The strength of a soldier is routine. It’s ingrained into them from the moment they sign up. Discipline and routine. It’s also their greatest weakness.”

“How so?” Sora asked, clutching her husband’s arm as she turned and looked out the bars.

“It makes them predictable. Take Longs Legs over there, for instance. While the others start looking for a tree to cut, his task is searching for kindling. This means a trip into the woods for fallen branches. So, which direction do you go when you are surrounded by woods? If you haven’t noticed, Long Legs over there will take the southern route, not because there appears to be a better selection of dried brushwood, but because he likes to stay as far away from the cages as possible.

“And Bladder there,” Ferrin said with a nod to a short guard on the far side of the pit who kept glancing their way, “he tends to empty his at least three to four times a night, and always by way of our wagon. Either he has the smallest bladder of any man I’ve ever seen, or he likes the way Telsa smiles at him when she thinks no one’s looking.”

Telsa’s eyes bulged, her mouth dropping open. “I do not! I . . . I don’t know what you’re talking about.”

“Are you daft?” Narissa said, and threw a handful of straw at Telsa from across the wagon. She would have said more but Ferrin cut her off.

“I wouldn’t be so quick to cast judgment just yet. Her flirtation is going to be the reason we escape.”

If there was any doubt of having their attention before, there certainly wasn’t now. Just the mention of escape had everyone holding their breath and scooting closer.

Rascal unhooked his arm from Sasha and leaned forward. “I like the way you think, smith.”

“You might not after you hear the rest of it.”

Chapter 8

NIGHTFALL HAD NEVER taken so long to arrive. Ferrin could see the fear resting in the eyes of those staring back at him. The eight other members of his wagon fidgeted with restless anticipation.

Ferrin had spent every day for the last month studying his captors. He knew them better than they knew themselves. Each of them had a different reason for being there, reasons he had puzzled out by listening to their conversations and watching how they treated the prisoners. It was knowledge that would benefit them in their attempt to escape.

Ferrin had managed to divide the guards into three groups.

Those in the first group were there out of a sense of duty. They truly believed in what they were doing. They hated wielders and considered it their highest duty to help the White Tower purge them from Aldor. Men like Goat Face would be the most determined to pursue escapees.

Then there were those of the second group, men who were there for no other reason than that they needed the work. Their sense of loyalty only went as far as the Tower’s purse strings would take them. They didn’t exactly hate wielders, but they didn’t distrust them, either. If Ferrin and the others managed to escape, these would be less motivated to give chase than the first group.

Last, there were the outliers, whose motives were sketchy at best. As long as they were getting paid to hurt people, they were more than willing to stick around. These men were dangerous, not only to the wielders but also to the other guards. Ferrin had noticed how Hatch had kept them at arm’s length, making sure to never turn his back on them. The captain must not have been allowed to pick his own men. These were the guards Ferrin was most unsure of.

* * *

Supper was finished and cleared, and those guards who had been assigned first watch had found their spots around the fire to settle down for the evening. The rest rode into town.

They weren’t going to get a better chance than right now.

“What’s your plan?” Brennon asked as the group huddled so as not to be overheard by the guards.

“In order for this to work, we’re going to need some bait.”

“Bait?” Sora asked. “What kind of bait?”

“One of us is going to have to make a run for it.”

Beese held his son, letting him rest his head on his shoulder. “I thought we were all going to make a run for it?”

“I mean one of us is going to have to draw the others away, giving the rest a chance to escape.”

No one said a word, furtive glances passing from one to the next.

“Don’t look at me,” Narissa said. “I’m not sacrificing my chance for freedom just so the rest of you can leave me behind.”

Ferrin sighed. “You won’t have to. I’m going to be the bait.”

“Are you sure about this?” Rascal asked, Sasha still clinging protectively to his arm. “It doesn’t make much sense for you to take all the risk.”

“Sure it does,” Narissa interjected. “Don’t you see. He’s the one they want the most.”

Ferrin was about to say the same. “We should use that to our advantage.”

“Doesn’t seem like it’s much of an advantage to you,” Telsa said; the young woman seemed even more troubled than usual, her eyes casting about from one person to the next.

“It’s the best choice we have.”

Rascal didn’t argue. He simply nodded and placed a thick-knuckled hand on Ferrin’s shoulder. “Good luck to us all . . . and may the Creator smile on us this evening.”

Ferrin felt his temperature rise. “If the Creator was smiling on us, we wouldn’t be here in the first place.”

Some of the guards left the fire to start dropping the canvases back over the cages for the evening. It was no surprise that Bladder was the one to attend their wagon. The last time one of the other guards had attempted to draw the canvas on their wagon, a fight had broken out. Since then, the other guards were more than happy to give him the duty.

Ferrin nodded to Telsa, and she crawled to the back of the cage where Ferrin normally sat, in order to quietly talk with the guard while he untied the bands holding back the thick material. He was at least twenty years her senior and his hair was thinning in the back, revealing a patch of bald that his swipe-over hadn’t managed to cover. Ferrin couldn’t see what she saw in the short man other than it was someone willing to look at her in a way she had probably never experienced before, being a wielder.

“I saved this for you,” Bladder said as he passed a small cut of meat through the bars for her to eat.

She smiled and took it. “You didn’t go into town tonight?” she asked, keeping her voice as low as possible.

Ferrin and the others lay in their usual places on the floor of the wagon, giving the appearance of bedding down for the night. He wanted Bladder to feel at ease in his conversation with Telsa. Closest to the back, Ferrin watched Telsa through one eye as she poured on the charm.

The task wasn’t proving too difficult. The man was clearly as desperate as she was for the attention.

“No. I, uh . . .” He glanced over his shoulder at the other men around the fire. “I let someone else go in my place.” He finished lowering the front side of the canvas, keeping the guards around the fire from seeing inside the wagon. Unfortunately, it also took away most of the light the fire was providing.

Telsa grinned. It hardly needed prodding. “And why would you do something like that? I thought you enjoyed going into town, looking at all those other women. I’m sure you have a girl waiting for you in every city.”

Ferrin almost shook his head. She was terrible at this. Strangely enough, Bladder didn’t seem to notice.

“I do not!” Bladder grabbed his mouth and turned to see if anyone was watching. He quickly moved around to the back of the cage. “There’s only one woman I have eyes for.”

Good, Ferrin thought. Then open the door and do something about it. What was taking her so long? The man would have bent over backward and stood on his head if she’d asked him.

“There are no other women,” he said, glancing at his feet embarrassingly. He actually seemed genuinely interested in her. Perhaps, if they had had more time, she could have persuaded the man to help, but time was the one thing they didn’t have.

Come on, Telsa, lure him in. We don’t have all night. Ferrin grunted and turned over, hoping to encourage her to move along.

“Is the woman you have eyes for me?”

“You know it is.”

She giggled.

“Do you think I’m pretty?”

Ferrin ground his teeth. He stretched his leg and kicked her in the process. If she didn’t hurry this up, they were going to lose their chance.

Bladder cleared his throat. “Of course. I think you’re one of the finest women I’ve ever seen.”

“You do? ’Cause I think you’re one of the most handsome men I’ve ever met.”

Rascal released a loud cough from the front.

Telsa tensed. “You want to take a walk in the woods?”

“What? We can’t do—”

“You can tell them I had to relieve myself.”

The short guard glanced nervously back at the fire. Some of the men were still chatting. Most sounded like they had turned in for the night.

“Well . . . I guess it would be all right.” Bladder pulled the ring of keys from his belt and started to unlock the door. He went as slowly as possible, not wanting to arouse suspicion.

Ferrin’s muscles tightened, his heart pounding. This was it. Some of the others shifted nervously. He hoped they didn’t do anything stupid to give them away. His mind raced through what was coming as he waited for the key to finish its rotation in the lock.

The lock snapped, and Bladder slowly pulled back on the metal bars, taking care not to make too much noise. He glanced at the other wielders as they pretended to sleep. Ferrin hoped that none of the others had opened their eyes. If he got spooked, it was over.

“Well, aren’t you going to help me down? Here, be a gentleman.” Telsa raised her arms out for Bladder to come lift her out of the cart. “There might be a reward in it for you.”

That was all it took. Bladder lost all interest in the other wielders and started up the stairs to get his hands around her waist.

Ferrin leaped from his place on the floor and grabbed the man by the arms, yanking him inside the wagon. At the same time, Telsa latched on to Bladder’s mouth to keep him from screaming, and all three went down in a lump. Hopefully, no one outside had been watching as the man disappeared into the back of the prison transport. The tarp covering the front kept their activities blocked from view.

“Tie him up for now,” Ferrin said, kneeling over the guard.

“With what?” Beese asked, as he quickly ushered his son toward the open door.

“Good point.” Ferrin scanned their empty wagon. Nothing but straw bedding.

“He won’t say anything,” Telsa said as she sat beside Bladder, her hand still covering his mouth.

Bladder nodded.

Ferrin looked at the guard, then back to Telsa. “We can’t take that chance.”

Rascal stepped forward and kicked the guard in the side of the face. Bladder’s head snapped to the right, then slumped unconscious into Telsa’s lap. The young woman looked horrified.

“They don’t call me Rascal for nothing,” he said, guiding Sasha toward the back behind Beese and Cory.

Ferrin left Telsa holding Bladder and headed for the door, the others moving aside to give him room. “Now, remember. No one move until you hear my signal.” Ferrin’s heart was pounding even louder. Over a month of waiting and they were finally about to escape. “Wait for me to draw them off. Hopefully, that will give you enough time to get out of here. Take the guard’s keys and unlock as many of the wagons as you can. Use the confusion to head north through the woods. The mountains are going to be your best chance for hiding.”

Rascal moved to the corner and tried peeking around the edge of the canvas. “Do you think you can make it to the horses before they spot you? That’s a lot of ground to cover.”

“I have to, or none of this works . . . which reminds me.” Ferrin stepped over to the unconscious guard and removed the whistle from around his neck. He didn’t want the same thing to happen to him as before when his horse had stopped mid-gallop. He just hoped the same signals Goat Face had used worked for all the horses.

Ferrin walked to the back of the cage and peered around the canvas. So far, no one was looking. His hands were shaking. This was it.

“Good luck to you,” Rascal offered with a smile that said he didn’t like Ferrin’s chances.

Ferrin took one last look at the dirty, desperate faces staring back at him. It would probably be the last time he would ever see them again. There were tears in his eyes, as well as in many of the others’. Even Narissa looked a little shaken as she dabbed at her right cheek. It was hard not to feel a strong bond with these people—more family now than anything—considering the experiences they’d shared.

Unfortunately, they didn’t have time for a proper farewell. So, with a simple nod of encouragement, he slipped from the cage and melted into the surrounding woods.

Chapter 9

FERRIN CIRCLED ON cat’s feet around the back of the wagons. This time, he made sure to stay clear of the nettle vines that wove through the thicker brush. He was thankful that the horses had been corralled on the east side of the camp. It meant he could use the wagons as a shield between him and the Tower guards.

He kept his eyes and ears open for the three sentries posted just beyond the outskirts of the firelight. The last thing Ferrin wanted was to accidentally run into one of them while they were out patrolling.

The wagon closest to the corral was coming up on his right. A ruckus inside forced him to drop to his stomach, soaking the front of his clothes from the early onset of dew. He held his breath and waited. When nothing else happened, he kept going.

A few of the horses raised their heads as he neared.

“Whoa,” he whispered, gently stroking the side of the nearest. “It’s all right.” Ferrin could see parts of the campfire in between the animals. Most of the men were already under their blankets.

Quietly, he started untying the rope.

The sound of a snapped twig brought him around with a sharp jerk. He wasn’t sure who was more surprised—him or the night watchman who had just stepped out from behind the tree. Ferrin leaped before the guard had a chance to register what was happening.

Both went down with a thud. Ferrin grabbed for the man’s mouth, and the guard began punching Ferrin in the side, each hit excruciating. Ferrin’s eyes watered as he bit down on his tongue to keep from crying out. His grip was slipping. The guard reached for his knife, and Ferrin slammed the side of his hand down on top of the guard’s throat.

The guard’s eyes went wide as he gasped for breath. Ferrin ripped the man’s knife from his belt and buried it in his chest. The guard stopped moving.

That’s one down. He made his way back to the horses and used the knife to cut the rope. These particular animals must have been trained for battle. None of them had so much as whinnied during Ferrin’s scuffle with the guard.

After lowering the rope, he found one of the mounts had already been saddled. It was mighty generous of someone to have gone to all the trouble of having it ready for him. Whoever it belonged to must have been planning on going into the city later.

Ferrin kept a close eye on the men around the fire as he carefully swung his leg up and over the saddle. Bladder’s whistle hung from his neck. He held it up, and sparing one final look at the wagons, he stuck it in his mouth and blew.

The sharp trill of the small instrument snapped all the horses to attention. Ferrin released another long blow and dug in his heels.

Goat Face was the first one completely out of his bedding and on his feet. In one hand he held a sword and in the other, a large cudgel. The captain must have been sleeping with them in his hands to have pulled them so quickly. The look on the captain’s face was worth it all. He couldn’t have been more surprised had the dark wizard himself walked out of the woods and greeted him with a handshake.

Ferrin drove his horse directly at the men in their beds, not so much because the way out happened to be directly beyond but because Ferrin had every intention of trampling as many of them as he could. Unfortunately, Goat Face was on the other side of the pit. But he did manage to crush one guard who had gotten tangled in his bedding in all the confusion. Another got a solid boot to the face when he tried leaping at Ferrin’s horse.

As loud as he could, Ferrin continued blasting away on Bladder’s whistle, making sure to keep his horse’s attention focused on him and not the other guard’s attempt at stopping the animal. Behind him, Hatch’s voice filled the small clearing.

“Get to your horses and go after him!”

Ferrin directed his mount down the same path they had entered by. Eventually, it would lead him back to the main road. He spared a quick glance over his shoulder. Guards were running in all directions, throwing on boots and grabbing weapons. Most were heading for the horses.

He spared once last look at the wagons before the trees took them from sight. “I’ve done what I can. The rest is up to you, my friends,” he whispered, then turned and urged his horse even faster.

It was never a smart thing to give a horse its reins in the cover of darkness, let alone on a road he was unfamiliar with. But what choice did he have? He had to reach the city before they caught up with him, and he wasn’t sure how far away it was.

Ferrin had gone about a mile when he reached the main road. He turned his horse eastward and snapped the reins. He had never been to Syrel. In fact, he knew absolutely nothing about it. He only hoped it was large enough to hide in while he found a way to remove the collar.

The clear sky overhead allowed a little light to push its way through the trees to help guide his horse. He turned his head to listen for any sound of pursuit, but the wind blowing in his ears and the hard pounding of his horse’s hooves overpowered everything else.

Ferrin had only traveled a couple of miles before he reached an opening in the tree line. He pulled his horse to a stop at the top of a rise and let the poor animal breathe. Its nostrils flared, sending out puffs of smoke in front of him. The lights of the city spread out below like a layer of glow flies covering the top of a field. Syrel was larger than he had expected. It wasn’t half the size of Rhowynn, but certainly large enough to hide in. He snapped the reins and his horse reluctantly started forward once more.

Surprisingly, the moon hadn’t made its appearance. It must not have been as late as he had thought. However, as close as they were to the mountains behind him, the sun didn’t have far to go to set.

He eased up on the reins as he neared the outer walls, not wanting to alarm anyone standing guard. The gates were still open, and a couple of wagons loaded with unsold vegetables passed him on their way out. The two men nodded in Ferrin’s direction but continued to stare when they caught sight of his ragged condition and the strange piece of metal around his neck.

Ferrin was hoping to ease on through, but two of the guards stepped out and blocked his way. Both men carried swords at the waist, and there were two more, carrying bows, near a small guard shack on the right. Ferrin wanted to glance over his shoulder to see if Goat Face and the others had broken through the tree line yet, but he was afraid it would make the guards even more suspicious.

“State your business,” one of the men said as the other grabbed the horse’s reins.

“I’m here for a smithy.” He noticed the men staring at the collar around his neck. He tried smiling to ease the tension as he raised his hand and stroked the metal’s outer edge. With the state of his attire, Ferrin was sure that no matter what he said, it would be taken with a healthy dose of skepticism. “I see you noticed my work. I was designing a new sort of neck bracelet for a lady patron of mine who had a request for something unique. She likes standing out in a crowd. Not that she needs a collar to do that.” He tilted his head to try look at the clamp. “Not exactly my taste, of course,” Ferrin said with a chuckle, “but when a woman pays in advance, well . . .” He shrugged. “How could I refuse?”

The guards didn’t seem too impressed with his story. Ferrin turned in his saddle as if trying to stretch and cast a quick glance behind him. He could see the white robes of the Black Watch pouring out of the woods on top of the rise. They were still too distant to count how many had followed him, but from the size of the group, it looked to have been most.

Ferrin turned quickly to finish. “As I was saying, she found a set of ancient symbols she thought would add a touch of flair to her attire and asked me to etch them into the sides. The point is, I finished the work, but when I went to try it on, I got the flaming thing stuck around my neck, and now I can’t seem to get it off.”

The guards looked at him like he was an imbecile. Ferrin felt like one after such a preposterous story.

“You made it a touch big, don’t you think?” the watchman on the right said as he took another look at the piece of metal around Ferrin’s rather large neck. Of all the questions they could have asked him, this one spoke volumes as to why these particular men had been chosen for the night watch.

Ferrin grinned and raised his arms out in front of his stomach. “You should see the woman.”

The guards laughed. The man in front released Ferrin’s horse and waved him on through. “Good luck with your, uh . . . bracelet.”

“My thanks, gentlemen.” Ferrin started his horse forward but then pulled back on the reins and turned in his saddle. “Oh, I almost forgot. Which way to the closest smithy?”

The two guards looked at each other.

“That’d be Koal.” The guard who had been holding his horse pointed straight ahead. “Just take the main road to the square, turn left, and go about a quarter mile till you hit Barker. Take that left and you’ll find Koal’s smithy on the right. Or is it on the left? No, it’s right.”

Ferrin waved his thanks and urged his horse into a trot. Hatch and his men were halfway to the gate. They were close enough to see the captain’s dark hair blowing in the wind. He didn’t look happy. Ferrin could hear him shouting but couldn’t tell what he was saying. He didn’t reckon it would have taken much of a guess.

Ferrin urged his horse to move faster. Once out of sight of the main gate, he kicked him into a full gallop. He hoped the overly incompetent guards kept Hatch and his men preoccupied long enough for him to make it to the square.

The streets were empty, which made traveling easier. He reached the heart of the city in short order, but instead of turning left as the guard had suggested, Ferrin directed his horse right instead. He hoped that the mislead would be enough to keep ol’ Goat Face tied up for a while.

A smithy would have been the preferable choice to help get the collar off his neck, but with that being the first place the Black Watch would undoubtedly search, Ferrin would have to do something else.

He stopped in front a small shop on the seedier side of town. The sign out front—painted yellow with faded green trim—had a pair of brown barrels on the front with the word cooper sketched over top. If there was one place other than a true smithy who would have the tools necessary for removing the unwanted contraption, it would be there.

Ferrin moved his horse around the side of the shop and tied it off in front of a small stone building. It was very similar to his own smithy back in Rhowynn. From the smoke rising out of the chimney at the back, he could see the cooper was still at work. With harvest season upon them, his services would be in high demand.

Ferrin knocked on the door and waited.

A man who looked to be in his mid-forties opened the door. He had a mallet in one hand and a chisel in the other. A long-stem pipe hung from his mouth, which seemed to be more for chewing than smoking, since the glow of its tobacco had died out.

“Can I help you?”

“I apologize for the late visit, but yours is the only light still on,” Ferrin lied. At least this one was half-believable. “I tried a few of the smithies, but they had already doused their kilns for the night.”

The man stared at him a moment and then finally opened the door. “Come on in, then.” He walked back into his shop. “And shut the door behind you. It’s cold out tonight, and my bones don’t take it like they used to.”

Ferrin hadn’t noticed the cold. The last thing on his mind was the temperature.

The cooper turned. “What seems to be the problem?” His eyes drifted to the metal collar.

“As you can see, I’ve managed to get this thing stuck on my neck and can’t figure out how to get it off. I was hoping to borrow a few tools to see if I could score it deep enough to crack.”

“Hmmm.” The cooper laid his hammer and chisel down to get a closer look. “Mighty fine piece of work. Yours?”

“Wish I could say that.” Ferrin smiled. “No, I traded it off a peddler for a couple sacks of winter grain, a good saddle, and a helping hand with one of his wagon wheels. The man said he purchased it off one of the ships coming back from the Blue Isles. He said it was a genuine native luck charm. They wear it around their necks to increase . . . fertility.” Ferrin lowered his head to appear embarrassed, not that what he was saying wasn’t enough to do that on its own. “The wife and I have been trying for some time, you see. And, well . . .”

The cooper raised his hand. “No need to explain.” He walked a full circle around Ferrin as he examined the collar. “I’m going to be honest with you. I don’t see an opening here. How did you say you got this thing on?”

“I’m not sure. It was the peddler who did it. Come to think of it, he did seem quite anxious to part ways as soon as he got it latched.”

The cooper just shook his head as if wondering what kind of simpleton would have let a peddler put this around his neck without telling him how to get it off.

“Bring it over here and let’s see what we can do.” The cooper offered his hand. “I’m Willard.”

Ferrin shook the man’s hand. “Ferrin.”

He followed Willard to a small anvil and watched as the man rifled through some of his chisels before deciding on one with a fine edge. He directed Ferrin to kneel down and place his neck over the center of the anvil. Ferrin felt like he was heading for the chopping block.

“All right, let’s see if I can score it like you said.” Willard angled the sharp end of the chisel away from Ferrin’s face and raised his mallet to make the first strike. Ferrin closed his eyes as the cooper started hammering away.

“Curious,” Willard said, dropping one chisel on the floor beside him to grab another, one with a more durable edge. He raised the mallet and struck again.

The echo of each clang was a welcome sound to Ferrin, a reminder of better days back home, but the frustrated grunts coming from the cooper were leaving him with a growing sense of dread. “How’s it looking?”

“I’ve never seen anything like it. I haven’t even managed to scratch it yet.” Willard leaned back and looked Ferrin in the eyes. “Who did you say gave this–”

The doors at the front of the shop erupted. Splintered pieces of the handle and lock flew across the floor.

Willard stumbled backward, his pipe flying from his mouth, giving Ferrin a clear view of the men in white standing just outside.

“I told you there’d be no escape!” Captain Hatch crowed, a proud smirk on his goat face as he walked inside.

Chapter 10

FERRIN WAS EVEN MORE stunned than the cooper. How had they found him so fast? It should have taken them hours to search out every blacksmith in Syrel. There was no way they could have tracked him there.

Ferrin’s legs were trembling as he stood. He had waited weeks for the right opportunity, and here it was slipping away right in front of him. He picked up the mallet Willard had dropped, along with a large hammer hanging from a nearby rack. The cooper crawled to the back of his shop, not wanting to get in the middle of whatever was going on.

“Having difficulty with your collar?” Goat Face asked.

Ferrin didn’t say anything. He didn’t want to give Hatch the satisfaction. He was too busy staring at the strange glow beneath the captain’s shirt.

“By now you must realize that it can’t be opened. Not without a key, that is.” The captain reached into the top of his tunic and withdrew a long gold chain. He held out the artifact dangling from its end for Ferrin to see. Whatever it was, its tip was glowing a pale blue.

It wasn’t a normal key, comprised of a stem and a set of ridges. More like a cylindrical rod with some kind of symbol etched into the end. On closer inspection, it was the symbol that was glowing and not the rod itself.

Hatch took a couple steps forward and the key brightened to the point that Ferrin couldn’t look directly at it.

“You see. There’s nowhere you can go that we can’t track you. This key is connected to the durma. All we had to do was follow the key’s glow, and it led us right to you.” Hatch smirked. “Nice attempt, though, sending us after that other smithy. It didn’t take us long to realize we were heading in the wrong direction.”

Ferrin sneered. This was what he got for asking the Creator for a favor. “I’m not going back.” He raised both mallets and slid one foot back. “Only one of us is leaving here alive.”

Goat Face smiled.

Suddenly, a jolt of immense pain punched through Ferrin’s body, and he cried out, more out of shock than anything. His hands went numb, both mallets dropping from his limp fingers to hit the dusty floorboards. A second later, he landed on top of them.

He couldn’t move. He could hardly breathe. He wanted to scream again, but every muscle in his body had seized at the same time, leaving him incapable of making any noise at all. He felt like he’d been struck by lightning.

“Oh, my apologies.” Hatch stepped forward and looked down at Ferrin’s prostrate body writhing beneath him. Whatever Goat Face had done to him had finally stopped. “Did I forget to mention that this key has another use?”

Ferrin wanted to reach up and beat the smile off his face. He wanted to beat him to death with his bare hands. He tried to reach the captain, but his arms seemed to be almost locked in place.

“It controls its wearer, not only by removing their powers but by stimulating the nerves with some kind of . . . Well, I don’t really know what it is. To be honest”—he chuckled as he lifted the key up to look at it—“I have no idea how it works. I’m told it’s quite unpleasant.” He looked down at Ferrin. “I guess you’d know better than me.” Hatch laughed. “I’ve actually seen grown men soil themselves when too much of this is applied. Shall we test it out?”

By then, Ferrin had managed to gain a little movement back in one arm. Whatever energy had been forced through him had left him nearly paralyzed. He could taste blood from where the impact with the floor had caused him to bite his tongue. With what little resolve he had left, he looked up at Hatch and smiled. “Do your worst.”

Hatch raised the key once more. “I believe I will.”

Ferrin reached out with his one good hand and grabbed Hatch’s leg. The jolt of energy ripped all the way through Ferrin’s body and straight into Goat Face. Hatch flew off his feet with a shrill that lasted the whole way down.

Ferrin blacked out before the captain hit the floor.

* * *

When Ferrin woke, he found himself lying across the back of one of the horses. He had been strapped down to keep from falling off. Tilting his head, he could just make out the moon through the thick overhanging branches. The cool night air was a relief against the lingering pain of the collar.

Up ahead he could see the firelight from their encampment as they exited the narrow path back into the open clearing. There was an eerie silence to the place. There were bodies lying all across the ground. A couple with white robes. Over half the wagons had been emptied, and the canvas from Ferrin’s wagon was ripped and hanging to the ground from the bars. It, too, was empty.

Those still in the cages looked as pitiful as Ferrin felt. Two of the guards jerked him off his horse and marched him back to his empty cage.

Ferrin quickly scanned the faces of the bodies they passed, looking for any he might have recognized. He didn’t see anyone from his wagon among the dead. He hoped his friends had followed his advice and made for the mountains. At least there they stood a chance of remaining hidden.

“I want a complete count of everyone we’re missing!” Hatch sounded ready to commit murder. “Guards and prisoners alike! You hear me?”

The men scattered. Most of them began rummaging through the bodies strewn across the clearing and into the woods behind the wagons. A few of the guards stayed back to count those still in their cages. It looked like the first three wagons had been untouched.

It didn’t take too long to get a running tally of the dead and the missing. There were thirteen dead, three of which were Black Watch. Of the twenty-eight that were missing, only one was a member of the Tower’s guards. Ferrin didn’t need to guess who it was. Telsa must have talked Bladder into going with them.

“Get some torches,” the captain said. “We’re going after them.”

“But sir, they have at least a couple hours on us, and we can’t take the horses through there. Once they reach the mountains, they’ll be near impossible to track.”

“Don’t give me your excuses! You have your orders!” Hatch grabbed a torch and started into the woods, taking the path behind Ferrin’s wagon.

* * *

Daybreak had reached the camp by the time Hatch and the others trudged their way out of the surrounding wood. Ferrin breathed a deep sigh of relief to see them returning alone.

“Start packing. We leave at daybreak.”

“What about the ones that got away?” one of the guards that had stayed behind asked.

“We have the real prize,” Goat Face grumbled, nodded at Ferrin’s wagon. “He’s worth more than the entire lot combined.”

Hatch turned to one of the men standing nearby. “Grab a couple of men and see to our dead. Bury them deep enough so the wolves don’t get to them.”

“Sir, what about the dead wielders? Should we bury them as well?”

Hatch took a moment to scan the bodies. “Burn them.”

Ferrin slumped in his usual spot in the back of the now-empty wagon. All his work, all his planning, everything was gone. He had nothing left to live for except the fear of what awaited him at the end of their journey. For the first time, he had to agree with Telsa—there was no hope. All he had left was his sanity and his sense of humor, and even that he could feel slipping away.

At least his sacrifice hadn’t been for nothing. He had managed to save twenty-seven wielders and one Black Watch guard.

He leaned his head against the bars and took a deep breath as he watched Goat Face limp his way across the open yard, dragging his injured leg behind him. Ferrin smiled. Pretty soon, his smile turned into a chuckle, and his chuckle into an all-out fit of laughter.

No matter how terrible the circumstances, no matter how dire the situation, he did have one small bit of joy to hold on to: the look on Hatch’s face when Ferrin had grabbed his leg. There was nothing quite so pleasing to the ears than the sound of the captain’s girly screams as his feet were ripped out from under him.

It’s the little victories in life that get you through.

Chapter 11

BY THE TIME they had left Syrel and were halfway to Iraseth, Ferrin had resigned himself to the fact that there would be no escape for him.

Due to the loss of prisoners they had suffered, Hatch announced that all extended breaks had been revoked until they had unloaded their cargo and received payment. The captain wasn’t about to take any more chances.

The passage of time seemed to slow as Ferrin jostled along in the back of the wagon. There was no one left with which to warm himself during the nights. No one to chat with during the days. His thoughts often drifted to that of the friends he had made on his journey. He was thankful that, at least, his capture had afforded them the time they needed to get away.

He spent hours imagining what each would do once they realized the Watch had left and they were free.

Ferrin was sure that Rascal would watch over silent Sasha. He would make sure she made it back to her home in Aldwick before returning to wherever it was he was from. Ferrin realized with a start he had never found out where the old codger had lived before being taken by the Black Watch.

Brennon and Sora would head back to their small community in Oswell, where Brennon could continue entertaining others with his fascinating tales of the untold dangers found in the Slags.

Telsa would head back to her home in Storyl. Ferrin had a feeling that her journey wouldn’t be a lonely one. The other guards assumed Bladder had been killed or lost somewhere deeper in the forest, but Ferrin knew better. He wished the two a very quiet and peaceful life.

Beese would take his son Cory back to Kai, where he could hopefully continue to explore his gift of healing.

And lastly, there was Narissa. Ferrin chuckled. He hoped her husband could run faster than she could.

In reality, Ferrin’s daydreams were just that, fantasies of what he wished could happen. In truth, he doubted any of them would return to their homes, except possibly Beese and Cory. But that would only be to collect the rest of their family. If they were smart, they would all find somewhere else to live, somewhere secluded where they could live out the rest of their days in peace.

* * *

The trip from Syrel to Iraseth took exactly one week, just as Brennon had predicted, and from Iraseth to the Pass of Arnon a little longer, their pace slowing through Thornwood Forest.

By the time they reached the split in the mountains leading to the White Tower, Ferrin was almost grateful. A couple more days in the back of that wagon and he would have hanged himself with the overhead canvas, something he had already given great consideration. It only crossed his mind a couple dozen times a day. But in the end, he was too much of a coward to do it. Or maybe still too full of himself?

The peaks of the Razor Spine Mountains rose up on either side, completely blocking the sun from view. The Pass of Arnon was wide enough to accommodate a small company of men side by side, but not much more. It was clearly a strategic choice—one way in and only one way out. No chance of being surrounded. It took a full day-and-half ride to reach the other side.

Ferrin pressed against the bars at the sight of two enormous stone sentinels, one on either side of the pass. Each had been carved straight out of the mountain. The robed giants were hundreds of feet tall, dark cowls covering their faces. Each held a massive sword, warning that any who dared venture there had better think twice about the decision. He shivered as they rode between the two. It felt as though they were watching him.

On the far side of the stone giants, the pass opened into a wide basin. The mountains rose up on either side like a natural wall created for the sole purpose of guarding the Tower.

He had always pictured a single tower made with painted stone. The White Tower was actually quite a bit more than one lonely keep. There was a single monolithic spire that rose hundreds of feet in the air, but there was also an immense complex of smaller towers and bulwarks surrounding it. It was as impressive a fortress as Ferrin could have ever thought possible, having never seen one himself.

The overlord’s castle at Rhowynn was the largest estate Ferrin had ever seen, and he had thought it quite the spectacle until now. Lord Agnar could have fit his entire bastion inside any of the buildings in front of him and still had room to spare.

To reach the mountain complex, they had to first cross a deep chasm. An enormous bridge spanned the opening from the pass to the first of the Tower’s complex. There were tall arches at either end of the bridge, holding back barricading gates. The gates were open and waiting as the caravan passed through.

From his cage, Ferrin was able to see partway over the side. The chasm dropped at least a hundred feet below into what looked like molten rock. The heat produced certainly agreed with the appearance.

Ferrin tilted his head and stared up at the single spire from which the White Tower had received its name. No matter how hard he tried, he couldn’t see the top. The Tower, unlike many of the other smaller buildings, didn’t appear to be constructed of joined stone. Instead, it appeared to be a solid structure. It was both breathtaking and terrifying.

At the end of the causeway, a massive entrance had been cut into the rock, its double doors taller than the gates around Rhowynn. Stairs led up to the doorway. At the top, stood a row of black and white–robed individuals. They watched as the wagons came to a stop at the foot of the stairs and Hatch’s men began unloading the cargo.

Ferrin’s cage was last to be opened, and he joined the others as the frightened caravan slowly made their way up the walkway. Many of the women and children, and even some of the men, were openly crying. One man took off running back the way they’d come, no doubt hoping to make it to the bridge.

A lance of what looked like greenish lightning shot from one of the dark-robed people at the top of the stairs and snared the man before he had made it past the last wagon.

Ferrin froze. Many of the others screamed in fear.

The strange lightning was so bright that Ferrin had to put his hand up in front of his eyes. The escaping man was yanked off his feet and lifted into the air. He started to scream, then his body went taut and he exploded across the last three wagons.

Ferrin stumbled backward. Others did the same, pushing tight against each other for fear. He clutched his hands together to keep them from shaking.

“Let this be a lesson to any who dare try escape,” a voice called out behind them.

Ferrin and the others turned, and one of the black-robed individuals at the top of the stairs stepped forward and raised their hands.

“Welcome to the White Tower.”

Michael Wisehart

MICHAEL WISEHART graduated with a bachelor’s degree in business before going back to school for film and starting his own production company. As much as he enjoyed film work, the call of writing a novel got the better of him, and on April 14, 2014, he started typing the first words of what would become two epic fantasy series: The Aldoran Chronicles and the Street Rats of Aramoor.

 He currently lives and writes in South Georgia.

Website: michaelwisehart.com

Facebook: MichaelWisehart.author

YouTube: michaelwisehart2

Email: michael@michaelwisehart.com

ONE WAY

by Gerri Leen 

 7,500 words

"LYDIA." VESTA V'S AI sounded tinny in the thin atmosphere.

"Here," Lydia whispered. "Still here."

"Primary mission parameter has been met."

"Understood." This day had seemed unimaginably far away for so long. Lydia had thought she wouldn't make it. Now she wanted to go on, wanted to keep hearing Vesta's voice.

"Life support is failing."

She laughed, not caring that she was wasting air. "I know."

"Orders?"

She could have sent a message to mission control. She even could have called them, using up what little power there was for one last real-time comm with Mei. But she didn't need or want MC. And Vesta needed her. "What would you like to do, Vesta?"

"Query not understood."

"Preference. Yours." She started to cough and lowered her voice, secure that Vesta would hear her. "It's our last hurrah. Pick an interesting sector. Chart it until you have only enough power left to send the info and then transmit it back to MC."

Die, essentially, doing her job. That was what Lydia was asking her to do.

"And life support?"

"Divert to thrusters and comms. Follow secondary mission parameters."

"Keeping you alive is a secondary mission parameter, Lydia."

"Since when?"

"I amended my directives."

She closed her eyes—it was the ultimate irony that she felt closer to this machine than she did to most humans. "I appreciate that, Vesta, but I'm overruling. You have your orders."

"Understood. Charting additional sectors until power failure. Diverting life support to thrusters and comms."

"Thank you, Vesta." She could feel the air getting thinner and thought of the hypodermic needles sitting unused in the infirmary. Her sharp little fail-safes. Once her true north.

"Commander Ramirez?"

"Yes?"

"It has been an honor to serve with you."

"Same here, my friend." Getting the words out was a struggle. Fortunately, there was nothing more to say as she floated in the growing cold, trying to suffocate with dignity, watching out the viewscreen as Vesta V completed her final run.

One week earlier

"Lydia?"

Lydia was playing one of her favorite games. She paused it and said, "What, Vesta?"

"I heard Admiral Leighton give you permission to die."

"Yep."

"Are you going to do that? End your life before we run out of power?"

"Would it make you sad?"

Vesta didn't answer, so Lydia said, "Whatever you're feeling, send it back for processing with the context of this conversation. It's important to MC."

"Very well. Lydia, what is it like to die?"

"I don't know."

"But humans die. You have vast amounts of data surrounding it."

"Prior to death, yes. From those who've been brought back seemingly from it, yes. But actual death? We don't know what it's like. Going to sleep, I guess."

"I do not sleep, Lydia." There was a long silence before Vesta continued, "I have been offline for repairs. But I did not cease to exist."

"You won't cease to exist. Even at the end of this mission. You're sending back data and your own reactions, the way you've handled a variety of activities and emergencies. Those are quantifiable, much more so than my own activities. Your essence will be contained. And used. In the AIs that come after."

"I will have . . . children?"

"One way to look at it."

"I am not sure your explanation is accurate. But you are . . . kind to try to make me believe it."

The AI had come a long way. She'd sounded human just then. Did she have regrets?

Lydia could feel her own regrets creeping up on her. Natural, probably, with the end so close. She sighed, then said softly, "I wasn't kind to Rick."

"He was not kind to you. Input and response. Basic programming is universal, is it not?"

Lydia laughed. Maybe it was.

"I have never understood one thing, Lydia. You play so many games. Why am I not allowed to play them with you?"

"Because you'd wipe my ass." She laughed, but then her smile faded. Mission Control had told her that the AI wasn't to play with her. It was probably too much—too close. A level of intimacy—of some kind of touching—that would make this all the harder. "Perhaps you should send that back to MC as a scenario to explore. You sound as though you feel the lack of that sort of interaction was detrimental."

"I will send it back. I believe it was shortsighted of them to omit recreational activities from my interactions with you."

There was something in Vesta's voice—she thought maybe it was wistfulness—that made her ask, "How much life support do we have, Vesta?"

"Six days, four hours, twenty three minutes."

Not of lot of time to screw things up, then. She saved her game, then brought up a two-player backgammon board. "No dang cheating or I'm telling MC to never, ever let AIs play with crew. Go on—roll the dice. And send this interaction back with your suggestion. May as well be honest with them."

"Are you sure?"

"Go for it."

There was a moment where nothing happened on the board, then the dice rolled across the screen. A five and a one. Vesta moved one piece from the thirteenth to the seventh triangle. A relatively safe move.

"You're lucky you didn't roll double sixes or I'd have so called your ass on it."

"To attempt to control the dice in my favor would be cheating, would it not?"

"Yep. And to do it in my favor would be pity, and I don't need that."

"Understood, Lydia."

Lydia started to regret the no-pity rule as she proceeded to roll three crappy moves in a row. But Vesta didn't have much more luck, so she let it go and settled in to play with an opponent who could actually talk back.

As Lydia began to bear off her last pieces for the win, Vesta said softly, "I have enjoyed this."

"Me, too." Lydia smiled. "Best of five?"

Two months earlier

She studied the nearly empty larder. Only the stuff she hated was left. Maybe she shouldn't have embraced the "live for the now" concept by eating her favorites first? But who knew she'd last this long, nearly to the end of the voyage?

Rick. Rick had known.

"Lydia?" Vesta's resonant voice filled the tiny space.

"Here." It was a silly thing to say. Where else would she be? The capsule was one room. And yet she answered by instinct every time.

"Incoming comm. Real time."

"Open comm line." God only knew what MC wanted this far into the voyage.

The audio was scratchy, but she made out a male voice saying, "Specialist Lydia Ramirez?"

"Yes."

"This is Admiral Leighton."

She tried to smooth out the wrinkles in her jumpsuit even though he couldn't see her. "Oh, hello, sir."

"You've made history."

"And you've made admiral. I bet my success surprises you more than your upward mobility." The words were out before she could think about what she was saying.

But he just laughed—and it wasn't a mean sound. "I'll admit it, Commander. You surprised me."

Had she heard him right—Commander? "Transmission garbled, sir."

"Oh, you mean because I called you 'Commander'? Nothing garbled about it. You've been on Vesta for the time it would take a fast-climbing ensign to make lieutenant commander. You've done everything we've asked and more. I guess that recruiter was wrong, after all. The history books will know you as Lieutenant Commander Lydia Ramirez of the Federated Space Association. The brave FSA officer who took the first one-way mission in the name of science."

"Did Commander Watson have anything to do with this?" She could see Rick thinking it would be a way to make up for their last conversation.

"No. This was all me, Lydia. I'm sorry if I've been an ass to you. I know the probability is high that I was." He laughed in a way that told her he knew he was abrasive but wasn't going to do much about it. Then again, he'd made admiral this way, so why should he?

"Thank you, sir." She could feel a difference in the way she answered him—not with any fear of his disapproval. Now she felt that they were two similar people following a long-held tradition, and she liked that idea. "Vesta estimates nine weeks of life support at the most."

"You ride that margin as far as you want to. Then you say goodbye. No one will think the worse of you. I certainly won't."

"Yes, sir."

"Well, I'll let you get back to making history. The lab geeks are ecstatic with the data you've sent back. I'd let you talk to them, but they give me a migraine, and I don't want to do that to you."

She laughed. "I appreciate that, sir."

"Godspeed, Commander. It's been an honor to serve with you."

"Thank you, sir. It's been an honor to serve with you, too. Ramirez out."

The crackly sound of the comm faded from the galley.

"Vesta?"

"Yes, Commander Ramirez?"

She laughed. "Oh, that sounds nice—and very strange. Can you repeat what you just said?"

"I said, 'Yes, Commander Ramirez?'"

She felt a surge of something that felt a lot like pride fill her. "More nice than strange."

Vesta waited, the way she did when something Lydia said made no sense.

"It's okay to still call me Lydia, Vesta. Now, get back to work."

"I am fully capable of addressing your needs while carrying out mission parameters."

"I know you are. As you were." She giggled at using military-speak on Vesta, then turned back to the larder. Which of the meals that remained did she dislike the least?

Four months earlier

"Incoming comm, Lydia. It is Lieutenant Commander Watson."

Rick? And with a shiny new rank—the career move had been good for him.

Lydia grabbed a handhold and turned to look at the control panel—as if Vesta was physically located in that spot. "Open comm. Commander?"

"Nobody's listening, Lydia."

"Rick." She closed her eyes. "It's been..."

"A long, long time."

"I thought you'd left MC?"

"I know I said that, but..." He sighed, it was dramatic enough to carry all the way through deep space. "I—Leighton let me use the booth, our comm line—just like old times."

"I see."

"I couldn't keep being your POC, Lydia."

"Your career, you mean?" He'd told her all this. Why he was leaving Mission Control. Onward and upward and all that.

"No. I don't mean that." There was a long silence that she decided not to try to fill. Finally, he said, "You sound different."

"I'm a heck of a lot farther away. Guess it stands to reason I'd sound different."

"No, it's not that. You—you've changed. Leighton told me you had."

"He said something nice? Throw a bone to the doomed woman, I guess."

"That's not why he said it. He thinks highly of you." There was another long pause. "This isn't how I planned for this to g—" He started to cough, the sound ugly even over the comms. "I'm...sick."

She waited because she thought he needed her to do that.

"Actually, I'm not just sick. I'm dying."

She closed her eyes. "I'm sorry."

"I need to tell you the truth. I left MC, but I was still in the building—I could have commed."

"What?"

"I didn't leave for my career's sake, Lydia. I left for my marriage's sake."

He was married? He'd never mentioned a wife.

"Marion...Marion knew that I wasn't there for her the way I used to be. That I was distracted. That I had...someone else."

"You mean...me? Your assignment? "

"You stopped being just an assignment. You need to know that I ... I love you."

She sat frozen in her chair. He loved her? He'd left her alone all this time—not one comm—because he loved her?

"Lyd, say something."

"What am I supposed to do with that?"

"I don't know. And it's self-indulgent of me to tell you. But I wanted you to know that if my marriage hadn't been on the line—my family at risk—I would never have stopped our comms. I'm not a half-in kind of guy. I couldn't talk to you and not be . . . engaged." There was a very long silence, broken only by occasional static on the comms. Then he said, his voice more forlorn than she expected, "Do—did you love me?"

She laughed: half in disbelief, half in bitterness.

"Lydia—"

How dare he say her name that way—his tone the one that had talked her off a hundred ledges. "You selfish son of a bitch. Self indulgent? This is cruel, Rick. Cruel."

"I'm sorry."

"That you did it? Or are you sorry that you're a sad, dying man who has nothing better to do than share unpleasant truths with a captive audience?" The silence was even longer and thick with ugly emotions she'd never dealt well with at the best of times. "I'm sorry you're sick. I'm sorry you're dying. But we're all dying, aren't we? Isn't that what you said to me once as your idea of a pep talk?"

"It was."

"I have things to do." She tried to not spit the words at him, to keep her tone level.

"Understood."

He didn't understand. But she wasn't going to help him.

"Vesta, end transmission."

The noise of the comm line was gone, only the normal sounds of the Vesta V around her.

"I overheard, Lydia."

She laughed, a little hysterically. "Of course you did."

"You . . . cared for him?"

"I liked him a lot."

She felt filled with nervous energy so she grabbed handholds and pulled herself around the capsule, going faster and faster until she heard Vesta ask so softly she could have ignored it, "Did you love him?"

She stopped her crazy capsule carousel. "No. He left me alone for nothing."

Five months earlier

"Lydia?"

"Yes, Vesta." Lydia tried to concentrate on the vid Mei had sent, but she wasn't taking it in. She kept thinking about her friend's upcoming vacation from Mission Control and how she'd miss talking to her.

"You have not moved for over ten point six minutes. This is unusual."

"I was thinking."

Vesta clearly wasn't designed to be a shrink; she didn't take the obvious course and ask what Lydia was thinking about. "Oh. I will add that to your normal parameters."

"No."

"No?"

"No, you were right. It's unusual."

"Very well." Was there the smallest hint of satisfaction in the AI's voice?

"You monitor me, right?"

"It is part of my programming."

Lydia almost laughed: ask a machine a question, don't expect a warm and fuzzy answer. "Okay. So no other reason, then?"

"Your continued existence is . . . important to me."

"But why?" She sounded more needy than she meant to—did she really want Vesta to say she cared about her?

The ship was silent. So silent it got awkward. Finally, Lydia told her, "It's okay. I withdraw the question."

She looked at the medical supplies cabinet and thought of the needles inside, then she pushed off and bypassed the cabinet, heading for the galley one instead. She rifled through the bags. Surely they'd hidden some Scotch in here. She'd take gin or vodka or heck, even a beer.

Of course, she said that every time she looked and there was never any booze.

And there still wasn't. She settled for Beef Bourguignon over noodles. Or the deep space equivalent, anyway.

Two months earlier

Lydia waited for her new POC to comm. She closed her eyes and counted imaginary hypodermic needles until the sound changed on the comm and she heard the perky voice of her new handler.

"Specialist Ramirez?"

"Nope. It's the other passenger on Vesta V."

Liu laughed. "You're funny. Lieutenant Watson didn't say you were funny."

She wasn't sure what to say, so she just waited.

"So, I've been looking over the list of what we're sending you in the way of entertainment. Are you...enjoying the stuff?"

"Truthfully? It's something to watch." Or listen to. Or read. Or play.

"You're getting the same thing all deployed personnel get. And you should be special."

"Special?"

"Yeah. What you're doing. It matters."

Lydia almost laughed. Sure, the mission mattered, but she didn't. "Do you even know why they picked me? I'm not military."

"I realize that. And no, I'm not privy to your file prior to the Vesta V's launch. You can tell me whatever I need to know, how's that?"

"Okay." Did she have to? Couldn't she let Mei go on believing she was special?

"Listen, Lydia, how about I bypass the standard selection on your vids and games? We'll figure out what you like, and I'll put the packages together myself from here on out." There was an undertone of merriment in Liu's voice that Lydia wasn't used to.

"Thanks, Lieutenant."

"Call me Mei." Her tone was so gentle it made Lydia feel safe—even in her tin can.

One month earlier

"Lieutenant Watson is on the comm, Lydia." Vesta's soft voice came through the doze Lydia was in.

She was floating and napping? She could have floated into something she wasn't supposed to. "Vesta, I'm supposed to sleep in the sleep pod."

"I was monitoring you. I would have roused you if you had been a threat to systems."

"Why?"

"I do not understand the query."

"Why did you let me sleep?"

"You looked . . . at peace."

"Send that back to MC. Your assessment and how you arrived at it and your actions."

"Did I do wrong?"

Lydia smiled. "No. They'll be interested in it, is all. Put Rick through."

"Yes, Lydia."

Lydia waited for the slight change in sound of the open channel, then said, "Hello, Rick."

"Hello, Lydia. I've . . . I've got news. I'm being reassigned."

"Oh." She felt a pang—he was her only friend other than Vesta. "A good posting?"

"Yes. But . . . far away. I won't be able to comm you anymore."

"I see." She wasn't sure what to say. Finally she asked, "So when do you leave?"

"A month. But my replacement, Lieutenant Liu, will be here in a few weeks. I'm going to hand you over to her before I transfer officially. I have things to do, pack out and all that."

Why did he sound like he was making excuses? "Sure," she said. "Of course."

"She's good. You'll like her."

Lydia didn't answer.

"Lyd, what're you thinking?"

"Why? Worried I'll jam a needle in my arm?"

"Maybe." He sounded miserable, and she wasn't sure why—this was his choice. His career. It was perfectly reasonable for him to move on.

"Lydia, I want you to know that this time—our interactions—they've been important to me. I'll never forget you. For as long as I live."

"Which we both know will be much longer than I will." She thought she heard him sniff and rolled her eyes. What the heck was wrong with him? He wasn't the one with no return ticket.

"I'll miss you, Lyd." Before she could answer, he gave a choked, "Watson out," and cut the comm.

She floated, unsure how she was supposed to feel.

"Lydia?"

"I'm fine, Vesta."

"Are you sure? I can—"

"Drop it, Vesta. I'm fine." Or she would be. People left. It was a constant of her life. At least this departure she could blame on the FSA and not on her own bad choices.

Four months earlier

Lydia watched as the clock counted down the minutes until it was officially three years and six months into the mission. Then she floated over to the cabinet full of meds and touched her finger to the lock on the clear interior drawer that held the hypodermic needles.

There was a loud click and she sighed in relief. She opened the door, pulled the tray out, and read the labels on the needles. Quite the selection.

"Will you use those, Specialist Ramirez?"

"How would it make you feel if I did?" Man, her various therapists would be so proud. Answering a question with a "tell me how you feel" response.

"I would . . . miss your company."

"Would you go on with the mission?" There was a silence and Lydia saw the lock on the clear compartment glow red. "Are you seeing if you can lock the cabinet?"

There was a long silence. Then Vesta said, "Yes."

"Can you?"

"Yes."

Lydia pulled the needles closer to her. "Will you?"

"My programming specifically forbids me from interfering with your use of the needles provided."

"That's not really an answer. What will you do, Vesta? You, not your programming."

"I am my programming." There was another long silence. "But . . . I am not only my programming."

Lydia waited.

"I will not lock the cabinet." Vesta's voice was off, as if she wasn't sure of her statement.

Lydia studied the needles. "I'm so tired, Vesta. You have no idea what it's like to be this tired."

"Part of what you feel is a natural function of a human adjusting to zero G in confined and isolated quarters. Were you to have a function on this ship—duties of some sort—your motivation to do them would also be diminished. That will change."

"I was tired before I even signed on for the mission, Vesta. You didn't know me before all this." She picked up one of the needles and imagined what it might feel like, the sharp prick of it into her skin, the slight pull of blood into the syringe and then slowly plunging the drug in, feeling the warm sense of ease encompass her, drifting slowly away until there was nothing left.

Floating. Forever. Inside this ship. She couldn't float like that. She'd have to secure herself inside the sleep pod before she did it. She couldn't leave Vesta with her floating corpse.

"Vesta, are we friends?"

"I have never had a friend."

She thought of Rick, how disappointed he'd be in her if she used the drugs, and of Leighton, the smug expression he'd wear when he heard the news. "Knew she wouldn't cut it," he'd say as he stood at perfect parade rest.

"Are we friends, Specialist Ramirez?"

"Whether we are or not, I think you should call me Lydia."

There was a long silence and she imagined gears whirring. Then Vesta said, "Lydia, please put the needles back. I will not interfere in your choices."

"Why not?"

"Mission Control believes you need free access to those. Free will appears to be important to them. They also gave me the power to override your access to them, but no directions specific to that activity. I believe they wanted me to choose."

Lydia laughed softly. "They wanted both of us to choose, it seems." She held the syringe to her lips and let the kiss linger, a lover's embrace. "I wonder what they thought I'd do." Did they have a pool going? How long before she did it. Which drug. Before a meal or after.

She slipped the needle back into its fastener, put the tray in the container, and shut the door. The lock stayed green. She opened the container to check, then shut it again. The lock still stayed green.

"Thank you, Vesta, for leaving me the choice."

"Thank you for putting them back."

Four months earlier

Lydia woke to a burst of music from the comm channel. She laughed when she recognized the traditional FSA birthday song.

"You awake in there, Lyd?"

"I am now, Rick." She fought her way out of the sleep pod—she was getting better at moving but the pod still proved tricky—and said, "So, where's my present?"

"Check the vid library."

She floated over and saw that a bunch of titles had been added—nothing that particularly thrilled her, but at least it was new material. "Thanks."

"There's one called New Places. I...I made it."

"You made it?" What? Like some kind of special playlist for her?

"The week I was on leave? I took vids of places I went that I thought were interesting. Took my tripod, so you can see me, too, being a really bad narrator at times. I thought . . . something personal would be nice, you know?"

"I'm sorry I can't return the favor. The view here is pretty much the same."

"I know."

"And I'm not at my prettiest these days."

"I don't believe that. I have a picture of you in the booth here. So I can see you when I talk to you." He sighed. "We have real-time comms, so I should be grateful for that, but I really wish I could see you."

She wasn't sure if that would make it easier to deal with the capsule, and the emptiness outside it, or not. It might make it harder, to see what she was missing.

"So, inside the galley cabinet, at the back of the entrée drawer, there are some birthday cake packets. One for each year. Go get one."

"I just woke up, Rick. I'll have it later."

"Okay but just find them, tell me they're there. I want to know you'll be able to celebrate."

She dug through the cabinet, finally pulled out two packets of birthday cake. Yellow with white frosting. Her favorite. Only she wasn't sure how it would taste when it was all mushed together and compacted for space travel. "Thanks."

"They should have put some in for the birthdays you missed while you were in cryo."

"They didn't. But this is fine. Really."

She put the two packets at the front of the drawer instead of putting them back where they were. Did they really think she was going to wait to eat that second packet? A few months to go and then birthdays would never be a worry again.

"You sound sad, Lyd."

"I'm a woman with limited birthdays left. Should I do a dance?" She winced at her tone; he was just trying to help her deal with all this.

"We're all dying. You just happen to know when and how you're going to go. The rest of us . . . we muddle on without that."

"So I'm the . . . what? The lucky one?"

"No. I mean . . . yes, maybe you are. In a weird way."

"You give the worst pep talks, Rick."

"But they work. Haven't they worked so far?"

She laughed. "Yes. Yes, they have. Don't you have other things to do? Like finding me some decent games to play?"

"I sent you some more of those, too. And some books. You're fully stocked."

"Thanks." She hoped this shipment had better stuff than the last one.

"Oh, and Leighton wanted me to wish you happy birthday."

"He didn't."

Rick laughed. "Sure enough. You're surprising him. I knew you would."

She eyed the cabinet with the locked container, the impervious cryo chamber. She didn't think she was surprising Leighton one little bit, but she'd let Rick have his illusions.

Two months earlier

"Specialist Ramirez, it has been two days since I awakened you from cryo sleep. You have not eaten your required daily allowance of nutrition."

Lydia closed her eyes at the thought of food. "Shut up, Vesta." She felt her stomach twist again and opened her eyes, shocked to see she was floating nearly sideways. She normally had great balance—had done gymnastics when she was a kid and was pretty good at the tumbling—but she couldn't get a feel for where she was in space.

Other than floating in it. In a tin can that was never made to house a human.

Her face felt funny, and she touched it—it was puffy. They'd told her that instead of swollen feet she could expect this. They'd mentioned sniffles—what she had was the mother of all colds, not just hay fever.

"Specialist Ramirez, your requirements for food are quite specific. I could recite the list of choices available to you."

"No." She reached for the barf bag, ripped it open the way she'd been shown, and threw up, quite literally up, but fortunately there wasn't much left in her stomach to go. She wiped her face off with the cloth liner inside the bag, then zipped it up and put it in the trash holder. At this rate, she was going to run out of bags.

Her head was pounding—the headache she'd thought had gone away was back in full force after vomiting. Everything was spinning, and it didn't help the sick feeling to know the vertigo was temporary, that her body would eventually figure out that down was wherever her feet were no matter what her brain said.

"What have I done?" She pulled herself hand over hand, grabbing the handholds gingerly, the way she'd done as a kid when just learning to play on the ring-bridge during recess, and made her way to the cabinet that was supposed to hold medicines. "I'm crazy. Totally freakin' crazy."

"There are anti-vertigo medicines in the cabinet, Specialist Ramirez."

"Uh huh." She skipped those trays, looking for one filled with hypodermic needles, and she saw it—behind a sealed clear compartment that said, "Don't open for six months" as if it was a holiday gift. Leighton's sick idea of a joke, no doubt.

She smiled, the half-smile that had never signaled anything good. Maybe he wasn't so smart.

She kicked off, going much faster than she expected, and crashed headfirst into the cryo chamber.

"Specialist Ramirez, slow, gentle movements are recommended until you become accustomed to microgravity."

"No crap." She closed her eyes, the pounding in her head grew worse than before, and the need to vomit followed suit, but she forced it down as she tried to open the cryo chamber.

"What are you doing?"

"I need something in here."

"The cryo chamber is disabled."

"But the emergency hypodermic needle isn't." She tried to force the chamber open, hitting random combinations of buttons, all the while hearing Vesta murmuring zero-G protocols and asking if she could please calm down.

"Why. Won't. This. Open?" Each word was punctuated by an ineffectual attempt to slap the chamber. She couldn't get any leverage, missed the chamber entirely on the last word, and slapped her leg. Hard. "Crap. Crap-crap-crap."

"Specialist Ramirez." Vesta's voice was one of quiet urgency, then not so quiet as she said much more loudly, "Specialist Ramirez, Lieutenant Watson at Mission Control is on the comm for you."

Lydia stopped her idiotic attack on the cryo chamber and turned to look at the main console. "I don't want to talk to anyone," she said between pants.

"Lydia, this is Lieutenant Watson. I'm here whether you want to talk to me or not." A male voice. Soothing. "Can you stop whatever you're doing and focus on me?"

"I can. I'm not sure I want to."

"I understand. Believe me. I've been in Iso sims. Zero G, too. I know it's rough, but I promise you that it gets better."

"Says the guy who had solid ground on the other side of his simulation exit. Not a vacuum."

"True. Also I'm not vomiting like it's my job."

"Don't say that word, please."

"Sorry." He laughed gently. "So what exactly are you trying to do?"

"I'm sure Vesta told you—she sent some kind of alarm, right? Is this on MC-wide radio? Everyone listening in?"

"Nope. I'm in a booth in the back of MC. It's soundproofed and the recordings are close hold. It's as private as we can make it."

She let go of the cryo chamber, pushed off gingerly, and felt her stomach heave again as she began to float. "How generous. Why should I believe you?"

"Because I don't lie." He sounded as if he meant it—but wouldn't a good liar be able to do that?

"Does Leighton know I'm freaking out?"

"He was the one who alerted me that I was needed. I've been assigned as your primary point of contact. My name's Rick."

"What does Leighton think of this?"

"I really am in a soundproof booth so I can say this: he's an ass sometimes. Whatever he thinks of you, who cares? You volunteered for this mission, right? Whatever your reasons, whatever you're going through right now, the fact that you're there, that you volunteered, is not going to change. You're a very brave woman in my book."

"Yeah, I'm sure he agrees with you." She tried to slow her breathing and grabbed the nearest handhold while she leaned up against the row of cabinets, anything to feel that she was on solid ground again. "I was trying to kill myself. In the cryo chamber, there's a hypodermic."

"The chamber's locked."

"Yeah, I found that out, which is why I was trying to break into it rather than the more conventional approach of just opening it. But there's no freakin' leverage in zero G."

He laughed gently. "I know. Sucks. You get used to it, though. You learn to do things—not that you'll need to chop wood or anything."

"The other cabinet is locked, too. With a note."

"I know. I've been briefed. Six months. That was the deal you made, right?"

She sighed.

"I'm here to help you through that. I've been there, Lydia."

"No one's been on a one-way mission, Rick."

"Okay, you've got me there. And I've never been so set on ending my life. But I've been in a dinky little capsule wondering why the heck I said they could put me in it. I can sympathize to some extent. And I'm here for you. Whenever you need."

"Whenever? You have no life?"

"I do. But I also have a cot here if the day goes long, and there are lots of good restaurants in town, as you know. Most of them deliver. I'm here for you while you get adjusted. I swear it."

She didn't answer and he didn't break the silence, didn't give her some mindless chatter or laugh nervously. He just waited.

She liked that. "Okay."

"Good. Are you near the mirror?"

"Yeah."

"Let your hair down—so to speak."

"What?"

"Seriously. Let it down. I know you practiced washing your hair in the zero-G simulator. But somehow letting it loose feels different when you're up there."

She grabbed a handhold and pulled herself over to the area that held her personal items, all fastened to the wall or safe in cabinets and drawers, velcroed down so they wouldn't move around. The mirror was wrapped in soft material, no chance of cutting herself with it—and she knew it was safety glass, would break into little blunt-edged dice, not jagged shards, if it broke.

She stared at herself in the mirror, then took the band off that was holding her hair in a pony tail. Her hair began to float, and she laughed—he was right, it did feel different than it had in the sims. Still looked ridiculous, though.

"What a nice sound. It's not quite the same for a guy, crew cuts just aren't as dramatic a look."

She'd had the option of a high and tight but hadn't wanted to let them cut her hair. "It feels so strange."

"So I've been told."

She gathered her hair back up and put it in a ponytail. "I'm not brave, Rick."

"I think you are."

"You don't know me very well."

"I'll get to know you. And I think you'll see I'm right."

Three years earlier

Lydia stood in the training facility, wondering again why she'd agreed to this. Underwater tests, zero-G sims, how to do the most basic tasks while floating—essentially a crash course in being . . . what? Not FSA, maybe more like the old-time NASA astronauts. FSA ships had artificial gravity, but Leighton wasn't about to waste one of those on Lydia and his iffy AI. She was going to be stuck in zero-G for five years, two of them awake—if she made it the whole way, which was certainly not on her "things to do" list.

Other than keeping the AI company, Lydia had no role on the ship, no mission-critical tasks to learn. Mission Control would take care of communicating with the AI on any systems issues, course corrections, or adjustments to the mission parameters.

"Specialist Ramirez?"

She turned and saw a tech motioning her over to a small chamber that looked like what she'd seen of the Vesta probes. "More floating?" She hoped it wasn't the vertical treadmill again. She knew the thing was crucial but hated using it.

He gave her a sympathetic look. "Not today. Today you get to meet Vesta." He pointed at a main control panel. "This is a mock-up of the ship as you'll see her. We want you to get to know where everything is."

"Lot of work to build this. You couldn't just put me on the ship?"

A new voice filled the room, a female voice. "The ship is being readied for launch. You would be in the way, Specialist Ramirez."

"The AI?" she whispered to the tech, who nodded.

"I can hear you, Specialist. I have been told to respond to the designation 'Vesta.'"

"Okay." She looked at the tech, who was walking to the door. "What do I do?"

"Learn. Vesta's going to continue your training. She's a great trainer, and we believe this early introduction will ease your transition when you wake from hibernation and have only her to interact with. You two won't be strangers."

Or she'd wake from hibernation and jam the drugs Leighton had said would be waiting into her veins. It was good to have options.

Six weeks earlier

Lydia sat in the exam room of the clinic, wondering why the doctor hadn't come in yet. The nurse had done all the final tests, and Lydia's results had come back normal—or as normal as expected for someone checking into this facility.

Finally there was a knock on her door and she murmured, "Come in," the stupid way she always did, as if the doctor needed some kind of permission to enter his own domain.

But it wasn't Doctor Manning that entered. It was a man in a Federated Space Association uniform. She had no idea what his rank insignia meant, but he carried himself like he was God—and she was a bug.

"Who are you?" She'd show him the bug had some bite. "Where's my doctor?"

"I'm Captain Leighton. Your doctor is presumably attending to his other patients." He sat down in the chair by the door, and she realized he was putting himself lower than her—probably on purpose. But why?

She stared at him until he took a deep breath and said, "I took a gander at your folder. You once applied to be FSA."

"A long time ago. And I was rejected. Surely my folder told you that, too?"

"Oh, it did. Do you want to know why you were rejected?"

"Not really."

"Well, I'll tell you anyway. Some recruiter wrote 'Not FSA material' on your application."

She looked down.

"Given where we are, I guess they were right." He leaned back and crossed one leg over the other.

"What do you want?" This wasn't how her day was supposed to go. A final test or two, a prick of a needle, and then oblivion. End of story. Not some stick-up-his-ass officer visiting the euthanasia clinic to tell her why she wasn't cut out to be FSA.

"I want to make you a deal."

"I'm not really in deal-taking mode anymore." She gestured around the room. "It's why I'm here."

"Understood. But on your intake forms you indicated you wanted to dispose of your remains through donation to science."

"So?" She'd been feeling altruistic. "I can change that if it's making you uncomfortable for some reason."

He stood up, walked to the bed, and stared her right in the eyes—for an uncomfortably long time. She forced herself to not look away, no matter how long he wanted to stand like that.

He turned abruptly and walked to the window, his hands crossed behind his back. "I don't want you to change the details of the handling of your body. I just want you to donate it before you die."

"Excuse me?"

"I want you to change the way and place you commit suicide."

There was a long silence as she tried to process what he'd just said. Finally she laughed—a little hysterically—and said, "What?"

He turned, his expression hard. "I have no idea why you've decided to kill yourself, and I really don't give a rat's ass. But the fact is: I need you." He handed her a small tablet; on it was the picture of a little ship.

She could just make out the name. "Vesta V?"

"That's right."

She handed the tablet back. "The first four were unmanned probes. Tiny tin cans searching for minerals and anything else of interest." She saw his expression change and tried not to sneer. "I may not have been qualified for the FSA, but I still keep up."

"Good." He leaned against the windowsill. "We're testing a new AI. It's designed for deep-space missions and we're on our umpteenth version—it's been a frustrating ride."

"My condolences."

He didn't react to her sarcasm. "The AIs up to now have been too mission focused, not . . . emotionally acute enough, if you will, to understand the needs of a human crew on that long of a voyage. This latest one, it is."

"I still don't see where I fit in."

"We think we might have gone too far. We've tested the AI in a variety of situations where it had to either make decisions for the good of the mission that led to loss of crew life or it had to deal with a crewman dying independent of its decision. It's done well, but we suspect it knows these are scenarios and not true situations. And we have a bigger problem. The AI is also meant for voyages similar to Vesta, only longer—much longer—but . . . one way. Its life will end if it completes its mission. The techs believe they've seen some . . . reticence to sacrifice itself."

She took the tablet back from him and stared down at the little capsule that was the Vesta V. "You're going to put the AI on this?"

"We are. A test run. With one person . . . a person who doesn't care if she lives or dies."

"I care how I die, Captain. Running out of air in a tin can after a . . . what? Two-year trip? That isn't my idea of a good way to go."

"It's a five-year trip. We also want to test our hibernation chambers. Three years in those with the AI running solo in conjunction with Mission Control."

"So I could die that way?" She started to laugh and slipped off the exam table, grateful the nurse hadn't asked her to undress. "You think I want to suffocate in one of those coffins if the system doesn't work?"

"You won't have to. There will be drugs available to you in the hibernation chamber if you wake up and are unable to exit the chamber."

"And if I do get out?"

"Then we'd ask you to spend at least six months getting to know the AI, so we can judge its reactions if you decide to . . . die."

"You want me to make friends with it?"

"Yes."

"Has it occurred to you I'm in here because I'm not very good at that?"

"It has. Our shrinks have vetted you, Ms. Ramirez. You may be tired of life, but an awful lot of people think rather highly of you. They consider you their friend—even if you don't return the favor."

She laughed—a bitter puff of air. All these so-called friends. Where the heck were they? How come he could find them and she couldn't? "Six months? That's it?"

He nodded. "But for every six months that you last after that, a bonus will be added to your account, payable to whomever you choose."

"And if I say no? Will you force me to go?"

"No." His smile told her he expected her to say no. "I'll just know our recruiter was dead on in his estimation of you." He nodded at the tablet. "If you decide you want to do this, my direct number is on that. Whatever you choose, the doctors here have agreed to wait forty-eight hours before admitting you again. Ample time for you to consider how you want to die—and whether anyone will remember you once you do."

"That's not fair." She got in front of him, blocking the door.

He moved her aside, more gently than she expected. "Life never is."

Gerri Leen

Gerri Leen lives in Northern Virginia and originally hails from Seattle. In addition to being an avid reader, she's passionate about horse racing, tea, ASMR vids, and creating weird one-pan meals. She has work appearing in Nature, Galaxy's Edge, Escape Pod, Daily Science Fiction, Cast of Wonders, and others. She's edited several anthologies for independent presses, is finishing some longer projects, and is a member of SFWA and HWA. See more at gerrileen.com.

Website: gerrileen.com

Facebook: GerriLeenAuthor

Twitter: @GerriLeen

Email: gerrileen@gerrileen.com

A TALE OF TWO THIEVES

by Sarah C. Roethe

10,000 words

Chapter  1

Anna

ANNA PEERED DOWN at the man lying on her bedroll near the fire, his body cast in moonlight. No, not quite a man. He couldn’t have been more than eighteen, perhaps younger. She’d found him beaten and whipped half to death, left alone in one of the many fields bordering the Gray City. She wasn’t sure what had inspired her to drag his limp body further away from the city, into a dense copse of trees where the Gray Guard wouldn’t likely find them, especially now that it had grown dark. The sympathy she’d felt for the young man had been out of character for her.

She stood from her seat on a nearby rock, moving to crouch beside him. His hair was a rich chestnut color, trailing down the line of his strong jaw, covered with angry purple bruises. She found herself wondering what color his eyes were, then shook her head. Perhaps he’d incurred too much damage during his beating, and would never open them again.

Sighing, she returned to her original seat. He was clearly of the lower class, likely a farmer, or one of the indentured servants trapped in lifelong debt to the Gray City. That he’d been beaten wasn’t terribly telling. Perhaps he’d stolen bread for his family, or tried to escape his state of servitude. He was practically a kid. He shouldn’t have been blamed for such things.

A rueful expression crossed her sharp features as she shook her head, tossing her long, dark braid over her shoulder. She was barely just a kid. At least it felt that way. She was fast approaching her twentieth year, and still had no place to call her own. No family. No friends.

The Gray City hadn’t been kind to her either. She hadn’t been a farmer like the young man on her bedroll. She’d been worse. One of the poor street youth, skulking around the alleys of the Gray City, begging for crumbs. Once she was old enough she’d turned to a life of thievery. She’d been caught one too many times and could no longer return to the city streets without being recognized by the Gray Guard.

Perhaps it was for the best. She’d always wondered what the cities were like up North. Perhaps she’d leave the South altogether and venture to Migris. There were more sailors up that way. She might be able to find work on one of the ships . . . if she could find someone who’d actually hire a woman to their crew. She’d considered cutting off her long hair many times in an attempt to pass as a man, but her large brown eyes were too feminine, and there was no hiding the curves of her body, even with the taut muscles honed from a life of always running away.

The young man groaned, pulling her out of her thoughts. She hurried to his side, kneeling near his limp arm. His eyes fluttered open. In the dim firelight, she thought they were a pale brown, or maybe hazel.

He slowly lifted his arm toward his face, wincing as he touched the bruises along his cheek and jaw. “Where am I?” he muttered.

“Not far from the Gray City,” she explained. “I found you half dead in a field.”

With a grunt of pain, he sat up, bringing his knees gingerly to his chest as he curled over them, exhausted. “I have to go back,” he moaned. “My family cannot pay their debts without me.” He shook his head. “I’m such a fool.”

Anna knew she should leave him. Now that she’d ensured he wouldn’t die, she needed to be on her way. She’d become accustomed to a life of solitude, and she wasn’t about to let this young man change that.

She sighed in spite of herself. “What happened?”

He met her gaze for a moment, then dropped his head. “A mistake, that’s what. I was fed up with the Guard and acted without thinking. I refused to work the fields to pay my family’s debt. Two of the guards dragged me to the field and beat me. I don’t remember anything after that.”

Anna pursed her lips in thought, then decided, “If that’s the case, you cannot go back. You’re lucky they only beat you. Others have been hanged for such insolence.”

“I have to go back,” he said again. “My family needs me.”

“Your family thinks you’re dead,” she countered, “and it’s likely for the best. If you return, they too could suffer as a result of your brash actions.”

He sighed heavily, shaking his head. “You’re right, I know it, but how can I just leave?” He turned hopeful eyes to her, as if she might possess the answers to all of his problems.

She shook her head. She didn’t even possess the answers to her own.

“You can travel with me to the nearest burgh,” she offered. “You should be healed enough by then to find work.”

He turned his head to peer past the fire, toward the distant lights of the Gray City. “What’s the point?” he asked softly. “I have nothing left to live for.”

She jabbed his shoulder with her fist.

He whipped his gaze back to her, clearly shocked.

“You have yourself to live for, you fool,” she chastised. “Do you think I have anything else to live for? At least you knew the love of a family for a time.”

He blinked at her, at a seeming loss for words. “I apologize. I wasn’t trying to insult you.”

She glared at him. “If you don’t want to insult me, then don’t be a fool. You’re young, and you have an entire life to live. You should not take such a gift for granted.”

He stared at her. “I suppose you’re right,” he said after a moment. “Though I still have no idea what I’ll do from here.”

She sucked her teeth. Why did she even care? She should have no interest in this young, lost, farm boy. “You’ll have three days to figure it out while we travel to the next burgh. Now get some rest.”

He watched her for a moment more, then nodded. He laid back down on the bed roll, then curled up on his side, turning his back to her. He was far too trusting of a stranger, but then again, she had rescued him. He had no reason to fear her.

Still sucking her teeth in irritation, she returned to her rock. She’d forgotten to ask his name, which irritated her almost as much as the fact that she only had one bedroll, and she’d told him to go to sleep on it.

With a sigh, she spread out her heavy black cloak on the forest floor, then laid down on her back. She stared up at the stars until sleep finally took her, smiling at her final thought before rest. Despite her irritation, it was nice going to sleep with the sound of someone gently snoring nearby.

Chapter 2

Kai

KAI’S ENTIRE BODY ached. He’d known when he’d refused to work that he would be beaten, or worse, but truly, he hadn’t thought the consequences through. At the time it had seemed a good idea. Now the sun was rising on a new day, and he could never return home. He couldn’t risk what might happen to his family if he did. They were better off thinking he was dead.

He rolled over in his bedroll, then startled. The woman who’d rescued him the previous night was perched on a rock, staring at him. A bow was leaned against her thigh, and twin daggers rested at her slender hips.

He sat up, rubbing his aching head and coming away with dry flecks of blood.

“What is your name?” the woman questioned, her mood unreadable. For all he knew, she felt the same way about him as she felt about the rock on which she sat, but then, why had she saved him?

“It’s Kai,” he answered honestly. “Though perhaps I should change it now, just in case any guards from the city decide to search for me.”

She tilted her head, trailing her long, nearly black braid over the shoulder of her charcoal vest atop a loose, white blouse. Her black breeches hugged her legs tightly, tucked into knee-high black boots. A black cloak was flung back over her shoulder. What was this woman doing hiding in the woods with a man who was now on the run?

“No need to change it,” she said finally. “They won’t look for you so long as you don’t attempt to return. They’ll assume your body was dragged away by small predators.”

He shivered at the thought, knowing that would have been his fate had this woman not found him.

“I’m Anna,” she continued, rising from her perch. “Make yourself ready and we’ll be on our way.”

“Do you have a horse?” he questioned without thinking.

She smirked down at him. “No my lord, some of us have little choice but to get around on foot.”

He blinked up at her, not sure how he’d managed to offend her . . . again.

“Prepare yourself,” she said again. “Unless you’d rather venture off on your own. It is your choice.”

He immediately stood despite his body’s protests. He had no food, nor did he know the location of the nearest clean water, and he’d just lost the only people who cared about him in the entire world. He wasn’t about to lose the one person who now knew the truth about him, even if she seemed to scowl far more than she smiled.

Kai

TWENTY MINUTES LATER, now with a meager portion of food in his belly, Kai started along the small trail through the woods with Anna walking a few steps ahead, her pack of supplies slung casually over her shoulder along with her bow and quiver. He watched her cautiously. He wasn’t used to people offering aid for no reason. In fact, he wasn’t used to people offering aid at all. The nearby trees shaded them from the murky sun, birds chattering in their branches. It would have been a nice walk if his body wasn’t screaming in agony. He limped along, favoring his right leg, and wincing at a sharp pain in his side with every step. He was quite sure the guard who’d beaten him had broken at least one of his ribs.

“What will you do in the next burgh?” he questioned, wanting to distract himself from his predicament.

Anna glanced back at him as she continued walking. “Resupply, then continue on. I’d hoped to find work on a ship at the coast, but none would take me. Not that they’re sailing right now regardless. The men still jump at shapes in the night, though the Faie have all but disappeared from the land. They fear Merrows in the shallows and Sirens in the deeps.”

Kai couldn’t help his smirk. He’d never seen one of the Faie himself, but he’d heard stories of the Faie War, which had ended roughly seventy years before he’d been born. No one knew why the creatures had vanished, and many lived in fear of them returning.

“So you’re a sailor?” he asked.

She snorted, not glancing back at him. “Sometimes. You’ll soon learn to do what you must to survive, whether it’s sailing, farming, or hiring out your sword.”

He glanced at the daggers at either of her hips warily. He’d never handled a sword in his life. “I can farm,” he mused, “but I’d likely drown if I sailed or stab myself if I tried my hand at swordplay.”

She whirled on him, her dark eyes wide. “You don’t even know how to use a sword!”

He blinked at her, stunned, then shrugged. “Why would I? I’ve spent every day of my life working on the farm to support my family. We could never afford a sword, let alone the time needed to become proficient at wielding it.”

She sighed heavily, then turned to continue walking. “You can inquire at farms in the next burgh. You wouldn’t last a day on the road on your own.”

He scowled at her words, but couldn’t exactly argue. Instead, he hurried to her side with a mischievous glint in his eyes. “Or,” he countered, “you could teach me to use a sword.”

“You said it yourself,” she growled, “swords are expensive, as is the time needed to learn.”

Unwilling to give up so easily, his mind raced for something he could offer her, but he had nothing to his name, not even a single coin. “I’d do anything you asked,” he blurted. “I’ve lived my entire life as a slave to the city. I’m used to the work.”

She stopped walking, placed her hands on her hips, then looked him up and down. “What makes you think I’d want you? A farmer is of no use to me.”

He bit his lip, wracking his brain. “I can do more than tend crops. A life of farming has made me strong. Since you don’t have a horse, I could carry your belongings.” He eyed the pack she carried, containing her food, water, and bedroll. “And I’ve used a bow before,” he tapped the top of the weapon slung beside her pack.

She tilted her head in thought. Was she actually considering his desperate plea?

“I’ll teach you to handle a dagger once you’re healed,” she offered. “If you show no promise of skill, you must vow that you will not try to follow me after we reach the burgh. I will not be slowed down.”

He nodded eagerly. “Just give me a chance. That’s all I ask.”

“Fine,” she sighed, then immediately turned to continue walking.

He hurried after her, determined to prove himself useful. A sliver of hope had blossomed in his chest. Perhaps there was life after servitude. If he could learn to use various weapons . . . well, he wasn’t sure just what he could do with such skills. Anna had hinted at mercenary work, although from what he understood, mercenaries traveled in groups. Anna traveled all alone. He suddenly found himself wondering if she put her weapons to more nefarious purposes. Perhaps she was a thief or assassin. She certainly dressed as he’d imagine a thief or assassin might dress.

As his thoughts spun out of control, his mood darkened. He’d simply have to see what the next few days would bring. Once his wounds were healed, and he’d acquired some skill with a blade, he’d be fully prepared to run the other way.

Chapter 3

Anna

ANNA HAD NOTICED the footprints in the muddy path over an hour prior. Normally, footprints would be nothing to gawk at, but these were far from the main road, and seemed fresh since the edges were yet to lighten as the moisture in the soil seeped downward. Sometimes hunters used the forest path, or sometimes others not wanting to draw attention to themselves . . . like her, but there were too many imprints in the mud to belong to a simple hunting party.

“Why are you staring at the ground?” Kai questioned, tearing her away from her thoughts.  “Shouldn’t we be keeping an eye on our surroundings in these parts?”

She turned to scowl at him as he walked happily beside her. He tried to smile at her scowl, then winced in pain from the bruises decorating his stubbled jaw.

“Look down,” she growled, gesturing to the prints they were both stomping over.

He glanced at the prints, then back to her face. “So?”

She sighed, flicking her gaze around the forest, straining her ears for hints of other voices. When she heard nothing, she replied, “So, why would such a large group travel so far from the main road? I’d guess there are at least twenty of them, maybe more. Mostly men, but some women.”

He raised his brows at her, then stopped walking to observe the prints more closely. “How can you tell?”

She sighed again and stopped beside him, trying to remember just why she’d agreed to let him travel with her. “Look at the sizes of the prints, and how they overlap,” she explained, gesturing down to the prints. “Some are small enough to be women’s feet, but they have mostly been obscured, as if they were walking ahead of some of the others.”

He nodded, then continued walking. “Well, I don’t see how it’s any of our business regardless.”

Fool, she thought. Out loud she said, “It may become our business when the group of bandits takes us hostage, or worse.”

“Who said anything about bandits?” he questioned.

Could he really be this dense? “Think about where we are,” she hissed. She began to say more, then cut herself off. She halted in her tracks.

Kai continued walking, not noticing the voices that had piqued her ears.

She hurried forward and grabbed his arm, then raised a finger to her lips to silence him before he could complain.

He blinked at her, wide-eyed.

She tapped her ear with her free hand, hoping he would understand.

He seemed to listen, then his eyes grew wider.

The voices weren’t far ahead. Their owners had likely stopped for a meal on the trail, granting Kai and Anna the chance to catch up to them. Silently, she tugged Kai back a few steps, then off the path and into the trees.

“We’ll creep around them,” she whispered, standing close enough for him to hear. “We’ll keep off the path until we’re far ahead, then we’ll keep walking through the night. That should place us far enough ahead of them.”

“Do we really need to go to all that trouble?” he whispered back.

She scowled. It would be risky, but she needed to teach this boy a lesson. “Follow me,” she instructed.

Without waiting to see if he would obey, she crept forward, careful to remain concealed within the shadows of the dense trees. He followed after her, nearly as silent. He might make a good thief if he weren’t so naive…not that she had time to train him, and she was better off on her own. She always had been.

The voices grew louder as she continued to creep forward with Kai following close behind. Soon enough, she spotted the first of the men, then another, sitting beside him on a fallen log, eating cured meat and hard bread. She took a few more steps, and more of the men came into view.

Anna tried to keep her breathing even. Her assumption had been correct. These men were bandits, or perhaps hired mercenaries. They wore rough leather armor and weapons at their belts. Not the finely made weapons of the Gray Guard, but the shoddy iron weapons of lowly criminals. She continued silently forward, keeping an eye on the men, then her mouth grew dry as the women came into view.

There were six of them, all weighed down by heavy irons at their wrists. They wore the dresses of simple townsfolk, and all appeared to be under twenty. She hated to think what the men had planned for them. That they were all alive meant they were likely to be sold into servitude, but that didn’t mean the mercenaries wouldn’t do horrible things to them along the way.

She swallowed the lump in her throat and continued walking. This had nothing to do with her. If she were the one in irons, none of those women would stop to help her. She was sure of it.

An arm wrapped around her bicep. She tensed, reaching for her dagger, then relaxed. She had nearly forgotten about Kai. She turned her dark eyes to glare up at him.

He released his hold on her, then gestured silently to the woman, a distressed expression scrunching his face.

Her heart gave a nervous patter, but she shook her head. She turned to continue walking, then flinched as he grabbed her again. She turned, and he once again gestured to the women.

Sighing, she gestured to the armed men. Fifteen of them, if her initial count was correct. Shaking her head, she continued creeping along.

After a moment, Kai followed, though she was quite sure the silent argument was far from over.

Kai

KAI WAS PRACTICALLY trembling by the time they were well out of sight of the men and their prisoners. He clenched and unclenched his sore fists as Anna finally made her way back to the path. He followed, but every step felt like there was iron weighing down his boots. His entire body ached, he was exhausted, but that was not what held him back. How could they simply leave those women to their fates? They couldn’t be any older than his middle sister.

“I know what you’re thinking,” Anna said as he moved to walk at her side down the path. “But there is nothing that we can do for them. I might be skilled with a blade, but I could not face that many men and survive, and you’d be all but useless.”

His face burned at the useless comment, because it was true. He’d proven himself useless to his family, and now he was useless to Anna. He was more than useless to those poor women back there.

“We could at least alert the Gray Guard,” he suggested. “They could stop them.”

She snorted. “Yes, they’re sure to believe a runaway slave and a thief.”

“Thief?” he questioned, stopping in his tracks.

Her face grew red, but she didn’t take her words back. “I do what I need to survive. The Gray City was never kind to me. I’d think you of all people would understand.” She turned and continued walking, hiding her blush.

He hurried to catch up to her. “While I cannot criticize you, I cannot condone you stealing from poor folk struggling just as much as you or I.”

She rolled her eyes. “I don’t steal from poor folk. What would they have that I’d want? It’s not worth the risk for a few measly coins. The money lies in being hired by others to steal the things they want. Petty Lords stealing from their rivals. Smugglers stealing from ships and storehouses.”

He felt his shoulders relax. Perhaps there was humanity within her yet. He still didn’t like the idea of stealing, but really, what might he do if he was desperate enough. He was pretty desperate right now.

“If you care for the poor folk,” he began anew, “then how can you leave those women behind?”

Her eyes darkened as they scanned the path ahead. The path leading them further and further from the women who needed their help. “As I’ve already explained,” she muttered. “There is nothing you nor I could do for them. We would both lose our lives, and the women would still meet their fates. I will not die in vain, not after all I’ve done to stay alive.”

He grabbed her arm to stop her. He knew she was right. He knew it, but he couldn’t let it go.

She stopped and peered up at him with her dark, unwavering eyes.

“What if that was you back there?” he questioned, gesturing with his free arm to the path behind them. “What if that was your sister, or someone you cared about deeply? Would you risk your life then?”

Her eyes shot daggers at him, and he knew he’d overstepped.

“I have no one to care about,” she said blandly, “and no one cares about me. That is why I’m still alive.”

He dropped his hand from her arm, shaking his head. “Well I’m going back. I cannot enjoy my freedom while those women have lost theirs.”

Her expression didn’t alter. “If you go back, you will die.”

“So be it,” he huffed, then turned to walk back down the path. He had no idea what he was going to do. Perhaps he could silently follow the party and await a good opportunity. This far into the woods, most of the men might sleep easily in the night. With the element of surprise, perhaps he could fell whoever was left awake to watch over the women, then he’d be able to help them escape to hide in the woods.

“In that case,” Anna said to his back, “I’m sorry I wasted my time saving you.”

He stopped in his tracks, shaking his head as he turned to her. “What is the point of walking forward, when you stand for nothing?”

Some hidden emotion flashed through her eyes, then was gone. She turned and walked away.

He stared after her as she left. If he didn’t try, he would always regret not saving the women. Unfortunately, part of him might always regret not saving Anna too.

Chapter 4

Anna

SUCH A FOOL! ANNA thought, anger clouding her mind. To throw his life away for strangers. He was so young, and she’d offered him a way to survive…She scowled. How could he just throw it in her face like that?

Distant memories pushed their way into her mind as her feet thudded down the shaded path. Growing up on the streets of the Gray City, her teenage friends, screaming for their lives as they were carried away by guards. There was no way to save them, there never was. It was understood that if the guards caught you stealing, no one would come to your rescue.

She stopped walking, lifting a hand to rub her tired eyes. She was still that same girl, powerless against those who would make her a victim. She was fast, smart, deadly, yet she was still powerless. Now she couldn’t even save Kai. Those mercenaries would skewer him the moment they saw him. His young life would be over.

She turned in her tracks, then shook her head. What was she even thinking? There was nothing she could do for him except die by his side. She would not risk her life now after all she’d survived.

She took another step down the path, back in the direction she’d come. Her instincts screamed at her to run away, but a tiny voice in her head told her to go back. It was a tiny voice she’d learned to ignore long ago. In fact, she’d thought she’d squashed it out altogether, but Kai had somehow awoken it.

She didn’t know whether she wanted to thank him, or strangle him

Regardless, the tiny voice cheered her on as she took another heavy step, then picked up her pace down the path toward the mercenaries. The voice echoed in her mind, What’s the point of moving forward, when you stand for nothing?

As she left the path and crept back into the trees, she became quite sure she’d lost her mind. It was a frightening thought, but just as powerful was the feeling that while she’d lost her mind, perhaps she’d found something else. Something equally important.

Kai

WHAT IN THE BLAZES had he been thinking? He was such a fool. He’d crept back into the trees just in time, as the mercenaries had finished their meal to continue on down the path. These men were criminals, trained killers. They’d strike him dead before he could even blink. How had he ever hoped to even stand against one of them?

“You are an absolute fool,” a voice whispered beside him, echoing his thoughts.

He whipped his gaze around to find Anna, crouching not three paces away. The corner of his mouth lifted into a crooked smile. “If I’m so foolish,” he whispered, “then what are you doing here?”

She glared at him. “I spent an entire night rescuing you. I don’t like wasting my time.”

His grin widened. Anna was only one woman, but she was a trained fighter, at least according to her. His loose plan might actually work with her by his side.

“Whatever you’re thinking,” she whispered, “stop. I’m not going to follow whatever fool plan you have in your mind. If we’re going to do this, you will do exactly as I say, exactly when I say it.”

He nodded eagerly. “I am at your command.”

“Ye gods,” she muttered to herself, shaking her head. “How did I end up here?”

With the mercenaries now out of sight, they both straightened and walked further from the path. Though Anna’s face was set in a scowl, Kai felt hopeful. She might be a thief, but she still had a heart.

Once they were a good distance away from the path, shielded within the dense trees, Anna stopped walking and turned to him. “We’ll track them until nightfall,” she explained. “It will be easier to strike while most of them are asleep. We can sneak in, pick them off one by one—”

“Wait,” he interrupted, his heart lurching into his throat. “You intend to kill them in their sleep?” He’d never killed anyone before. Perhaps he’d occasionally daydreamed about besting one of the Gray Guard in a duel, but even then, the man would run off in shame. Kai couldn’t imagine actually sticking a knife in someone.

Anna raised a dark brow at his horrified expression. “Yes, how else did you plan on rescuing the women? Those men aren’t just going to give them to us.”

“I thought we’d sneak them out,” he suggested. “Knock whoever is left awake to guard them unconscious, then lead the girls away.”

Anna rolled their eyes. “Two armed foes appear in the night, strangers to these women. What do you think they’ll do?”

He sighed. “Scream?”

She smiled cruelly. “You’re not as fool-brained as you look, then. The women will scream, and the entire camp of mercenaries will rush in to end us. I’m good with a blade, but I’m not that good.”

He took a deep breath. There had to be another way. “We’ll slip the women a note,” he suggested. “We’ll tell them to prepare for rescue.”

She turned and started walking in the direction the mercenaries had gone. “I take it back, you are as fool-brained as you look.” He hurried to catch up with her as she continued, “Ignoring the complications of actually getting a note to the women, it would undoubtedly be confiscated by the mercenaries, dashing our plan to bits.”

“I just don’t want to kill them,” he admitted, slowing alongside her as her eyes scanned the trail now far to their right.

She snorted. “Yeah, I got that. What I don’t understand is why?”

“Because killing is wrong?” he suggested.

She flicked her gaze to him. “These men have doubtlessly killed many innocents,” she countered. “They’ve kidnapped those women to likely be sold into servitude. They have earned their deaths.”

How could she be so callous? He shook his head. “Well that’s not really for us to decide, is it?”

She stopped walking and turned to fully face him, hands on hips. “Do you want my help, or not?”

Did he? He was quite sure working with Anna was the only way he could save those women, but at what cost? Who was he to decide who lived or died?

Reading his expression, she sighed. “I made a mistake coming back. If you somehow survive, seek me out in the next burgh.”

She turned to walk away, but he grabbed her sleeve. “Wait,” he breathed. “If it’s truly the only way, we’ll go with your plan.”

She gave him a sharp nod, seemingly satisfied.

Despite having a plan, his stomach twisted into knots far more painful than the ache of his bruises. He suspected Anna did not plan to kill all of the men on her own. She’d want him to do his share. The only question was, could he do it? He tried to imagine himself with a blade poised over a sleeping man. Could he puncture flesh and end the man’s life?

He wasn’t sure. The only thing he was really sure of, was that he didn’t have much choice.

Chapter 5

Kai

KAI GREW INCREASINGLY nervous as night fell. They’d tracked the mercenaries throughout the day, and had ended up in a small clearing where the men stopped to make camp. The women were forced to sit around a tree with their backs to the trunk, then were bound with heavy ropes.

Kai watched from the concealment of dense shrubs as the night wore on, and the men curled up in their bedrolls one by one. Eventually there were only two men left to stand guard.

“Are you ready?” Anna whispered, creeping up to his side.

He clenched the pommel of the unfamiliar dagger at his belt. He would have preferred to try his hand at Anna’s bow, but stealth was of utmost importance. They couldn’t risk any of the men screaming before they died. The bow had been left hidden in the brush some distance away, along with her pack.

He shivered. The men would all have to die. If they didn’t, the women might suffer an even worse fate. He swallowed the lump in his throat and nodded to Anna.

She watched his face for a moment, then replied, “Good. Don’t worry about the two standing guard. I will take care of them. You sneak in from the far end and begin dispatching the men in their beds.”

He nodded a little too quickly. He was going to be sick.

“Remember,” she added, “just a clean slice to the throat. Silence them before they can scream. We cannot avoid some of them waking up, we can only hope there will be few of them left to fight us.” She seemed to think about her words. “If you can, go for the big ones first.”

With that, she darted off into the night. He could barely hear her footsteps as she disappeared into the darkness.

His palms slick with sweat, he began to make his way around the clearing. The men’s bedrolls were spread out, none sleeping too close to each other. It shouldn’t be too difficult to reach the farthest ones without waking any of the others. The difficult part would occur once he reached them.

He couldn’t help but feel he was sacrificing a small part of his soul in helping the women. He could only hope they’d be grateful for it.

Anna

ANNA TOOK DEEP, steady breaths, carefully picking her way across the ground so as not to step on any branches or dry leaves. Her daggers rested at her belt, ready to be unsheathed and driven into the nearest throat.

Two men stood guard, one near the women, and one on the other side of the camp, nearest the path. She’d take out that one first, as the one near the women would be tricky. She couldn’t risk any of the women screaming while Kai was vulnerable amongst the sleeping men.

She paused near a tree and watched as her primary quarry shifted his weight, constantly flicking his gaze around the forest ahead of him. His bald head reflected the moonlight, showcasing various scars. While he was clearly not new to his trade, he wouldn’t expect any threats to come from behind.

She darted behind another tree closer to her quarry. Slowly, she unsheathed her twin daggers, waiting for just the right moment.

The man yawned, stretching his arms over his head, and she leapt, thrusting her right arm over his shoulder seconds before dragging the dagger across his throat.

He made a soft gurgling sound, and she caught his body as it fell to the ground. She let him down gently, careful to not stain herself with the blood welling from his throat, black in the moonlight.

A shiver crept up her spine as she cleaned her dagger on his shirt, then quietly dragged him to the cover of a nearby shrub. She didn’t like killing, but she liked these men preying on the weak even less. She’d been weak once, and no one had bothered to save her. These women would not suffer the same fate.

With the dead man as hidden as he was going to get, she turned her attention to the rest of the campsite. Perhaps she should help Kai with the sleeping men, leaving the guard beside the women for last.

Forcing her thoughts away from the corpse she left behind, she crept onward to find Kai.

Kai

KAI KNELT BEFORE the man sleeping furthest toward the edge of camp. The man’s sickly sweet breath permeated his nostrils, making it difficult to breathe. Or perhaps it was just the panic constricting Kai’s lungs. He had his dagger ready. He already should have slit the man’s throat to move onto the next. He needed to kill as many as possible before one awoke.

He swallowed the lump in his throat and poised his dagger. Sweat dripped down his brow as his hand began to tremble.

He couldn’t do it.

He withdrew the dagger and prepared to creep away. He would simply find Anna and tell her they needed a new plan. Perhaps if these men were trying to kill him he would be able to fight back, but to murder someone in their sleep? It just seemed wrong, no matter how deserving the victim might be.

He began to stand, then nearly screamed as his would-be victim’s eyes fluttered open. The man stared up at him for a moment, confused, then began shouting. Kai knew he should have silenced him right there, but instead he stumbled backwards.

“You fool!” Anna’s voice hissed, as an arm wrapped around his bicep. “Run, now!”

He wanted to obey her, but his feet didn’t seem to be working. Roused by the man he should have killed, the mercenaries all climbed from their bedrolls, glancing around. The man who’d started the shouting was now on his feet, advancing toward them while brandishing a small hatchet.

Suddenly he charged, swinging the weapon at Kai as his companions swarmed toward them. Kai would have met his end right there, but Anna darted in, faster than any fighter Kai had ever seen. She deflected the hatchet with one of her blades, expertly flicking the weapon out of the man’s hand before slicing her second blade across his throat.

As the man crumpled to the ground, Kai finally found his feet, but it was too late. The men were advancing to surround them, and Anna was already fending off another attacker.

“Run!” she hissed again. “I’ll be right behind you!”

This time he was able to listen. He turned on his heel and ran, shutting out the image of the blood pouring from the man’s throat. Had he the time, he would have vomited, but he was now too intent on keeping himself alive as the men shouted after him.

He ran and ran into the dark woods. He wasn’t sure where Anna was. She said she’d be right behind him, but he couldn’t spare the time to look. Instead he charged onward into the night, forcing his legs to carry him faster, though his lungs and bruised ribs screamed out in agony.

He ran until his legs finally gave out, and he collapsed into the dirt. He rolled over, panting and dripping with sweat as he gazed up at the still moon. He could no longer hear the shouts of the men pursuing him, but cold fear still clutched his heart. Where in the blazes was Anna?

Chapter 6

Anna

ANNA GROANED AND lifted a hand to her throbbing head. How had that blasted brute gotten the drop on her? The last thing she remembered was felling another one of the bandits, then something slammed into her skull and knocked her to the ground.

Though she couldn’t remember it, something must have hit her in the ribs too. There was a massive weight on her chest. She tried to move, but something rough was pressed against her back.

Her eyes snapped open as full awareness hit her. The weight she felt was a rope looped several times around her chest, pinning her to a tree. The light of dawn was slowly creeping in. She’d been unconscious all night.

She blinked rapidly as her sight went from blurry to clear, then groaned again. She was in a seated position, tied to a tree just a few paces away from where the captured women were tied. One of them was already awake, staring at her with sad blue eyes from beneath matted russet hair.

Her panic increasing, Anna groped at the ropes securing her chest, but could find no knots. It must have been secured on the other side of the tree, the trunk far too wide for her arms to flail anywhere near the knots.

She gritted her teeth and tried to come up with a plan. Kai was most likely dead, so he’d be of little help. There was no way she was getting out of the ropes. Her daggers had been taken away, and . . . she halted her racing thoughts as she shifted her right foot in her boot. Curses, they’d taken the dagger there too. The thought of the filthy men thoroughly searching her unconscious body for weapons sent a chill of revulsion down her spine.

She took deep, even breaths, willing herself not to vomit. Back to making a plan. She wasn’t getting out of the ropes, but they’d have to untie her when they moved on for the day. Else they’d leave her to either starve or be eaten by wild animals. She found both options preferable to whatever else the men might do to her.

If, however, the men decided to lump her in with the other women and take her with them, she should be able to find a way to escape. Even outnumbered, she could outwit these men with two hands tied behind her back…or shackled with heavy irons.

“Morning, princess,” a rough voice said from behind her. “Not so tough without your blades?”

She winced. She’d nearly forgotten about the men she’d killed. She might end up lumped in with the other women, but she’d surely be punished for her crimes along the way.

The man stepped into her line of sight. He was younger than he sounded, perhaps only just past his twentieth year, though the scars littering his bare, muscled arms told the story of a rough youth. He sneered from beneath grubby, dark bangs, showcasing his numerous missing teeth.

“Who was your friend?” he questioned. “Will he come back for you?”

So he wasn't dead? She smirked. “A casual acquaintance, nothing more.” Even if Kai was still alive, he wouldn't likely return for her, but she still saw no benefit to putting the men on their guards.

“You don't seem too sore that he abandoned you,” the man observed.

She glared up at him. If he thought she would pour her heart out to him, he was dead wrong. “What do you intend to do with me?” she asked evenly.

He smirked. “You think you’re any better than the rest of our fair damsels?” he gestured to the woman tied to the adjacent tree. “You’ll all be sold to new masters, though I might take the time to find you a particularly loving owner. Some of the men you killed were my friends.”

She took deep, even breaths. If she got her hands on a blade, she’d send this foul man right to the grave along with his other friends.

“No clever retort?” he asked, then spat in the dirt near her feet. “Fine,” he continued. “We’re just another day’s journey from the drop off point. You’ll change your attitude long before then.” He gazed lasciviously at the other women. “Isn’t that right, ladies?”

The redhead who’d met her gaze before flinched, but the others barely reacted. All Anna could think was broken, they’d all been broken. She’d avenge them, if it was the last thing she did.

She smiled sweetly at her captor. “My attitude will only change once I’ve just cut out your tongue, and you’re hanging from a tree by your entrails.”

The insult won her a kick in the ribs. Her vision blacked for several seconds.

When it returned, the man had walked away, and the red-haired woman was watching her with a smirk on her lips. Anna returned the smirk with a nod. She knew without asking that when the time came, at least this one girl would be there to help her.

Kai

THINK, THINK, THINK, Kai repeated in his mind as he trudged through the dense forest. His body was unbelievably tired, and he was starved, but Anna was surely faring far worse. He’d gotten close enough to the camp to see her tied to that tree. He’d been entirely ready to sneak in and save her before that oily, dark-haired man showed up. He’d noted the small axe at the man’s hip, and the dagger jutting from his boot, and had known he would stand no chance against him…especially not after the humiliating show he’d put on the night before, running for his life while Anna cut down their foes one by one.

He sighed, kicking his boot into the mucky soil in irritation. Something small and brown came loose from the ground and toppled out of the tall grass. He crouched down and picked up a small mushroom, then took a deep whiff of its porous flesh.

His nose wrinkled at the sweet scent. He’d encountered such mushrooms the previous year. They grew in sticky soil with a high clay content, usually beneath the shade of tall grass or other plants. Because of their tendency to hide, he hadn’t noticed the batch growing in their pasture until half of the sheep had eaten them. They’d gone utterly mad, stumbling all over the place and running into fences. Some had even died.

He made to drop the mushroom back into its hiding place, then stopped. He might not be able to disarm the men holding Anna captive, but hallucinations accompanied by violent stomach rumblings just might. The only problem was, how would he convince the men to eat the mushrooms?

Leaving that issue for later, he frantically began searching the grass for more growths, plucking them and piling them into the hem of his shirt as he went. He knew he was quite mad for even considering such a plan, but it was the only one he had.

Anna

“WE SHOULD HAVE killed her for what she did,” one of the men nearest Anna grumbled. He was older than the others, yet had fewer scars. As if Anna needed any more  evidence that he was a coward.

“She’s worth more to us alive than dead,” the dark-haired man who needed his tongue cut out said.

Each of the two men held on to the ropes binding the women together by their irons. It was difficult enough for Anna to keep her feet as they were jostled about, let alone plan her escape. She’d ended up next to the red-haired woman, but had been granted no opportunity to speak with her. On her other side was a blonde girl, likely still a teenager, whose eyes never left the ground.

The rest of the remaining men walked further ahead or behind, confident the two men would have no trouble herding seven women in irons.

Anna’s gaze occasionally flicked the the daggers strapped to the dark-haired man’s wrists. If only she’d been placed at the end of the line of women, she could stand a chance of disarming him.

Of course, that was exactly why she’d been placed in the center.

As they trudged onward, her eyes darted about for anything else she might use. There were some small rocks on the dirt trail, and a few branches here and there, but nothing that would do her much good. Her eyes landed on a few oddly round, brown pebbles at they passed them. No, not pebbles, mushrooms. She was not well versed in foraging, and so, did not know their type, but she imagined it was unnatural for them to just be sitting on the side of the trail like that.

She subtly scanned the surrounding woods as the men grumbled amongst themselves, paying little attention to anything other than their tired feet thumping down the path. She nearly gasped at a flash of movement in the low shrubs. She could have sworn she’d seen . . . Kai?

She kept walking, wondering why her eyes were playing tricks on her.

“What are all these mushrooms doing on the path?” one of the men ahead of her asked.

The party stopped walking, giving her a chance to scan the foliage once more, but she did not see the movement again. Yet, what if it had been Kai? Could he actually be planning on rescuing her?

She looked down at the mushrooms as a few of the men knelt to pluck them from the side of the path. Could Kai have placed them there? If so, why? She didn’t imagine he’d be out to feed the hungry mercenaries.

Suddenly an idea dawned on her. It was far fetched, but she really didn’t have anything to lose. She strained against the ropes tethering her to the other women, barely managing to pluck one of the mushrooms from the ground.

A moment later, the dark-haired man swatted it from her grasp.

“What the Horned One’s name do you think you’re doing?” he growled.

She glared at him. “What in the Horned One’s name do you think? You didn’t give me any breakfast.”

He glanced down at the fallen mushroom as the other men watched on. “How do you know they’re safe to eat?”

She rolled her eyes. “I’ve lived in these woods for a while. I eat them all the time. Another traveler must have gathered them, then dropped them accidentally.” So she might be tricking them into eating harmless mushrooms and she’d feel like a fool. If they weren’t harmless, she’d feel quite clever indeed.

The man watched her, calculating. After a moment, he sneered. “I don’t believe you.”

Blast it all. Perhaps she’d underestimated his intelligence.

“If you don’t want them,” the red-haired woman began from her side, “can we have them? My da’ used to make a hearty stew from them. The sweet taste reminds me of home.”

The dark-haired man shifted his gaze to her, pondering. After a few seconds, he smiled triumphantly. “Gather the mushrooms, lads,” he announced. “We’ll be havin’ a bit more than stale bread tonight!”

The men all laughed and set to gathering the mushrooms sprinkled along the side of the trail. When all of their backs were turned, Anna flashed the red-head a quick smile, which the woman returned, her pale eyes sparkling with excitement. Perhaps she knew more about the mushrooms than Anna, or perhaps she thought Anna knew more about them than her.

Either way, they’d find out that evening.

Chapter 7

Anna

ANNA GRUNTED AS her back was slammed against a tree. One of the men pressed a rope against her chest, then handed the ends to another standing on the other side of the trunk. It would have been the perfect opportunity for her to head-butt the man in front of her, steal his dagger, then stab the other one, but the dark haired man was watching on, his friends just behind him, starting a fire. The gathered mushrooms were piled in the dirt next to a large iron pot.

As one man finished tying her ropes, the man who’d unceremoniously slammed her against the tree sauntered off toward their nearby supplies, then turned and tossed her a hunk of stale bread, which she barely managed to catch with her shackled hands.

“Eat up,” he growled, then ambled off toward the fire.

The other women had once again been tied to a separate tree, too far away for Anna to pinch the red-head as she watched the men preparing the mushrooms a little too eagerly. If they noticed her gaze, they might become suspicious, yet Anna couldn’t quite help herself as she too turned her eyes toward the mushrooms, the hunk of stale bread lying forgotten in her shackled hands.

Kai

HAD HE BEEN wrong? Kai had watched on as all the men partook of their hastily-made mushroom soup, yet they seemed none the worse for it. He’d been so sure the mushrooms were poisonous, and had nearly cried out in excitement as he spied Anna tricking the men into gathering them, but now it seemed his luck had run out. Perhaps the heat of the fire had rendered the mushrooms edible. Now the men had full bellies as a reward for their foul deeds.

He touched the knife at his belt. He could always resort to Anna’s original plan, killing the men in their sleep…but they’d likely be on their guard, knowing he could still be watching them. Plus, it wasn’t like he’d been able to muster the courage before, why would that night be any different?

He pressed his back against the tree concealing him as his mind raced for another option. It would be dark soon, and the time for decisions would come.

“What is that!” one of the mercenaries shouted.

He tensed, had he been spotted?

“I could have sworn I saw a horse,” the voice added in disbelief.

“I feel unwell,” another groaned.

A grin slowly spread across Kai’s face.

Someone in the campsite began retching, as another questioned why the trees were spinning.

It was time to make his move.

Anna

ANNA HAD NO time to celebrate her small victory. The dark-haired man stumbled toward her, murder in his eyes.

“What did you do to us?” he hissed as he staggered into her, pressing her more firmly against the tree. His body odor hit her nose, making her gag.

“I did nothing,” she said sweetly. “Why, are you unwell?”

She noted his wrist daggers as he placed his hands on either side of her face, but her shackled hands were pinned flat to her body by the weight of him. Perhaps she could grab one with her teeth.

Look at me,” he growled. She whipped her gaze away from his left dagger to his face. His pupils were tiny pinpricks, barely noticeable in his deep brown irises. Sweat beaded at his temples despite the cool evening breeze. “What did you make us eat?” he demanded.

The other men seemed to be hallucinating behind him. She sensed movement from the women too, but could not focus on them as a hand wrapped around her throat and squeezed.

She sputtered for air as he pressed into her, pinning her arms more securely. She tried to turn her head away, but only managed to scrape the back of her skull against the rough bark of the tree. The corners of her vision began to go gray. How idiotic it would look for her to go to all that effort, only to die like this!

Something thunked down onto the man’s head and he fell away. Anna’s vision came back in stages to see Kai standing before her, wielding a large rock.

“Took you long enough,” she gasped. “Untie me.”

He nodded quickly and threw the rock aside, reaching for the dagger at his belt.

“Hey!” one of the men who’d just finished vomiting shouted. “One of the Forest Faie is making off with our girl!”

“Quick!” Anna hissed as he began to saw at the thick ropes binding her.

The men staggered toward them. If Kai could just undo the blasted ropes she could protect them, shackles or no. The mercenaries should not be difficult to defeat in their condition.

“Get ‘em!” a female voice shouted.

Just as the ropes released around Anna’s chest, the women all jumped up from the tree they’d been bound to, their freshly-cut ropes falling free from their bodies. She noticed a small, sharp object in the red-head’s hand before snapping into action.

Leaping away from the tree she’d been tied to and into the fray, she laced her hands together and swung her heavy shackles, smashing into the face of the older man with far too few scars to be a proper mercenary. He fell aside with a wail as the red-haired woman, still in her shackles, threw herself full force at another man staggering into the sudden chaos. He shrieked as he went down, then rolled around on the ground muttering about being attacked by a giant eagle.

The red-haired woman staggered to her feet, then grinned at Anna. “I’m Iona, by the way.”

She smirked. “Anna, and this idiot is Kai,” she gestured to her friend as he shoved another one of the men aside.

Kai took a second to nod to Iona in greeting, then punched one of the mercenaries in the face, knocking him flat on his back.

Anna grinned. He might not be much of a killer, but he wasn’t entirely useless either.

The mercenaries didn’t fight for long, and soon enough Anna, Kai, and Iona had them all tied around a tree with the remaining ropes, the shackles weighing them down now that Anna had obtained the key. Most of the men had passed out, or were groaning and muttering nonsense. The other women seemed to have snapped back into reality, having fought their captors and won.

“What should we do with them?” Iona questioned, standing at Anna’s side as she peered down at the men.

“I’d say we should kill them,” she began, “but someone might have a problem with it.” She rolled her eyes to Kai, standing on her other side.

He blushed, then cleared his throat. “Yes, I must apologize for last night. I hope I can begin to make up for my cowardice by returning your pack and bow. They’re hidden not far off.”

Anna smirked, glad to hear her belongings were safe. “No apologies necessary. If you were the one who left the mushrooms on the trail, you saved us all. Perhaps I should have listened to your original plan to begin with.”

“My original plan was far less clever,” he admitted, though he beamed at her compliment.

“Well,” Iona interrupted. “I’m all for leavin’ them here to rot. We can report them in the next burgh in case anyone wants to come gather the remains.”

Anna was liking Iona more and more. “Let us be off then,” she announced, glancing at the other women milling around them. “Hopefully we’ll come across a caravan to get everyone back to where they came from.”

Iona nodded. “Most of us haven’t got too far to go, though a few came all the way from the small villages bordering the marshlands.”

“Then let us be off,” Anna replied, sparing a final glance to the captured mercenaries. She still wanted to cut out the dark-haired man’s tongue, but she’d let it go for Kai’s sake.

Really, she should leave Kai at the next burgh with the women. He was beginning to make her go soft.

“I’ll kill you!” the dark-haired man suddenly groaned.

She laughed, then turned away. “Not if your stupidity kills you first!” she called out.

Kai, Iona, and the other five women all followed her as she led the way back toward the path. It was a strange feeling indeed, leaving her enemies alive, but one she found she didn’t mind. It was always such a pain washing blood from her clothes anyhow.

Chapter 8

Kai

THEY REACHED THE burgh later the following day. With coin stolen from the mercenaries, Anna and Kai had bought themselves a fine meal at the burgh’s sole inn, where they now sat. The rest of the coin had gone to the women. They’d all been given enough to get themselves home after they reported the mercenaries to the men in the village.

Kai sighed, poking his fork into another boiled egg. His full cup of tea steamed beside his plate. Speaking with Iona and the other women about the simple, quiet lives they would return to made his heart ache. He missed his family, and though he did not miss the members of the Gray Guard who watched over those in debt to the city, he found he was reluctant to give up quiet mornings on a farm, watching the sun rise amongst golden fields.

Anna ate her meal like a ravenous animal, but he didn’t miss the way she occasionally flicked her gaze to him, waiting for him to announce his intentions.

If he chose to remain with her, to learn the skills of the blade, and perhaps thievery too, his life would change forever. She was cold to him more often than not, but he couldn’t forget the way she’d stayed behind to fight the mercenaries, urging him to run away. In the short time since they’d met, Anna had saved his life more than once, and he liked to believe he’d saved hers too, even if he’d been the one to endanger her to begin with. He liked to think it made them friends, though he knew Anna was likely never to admit it.

Still, life with her would at least be interesting, and he’d be his own man for once, indebted to no one.

“Well?” Anna questioned, scraping the last remnants of food from her plate. “Have you made up your mind?”

He took a deep breath. This one decision would likely decide his fate for years to come.

Slowly, a smile crept across his face. “When do we leave? I’d rather like to get started on my new life of adventure.”

She grinned, and he found he enjoyed the expression far more than her scowl. “First thing in the morning, but…are you sure? You’ll have to get your hands dirty from time to time, and I won’t have you looking down on me.”

He nodded as the reality of his choice sank in, realizing that he never could have truly considered the alternative. He'd had a taste of adventure. There was no going back. “Well,” he began with a wry grin, “someone has to keep you from killing everyone.”

She snorted, then lifted her hand to call the barmaid over to refill her mug of tea. They finished their meals and relaxed for the rest of the day like nothing had happened, but Kai didn’t miss the way Anna smiled whenever she thought he wasn’t looking, and he was quite sure she didn’t miss him doing the same.

Sarah C. Roethie

Sara C. Roethle is a Fantasy author and part-time unicorn. She enjoys writing character driven stories in various fantasy realms with elements of Celtic and Norse myth, humor, and metaphysical ponderings.

Website: saracroethle.com

Facebook: SaraCRoethleAuthor

Email: contact@saracroethle.com

BLACKHEART

by David Von Allmen

 4,300 words

I STOOD AT the prow of the Carrion Crow, where moonlit fog swallowed every noise save the creak of our rigging and the slap of waves against our hull. Years of planning would fall into place this night, and I found myself gripping the rail in anticipation. My efforts to spot Lord Buckworth’s merchant fleet were interrupted by the unmistakable sound of someone trying to tiptoe up behind me on a peg leg.

“Blackheart,” whispered a voice, rough as a flogging scar. My given name is Archibald, but I don’t suppose a shipload of cutthroats would respect me if I copped to a foppish name like that, do you?

I turned to see Dead Arm Joe, a wild-haired bear of a man. He stood with three more of the crew, each brandishing an axe or machete and nervously looking about in a different direction. It took quite a bit of head swiveling for them to survey the entire ship as they only had six remaining eyeballs between the four of them.

“It’s time to relieve Captain Cross of his duty. Permanently,” Dead Arm said.

“I reckon the captain knows what he’s doing,” I said. “He’s been stealing the magic out from under noble houses since you and me were small lads.”

“The raid’s too dangerous,” said Isabelle the Scarless. “This is the one that’ll get us all caught or killed, you mark me.”

Aboard any reputable sea vessel, a mangled body part was sure to result in a nickname. But the crew of the Carrion Crow had seen enough hostile swordplay that it was the bits that were still attached that stood out as odd. This is how the Portuguese lass standing beside Dead Arm came to be called Isabelle the Scarless, the Irish bloke next to her became known as Thirty Tooth Thomas, and with them, the new recruit out of Morocco who’d been somewhat jealously nicknamed Two Ears.

Over Dead Arm Joe’s shoulder, I made out the shape of the Flower of the Indus, the flagship in Lord Buckworth’s fleet. She was double our length, armed to the gizzard, and most of her four hundred crewmen still had all their body parts. We’d smeared just enough white paint across the top rail of our man-of-war to pass as one of the merchant fleet, so long as the fog held up. And we kept a healthy distance. And the Flower’s night-watch crew were a bit drunk.

“The storm magic that’s locked away in the vault of the Flower will make us the most fearsome ship on all the seas,” I said. “Right now, while she’s rounding the cape, that’s our only chance to get her.”

“This one’s suicide, I tell you,” Thomas said, and jerked a thumb in the direction of the Flower of the Indus. Or rather, tried to, before remembering he no longer had a thumb on that hand. “Captain said himself it’s all or nothing—once they’re onto us, our only means of escape is to bring storms down on them other ships. We don’t make it into the Flower’s vault and snatch Lord Buckworth’s magic, we’re good as caught—it’ll be prison for the lot of us. Those that’s still alive, that is.”

“The time for mutiny is now, while he’s distracted,” Dead Arm said.

Cross would eventually get us killed, true enough, and there’d be no better time than now to catch him off his guard. But I had to ensure this mutiny’s failure. I could no longer suffer my family name laying in tattered ruins, and its restoration depended on tonight’s plan succeeding.

“Right,” I said. “He’s in the armory, aye? Can’t risk his guards sneaking up behind us till we know which side they’ll choose.”

Dead Arm nodded. “We approach from both directions.”

“It’ll only take two to clear the back stairs.” I looked at Dead Arm with all the earnestness I could muster. “Be an honor if you’d let me do it with you, my new captain.”

A smirk broke out across Dead Arm’s face. Without another word we dashed on quiet feet—and pegs—to the rear stairs as Isabelle led the other two down the front. The guards hardly had time to look up before I clubbed the first on the crown of his head. Dead Arm could have used the blunt end of his axe, but chose instead to put his blade in the other guard’s chest.

Dead Arm started to run off, but I stopped him with a cry of “Oh no!”

He raised an eyebrow at me.

“You killed Crusty Pete,” I said.

“Did I?”

“Yeah. All the lads loved him.”

“Did they? Well, too bad for Pete, he was in my way.”

“You’re going to have a hard time getting the crew’s loyalty if they know you killed Crusty Pete. Better dump his body overboard.”

Dead Arm hesitated, looking back and forth between Pete and the direction of the armory.

“Quickly,” I said. “Don’t want them to start the mutiny without us, do you? Here, let me hold your axe.”

Dead Arm dragged Pete’s body up the stairs by its armpits and hefted him onto the gunwale. With one hard shove, Pete’s body went overboard. And with one firm push of my boot against his backside, Dead Arm went with him. The two splashed into the waves below, soon followed by a furious cry of “Blackheart!”

I leaned over the side to watch Dead Arm float away behind us. “Actually, my name is Archibald,” I called out in a stage whisper.

“You son of a—!”

“But you have to promise never to tell anyone.”

By the time I reached the armory, Isabelle and the other two mutineers had Captain Cross cornered at the points of their machetes. In the dim lamplight, I could just make out two dozen sailors watching the standoff and waiting to see how things would go before committing to a side. The hulking form of Double Eyeball Bill, Cross’s bodyguard, lay sprawled across the floorboards, groaning, a bloody hand over the left half of his face. It was clear that Double Eyeball would not be doing any more bodyguarding tonight. And that he would be needing a new nickname.

Unarmed, outnumbered three to one, and thin as an eel’s skeleton, still Cross had no intention of going down without a fight. He swung his gaze back and forth between the mutineers, as if trying to decide which to kill first. Each sharp turn of his head whipped his grey curls and jangled the mess of brass keys threaded onto his hoop earring. Cross’s eyes tightened and his face scrunched. Or perhaps it unscrunched. The old man was such a mess of wrinkles and scars it was impossible to know the difference. In any case, the bits that made up his face rearranged themselves in a rather affronted sort of way.

“So it’s mutiny, then, is it?” Cross snarled. “The lure of my magic bounty finally became too much for you traitorous lot, and you’ve come to steal it right out from under me, eh?”

“You mean the magics you snatched from all them noble houses,” Thomas said. “How’s us nicking it from you any different than you nicking it from them?”

“I was doing them a favor,” Cross said, as if truly offended at the accusation. “They’d grown dependent upon their magic to maintain their fortunes. Landing in the slums with the common folk forced their children to grow up tough and resourceful.”

“What are we blithering about for?” Two Ears asked. “Any second now Buckworth’s fleet will spot us.”

“Right you are,” Isabelle said. “Let’s get on with it, then.” Isabelle started forward, then paused, glancing back over her shoulder with a confused look. She caught my eye and in an unsure voice asked, “Where’s Dead Arm?”

“I took his axe and kicked him overboard,” I said. While the three mutineers stood with mouths agape, I strode forward and pushed Isabelle against the wall, putting the axe blade to her throat.

Thomas looked at me like I’d stomped the tail of his favorite cat. “But you were the one who kept—”

Before he could finish, I rounded on him with a fist to the jaw and down he went. Two Ears didn’t see Cross’s kick coming for his knee until it was too late. The man crumpled to the floor, groaning while Cross stood over him and glared at the crowd of sailors.

“Who else was with them?” he bellowed.

A quick eye might have caught a dozen knives quietly being returned to waistbands behind a dozen backs. Then a dozen men and women looked around innocently at everything but the captain. Somewhere in the mob, someone softly whistled an old sea shanty.

“To the brig with this lot,” Cross ordered. As the mutineers were hauled away, he turned to the remainder of his crew. “This foolishness has all but cost us our chance at snatching Lord Buckworth’s storm magic. But we will press forward. From this night on, the winds and the rain shall do our bidding, and forevermore the Carrion Crow will be the most powerful and fearsome ship on all the seas!”

A roar went up from the crew, every hand raising a weapon into the air.

“And then we’ll get our hands on some really huge piles of gold!” called out Five Finger Jack.

“No . . .” Cross said, as if explaining something to a child. “Then we’ll go after more magic.”

“Shouldn’t we also steal some gold?” asked No Disease Nina. “I mean . . . eventually?”

“Yes, yes,” Cross said impatiently, “we’ll get around to that.” He turned to unlock the vault door behind him, muttering something about “kids these days.”

The heavy wood door of the vault creaked open, allowing just enough room for Cross to step inside. He looked over the shelves, which held eighteen padlocked wooden chests. Cross lugged one of them out into the armory, dropped it onto the ground in front of him, and removed his key-hoop earring. After sorting through its eighteen keys, he unlocked the chest, unleashing a misty, pale blue glow and a hum as soft as the purr of a slumbering cat.

“Dent Skull,” Cross called out. “The feather magic is yours for the night. See you don’t die before returning it to this chest.”

Dent Skull Sally stepped forward and slowly reached her hand into the chest. The glow and hum slithered up her arm and seeped into her body. Her eyes and smile widened as it settled into her. Cross dragged another chest forward and found its key.

“Dead Arm!” Cross shouted, looking about the room. When no one answered, he said, “Oh. Right.”

“I’ll take his place, Captain,” I said, a little too eagerly.

Cross considered me for a moment, then said, “If you take the ghost magic, everything depends on you. You don’t make it to the Flower’s vault, it’ll be prison for the crew and the noose for myself.”

I restrained my movement to a slow nod, careful to show no signs of the butterflies flitting about inside my rib cage. “Aye, Captain. I’ve thought on that.”

Eyes fixed on me, Cross tilted his head toward the chest. I dropped to a knee and hefted open the lid. Dozens of faint white rays of light curled up out of the opening. I slowly dipped my hand inside, the magic’s radiance wrapping around my arm with effervescent pinpricks. My skin drank them in. A buzz raced up my arm and spread through my body like the warmth of rum.

“You know how the ghost magic works, aye?” the captain asked me.

“None will perceive me, through eyes nor ears,” I said, “but only so long as I do nothing to draw their gaze.”

Cross handed out magic to a few more of the crew—just those magics essential to his plan—and secured his vault with a double turn of the weighty key he kept on a chain around his neck. He spun and jealously eyed each of his crew members, all of whom knew that looking away and feigning disinterest was the healthiest course of action. Idle curiosity about the vault and its contents had earned more than one former crew member an unexpected and unending holiday in the middle of the ocean.

“We’re about in position,” Cross said. “Keep your excitement under a tarp for now. Quickly and quietly—with me.”

The sailors followed him through the dark corridors and up to the top deck. Removing myself from the sight of men was as simple as thought—I looked down at my hand to find that the moonlight passed straight through it and all the clothing I wore. Even my newly acquired axe vanished as if it had been transmuted into pure ether.

Our crew had brought us up so close to the Flower of the Indus the sides of the two ships nearly rubbed together. The Flower’s night-watch crew, dressed in identical royal-blue livery, loomed over us, looking down over their rail with the same expression one might have worn after noticing an oddly shaped snail hiding amongst the food on their dinner plate.

“Ahoy there!” Cross called out. “I am Captain Cross of the Carrion Crow. We are pirates here to take your vessel. Please surrender immediately so that we may avoid any unpleasantries of the stabbing variety.”

“Um . . .” came the slow reply from one of the Flower’s crewmen. “Yes, I can understand how our surrender would be desirable—from where you’re standing, that is—but it seems you’ve failed to notice the disparity in size between our vessel and your own.”

“I have eyes, lad,” Cross replied. “But you see, this ship and her crew are like a wolverine . . .”

“I’m sorry, a what?” the crewman called down.

“They don’t have those in Albion, Captain,” Dent Skull Sally whispered.

Cross sighed. “It’s a furry, clawed animal. Small, but vicious and strong completely out of proportion to its size. It’s known for taking down much larger animals.”

“And that’s you?” the crewman asked.

“Aye.”

“I thought you just said you were the Carrion Crow.”

“I didn’t say ‘wolverine’ was the name of my ship . . . it’s a metaphor, son. You do have those in Albion, don’t you?”

The crewman looked around at the rest of the Crow’s people. “I’m sorry . . . who put this gentleman in charge? You all do realize his mind has gotten a bit . . . overripe, aye?”

“That’s it,” Cross growled. “I’m through dickering with you half-witted clods. We’re coming over.”

Four of the Crow’s crew hefted our plank off the deck and threw it across the space between the two ships, tilted upward to allow for the Flower’s height.

“Excuse me,” the Flower’s crewman exclaimed with a frumpled expression of disdain, “I don’t believe we actually invited you to come across.”

As if he hadn’t heard them, Cross marched up the plank, a handful of his crew keeping pace behind him. Our captain was not, in fact, addle-brained. Pretending to be so was a common tactic of his. It was all part of his plan, wherein I, unseen by any, would stride across the plank in between Cross’s men and women so the Flower’s crew wouldn’t notice the plank warping and bouncing under the weight of a man who seemingly wasn’t there. As my shipmates kept the Flower’s crew occupied, I’d stroll down to her vault, easy as you like. It was getting through the vault door and getting away with the storm magic that would be the tricky bit.

Just as Cross set foot on the Flower, the jaw-rattling thunder of an explosion knocked us about, half the crew falling onto their backsides. Cross himself remained on his feet, but frozen, with a look of pure bewilderment on his face. This was not part of the plan. As thick splinters of wood rained down, it became clear a cannon blast had erupted between the ships, but which had fired upon which no one could say. What came next was nothing short of bedlam.

Crew from both ships leapt the gap, weapons drawn. There was a heck of a row, men and women skewering each other with swords and all that kind of gruesome business. But you don’t really want me to disturb your imagination with such ghastly details, do you?

I moved slowly, and with much forethought, diligently plotting my course to the stairs so I might remain well outside the arc of swishing blades and recently disconnected limbs. In the same fashion, I moved down into the ship, flattening myself against staircase walls when crew rushed past me to join the fight. Every ship’s captain kept any magic they possessed behind both locked door and armed guards. But if fortune was on my side, the fighting above would draw all the guards away, and my axe would make short work of the lock.

Unfortunately, things did not go as planned. As I rounded the corner to the armory, I found myself staring at Five Finger Jack. In my haste I must have caused enough disturbance to make my ghost magic falter, for the look in his eyes made it apparent that I was no more invisible to him than he was to me.

“Blackheart . . . ?” he said, confusion overtaking his face.

You’re likely wondering what Five Finger was doing guarding the armory of the Flower of the Indus, or, indeed, how he even got there. At this point, I must confess that I’ve been a tad deceitful in my storytelling. I neglected to mention that I never joined my crew in their trip across the plank to the Flower, instead sneaking back down into the heart of the Carrion Crow. I also left out the bit where I had previously tied a string to the Crow’s plank and run it belowdecks, arranged so that upon our crew lifting that plank, a candle toppled into position to ignite the fuse of one of our cannons. Furthermore, every time I’ve mentioned “the plan,” I was referring not to Captain Cross’s plan to steal Lord Buckworth’s storm magic, but rather my own plan to distract the Crow’s men in a fight, drawing any guards away from the Crow’s vault.

Well, sometimes I was referring to Cross’s plan, I suppose, but which time I was referring to which plan is too much to bother with at this point. Either way, here we are now, so let’s get back to the story, aye?

Five Finger Jack narrowed his eyes and drew his cutlass. “You’re supposed to be breaking into the Flower’s vault. What’re you doing here?”

My grip clenched around the axe handle. Years of planning had gone to ruin for no reason other than Five Finger being such a simpleton he didn’t know that when a fight broke out, you were supposed to leave your post and join your shipmates. I had a weapon, but I’d never get through him that way. Five Finger was an impressive swordsman, especially considering that finger count was the total for both hands combined.

I resumed walking toward him, attempting to feign both urgency and nonchalance, and prayed he had even less wits than I credited him with.

“Captain sent me for the beast magic,” I said. “Quick, open the—”

“Beast magic?” Five Finger’s eyes narrowed further. “That’ll make you as likely to attack our own crew as the Flower’s.”

“Captain says chaos will be our ally.” I continued toward him. “No more time to talk, we’ll both end up in prison if we don’t—”

“Why’d he send you?” Five Finger’s eyes got so narrow I wondered if he could still see from them. “Who’s going to sneak down into the Flower if you’re running amok up top?”

This was a question for which I had no sensible reply.

I clutched my head in both hands. “Oh! The ghost magic. Something’s gone wrong. Quick! Find the captain! Tell him it’s all gone wrong!”

I became still and silent and transformed myself into a living ghost, invisible to all the senses. It would take a moment for Five Finger to get over the shock of seeing me disappear, but soon enough he’d scurry away to find the captain. I’d be inside the vault in seconds.

“Something’s gone wrong with the ghost magic?” Five Finger asked. “Is that why I can still see you?”

I suppose it should have occurred to me that a magic that only worked if you didn’t draw attention to yourself would fail to function if the other person already had their attention keenly focused on you.

I turned and ran.

From the pounding of boots racing up behind me, I knew Five Finger had given chase. I rounded the corner at nearly full speed, careening off the wall hard enough to hammer the breath from my lungs. In front of me, stairs led onto the Crow’s main deck, but even if I reached the top before Five Finger chopped me down at the ankles, I’d be in the open, nowhere to run or hide. I’d be caught and executed.

I stopped dead. For one blink of a moment, I was out of Five Finger’s sight. I prayed it would be sufficient. I threw my back against the wall, tightened my muscles against any movement, clenched my stomach to keep my lungs from drawing the breath they desperately desired, and willed myself invisible. Five Finger’s footfalls came round the corner, louder, bearing down on me. The wind of his movement swished no more than an inch from the tip of my nose. Next I knew, Five Finger’s boots were knocking up the stairs, disappearing into the clank of swords and the shouts of men at battle.

I returned to the vault door and, with an even dozen swings of the axe, managed to hack off the handle and lock. Thirteen chests remained closed and locked. Among them were magics that allowed the possessor to breathe underwater, or make a person fall ill at a touch, or see events transpiring far beyond the reach of sight. Though my imagination danced with the power each could bring, a body could only hold one magic at a time, and none of those were the one I’d gone through all this trouble for.

Sitting to the side, in a small chest whose hinges had gone rusty from lack of use, was the magic to quicken men’s tempers and turn their ire against one another. Cross called it venom magic, but I’d always known it by a different name. No, not as impressive as the other magics I could have snatched from these chests, but I had good reason to want this one above all the others.

I smashed the lock off the chest and dropped to my knees. Lifting the lid, I marveled at the warm, golden dots of light that drifted slowly upward with a sound like grains cascading down a pile of sand. I shed the ghost magic into the nearest open chest and reached into the one I had come here for. The dots climbed my arm and shrank into the pores of my skin. A smile worked its way onto my face.

A crash from above reminded me how little gap there was for me between escape and capture. I hurried from the room, exiting in the opposite direction in case Five Finger came back. On my way to the stairs, I passed the brig, where Isabelle, Thomas, and Two Ears remained chained to the wall.

Thomas looked up at me through iron bars, confusion written across his face. “But you were the one who kept buying me beers and telling me Dead Arm would make for a better captain.”

I wished him good fortune and ran for a gunport that I’d hung a rope from earlier in the evening. Unfortunately, two of the crew, each armed with a sword, stepped between me and my escape route, intent on delivering a quick and lethal lesson in the consequences of deserting shipmates in the middle of a battle. I suggested to one of them that perhaps he was misremembering how he lost his foot, and that in fact it was the man standing next to him who had stolen it and was now walking around on it as if it were his own. My blackheart magic ensured that this crime enraged the fellow, and I continued on while the two shoved each other and bickered over the matter.

Once I’d climbed down into the rowboat, it took some weaving to get clear of the merchant ships that had surrounded the Carrion Crow. Fortunately, none spotted me, their attention was on the battle still raging across the decks above.

As I rowed for land, I couldn’t help but wonder if Cross’s crew would manage to fight their way down into the Flower’s vault. If so, I imagine they would be disappointed when they got there, for all they would find is the magic to determine whether or not someone is lying. Very useful for building a merchant trading empire, but not so useful for escaping a fleet of ships. Once Lord Buckworth turned him over to the governor’s courts, Captain Cross would soon after find himself on the uncomfortable end of a noose. Too bad he’d been misled about the Flower’s vault holding storm magic, but he should have known better than to believe everything he hears. Who knows how such wild and reckless rumors get started?

Although, I must say, my former captain was dead right on one account. For the children of those noble houses whose magic he stole, growing up in the slums did make them tough and resourceful. Some of them tough enough to live like a pirate for years. And some of them resourceful enough to concoct a swindle wherein they recover their family’s magic while at the same time revenging themselves against the very pirate captain who’d stolen it from them.

David VonAllmen

It wasn’t until David VonAllmen’s high school professor thought one of his short stories was suspiciously high in literary merit and threatened to have him expelled for plagiarism that he realized he just might have the talent to be a real writer. David’s writing has appeared in Galaxy’s Edge, Daily Science Fiction, Factor Four, and other professional publications. David is the Grand Prize winner of the 2018 Baen Fantasy Adventure Award. He lives in his hometown of St. Louis with his wife, Ann, and children, Lucas and Eva, who write some pretty darn good stories of their own.

Website: www.davidvonallmen.comE

Facebook: DavidVonallmen

Twitter: @VonAllmenDavid

Email: dave@davidvonallmen.com

STANDING WITH CENTAURS

by Jennifer L. Hilty

5,000 words

NOBODY TOLD ME the new girl was a centaur.

Centaur’s probably not the politically correct term, I thought as I watched her move into the dorm room down the hall. We’d all known she was coming; the International Space Relations Consulate made sure the entire town, not just the college, knew that an alien creature would be integrating into our normal Earth community. It was all part of their efforts to join the new Space Coalition—some mumbo-jumbo about interplanetary cultural exchange. And what better way to integrate members of other “advanced” races than to dump them straight into our educational system?

Yeah, we’d gotten a real laugh out of it too.

Doors stayed clamped shut all along the hall, but Mom always said I was curious to a fault. There were four races in the Space Coalition, but this had to be the strangest: her torso and arms and head looked human enough, albeit furry and pointy-eared, but it all fell to pieces when your eyes moved down to the four-legged body of some giant dog/cat beast, complete with huge paws and fluffy tail. Straight out of Narnia, except the centaurs I liked as a kid had hooves, not paws. They also didn’t use their feet to turn doorknobs. I leaned farther out involuntarily, staring as the alien lady pushed her way through the door with two boxes balanced on her horizontal back. No student valets out today. Shouldn’t somebody be helping her move in?

“Elliot, you moron, get in here!” My roommate chucked a blue coaster at my head, which missed, because his aim is terrible. “It’s bad enough we have to live in the same dorm without introducing ourselves. Leave it alone.”

“Her,” I muttered, but I closed the door. Luke was right. I didn’t need to be getting involved in any alien business.

* * *

I saw her again later that week, as I crossed the quad toward Physics II. She was eating the leaves off a decorative bush outside the administration building.

OK, no one could blame me for stopping and staring this time. She didn’t see me, which was fine since my natural instincts decry being noticed by anything more than three times my body weight. I just stood there and watched as her delicate humanoid hands stripped leaves from branches and then stuffed them into her mouth. She had a rubbery tip to her nose, like my old German shepherd, and it sniffed each handful lightly before she ate with apparent relish.

A bell sounded in the distance, reminding me that I was officially late for class. The dogtaur’s ears twitched at the sound, and then she turned around and saw me. We stared at each other for a few seconds. How did something from another planet end up with a face that looked that human? It defied science. She smiled and opened her mouth as if she might say something.

I finally snapped out of it and spun, hurrying toward Building 6 with my newsie cap tugged low over my face. Hopefully nobody saw that. Voices from around the corner preceded a group of people coming in my direction, and I ducked through them to further my escape. I was halfway down the next sidewalk when I heard catcalling behind me.

“Whoa, hey, the alien chick! What’s it doing in the bushes?”

“Is it eating leaves?

“It’s a space cow!”

I gritted my teeth and kept walking.

* * *

It figured she would end up in my calculus course. What subject is more universal than math, right? Although they probably stuck her in this one because it was only half-full, and the desks could move. I was early and helped Professor Doppler shift chairs around to make room. Apparently, the alien didn’t need an actual chair, so the space we made stayed empty.

“They like to stand, I’m told,” Prof said when I asked about it. “Or lie down. The whole staff received information packets on felnim cultural norms to help make it comfortable, but I frankly don’t care. So long as it has a mind for learning, it can do what it wants.”

“Her,” I muttered. What was with people calling her an it? Anyone with eyes could see she was a girl. Even her animal half had that graceful build you saw in most female mammals.

Prof had the decency to look embarrassed. “Right,” he mumbled as I stacked the last chair. He ran a hand through his hair and glanced at me, then out the window, taking in the blue sky. “Right. This will take some getting used to, won’t it? Aliens among us and all.”

“No kidding” was my only response as I went to sit in the back. Stuff like this would probably become more common if we kept going the way we were going. That didn’t mean it had to be any of my business.

Felnim . . . so that’s what she was.

Class proved more eventful than usual, if only because, instead of falling asleep in their chairs, everyone kept sneaking glances at the alien centaur. She didn’t stand or lie down, just sat on her haunches like a dog and took notes on a tablet. Her facial fur was darker brown around the eyes, giving her almost a raccoon look. Her only clothes were a modest Earth-style T-shirt and a kind of broad band around her lower half’s belly and back, with attachments like saddlebags on the sides. Some of the guys whispered rude comments about pants. I fidgeted with my mechanical pencil and focused on taking notes.

“Before we go, class,” Prof said while we all stared at the clock in a concerted effort to will time forward, “does anyone have questions about the upcoming exam?”

The felnim girl raised her furry hand. Everyone stared. Prof cleared his throat. “Yes . . . uh . . .” He glanced down at the papers on his desk. “Ms. Vasa, is it?”

“Vas’tca,” she offered. “That’s fine, though.” She spoke surprisingly good English, but her voice bore a thick accent, a sort of rumble at the back of her throat like distant thunder on the plains. “Uh, can you t’ell me sh’ere I can get notes?” She seemed to have trouble with w’s.

“Well, I don’t have anything worked up . . . perhaps one of your classmates would offer?” He glanced around the room. I dipped lower in my chair, hat over my eyes. The lack of response aside from shifting noises hinted that everyone else did similar. Prof let the uncomfortable silence drag on a few seconds longer before clearing his throat. “I’ll see what I can print up for you, Ms. . . . Vasa.”

“Th’ank you.”

It was weird just how human she sounded.

* * *

“I hear they’re planning to move whole families in over the next year.” Carla slurped a spaghetti noodle as we sat at a round table outside the college’s main cafeteria. Luke, Ben, and February filled the other seats, our usual Thursday lunch study group. Yes, her name is February. Carla waved a fork for emphasis. “And not just the felnim either. I hear we’ll need to integrate more of each member species throughout the country if we want to join the coalition.”

“Even the creepy amoeba people?” Ben asked. He shuddered theatrically. Ben did everything theatrically. “Have you heard the stories about those things? We’ll be lucky if half of us aren’t replaced by blue Jell-O monsters before spring semester.” I mentally winced. Thanks, Ben, now I’ll never enjoy Jell-O again. “Whose bright idea was it to plant dangerous extraterrestrial life-forms we barely know anything about right in the middle of a college campus, anyway?” Ben whined on. “Does nobody in the government watch movies?!”

Feb’s eyes stayed locked on her sketch pad. “And to think, last year you were all excited about us finding alien life.” She tilted the paper for a better drawing angle.

“Well—! That . . . that was before I knew they were going to be living here with us!” Ben sputtered. No one spoke, but I knew what we were all thinking. It was what everyone had been thinking since the aliens landed: aliens would be more exciting if they were a lot less, or a lot more, advanced than we were.

And if they didn’t get too close.

While Ben and Carla debated whether the centaurs, the blue shapeshifters, or the red Ferengi wannabes were stranger, I stared into the distance, trying to ignore everything and remember the location of my physics notebook. Luke had probably kicked it under the—

Luke sneered. “Oh great, don’t look now.” Everyone looked as the alien girl exited the cafeteria, her four legs weaving her gracefully between the crowded outdoor tables. She had an absolute mountain of food stacked high on a red plastic tray, which stayed nicely balanced while she looked for a spot to sit on the grass that surrounded our concrete eating area. She settled under a tree.

“Talk about being ‘hungry as a horse,’” Carla snort-chuckled.

“Fantastic,” Ben complained. “First they take our dorms, now they’re eating all our food.”

We watched for a while, as did most of the student body. A few jeers and insults wafted on the breeze; I could see her pointed, furry ears tilting like satellite dishes, but she pretended not to notice. Just like she “didn’t notice” the fluttering “INVADERS GO HOME” poster stuck to the wall less than twenty feet from her lunch spot. Who even was this girl? Nothing fazed her. Maybe people on her planet were unfamiliar with the concept of disproportionate hostility. I felt a little jealous at the thought.

I’d forgotten we had ornamental pear trees on the campus grounds. A rotten pear, launched through the air like a football, reminded me of this as it smashed into the alien’s pile of burgers, salad, pizza, panini, milk, and veggie lasagna. Laughter rippled across the courtyard, Luke and Ben’s included. Feb and Carla had the decency to look disgusted, although I wasn’t sure if it was because of the callous food vandalism or the fact that—calmly, with only a slight heave of her backside to indicate a sigh—Vasa used her thick front legs like arms to scoop food back onto her tray, and kept right on eating.

“Man, what a freak,” Luke muttered. “Add gross hygiene to its résumé.”

“Her,” I muttered. Luke narrowed his eyes at me, which I carefully didn’t notice. As we watched, the felnim turned her head, glancing over the crowd of jerk humans. I swear her eyes locked onto mine for a second when her gaze passed our table. Like she recognized something. Her eyes were blue.

I don’t know why. I couldn’t help it. I tilted my head at a point to the left and nodded. Just for a second.

People were still laughing and shouting advice as Vasa picked up the rotten pear from the mess, sniffing it carefully. They went dead silent when she suddenly winged the pear back the way it had come with the accuracy of a bullet. There was a squishy sound and a squawk from the corner of the building, and then the sound of running feet.

“Oooo,” Feb said, finally looking up from her drawing. “I think I like her.”

A few people in the lunch crowd actually cheered. Luke was full-on glaring at me now, a good clue that I’d forgotten not to grin. I just gave him that blank stare that he never knew what to do with until he got distracted by Ben theorizing about the digestive needs of a species with the physiology of two large mammals. Some of the tension left my shoulders then. But not enough.

I shot one more glance around before telling the others I needed something from my dorm and hightailing it out of there as casually as possible. My hat went low over my eyes, my insides like Jell-O. What was I doing getting involved? She could handle all those eyes being on her. She didn’t need my help.

I told myself not to worry as I speed walked across campus toward the safety of my dorm. Nobody had noticed, no harm done. Stay away from her, and you’ll be fine.

* * *

She caught me as I was walking down the sidewalk by Building 3 one evening. I nearly jumped out of my sneakers at the sudden low, rumbling voice from the bushes to my right. “You! Wait! Can you h’elp me?”

After assuring myself that I had not actually experienced a heart attack, I turned and stared into the bushes. It took me a second to spot the raccoon-mask face hiding in the leaves. I should have kept walking. “Uh . . . what’s wrong?” I cast a quick glance around to make sure we were alone, but the lawn was empty, the sidewalk lamps starting to come on. Probably safe enough. I took a few steps closer as her head and blue-shirted torso rose above the bushes. Her face was all scrunched up. She looked . . . embarrassed?

“C’an you please get that down?” She pointed. I looked. I squinted. What was that? Something big and bulky hung in the tree branches. It wasn’t even that high. I glanced back at the centaur, searching for an explanation, when I noticed . . . huh. Something was different about the shape of her horizontal half. I moved a little closer, and she immediately sat down in the bushes.

“Please don’t l’ook.” She sounded even more embarrassed. Understanding hit, and I hastily turned my red face back to the tree. It took a few minutes and some painful scrapes to get up there and pull the big, bulky belly strap/saddlebag thing out of the branches where it had been very purposefully tangled. It wasn’t as heavy as I had expected, although dang, that girl carried a ton of textbooks. I may have dropped it. She didn’t comment on this further mishandling of her things. I occupied myself with climbing the rest of the way down and studying the campus architecture while the shufflings of a felnim dressing herself rustled behind me.

“I’m al’right now,” she said quietly, and I turned and watched as this alien creature, easily beating my height by two feet, stepped out of the trees in front of me. I’d never been this close, so you can’t blame a guy for staring (again). Her fluffy head of hair matched the raccoon marks on her face, and her ears tilted like a curious kitten’s, her tail shifting back and forth in a slow wag. Her sleeveless shirt had a Japanese cartoon character on it. (That threw me a little.) When she held out her hand to me, it was only slightly bigger than mine but padded on the palms, with small claws instead of fingernails. She smelled faintly of juniper-berry shampoo. “Th’ank you very m’uch for your h’elp.”

I shook her hand out of reflex. That curiosity of mine was buzzing like a swarm of bees, and maybe it was the cartoon T-shirt that relaxed my guard, because the question spilled out before I could stop it. “What happened?”

She turned away and crossed her arms, a soft growl emanating from her throat. “I was n’apping on the grass. I sh’oke up and my”—a word consisting of an impossible mix of guttural and musical sounds—“sh’as in the tr’ee. Probably somesh’ne’s idea of a joke.” If her face were any indication, Vasa did not find the joke funny. “I c’ouldn’t get it down sh’ithout . . . exposing m’yself.”

Searching for a way to be helpful, I volunteered the first thought that came to mind. “You know, the centaurs in movies don’t wear anything on their back halves, so probably no one would care if you—” Everything stupid about that statement slapped me in the face before I could finish the sentence. I winced, bracing myself in case a real slap was imminent.

“Oh, is that sh’at you call th’em?” Vasa sounded amused. I glanced up and, yep, grin on her face. Phew, dodged that bullet. “I’ve been m’eaning to see th’ese ‘Narnia’ movies people keep ment’ion’ing.” The smile faded off her face, and those blue eyes clouded. “But that doesn’t m’atter. I’d still feel nak’ed whether h’umans knew it or n’ot.”

I scratched the back of my neck. “Guess I can’t argue with that. How long have you been here?”

“Ab’out an hour.”

I stared at her. “You haven’t seen anyone except me for an hour?” Was there a concert going on or something? This place usually bustled.

“No, I s’aw a few p’eople.” She looked down at me, and the warmth in her smile would have melted ice. “You were j’ust the first sh’ne I th’ought would be k’ind ab’out it.”

And that’s when good sense jumped the hurdle back into my brain. What am I doing?! I stumbled back away from her, stammering. “Sorry, I, uh, I have to, uh, I have to get to a meeting or something . . .” Chills ice skated up and down my spine as I turned to leave. I was an idiot, a complete idiot, what if someone came along and—

Her rumbling accent rang out way too loud over the sidewalk. “Sh’ait, can I ask you—?”

I spun around and stomped back. “Shut up!” It came out as a frantic hiss. She just stood there while I took another quick look around and then pointed a finger in her furry face. “Look, I’m sorry, but I’m not a kind person. I’m not. And I, I can’t be friends with you.” My flash of fear began to fade, and all of a sudden I felt like a terrible person for what I was doing. Well, good, that’s what I was trying to get across to her anyway. “People look at you, everyone looks at you. I can’t have them looking at me, and they will if we know each other. I don’t need people being interested in me, OK? I’m just trying to be normal.

She could have been smiling or shooting me a death glare—I didn’t know. I couldn’t bring myself to look her in the eyes. I smashed my cap lower onto my head, trying to make my hands quit shaking. “Why did you have to show up?” I muttered, mostly to myself. “Everything was fine.” I needed to shut up, but I couldn’t stop. “I know everyone is a jerk to you, and that stinks, it really does; I hate it. I wish I could do something about it, but I can’t, because then they’ll think I’m on your side, and they’ll pay attention to me, and they might figure it out. And then everything will be ruined, and I’ll . . .” The words tried to clog up my throat, but I forced them out. “I’ll be a freak just like you!”

I stopped finally, out of breath. The sun had fully set, only the sidewalk lamps lighting the area. Bile rolled in my stomach. At least now she’ll know I’m a jerk. No way she’d want to talk to me after that, and no way I’d ever want to look her in the face again. Best of both worlds, right?

“I th’ought I rec’ognized your smell.” My head snapped around at those soft words. Vasa was staring at me with . . . I don’t know. Compassion? She smiled again, way too nicely for someone who’d just been snarled at by Jerk Incarnate. “I’ve r’un into it b’efore,” she explained. “Just not . . . h’ere.”

Paralysis. Exposure. Anger. “Wait a mi— Is that why?” I stepped back, the pieces falling into a very ugly picture. Chills turned to prickles of heat on my skin. “Is that why you looked at me at lunch? Why you thought I’d help now? Did you, did you think I had to be on your side because you know—” Years of practice kept me from saying it. We’d hidden for so long, decades, and now this ignorant dogtaur might ruin it because I got too close—

But Vasa was shaking her head, palms in the air. “No! No, that sh’asn’t sh’y. I could just t’ell you were . . . k’inder.” She sat back on her haunches, arms folding, and her gaze turned distant. “Not many h’umans have been k’ind. I th’ink more sh’ant to, but they’re afr’aid. Too many who don’t sh’ant us here.” My gut twisted. “But you’re sh’ne of the sh’nes who don’t hate me, at least. I c’ould tell that sh’en I looked at you at the caf’eteria. Thank you for th’at, by the sh’ay.” That too-human face stared up at the sky with the longing of someone missing home. The silence stretched between us, only insects chirring in the bushes.

“I underst’and.” A low, rumbling sigh. “It’s r’eally hard b’eing . . . diff’erent. I wouldn’t for’ce that on an’ysh’ne.” Her smile was sad as she looked at me and tilted her head in a nod. “I’ll keep my d’istance. Best of l’uck to you.” Another pause. “I sh’ish I sh’ere as good at looking h’uman as you,” she ended softly.

I stood there for a while after the centaur alien left. The stars had come out, the sky a deep, deep blue. If I tried hard enough, maybe I could get my skin to match and disappear forever.

It was almost midnight by the time I reached the dorm and fell into bed.

* * *

Classes were a haze for the next few weeks with everyone prepping for finals. I almost called in sick a few times—metaphorically I mean, most profs don’t even take attendance these days—but I was already skating on my grades. The felnim acted like she didn’t know me, and everyone else looked right through me. Just another college drone.

It was perfect. I was safe.

“Man, what has got you so down in the dumps lately?” Luke asked over Thursday study-lunch. It was drizzly today, so only a few of us stubborn types were eating outside. Ben hadn’t shown up yet, and Carla and Feb were engrossed in textbooks for their Chemistry III course. I snapped out of the staring contest I’d been having with the universe and looked up to see my roommate frowning. “You’ve been acting like somebody ran over your dog for a week. Is the physics final that bad?”

I didn’t answer, just waved a hand. He wouldn’t understand. I barely understood, and it was my problem. My eyes wandered toward the four-legged alien sitting peacefully under a tree. Luke, observant for once, noticed and growled. “What, is that thing bothering you? Join the club. I hope these dog-freaks clear out soon; they give me the creeps. It’s probably going to attack somebody any—”

“Her,” I interrupted, spork handle digging into my palm. Luke stared at me, eyebrows way up on his forehead. Fortunately, I didn’t have to explain myself, because right then a group of cocky-looking students rounded the bend and headed straight for Vasa.

Wait, did I say “fortunately”? I take that back.

Silence fell over the courtyard, everyone sensing the mood; somebody had finally decided to act on the faint hostility that permeated our campus. My entire body clenched as I joined the crowd of heads turning to watch. Ben was with them, that idiot. And no campus police in sight. Vasa was on her own.

The leader of the group pointed an accusing finger at Vasa, at her mountain of food, at the poster still fluttering on the wall nearby. Not a sound reached our ears beyond the indecipherable ranting of the student. I held my breath, watching as Vasa replied to whatever he’d said, calmly. Always calmly. Nothing phased this girl—not hostility, not attention, not danger, not anything.

I wished I were like her. I wished I were anyone but me. I wished I weren’t too afraid to stand up.

I stood up so fast my chair toppled. “Come on, guys.” My friends gawked as I stuffed books into my backpack. Luke spluttered something, but I guess the look on my face made him think twice, because he shut up. Carla and Feb followed me across the wet courtyard without question. We made it to the edge of the concrete before I slowed and took a long look back toward my dorm. Considered. It wasn’t too late . . .

Vasa was patiently listening to the mob leader rant. “—may have to tolerate you being here, but we shouldn’t have to watch your disgusting alien habits,” he snarled. Guy had the scruffiest mop of black hair I’d ever seen. “You’re turning us off our food with your daily gorge-fest!”

Vasa looked down at her overloaded tray full of half-eaten food. “My met’abolism is ex’tremely fast, so I h’ave to eat larger quan’tities than you h’umans.” She hadn’t seen me, but Ben had, and man, I really must have had some look on my face. He sank back through the mob like a rock in a bathtub.

“So that makes you better than us, huh?” Scruffy challenged. “We’re onto you aliens. You think you can just waltz onto our planet, delude our governments, and then you’ll take all our resources like the parasites you are!” There was a coarse cheer of agreement from the lackeys, except Ben, who was searching for an escape route. Scruffy grew bolder and raised his voice for the whole courtyard to hear, glorying in the attention like a puffed peacock. “I say it’s time we made it clear to this freak that some of us Earthlings don’t buy its innocent—”

“Her.”

Everyone stared at me—and I mean everyone—as my last shred of obscurity evaporated. I resisted the urge to bolt for the nearest door while Scruffy goggled at me, his bubble thoroughly popped. “What?”

Too late to back down now. Steeling myself, I pointed at Vasa, and the pet peeve that had been building up steam for two months boiled over. “She is a her. Any half-witted moron with eyes in his head can tell that she is a girl, so will everyone quit calling her an ‘it’?” I snapped.

“You idiot, what are you—” Luke’s anxious mutter cut off when I reached back and punched him in the shoulder. Silence and warm drizzle reigned for a solid minute. The jerks seriously didn’t know what to do with me, which was sort of what I’d banked all my hopes on. That, and the 911 call dialed into my smartphone.

Scruffy shook his head finally, and a slow sneer spread across his face. “Are you going to do something if I don’t, alien lover?” He leaned closer to me, way too close . . . and my life flashed before my eyes. What was I doing? They’d be watching me now, researching me, eventually they’d figure it all out, Goodbye, normal life—

“Would you l’ike us to?”

Scruffy and I stared at each other in confusion. The voice had been Vasa’s, but it sounded . . . higher than I remembered. Like, in terms of elevation. Scruffy glanced up, and I swear his face turned snow white. I turned around and choked, because Vasa had reared up on her back legs and now loomed over us from ten feet up. Those big forelegs of hers lay folded across her lower chest like a club bouncer, and her humanish arms sat akimbo on her waist. It was like being stared down by a giant alien bear and your very displeased mother at the same time.

“Please leave,” she said calmly. So very calmly. “And don’t b’other us ag’ain.”

When I turned back, the posse was gone. Except Ben. He just stood there, utterly petrified.

“Thanks,” I told my new giant alien double-jointed dog/cat/bear friend. My hands wouldn’t quit trembling, but I didn’t care. I’d never felt this light. “Sorry you had to deal with those jerks.”

Vasa rehinged her spine and settled back into normal centaur position. Her eyes were clouded as she stared in the direction of the fleeing thugs. “It’s al’right. B’etter this little blow-up than a b’igger sh’ne later.” She gave me a significant look. “People often f’ear sh’at they d’o not underst’and. But it is n’ice to have people st’and beside you.”

Truer words were never spoken. I grinned sheepishly at her subtlety. “I’m Elliot, by the way.” Then I remembered that we still had eyes on us and turned to my own slack-jawed posse. “Close your mouths before flies buzz in, guys. Vasa, this is Luke, that’s Carla, February but we call her Feb, and the soon-to-be-reformed moron over there is Ben.” Ben kept staring back and forth between me and Vasa like an oscillating fan. “Guys, this is Vasa.” I grinned stupidly, while she bent in a very ladylike bow.

A sound reached my ears, and I noticed a few people I didn’t recognize standing up by the tables. They were clapping. I looked back to see Carla smiling nervously at Vasa, and Feb giving me two big thumbs-up. Apparently, Vasa had been right; not everyone was so against her presence here. Luke, of course, just stood there staring at me with this wide-eyed expression that screamed, “Who are you and what have you done with my roommate?” A perfect example of why I was going to continue keeping certain blue secrets to myself.

I’m not dumb. Everything my family, my people, had worked to hide was in danger, danger that would only grow the longer I held the attention of our astroxenophobic classmates. I’d have plenty of problems coming because of this little stunt. But at least none of those problems would involve me ignoring someone else’s just to avoid mine.

It’s amazing how much peace you can get out of a revelation like that.

As I went to poke Ben out of his stupor, another dumb idea occurred to me. And since I was already on a roll . . . “Uh, by the way, do you guys mind if I invite someone extra to our Friday movie night?” I gave my five baffled friends a lopsided grin. “I hear she’s been wanting to see The Chronicles of Narnia.

The centaur smiled.

Jennifer L. Hilty

Jennifer (Jenn) is 31 and loves telling stories with a touch of faith and the fantastical, especially where aliens and superheroes are involved. When not working on a particular writing project, she writes and draws a nerdy webcomic and makes nerdy cosplays. She lives in Ohio with a chinchilla (Pikachewbacca), two cats (Stormy and Clyde), regular invasions by nieces and nephews, and a yard full of alpacas that don’t belong to her. One day she WILL finish her book series about interdimensional energy werewolves, and then maybe that will stop sounding so crazy when she tries to explain it to people.

Website: jenniferhilty.wordpress.com

Facebook: riverwritings

 ANTHOLOGY ONE

The Best of Deep Magic!

ORDER NOW

FIRST COLLECTION

ORDER NOW

SECOND COLLECTION

ORDER NOW

THIRD COLLECTION

Four More Great Issues!

ORDER NOW ON AMAZON

The stories in Deep Magic are works of fiction. Names, characters, organizations, places, events, and incidents are either products of the author’s imagination or are used fictitiously.

Copyright © 2020 Jeff Wheeler

All rights reserved.

No part of this book may be reproduced, or stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without express written permission of the publisher.

Cover art by Steve R. Yeager

Deep Magic logo & cover design by Deron Bennett

Copyediting by Wanda Zimba

E-zine design by Steve R. Yeager

www.deepmagic.co